Transcription of Additional restructuration in the French version

        Translations remain to be done

diff --git a/lib/doc/Additional.lyx b/lib/doc/Additional.lyx
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index d921c12..0000000
--- a/lib/doc/Additional.lyx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31605 +0,0 @@
-#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 620
-\begin_document
-\begin_header
-\save_transient_properties true
-\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/
-\textclass scrbook
-\begin_preamble
-% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
-%
-% This preamble is designed to ensure that the manual prints
-% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
-% parts of the manual may not print out as expected.  If you
-% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact 
-% the documentation team
-% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
-
-% the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
-% and a PDF-bookmark for the TOC is added
-\pagenumbering{roman}
-\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
-\renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{%
- \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
- \myTOC
- \cleardoublepage
- \pagenumbering{arabic}}
-
-% extra space for tables
-\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
-\end_preamble
-\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading
-\use_default_options false
-\begin_modules
-logicalmkup
-theorems-ams
-theorems-ams-extended
-multicol
-shapepar
-graphicboxes
-enumitem
-hanging
-initials
-\end_modules
-\maintain_unincluded_children no
-\language english
-\language_package default
-\inputencoding utf8
-\fontencoding auto
-\font_roman "lmodern" "default"
-\font_sans "lmss" "default"
-\font_typewriter "lmtt" "default"
-\font_math "auto" "auto"
-\font_default_family default
-\use_non_tex_fonts false
-\font_sc false
-\font_roman_osf false
-\font_sans_osf false
-\font_typewriter_osf false
-\font_sf_scale 100 100
-\font_tt_scale 100 100
-\use_microtype false
-\use_dash_ligatures true
-\graphics default
-\default_output_format pdf2
-\output_sync 0
-\bibtex_command default
-\index_command default
-\float_placement class
-\float_alignment class
-\paperfontsize 12
-\spacing single
-\use_hyperref true
-\pdf_title "LyX's Additional Features manual"
-\pdf_author "LyX Team"
-\pdf_subject "LyX's additional features documentation"
-\pdf_keywords "LyX, Documentation, Additional"
-\pdf_bookmarks true
-\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
-\pdf_bookmarksopen false
-\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
-\pdf_breaklinks false
-\pdf_pdfborder false
-\pdf_colorlinks true
-\pdf_backref false
-\pdf_pdfusetitle false
-\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
-\papersize a4
-\use_geometry false
-\use_package amsmath 1
-\use_package amssymb 1
-\use_package cancel 1
-\use_package esint 1
-\use_package mathdots 1
-\use_package mathtools 1
-\use_package mhchem 1
-\use_package stackrel 1
-\use_package stmaryrd 1
-\use_package undertilde 1
-\cite_engine basic
-\cite_engine_type default
-\biblio_style plain
-\use_bibtopic false
-\use_indices false
-\paperorientation portrait
-\suppress_date false
-\justification true
-\use_refstyle 0
-\use_formatted_ref 0
-\use_minted 0
-\use_lineno 0
-\notefontcolor #0000ff
-\index Index
-\shortcut idx
-\color #008000
-\end_index
-\secnumdepth 3
-\tocdepth 3
-\paragraph_separation indent
-\paragraph_indentation default
-\is_math_indent 1
-\math_indentation default
-\math_numbering_side default
-\quotes_style english
-\dynamic_quotes 0
-\papercolumns 1
-\papersides 2
-\paperpagestyle headings
-\tablestyle default
-\tracking_changes false
-\output_changes false
-\change_bars false
-\postpone_fragile_content false
-\html_math_output 0
-\html_css_as_file 0
-\html_be_strict true
-\docbook_table_output 0
-\docbook_mathml_prefix 1
-\end_header
-
-\begin_body
-
-\begin_layout Title
-Additional \SpecialChar LyX
- Features
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subtitle
-Version 2.4.x
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Author
-by the \SpecialChar LyX
- Team
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\noindent
-Principal maintainer of this file is
-\noun on
- Richard Kimberly Heck
-\noun default
-.
- If you have comments or error corrections,
- please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX
- Documentation mailing list,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset CommandInset toc
-LatexCommand tableofcontents
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This manual is essentially Part II of the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide\SpecialChar endofsentence
-
-\emph default
- The reason for separating the two documents is simple:
- the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
- is already quite lengthy,
- and it contains information on all of the basic features one needs to know in order to prepare most documents.
- However,
- the \SpecialChar LyX
- Team has worked to make \SpecialChar LyX
- extensible through various configuration files and external packages.
- That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package,
- you can create a layout file (or module) for it without having to alter \SpecialChar LyX
- itself.
- We've already had contributions of several new features this way,
- and some of them are documented here.
- There are also some more `advanced' features,
- such as how to control the presentation of bibliographies and how to work with multi-part documents,
- that are not covered in the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
- and are discussed here.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This manual also documents some special features,
- like fax support and version control,
- which require additional software to work properly.
- There is also a chapter on \SpecialChar LyX
-'s support for HTML.
- And lastly,
- there's a chapter of \SpecialChar LaTeX
- tools and tips,
- things you can use to spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- After all,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\emph on
-is
-\emph default
- only WYSIWYM and will only ever interface to some,
- not all,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- features.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you haven't read the 
-\emph on
-Introduction
-\emph default
- yet,
- you are definitely in the wrong manual.
- The 
-\emph on
-Introduction
-\emph default
- is the first place to go,
- since it describes the notation and format of all of the manuals.
- You should also be thoroughly familiar with the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
- and all of the basic features of \SpecialChar LyX
- before attempting to read this one.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Since many of the topics in this manual depend heavily on \SpecialChar LyX
-'s interaction with \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- this first chapter covers the inner workings of \SpecialChar LyX
- and how to direct \SpecialChar LyX
- to generate exactly the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code you want.
- It is obviously for more seasoned \SpecialChar LyX
- users.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-\SpecialChar LyX
- and \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-How \SpecialChar LyX
- Uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This chapter is for both \SpecialChar TeX
--nicians and the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--curious.
- In it,
- we'll explain how \SpecialChar LyX
- and \SpecialChar LaTeX
- work together to produce printable output.
- This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something about \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-At one time,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- was called a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-WYSIWYM frontend to \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- but that's no longer true.
- There are frontends to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- out there.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Some familar ones are \SpecialChar TeX
-maker and kile,
- on Linux,
- and \SpecialChar TeX
-shop,
- OSX.
- There are also the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- modes for vi and emacs,
- of course.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- These are basically text editors with the ability to run \SpecialChar LaTeX
- and mark any errors in the file you're editing.
- Although \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\emph on
-is
-\emph default
- an editor,
- and it 
-\emph on
-does
-\emph default
- run \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- and it also indicates errors in the file,
- it also does much,
- much more.
- For one thing,
- you don't need to know \SpecialChar LaTeX
- to use \SpecialChar LyX
- effectively.
- And \SpecialChar LyX
- has added its own extensions to \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- Try the following sometime:
- select 
-\family sans
-Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX
-\family default
- from the 
-\family sans
-File
-\family default
- menu (or 
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Source
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Pane
-\family default
-),
- then look at the preamble of the resulting 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- file.
- You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- These macros are defined automatically,
- according to the features you use in the document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are several commands that automatically invoke \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- They are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-View
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Update
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-They will only invoke \SpecialChar LaTeX
- if the file has changed since the last time \SpecialChar LaTeX
- was run.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When \SpecialChar LyX
- runs \SpecialChar LaTeX
- on the file you're editing,
- it performs these steps:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Convert the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- and save to a file with the extension 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in place of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.lyx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Run \SpecialChar LaTeX
- on the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- file (maybe several times),
- and run any other commands (such as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-makeindex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-) needed to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-If there are any errors,
- show the error log.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you have run \SpecialChar LaTeX
- using 
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
-,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- then runs a DVI viewer to display the DVI-file.
- If you have used 
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PostScript
-\family default
-,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- performs further steps:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Run 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-dvips
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to convert the DVI file to PostScript.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Run a PostScript viewer,
- such as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ghostview
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- to display the PostScript file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- does similar things when viewing,
- or exporting,
- other formats.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Translating \SpecialChar LaTeX
- files into \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can import a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file into \SpecialChar LyX
- by using the 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Import\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX
-\family default
- command in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- This will call a program named 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tex2lyx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- which will create a file 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-foo.lyx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- from the file 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-foo.tex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will then open that file.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tex2lyx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- can also be run from the command line,
- of course.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tex2lyx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- will translate most legal \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- but not everything.
- It will put things it doesn't understand into \SpecialChar TeX
- code,
- so after translating a file with 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tex2lyx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- you can look for \SpecialChar TeX
- code and hand-edit it until it looks right.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't know what \SpecialChar TeX
- code is,
- read the next section.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Inserting \SpecialChar TeX
- Code into \SpecialChar LyX
- Documents 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Anything you can do in \SpecialChar LaTeX
- you can do in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- for a very simple reason:
- You can always insert \SpecialChar TeX
- code into any \SpecialChar LyX
- document.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- cannot,
- and will never be able to,
- display every possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
- construct.
- If ever you need to insert \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands into your \SpecialChar LyX
- document,
- you can use the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar TeX
- Code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- box,
- which you can insert into your document with 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-TeX Code
-\family default
- or the keyboard shortcut 
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "shortcut"
-arg   "ert-insert"
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example of inserting \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands in a \SpecialChar LyX
- document.
- The code looks like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-begin{tabular}{ll}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-This is an example of a minipage environment.
- You 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-can put nearly everything in it,
- even (non-floating) 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-figures and tables.
- 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-end{minipage}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-&
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{verbatim}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-This ...
- 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-end{minipage}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-end{verbatim}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-end{minipage}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-end{tabular}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar TeX
- Code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- box containing this text is directly after this paragraph.
- Those of you reading the manual in \SpecialChar LyX
- will only see the \SpecialChar TeX
- code inset.
- Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results:
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{tabular}{ll}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-This is an example of a minipage environment.
- You can put nearly everything in it,
- even (non-floating) figures and tables.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-end{minipage}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-&
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{verbatim}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-This ...
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-end{minipage}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-end{verbatim}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-end{minipage}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-end{tabular}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In addition to using \SpecialChar TeX
- code,
- you can also create a separate file containing some complex \SpecialChar LaTeX
- structure and then use 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Child
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Document 
-\family default
-to include your file (you should select the type 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Input
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- We recommend that you only do this if you have a 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- file which you 
-\emph on
-know
-\emph default
- works already.
- Otherwise,
- you'll have a big job tracking down \SpecialChar LaTeX
- errors.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few last points to emphasize:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\emph on
-does not
-\emph default
- check if your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code is correct.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Beware of reinventing the wheel.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-On that last point,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- does have quite a few features tucked into it,
- and more are coming.
- Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
- doesn't have such-and-such feature before you decide you have to do it by hand.
- Moreover,
- there are numerous \SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages out there to do all sorts of things,
- from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables.
- Check out 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document,
- be sure to check out a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
- book for assistance.
- There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-\SpecialChar LyX
- and the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- Preamble
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-About the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- Preamble
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you already know \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- there is no need to explain here what the preamble is good for.
- If you don't,
- the following will give you some ideas—
-we recommend again that you consult a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- book for further information.
- In any case,
- you should read the points below,
- because they explain what you can do and what you don't need to do in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble of a \SpecialChar LyX
- document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble comes at the very beginning of a document,
- 
-\emph on
-before
-\emph default
- the text.
- It serves to:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Declare the document class.
- 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LyX
- already does this for you.
- If you're a seasoned \SpecialChar LaTeX
--nician,
- and you have a custom document class you want to use,
- check out the 
-\emph on
-Customization Manual
-\emph default
- for information on how to make \SpecialChar LyX
- interface to it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Declare the usage of packages.
- 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages provide special commands,
- which are only available within a document when the package has been declared in the preamble.
- In addition to providing special commands,
- the inclusion of a package can change the document.
- For example,
- the package 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-indentfirst
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- forces all paragraphs to be indented.
- There are other packages for labels,
- envelopes,
- margins,
- etc.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Set counters,
- variables,
- lengths and widths.
- 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-There are several \SpecialChar LaTeX
- counters and variables that 
-\emph on
-must
-\emph default
- be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect.
- (There are variables that you can set and reset inside the document,
- too.) Margins are a good example of something that must be set in the preamble.
- Another example is the label format for lists.
- You can actually set these just about anywhere,
- but it's best to do it just once,
- inside the preamble.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Declare user defined commands (with 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newcommand
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-These are abbreviations for \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands which appear very often inside a document.
- Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands,
- they 
-\emph on
-can
-\emph default
- be declared anywhere (before they are used for the first time,
- of course).
- This can be useful if there is a lot of raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code in your document,
- which normally should not be the case.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- file it produces.
- This makes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- files generated by \SpecialChar LyX
- portable.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Changing the Preamble
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The commands which \SpecialChar LyX
- adds to the preamble of a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file are fixed;
- you can't change them without patching \SpecialChar LyX
- itself.
- You can,
- however,
- add your own stuff to the preamble by selecting 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Preamble
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in the 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- adds anything in the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Preamble
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- dialog to its own built-in preamble.
- Before adding your own declarations in the preamble,
- you should make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
- doesn't already support what you want to do.
- (Remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?) Also,
- 
-\emph on
-make sure your preamble code is correct
-\emph default
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- doesn't check it for you.
- If there is an error,
- you're likely to get an error like 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Missing 
-\backslash
-begin{document}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If you see this error,
- check your preamble.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Examples
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble,
- and what they do.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example #1:
- Offsets
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two variables under \SpecialChar LaTeX
- that control page position:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-hoffset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-voffset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Their names should be self-explanatory.
- These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels.
- Sometimes,
- the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you can actually print on aren't the same.
- This is where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-hoffset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-voffset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- come in.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The default values for 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-hoffset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-voffset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- are both 0
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-points,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-the page isn't shifted.
- Unfortunately,
- some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page.
- We have no idea why,
- or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior.
- If you're using \SpecialChar LyX
- on a system that you don't personally maintain,
- and your sysadmin is a doofus,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-hoffset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-voffset
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- can save the day.
- Suppose your left and top margins are always 0.5
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-inches too big.
- You can add this to the preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-hoffset}{-0.5 in}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-voffset}{-0.5 in}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-and your margins should now be correct.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example #2:
- Labels
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Speaking of labels,
- suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels.
- There's a rather nice package,
- available at your nearest CTAN archive,
- for printing sheets of labels:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-labels.sty
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Now,
- your system may not have this package installed by default.
- We leave that up to you to check.
- You'll also want to read the documentation for it;
- we're not going to do that for you.
- Since this is an example,
- however,
- we'll give you an example of how you use this package.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-First,
- make sure you're using the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-article
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- document class.
- Next,
- you need to put the following in your preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{labels}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-LabelCols=3
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-LabelRows=7
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-LeftBorder=8mm
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-RightBorder=8mm
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-TopBorder=9mm
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-BottomBorder=2mm
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This sets things up for Avery label sheets,
- stock #5360.
- You're now ready to print labels,
- but you'll need to insert \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code,
- placing the commands 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-begin{labels}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-end{labels}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- around each label text.
- This and other special features of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-labels.sty
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- are explained in its documentation.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Someday,
- someone may write a \SpecialChar LyX
- layout file to support this package directly.
- Maybe that someone is you.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example #3:
- Paragraph Indentation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Americans are trained to indent the first line of 
-\emph on
-every
-\emph default
- paragraph.
- As with all of their other weird quirks,
- most Americans will whine and moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs.
- (Yes,
- we're joking.
- (We are?) 
-\emph on
-Yeah
-\emph default
-,
- we are.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course,
- this behavior isn't standard typography.
- In books,
- you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph 
-\emph on
-if
-\emph default
- it follows another one.
- The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish neighboring paragraphs from one another.
- If there is no previous paragraph—
-for example,
- if it follows a figure or is the first paragraph in a section—
-then there is no need for indentation.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you're a typical American (we're still joking!),
- though,
- you don't care about such esoteric things;
- you want your indentation!
- Add this to the preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{indentfirst}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If your \SpecialChar TeX
- distribution isn't braindead,
- you'll have this package,
- and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation the Founding Fathers intended they should have.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example #4:
- This Document
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some of the advanced things you can do.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-\SpecialChar LyX
- and \SpecialChar LaTeX
- Errors
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When \SpecialChar LyX
- calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- it tells \SpecialChar LaTeX
- to blithely ignore any errors and keep going.
- It then uses the logfile from the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- run to do a post-mortem.
- After analyzing the logfile,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- displays a dialog listing the errors.
- Clicking on any one of them will take you to the position in your \SpecialChar LyX
- file where the error occurred.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Well,
- usually.
- Analyzing the logfile is a tough job,
- and \SpecialChar LyX
- doesn't always go to the right line.
- There are also cases where \SpecialChar LaTeX
- reports the error on one line,
- but the actual error is earlier.
- This is not unlike forgetting a closing brace in a program:
- You'll get an error,
- but only later.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some folks also like to look at the log file directly:
- It is available from 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Log
-\family default
-.
- There are some fairly common error messages and warnings.
- We'll cover those here.
- You should look at a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
- book for a complete listing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Warning
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Anything beginning with these words is a warning message for the purpose of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-debugging
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code itself.
- You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references or bibliography entries,
- in which case,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is trying to tell you that you need to make another run.
- You can by-and-large ignore these.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Font Warning
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Another warning message,
- this time about fonts which \SpecialChar LaTeX
- couldn't find.
- The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font that \SpecialChar LaTeX
- used.
- You can safely ignore these,
- too.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Overfull 
-\backslash
-hbox
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- absolutely 
-\emph on
-loves
-\emph default
- to spew these out.
- It seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any document you write.
- They are warnings about lines that were too long and run past the right margin.
- This happens if \SpecialChar LaTeX
- does not find a reasonable way to break the lines (notoriously often with typewriter font,
- since this does not allow for automatic break points).
- In many cases,
- this is unnoticeable in the final output.
- (It can be just a point or two.) Sometimes,
- however,
- the lines run rather visibly into the margin;
- something you will not want to have in your final print.
- 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-There are several global ways to try to minimize the overfull lines.
- Clicking 
-\family sans
-Enable micro-typographic extensions
-\family default
- in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Fonts
-\family default
- might already improve things a lot.
- Furthermore,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code such as the following in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preamble
-\family default
- usually reduces the overfull lines drastically (we use this in the preamble of this document):
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-tolerance 1414
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-hbadness 1414
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-emergencystretch 1.5em
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-hfuzz 0.3pt
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases,
- however,
- you eventually have to rewrite the text to get the line breaking right.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more information,
- see 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-overfull.html
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In any case,
- you should check the respective lines,
- at least for the final version of your document.
- Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too wide.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-You can also enable the `draft' option in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-,
- and then \SpecialChar LaTeX
- will draw a black box in the margin of lines that are overfull.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Underfull 
-\backslash
-hbox
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Not quite as common as its cousin.
- This happens again if \SpecialChar LaTeX
- does not find a reasonable break point and consequently generates too loose lines.
- As with the overfull lines,
- you should check if this is a visible problem.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Overfull 
-\backslash
-vbox
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Underfull 
-\backslash
-vbox
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Warnings about troubles breaking the page.
- Once again,
- just look at the output.
- Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Error:
- File 
-\begin_inset Quotes els
-\end_inset
-
-Xxxx
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
-\end_inset
-
- not found
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The file 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Xxxx
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- isn't installed on this system.
- This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed.
- If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- command,
- then one of the packages \SpecialChar LyX
- tried to load is missing.
- Use 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX Configuration
-\family default
- to get a list of packages that \SpecialChar LyX
- knows about.
- This file is updated whenever you reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
- (using 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Reconfigure
-\family default
-) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If you did use the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- command and the package in question isn't installed,
- then you'll need to install it yourself.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Error:
- Unknown option
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified a bad or undefined option to a package.
- Check the package's documentation.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Undefined control sequence
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If you've inserted \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code into your document,
- but made a typo,
- you'll get one of these.
- You may have forgotten to load a package.
- In any case,
- this error message usually means that you used an undefined command.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are other error and warning messages.
- Some are self-explanatory.
- These are usually \SpecialChar LaTeX
- messages.
- Others are downright cryptic.
- These are usually \SpecialChar TeX
- error messages,
- and we really have 
-\emph on
-no clue
-\emph default
- what they mean or how to decipher them.
- No-one does.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code you inserted for typos.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-If there are no typos,
- check that you used the command(s) correctly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document—
-and especially if you see a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Missing 
-\backslash
-begin{document}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- error—
-it means that there are errors in the preamble.
- Start debugging your preamble.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code to the document,
- the first suspect is your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution itself.
- Check for missing packages and install them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Okay,
- so there are no missing packages.
- Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in \SpecialChar LyX
-?
- Specifically,
- did you 
-\emph on
-misuse
-\emph default
- any of them,
- like trying to manually insert lots of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Non-Breaking
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Spaces
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Linebreaks
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Pagebreaks
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-?
- Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the appropriate paragraph environment?
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-All right,
- you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options,
- you played by the rules.
- Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver?
- Did you do something funky inside a table or an equation,
- like inserting a graphic into a table cell?
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Do you have long sections of text where \SpecialChar LaTeX
- cannot find a place to break a line?
- By default,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is rather strict about how much extra inter-word spacing it will add in order to break a line.
- Preferably,
- you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Did you go overboard with the nesting?
- \SpecialChar LyX
- (currently) doesn't check to make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments.
- If you nested a bunch of environments to the 
-\begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$
-\end_inset
-
- level,
- that's the problem.
- (The limit in \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is five.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Okay,
- you didn't get any error messages,
- but your output looks awful.
- If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page,
- you need to:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-rescale the figure so it fits.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-trim down the table so it fits.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-If something else is wrong with the output,
- and you didn't try to pull anything fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options,
- we're not sure what's wrong.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If all this doesn't help—
-well,
- then 
-\emph on
-perhaps
-\emph default
- you might have found a bug in \SpecialChar LyX
-\SpecialChar ldots
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Document classes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As explained in the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- originally offered four standard document classes,
- article,
- report,
- book and letter,
- but individuals and organizations,
- most notably the American Mathematical Society in the early days,
- have made many contributions to extending the range of document classes.
- In this chapter we summarize the main externally maintained classes,
- some of which are marked “Unavailable:” in the pull-down 
-\family sans
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\bar under
-c
-\bar default
-lass
-\family default
- list in the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-class
-\family default
- dialog and which you will need to install as described in the 
-\emph on
-Installing New Document Classes
-\emph default
- chapter of the 
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual if you want to use them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Collections"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Collections
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:AMS-LaTeX-(American-Mathematical"
-
-\end_inset
-
-AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- (American Mathematical Society)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LyX
- supported document classes 
-\family sans
-article (AMS)
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-book (AMS)
-\family default
- are maintained by the Society;
- use of their features is described in the Math manual and on their website 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The following summary was originally provided by 
-\noun on
-David Johnson
-\noun default
- and updated by 
-\noun on
-Richard Kimberly Heck
-\noun default
- and the \SpecialChar LyX
- Team
-\noun on
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-The AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
- layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications.
- The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal,
- but easily can be.
- You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the \SpecialChar TeX
- output).
- That documentation is available on the Web at 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.ams.org
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or by ftp at 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- These layouts are appropriate,
- and useful,
- for any mathematical writing.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are three basic AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
- layouts:
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-amsart:
- The standard AMS article format;
- see 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-American Mathematical Society (AMS)
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-amsbook:
- the standard AMS book (really,
- monograph) format;
- see 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
-American Mathematical Society (AMS)
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-amsproc:
- the standard AMS proceedings format.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- only supports the first two natively;
- see the 
-\emph on
-Installing New Document Classes
-\emph default
- chapter of the 
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual if you want to use 
-\family sans
-amsproc
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The layouts themselves contain only the minimum necessary to use the AMS classes.
- They do not,
- in particular,
- contain any of the `theorem' environments used for setting theorems,
- lemmas,
- and the like.
- These are contained,
- instead,
- in the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- module,
- which is loaded by default when you select one of the AMS classes.
- (It can also be used with other classes and can be removed,
- if you would rather use something else.) Less commonly used environments are in the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Extended)
-\family default
- module,
- which must be loaded manually.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-By default,
- theorems and the like are numbered consecutively throughout the document,
- but this may be modified by loading the module 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
-\family default
- or,
- if you are using 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-book (AMS)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- the module 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
-\family default
-.
- These will number the results as 
-\begin_inset Formula $n.m$
-\end_inset
-
-,
- where the first number refers to the section (or chapter) and the second refers to the total number of results so far in that section (or chapter).
- Many environments are also available unnumbered.
- These are indicated by an asterisk at the end.
- If you happen to want 
-\emph on
-only
-\emph default
- unnumbered results,
- the module 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
- provides that option.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that these modules do not 
-\emph on
-have
-\emph default
- to be used with the AMS classes.
- It is perfectly possible to use the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- module,
- and the others mentioned,
- with other classes,
- such as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Article (Standard Class)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Report (Standard Class)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-KOMA-Script Book
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and so forth.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-What these layouts provide
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts.
- In AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- there is,
- in fact,
- an opportunity to define an unlimited variety of `theorem' environments.
- However,
- the AMS recommends the environments that are available in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following environments—
-as well as the standard environments,
- such as 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-section
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-title
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-author
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-date
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-—
-are provided by 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-article (AMS)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-book (AMS)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Address This should be the author's permanent address.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Current
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time of submission,
- if different from the Address.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Email Author's e-mail address
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-URL Author's Web address,
- if desired.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed in the paper.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications,
- published and described in 
-\emph on
-Mathematical Reviews
-\emph default
-.
- These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Thanks
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Dedicatory
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Translator
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following environments are provided by both the 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- modules,
- in the latter case in both unnumbered and numbered versions.
- These same environments are provided only in the starred versions by the 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
- module:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Theorem
-This is typically used for the statements of major results.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Corollary*
-This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statements.
- Again,
- these can be major results.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Lemma
-These are smaller results needed to prove other statements.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Proposition
-These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory being discussed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Conjecture
-These are statements provided without justification,
- which the author does not know how to prove,
- but which seem to be true (to the author,
- at least).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Definition*
-Guess what this is for.
- The font is different for this environment than for the previous ones.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Example*
-Used for examples illustrating proven results.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Problem
-It's not really known what this is for.
- You should figure it out.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Exercise*
-Write a description for this one.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Remark
-This environment is also a type of theorem,
- usually a lesser sort of observation.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Claim*
-Often used in the course of giving a proof of a larger result.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Case
-Generally,
- these are used to break up long arguments,
- using specific instances of some condition.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Case
-The numbering scheme for cases is on its own,
- not together with other numbered statements.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Proof
-At the end of this environment,
- a QED symbol (usually a square,
- but it can vary with different styles) is placed.
- If you want to have other environments within this one—
-for example,
- Case environments—
-and have the QED symbol appear only after them,
- then the other environments need to be nested within the proof environment.
- See the section 
-\emph on
-Nesting Environments
-\emph default
- of the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
- for information on nesting.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Fact
-Used in a way similar to Proposition,
- though perhaps lower on the scale.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-And these environments are provided by 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Extended
-\family default
-):
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Criterion*
-A required condition.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Algorithm*
-A general procedure to be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Axiom*
-This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Condition*
-Sometimes used to state a condition assumed within the present context of discussion.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Note*
-Similar to a Remark.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Notation*
-Used for the explanation of,
- yes,
- notation.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Summary
-Do we really need to tell you?
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Conclusion*
-Sometimes used at the end of a long train of argument.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Assumption*
-Assumption
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Question*
-Question
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are ten more Maths modules available including several offering options ordered on 
-\family sans
-(Numbered by Type \SpecialChar ldots
-)
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In addition,
- the AMS classes automatically provide the AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
- and AMS fonts packages.
- They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Extra font sizes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The “Extra font sizes” collection provides the document classes 
-\family sans
-article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(with extra font sizes)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(with extra font sizes)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-letter
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(with extra font sizes)
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-report
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(with extra font sizes)
-\family default
- which use the 
-\family typewriter
-article.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-book.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-letter.cls
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-report.cls
-\family default
- document classes respectively but offer the additional 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-B
-\bar default
-ase
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Size
-\family default
- options 8,
- 9,
- 14,
- 17 and 20 in the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Fonts
-\family default
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hebrew
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document classes 
-\family sans
-article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Hebrew)
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-letter
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Hebrew)
-\family default
- use the 
-\family typewriter
-article.cl
-\family sans
-s
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-letter.cls
-\family default
- document classes to facilitate the use of Hebrew in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Japanese"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Japanese (Standard Classes)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- included a collection of several bundles that aim to facilitate typesetting Japanese documents.
- The bundles have been developed at different times,
- they thus support different typesetting engines and features.
- This collection is the oldest one.
- It adjusts the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- standard classes to requirements of Japanese typesetting,
- for horizontal and vertical writing.
- The collection includes 
-\family sans
-Japanese Article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Japanese Article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class,
- vertical Writing)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class,
- vertical Writing)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Japanese Report
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Japanese Standard Class)
-\family default
-,
- and
-\family sans
- Japanese Report
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class,
- vertical Writing)
-\family default
-,
- which all work with 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-classic
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- engines tailored for Japanese,
- p\SpecialChar LaTeX
- and up\SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For the use with the more modern Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
- typesetting engine,
- the collection also includes dedicated classes 
-\family sans
-Japanese Article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class for LuaTeX),
- Japanese Article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class for LuaTeX,
- vertical Writing),
- Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class for LuaTeX)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Standard Class for LuaTeX,
- vertical Writing)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Japanese Report
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Japanese Standard Class for LuaTeX)
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Japanese Report
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(Japanese Standard Class for LuaTeX,
- vertical Writing)
-\family default
-,
- provided by the 
-\family sans
-luatexja
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Templates for the Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
- classes can be found in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New From Template
-\family default
- in the respective category (
-\family sans
-Articles
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Books
-\family default
-,
- or 
-\family sans
-Reports
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Japanese-JS"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Japanese (JS Bundle)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This collection includes improved versions of the classes included in 
-\family sans
-Japanese (Standard Classes)
-\family default
- (see
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Japanese"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- It includes 
-\family sans
-Japanese Article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(JS Bundle) 
-\family default
-and 
-\family sans
-Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(JS Bundle)
-\family default
-.
- A report class can be obtained by using 
-\family sans
-Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(JS Bundle)
-\family default
- with option 
-\family sans
-report
-\family default
- in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom
-\family default
-.
- All these classes work with 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-classic
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- engines tailored for Japanese,
- p\SpecialChar LaTeX
- and up\SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For the use with the more modern Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
- typesetting engine,
- the collection also includes dedicated classes 
-\family sans
-Japanese Article (JS Bundle for LuaTeX),
- Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(JS Bundle for LuaTeX)
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Japanese Report
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(JS Bundle)
-\family default
-,
- provided by the 
-\family sans
-luatexja
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Templates for the Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
- classes can be found in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New From Template
-\family default
- in the respective category (
-\family sans
-Articles
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Books
-\family default
-,
- or 
-\family sans
-Reports
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Japanese-BX"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Japanese (BX Bundle)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This bundle contains the document classes 
-\family sans
-Japanese Article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(BX Bundle)
-\family default
-,
-
-\family sans
- Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(BX Bundle)
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Japanese Report
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(BX Bundle)
-\family default
- which provide alternative document classes for Japanese documents.
- Furthermore,
- a class 
-\family sans
-Japanese Slides (BX Bundle)
-\family default
- for presentation slides,
- is included.
- As opposed to the classes of the 
-\family sans
-Standard Classes
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-JS 
-\family default
-bundles (sec.
- 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Japanese"
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Japanese-JS"
-
-\end_inset
-
-),
- which support only p\SpecialChar LaTeX
- and up\SpecialChar LaTeX
- out of the box (and Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
- only through the extra classes added by the 
-\family sans
-luatexja
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package),
- the classes of this bundle also support pdf\SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- Xe\SpecialChar LaTeX
- and Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
- directly,
- with the aid of suitable packages that provide capability of Japanese typesetting.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Japanese-JLReq"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Japanese (JLReq Class)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This bundle draws on the 
-\family sans
-jlreq
-\family default
- class which faithfully traces the standard of 
-\emph on
-Requirements for Japanese Text Layout
-\emph default
- set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C,
- see 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-https://www.w3.org/TR/jlreq/?lang=en
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- It can be used with Lua\SpecialChar LaTeX
- as well as p\SpecialChar LaTeX
- and up\SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX provides layouts for 
-\family sans
-Japanese Article
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(JLReq Class)
-\family default
-,
-
-\family sans
- Japanese Book
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(JLReq Class)
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Japanese Report
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(JLReq Class)
-\family default
- which are all derived from the 
-\family sans
-jlreq
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class via specific class options.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-An example article document is available at 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Japanese Article (JLReq Class)
-\family default
-.
- English documentation is available at 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/jptex/latex/jlreq/jlreq.pdf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:KOMA-Script"
-
-\end_inset
-
-KOMA-Script
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Original by 
-\noun on
-Bernd Rellermeyer
-\noun default
-;
- updated by 
-\noun on
-Jürgen Spitzmüller
-\noun default
- and the \SpecialChar LyX
- Team
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Overview
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The KOMA-Script collection of document classes is a development of the Script classes created by Frank Neukam in the early 1990s;
- it was formally launched with the addition of a letter class in 1994.
- Since then,
- a second letter class has been added.
- Frank Neukam's classes were inspired by the principles of typography and this has been fully integrated into the design of the KOMA-Script classes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LyX
- document classes 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Article
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Report
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Book
-\emph default
-,
- and 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Letter
-\emph default
- correspond to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- document classes 
-\family typewriter
-scrartcl.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-scrreprt.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-scrbook.cls
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family typewriter
-scrlettr.cls
-\family default
-,
- resp.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of the Koma-Script family.
- They are replacements for the standard document classes 
-\family typewriter
-article.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-report.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-book.cls
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-letter.cls
-\family default
-,
- resp.,
- and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of points.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The base character sizes when you select a KOMA-Script class are 11pt in 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Article
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Report
-\emph default
-,
- and 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Book
-\emph default
- and 12pt in 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Letter
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Headings,
- labels of the description environment,
- and a number of elements of the 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Letter
-\emph default
- document class are set in a bold sans serif font.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new ec fonts,
- especially in the appearance of headings.
- In comparison,
- the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin.
- Here the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package 
-\family typewriter
-cmsd.sty by
-\family default
- 
-\shape smallcaps
-Walter Schmidt
-\shape default
- helps to produce the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-usual
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- appearance when using the ec fonts.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering of section headings,
- that is without the extra line 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Chapter\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In addition,
- the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a number of options (in \SpecialChar LyX
- to be entered in the field 
-\family sans
-Extra
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Options
-\family default
- of the dialog 
-\family sans
-Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document
-\family default
-).
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The layout of a KOMA-Script page follows one of two traditional typesetting conventions based on dividing the page into strips or drawing a circle.
- The default is to imagine that a page is divided horizontally and vertically into strips and allocate strips to the margins leaving the unused strips for the text area.
- You can change the sizes of the margins by changing the factor by which the page is divided into strips;
- the default for an A4 page is 9 and increasing this factor will produce increasingly narrower strips and therefore narrower margins.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Whatever the factor,
- two strips are allocated to the outer and bottom margins of a two-sided document and one strip to the inner and top margins,
- leaving a text area occupying around half the page.
- Since most two-sided documents have a binding,
- this can make the inner margins appear too narrow;
- so you can apply a binding correction to the page which is deducted before the size of the strips is calculated.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options 
-\family sans
-BCOR
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-DIV
-\family default
- entered in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In this document,
- the binding correction is 7.5mm which is added in the form 
-\family typewriter
-BCOR7.5mm
-\family default
- to 
-\family sans
-Class
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-options\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cus
-\bar under
-t
-\bar default
-om
-\family default
- dialog.
- To change the factor to 11,
- for example,
- add the entry 
-\family typewriter
-DIV=11
-\family default
- to the comma separated list of entries in the 
-\family sans
-Cus
-\bar under
-t
-\bar default
-om
-\family default
- 
-\family sans
-Class
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-options
-\family default
-.
- If you want the default value of this factor for a page size other than A4,
- add the entry 
-\family typewriter
-DIV=calc
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use the circle method of calculating the page layout,
- use 
-\family typewriter
-DIV=classic
-\family default
- instead.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The \SpecialChar LaTeX
- document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of additional commands.
- Those part of it which makes sense in \SpecialChar LyX
- is implemented in corresponding paragraph types.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Detailed descriptions of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- document classes of the Koma-Script family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation 
-\emph on
-scrguide
-\emph default
- (German) and 
-\emph on
-scrguien
-\emph default
- (English).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:article-(KOMA-Script),-report"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series default
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Article
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Report
-\emph default
-,
- and 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Book
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document classes 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Article
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Report
-\emph default
-,
- and 
-\emph on
-KOMA-Script Book
-\emph default
- are implemented in the layout files 
-\family typewriter
-scrartcl.layout
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-scrreprt.layout
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family typewriter
-scrbook.layout
-\family default
-,
- resp.
- They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document classes 
-\emph on
-article
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-report
-\emph default
-,
- and 
-\emph on
-book
-\emph default
-,
- resp.,
- partly modified,
- with the exception of the \SpecialChar LyX
- specific 
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
--type,
- which is replaced by the new 
-\family sans
-Labeling
-\family default
--type having the same functionality.
- Beside the 
-\family sans
-Labeling
-\family default
--Type there is a number of new paragraph types added.
- They are 
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- part of 
-\emph on
-letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Addpart,
- Addchap
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Addsec
-\family default
-:
- are equivalents to 
-\family sans
-Part*,
- Chapter*
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Section*
-\family default
-,
- resp.,
- additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents.
- 
-\family sans
-Addpart
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Addchap
-\family default
- are not contained in 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Addchap*
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Addsec*
-\family default
-:
- behave exactly as 
-\family sans
-Addchap
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Addsec
-\family default
-,
- resp.,
- additionally clearing running heads.
- 
-\family sans
-Addchap*
-\family default
- is not contained in 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-There is also an 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-addpart*
-\family default
- command in 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
- and in 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- but since this is identical to 
-\family sans
-Part*
-\family default
-,
- is has not been implemented in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Minisec
-\family default
-:
- generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard character size without affecting the structure of the document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Captionabove
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Captionbelow
-\family default
- are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic rules,
- you might want to place table captions always above the table).
- You can also use the class option 
-\family typewriter
-tablecaptionsabove
-\family default
-,
- which will switch 
-\family sans
-caption
-\family default
- to 
-\family sans
-captionabove
-\family default
- for tables and 
-\family sans
-captionbelow
-\family default
- for figures.
- You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Dictum
-\family default
-:
- can be used to set a bonmot,
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-at the beginning of a chapter.
- If you use the optional argument (
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Dictum
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Author
-\family default
-),
- you can insert the dictum's author there.
- Dictum and author are separated by a line.
- You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
- 
-\family sans
-Dictum
-\family default
- is not contained in 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following types,
- together with the standard types 
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-,
- form the title area of the document.
- They must be entered ahead of the first 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-ordinary
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- paragraph.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands must appear before the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-maketitle
-\family default
- command.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- When such a type is used more than once,
- the latter usage overwrites the former one,
- that means,
- for every type only the latest usage is valid.
- The order of the different types however has,
- like 
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-,
- no effect on the appearance of the produced document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Subject
-\family default
-:
- produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title (
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-) for the subject of the document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Publishers
-\family default
-:
- produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-) for the publishers' name.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Dedication
-\family default
-:
- in 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
- and 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
- produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page,
- or in 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
- produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Publishers
-\family default
-) for a dedication.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Titlehead
-\family default
-:
- produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title (
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Subject
-\family default
-) for a document`s head.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Uppertitleback
-\family default
-:
- produces in a double-sided print in 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
- and 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
- a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Lowertitleback
-\family default
-:
- produces in a double-sided print in 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
- and 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
- a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Extratitle
-\family default
-:
- produces a special 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-dirty
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special formatting.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-KOMA-Script offers a wide range of 
-\family sans
-Cus
-\bar under
-t
-\bar default
-om Class
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-options
-\family default
- for the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-class
-\family default
- dialog which you can apply to the whole document,
- among them
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-draft=true
-\family default
-\series default
- which produces a PDF with a small black box at the end any line in which a formatting error occurs;
- the default setting is 
-\family typewriter
-false
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-headings=
-\family default
-\series default
- which may take the values 
-\family typewriter
-big
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-normal
-\family default
- or 
-\family typewriter
-small
-\family default
-;
- the first and last adjust the sizes of the headings to take account of page sizes where the default values may not be suitable
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-numbers=
-\family default
-\series default
- which may take the values 
-\family typewriter
-auto
-\family default
- (the default),
- 
-\family typewriter
-enddot
-\family default
- or 
-\family typewriter
-noenddot
-\family default
-;
- the first leaves it up to KOMA-Script to add periods after chapter,
- section numbers,
- etc.;
- the second forces the addition of periods and third suppresses them
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-and the math options:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-leqno
-\family default
-\series default
- which causes equations to be numbered on the left rather than on the right,
- and
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-fleqn
-\family default
-\series default
- which causes equations to be left justified rather than centered.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It also provides commands to affect the output of the document independently of the standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands and packages;
- for example,
- if you want your captions in bold add
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-setkomafont{captionlabel}{
-\backslash
-bfseries}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-to 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings
-\family default
-\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Preamble
-\family default
-) and the problem is solved.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you are writing a book,
- it is normal to have the preliminary pages numbered in Roman numerals and the Chapters in this part unnumbered.
- If you use the Chapter* environment,
- your Foreword and Preface will not appear in the Table of Contents;
- to make them to appear in the Table of contents,
- you need to use Chapter environments and add the \SpecialChar TeX
- code
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-frontmatter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-at the very start of the book (not in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- Preamble) and
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-mainmatter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-before the first chapter of the body of the text.
- Alternatively,
- you might also use 
-\family sans
-Chapter* (TOC)
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You may also want to have some unnumbered Chapter environments at the end of the book after the Appendices,
- if any.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Appendices are normally “numbered” with letters.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- If you use the Chapter* environment,
- they will not appear in the Table of Contents;
- so add the \SpecialChar TeX
- code
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-backmatter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-before the first of these headings and use the Chapter environment.
- These commands will have no effect on the numbering in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- only on the PDF output where the headings will be unnumbered and appear in the Table of Contents.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The layout files for the document classes 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- and 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
- do include the file 
-\family typewriter
-scrmacros.inc
-\family default
-.
- This is thought of as a place to define your own types.
- Copy scrmacros
-\family typewriter
-.inc
-\family default
- in your personal layout directory and edit the file!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:The-new-letter"
-
-\end_inset
-
-The new letter class:
- KOMA-Script Letter (V.
- 2)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by 
-\noun on
-Jürgen Spitzmüller
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class 
-\family typewriter
-scrlttr2
-\family default
- which supersedes the now unsupported 
-\family typewriter
-scrlettr
-\family default
-.
- It has —
- on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- side —
- a completely new interface and is not compatible with the old class.
- Therefore,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- supports both,
- though it is recommended you use the new class.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This class covers the same functionality as 
-\emph on
-letter (koma-script),
-
-\emph default
- and a few more.
- The basic items are 
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- (receiver's address,
- same as 
-\family sans
-Letter
-\family default
- in the old layout),
- 
-\family sans
-Opening
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Closing
-\family default
-.
- 
-\family sans
-NextAddress
-\family default
- will start a new letter (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-you can write several letters per document).
- New elements are sender's 
-\family sans
-E-Mail
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-URL
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Fax
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Bank
-\family default
- and the possibility to use a 
-\family sans
-Logo
-\family default
- (via 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Graphics
-\family default
-) in the header.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The biggest improvement is,
- though,
- that the letter's layout is configurable to meet almost any needs.
- This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter Class Option,
- extension 
-\family typewriter
-*.lco
-\family default
-),
- that will be read in as a class option.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The KOMA package comes with some default 
-\family typewriter
-*.lco
-\family default
- files.
- There is,
- for instance,
- a 
-\family typewriter
-DIN.lco
-\family default
- file that follows german typesetting rules,
- or a 
-\family typewriter
-KOMAold.lco
-\family default
- that provides the default layout of the old 
-\family typewriter
-scrlettr
-\family default
- class.
- The latter can be loaded with the class option 
-\family typewriter
-KOMAold
-\family default
-,
- inserted via the 
-\family sans
-Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Extra Options
-\family default
- field.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Have a look at the template in 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fro
-\bar under
-m
-\bar default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
-KOMA-Script Letter (V.2)
-\family default
-.
- A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation (
-\emph on
-scrguide
-\emph default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Problems
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- the \SpecialChar LyX
- internals cause some problems.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The chapter number of a 
-\family sans
-Chapter
-\family default
- type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of appearing in the same line ahead of it.
- The cause for that is the \SpecialChar LyX
- internal behavior for the labeltype 
-\family sans
-Counter_Chapter
-\family default
- in the layout file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The headings of the types 
-\family sans
-Addchap
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Addsec
-\family default
- are only put in the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-true
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- table of contents,
- but not in the \SpecialChar LyX
- table of contents (
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Contents
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The paragraphs in a 
-\emph on
-letter
-\emph default
- document class appear in a skip separation mode,
- not indented.
- This is the standard behavior,
- no special \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands are needed for that.
- But in the 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog the corresponding radio button indicates 
-\family sans
-Indent
-\family default
-.
- A 
-\family sans
-Skip
-\family default
- value always has the effect that extra \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands are inserted in the document to produce the gap,
- which is not what is wanted in this case.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Polish M.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-W.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-collection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by 
-\noun on
-Tomasz Luczak
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LyX
- document classes 
-\emph on
-Polish Article (MW Bundle)
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Polish Report (MW Bundle)
-\emph default
- and 
-\emph on
-Polish Book (MW Bundle)
-\emph default
- correspond to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- document classes 
-\family typewriter
-mwart.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-mwrep.cls
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-mwbk.cls
-\family default
-,
- resp.
- They are replacements for the standard document classes 
-\family typewriter
-article.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-report.cls
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-book.cls
-\family default
-,
- resp.,
- and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Basic differences:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Unnumbered titles (with star,
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-Section*
-\family default
-) are added into table of contents,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Additional page styles:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-uheadings header with separated lines,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-myheadings custom header,
- contents headers via commands:
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-markright
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-markboth
-\family default
-,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-myuheadings custom header with separated lines,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-outer page number is placed on outer side of page
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Options 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-rmheadings serif titles —
- default,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-sfheadings sansserif titles,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-authortitle on title page first placed is author next title —
- default,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Tufte Collection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document classes 
-\family sans
-Tufte Book
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Tufte Handout
-\family default
- use the 
-\family typewriter
-tufte-book.cls
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-tufte-handout.cls
-\family default
- document classes.
- Detailed information about these document classes can be found in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Tufte Book
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Handouts\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Tufte Handout
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Articles
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-See also the document classes in the Collections (section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Collections"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Astronomy & Astrophysics
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Original by 
-\noun on
-Peter Sütterlin
-\noun default
-;
- updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
- Team
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This section describes how \SpecialChar LyX
- can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal 
-\emph on
-Astronomy & Astrophysics
-\emph default
- (
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "aa-package"
-target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) using Version 9.1 of the document class 
-\family typewriter
-aa.cls
-\family default
-;
- information about it is available at 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-https://www.aanda.org/for-authors/latex-issues/texnical-background-information
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A manual comes together with the package and should be consulted before installing this document class as described in the 
-\emph on
-Installing New Document Classe
-\emph default
-s section of the 
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1,
- 2001.
- That change also involved some slight changes to the style files,
- namely the removal of the thesaurus command.
- If you have an older version installed,
- please upgrade.
- For information about compatibility with the old (version 4) layout,
- please refer to the comments in 
-\family typewriter
-\SpecialChar LyX
-Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Getting started
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended you start from the template in the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fro
-\bar under
-m
-\bar default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Astronomy & Astrophysics
-\family default
-.
- If you are not using the template,
- note the following settings:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Select 
-\family sans
-Astronomy & Astrophysics
-\family default
- in the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Class
-\family default
- dialog (OK,
- that one was obvious).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Don't change the 
-\family sans
-Headings
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\bar under
-s
-\bar default
-tyle
-\family default
- in the 
-\family sans
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Layout
-\family default
- dialog:
- leave it set to 
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
-.
- The whole layout is done by the macros,
- you shouldn't change anything.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-The header block
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-First thing to enter is the header information.
- It consists of seven entries,
- of which one is optional.
- They are
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
-:
- [required]
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Subtitle
-\family default
-:
- [optional]
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
-:
- [required]
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
-:
- [required]
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Offprints
-\family default
- [optional].
- Determines to whom correspondence and reprints are to be sent.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Mail
-\family default
- [optional] Snail mail address for contacts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-:
- [required].
- Suggested format is 
-\family typewriter
-Received:
- <date>;
- Accepted <date>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is no need to issue the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-maketitle
-\family default
- command,
- this is done automatically by \SpecialChar LyX
- when the header is finished.
- Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence,
- just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place footnotes in the header block,
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-to state your present address,
- just use the standard footnote via the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-I
-\bar default
-nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ootnote.
-
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will automagically use the term 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thanks{}
-\family default
- in that case.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Under 
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Text Style
-\family default
-,
- you'll find two insets which are relevant for the titling:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Institute
-\family typewriter
- 
-\family default
-to mark corresponding author\SpecialChar breakableslash
-institute pairs.
- The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the 
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- field,
- so you have to put a marker to each author.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Email
-\family default
- to supply an email address for fast contact.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In addition to these topics,
- the macros use three additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands that have no counterpart in \SpecialChar LyX
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-and
-\family default
- to separate different names for more than one author and institute,
- respectively.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The appropriate command has to be entered as \SpecialChar TeX
- code in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- See the examples in the template and in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Astronomy & Astrophysics
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-The abstract
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The abstract should immediately follow the header block.
- With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command,
- and there is now a restriction to only one paragraph.
- In addition,
- it should contain an entry with the keywords.
- This is done via the paragraph style 
-\family sans
-Keywords
-\family default
-.
- Refer to the example paper.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Supported environments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Standard
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Section
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Subsection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Subsubsection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Caption
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Acknowledgment
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-LaTeX
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Commands not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some commands are not yet supported by the 
-\family sans
-Astronomy & Astrophysics
-\family default
- layout for \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Some have already been mentioned.
- For the sake of completeness,
- they are listed all together here:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-and
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-authorrunning
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-object{}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-titlerunning{}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to use any of these commands,
- you have to enter them yourself.
- Do not forget to use
-\family sans
- 
-\bar under
-I
-\bar default
-nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Code
-\family default
-!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Figure and Table Floats
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- provides support for the necessary float environments 
-\family sans
-figure,
- figure*,
- table
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-table*
-\family default
-,
- therefore we won't tell much about it here.
- Refer to the 
-\emph on
-User's
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Guide
-\emph default
-.
- Just remember that tables should be left-aligned.
- For that,
- select the table and change the alignment in 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-E
-\bar default
-dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-P
-\bar default
-aragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "icon"
-arg   "layout-paragraph"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\family sans
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is only one special thing:
- the figures with a caption beside the figure.
- To create such a figure,
- you have to do the following:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Create a wide figure float:
- 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-I
-\bar default
-nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Flo
-\bar under
-a
-\bar default
-t\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Figure
-\family default
-,
- then,
- from within the float,
- use the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-E
-\bar default
-dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Flo
-\bar under
-a
-\bar default
-t
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
-\family default
- and check 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-pan
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-columns
-\family default
- in the 
-\family sans
-float
-\family default
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Enter your caption text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Press 
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- to move the cursor above the caption.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Insert your figure
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Position the cursor after the figure and insert a horizontal fill by using the menu:
- 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-I
-\bar default
-nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-F
-\bar under
-o
-\bar default
-rmatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
-H
-\bar under
-o
-\bar default
-rizontal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Space
-\family default
- to open the 
-\family sans
-space
-\family default
- dialog and select the 
-\family sans
-Horizontal fill
-\family default
- option from the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-pacing
-\family default
- context menu.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- mode:
- 
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-t
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Enter 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-parbox[b]{55mm}{
-\family default
- 
-\emph on
-Do not close the brace!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Position the cursor behind the caption text,
- switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- mode and insert the closing brace:
- 
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-t
-\family default
- 
-\family typewriter
-}
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Also,
- refer to the figures in the file in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Astronomy & Astrophysics
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Referee layout
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For submission,
- the paper has to be formatted in a special double-spacing layout.
- For this purpose,
- you have to add the option 
-\family typewriter
-referee
-\family default
- to the 
-\family sans
-Cus
-\bar under
-t
-\bar default
-om Class
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-options
-\family default
- in the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Class
-\family default
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-The example paper
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The example in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Astronomy & Astrophysics
-\family default
- was written with \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- It is the example paper from the original macro package,
- 
-\family typewriter
-aa.dem
-\family default
- in the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "aa-package"
-target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- but translated to \SpecialChar LyX
- using the older unstructured abstract type.
- Use it for inspiration,
- and compare the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code in 
-\family typewriter
-aa.dem
-\family default
- with the \SpecialChar LyX
- way of writing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AAS\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by 
-\noun on
-Mike Ressler
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they publish:
- the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement),
- the Astronomical Journal,
- and the Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- has proven to be an excellent tool for generating these documents,
- especially given its equation,
- citation,
- and figure handling capabilities.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros;
- preferably 6.0,
- which is the version described here,
- or higher.
- Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with \SpecialChar LaTeX
-2.09 and are fundamentally incompatible with \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- The AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- package may be downloaded from the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- Web site
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-https://aas.org/aastex/aastex-downloads
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will not reduce the need to figure out all the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- commands,
- it will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in.
- It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported \SpecialChar LaTeX
- document conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are submitting your paper.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Starting a New Paper
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-I strongly suggest that you start with the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- template file.
- Click on 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New from
-\family default
- 
-\family sans
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-American Astronomical Society
-\family default
-.
- This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript.
- Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
- 
-\family typewriter
-<>
-\family default
-) with the correct information.
- Many of the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- commands and environments can be implemented directly in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- but some cannot.
- For commands such as these,
- the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code must be entered directly and marked as such.
- Such commands are referred to as \SpecialChar TeX
- code,
- or Evil Red Text.
- I tried to minimize the amount of \SpecialChar TeX
- code needed in an AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Finishing Your Paper
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly,
- there are a few 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-postprocessing
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Export your paper as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file (
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\family default
-).
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Edit the resulting 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- file with your favorite text editor
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-remove the comment lines before the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-documentclass
-\family default
- command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-remove the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-usepackage...{fontenc}
-\family default
- line if it appears (usually just after 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-documentclass
-\family default
-};
- also remove the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-secnumdepth
-\family default
- line if it appears.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-remove everything between (and including) the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-makeatletter
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-makeatother
-\family default
- commands,
- except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble (which should appear immediately after the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-User specified \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- comment in the 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- file).
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Run the resulting file through \SpecialChar LaTeX
- to make sure it still processes correctly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats are correct.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Submit it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Comments On Specific Commands
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- commands:
- the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- User Guide (
-\family typewriter
-aasguide.tex
-\family default
-) gives a good description of each.
- Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide and offer comments where necessary.
- So let's begin \SpecialChar ldots
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Things that work as expected
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Because they work as you might expect,
- I simply list them and the section they are found in:
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-documentclass
-\family default
- (2.1.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{document}
-\family default
- (2.2),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-title
-\family default
- (2.3),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-author
-\family default
- (2.3),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-affil
-\family default
- (2.3),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-abstract
-\family default
- (2.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-keywords
-\family default
- (2.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-section
-\family default
- (2.7),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-subsection
-\family default
- (2.7),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-subsubsection
-\family default
- (2.7),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-paragraph
-\family default
- (2.7),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-facility
-\family default
- (2.10),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{displaymath}
-\family default
- (2.12),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{equation}
-\family default
- (2.12),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{eqnarray}
-\family default
- (2.12),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{mathletters}
-\family default
- (2.12),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{thebibliography}
-\family default
- (2.13.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-bibitem
-\family default
- (2.13.2),
- all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2),
- the generic graphicx figure commands (2.14.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{table}
-\family default
- (2.15.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{tabular}
-\family default
- (2.15.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-caption
-\family default
- (2.15.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-label
-\family default
- (2.15.4,
- amongst other places),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tablerefs
-\family default
- (2.15.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tablecomments
-\family default
- (2.15.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-url
-\family default
- (2.17.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-end{document}
-\family default
- (2.18).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following style options also work correctly:
- 
-\family typewriter
-longabstract
-\family default
- (2.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-preprint
-\family default
- (3.2.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-preprint2
-\family default
- (3.2.2),
- 
-\family typewriter
-eqsecnum
-\family default
- (3.3),
- 
-\family typewriter
-flushrt
-\family default
- (3.4).
- Simply put them in the 
-\family sans
-Options
-\family default
- box in 
-\family sans
-Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Things that work,
- but require more comment
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following items work,
- but require a little more discussion:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-These items are reserved for use by the journal editors,
- but you can put them into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble if you feel compelled to do so:
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-received
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-revised
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-accepted
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-ccc
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-cpright
-\family default
- (all from 2.1.3)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-These items may be placed in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble,
- and are included as blanks in the template file:
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-slugcomment
-\family default
- (2.1.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-shorttitle
-\family default
- (2.1.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-shortauthors
-\family default
- (2.1.5)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-email
-\family default
- (2.3) – can only be used 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-standalone
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- not in the middle of a paragraph.
- Use \SpecialChar TeX
- code if you need to embed it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-and
-\family default
- (2.3) – will have extra {} after it.
- This should not cause an error.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-notetoeditor
-\family default
- (2.6) – can only be used 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-standalone
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- not in the middle of a paragraph.
- Use \SpecialChar TeX
- code if you need to embed it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-placetable
-\family default
- (2.8) – can't insert a cross-reference tag,
- you must type the tag name by hand
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-placefigure
-\family default
- (2.8) – same as for 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-placetable
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-acknowledgements
-\family default
- (2.9) – will have extra {} after it.
- This should not cause an error.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-appendix
-\family default
- (2.11) – will have extra {} after it.
- This should not cause an error.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-figcaption
-\family default
- (2.14.2) – you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor at the beginning of the text and selecting 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Short Title
-\family default
-.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Short Title
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- inserts an optional argument of the type needed by 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-figcaption
-\family default
-.
- Hopefully it will be renamed someday.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-objectname
-\family default
- (2.17.1) – same as 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-figcaption
-\family default
- for the catalog ID optional parameter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-dataset
-\family default
- (2.17.1) – same as 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-figcaption
-\family default
- for the catalog ID optional parameter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Things not implemented,
- use \SpecialChar TeX
- code
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-eqnum
-\family default
- (2.12),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-setcounter{equation}
-\family default
- (2.12),
- Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-figurenum
-\family default
- (2.14.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-epsscale
-\family default
- (2.14.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-plotone
-\family default
- (2.14.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-plottwo
-\family default
- (2.14.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tablenum
-\family default
- (2.15.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tableline
-\family default
- (2.15.4,
- insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where you want it.
- Don't use any of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s rules in the table),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tablenotemark
-\family default
- (2.15.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tablenotetext
-\family default
- (2.15.5),
- much of Misc (2.17,
- except 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-objectname
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-dataset
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-url
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-email
-\family default
-;
- see above),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-singlespace
-\family default
- (3.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-doublespace
-\family default
- (3.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-onecolumn
-\family default
- (3.2),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-twocolumn
-\family default
- (3.2)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Things that cannot be implemented
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar ldots
- at least in any meaningful sort of way,
- so I suggest ignoring them.
- They are the references environment (2.13.3),
- and the deluxetable environment (2.15).
- If you really,
- really need to use deluxetable,
- I suggest editing it in a separate file with a text editor,
- then using 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Child
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Document
-\family default
- to include it in your \SpecialChar LyX
- document.
- See 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-American Astronomical Society
-\family default
- for an example of this.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-FAQs,
- Tips,
- Tricks,
- and Other Ruminations
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Getting \SpecialChar LyX
- and AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- to cooperate
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It can be a bit tricky to get \SpecialChar LyX
- to recognize a new layout and document class.
- When all else fails,
- do this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Make certain that \SpecialChar LaTeX
- can find AAS\SpecialChar TeX
-.
- Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- distribution into a directory completely unrelated to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- or AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- and run \SpecialChar LaTeX
- on 
-\family typewriter
-sample.tex
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Make certain that 
-\family typewriter
-aastex.layout
-\family default
- appears in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s 
-\family typewriter
-layouts
-\family default
- folder
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Rerun 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Reconfigure
-\family default
- in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- then restart \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Open a regular new file,
- not from a template.
- Does 
-\family sans
-American Astronomical Society (AASTeX V.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-6)
-\family default
- appear in the class list in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-?
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you get a warning from an existing AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- document about not being able to find the AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- layout or a message about 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- things haven't been installed correctly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- error processing a table 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
-,
- by default,
- attempts to center the table caption/title.
- This seems to produce a bad interaction in AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- so you should click somewhere in the caption/title,
- then select 
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
-\family default
-,
- then set the 
-\family sans
-Alignment
-\family default
- to 
-\family sans
-Block
-\family default
-.
- This took care of it for me.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-References
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A couple of things:
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries in the text.
- When you enter the bibliography item data,
- make sure their is 
-\emph on
-no
-\emph default
- space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year;
- 
-\emph on
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\emph default
-type 
-\family typewriter
-Ressler(1992)
-\family default
-,
- not 
-\family typewriter
-Ressler (1992)
-\family default
-.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Entering the references at all is not obvious.
- The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of the document,
- then mark it as type 
-\family sans
-References
-\family default
-.
- That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed.
- Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information.
- For new references,
- go to the end of an existing reference and press return.
- That will create a new line with its own box,
- etc.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Including EPS files
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Even though AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- provides its own figure commands (
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-plotone
-\family default
-,
- for example),
- I much prefer \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s standard figure commands (with the default graphicx).
- You can insert the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-plotone
-\family default
-,
- etc.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands as \SpecialChar TeX
- code into a Figure Float box if you desire,
- but I never have much luck getting the layout right.
- With the standard graphics,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will insert a 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{graphicx}
-\family default
- command into the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble and handle the figures in the standard \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- way,
- interspersing the figures in the text.
- I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now;
- AJ might still use the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-stack everything at the end
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- technique.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Things I could have done,
- but didn't
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-pretty
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- things I could have implemented,
- but chose not to.
- For instance,
- I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the \SpecialChar LyX
- window,
- even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript.
- Also,
- I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2 styles.
- Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript mode anyway,
- I decided not to chew up more disk space with this.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Final Caveat
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Your mileage may vary.
- I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the effort done in \SpecialChar LyX
-;
- the last 2% was the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- post-processing and a few cleanups.
- I have had no trouble with the submission process,
- and I'm sure the journals were never aware that there might be a difference.
- So,
- go forth and publish!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Chess
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Chess
-\family default
- uses the standard article document class together with the package 
-\family sans
-lyxskak
-\family default
- to facilitate the description of chess games.
- See 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Chess
-\family default
- where you will find 
-\family sans
-Game 1
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Game 2
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Elsevier
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Elsevier
-\family default
- provides support for the 
-\family typewriter
-elsarticle
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class for journals in the Elsevier publishing house.
- This provides the following additional environments:
- 
-\family sans
-Title
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-footnote
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-footnote
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Corresponding
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-author
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Email
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Keywords
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A template is available in the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fro
-\bar under
-m
-\bar default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Elsevier
-\family default
-.
- It has been customized with further environments and contains all the information you may need.
- However,
- the documentation is also available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/elsarticle/doc/elsdoc.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Paper
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Paper (Standard Class)
-\family default
- provides an alternative to the 
-\family sans
-Article (Standard Class)
-\family default
- document class.
- It provides similar functionality,
- but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections,
- headings,
- and more.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-4
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by 
-\noun on
-Amir Karger
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-The 
-\family sans
-RevTeX (V.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-4)
-\family default
- textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0 (the 
-\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
-\end_inset
-
- release of May,
- 1999) class.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- has a 
-\family sans
-REVTeX (obsolete)
-\family default
- textclass,
- which works with Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 3.1.
- However,
- v3.1 is basically obsolete,
- as it works with \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 2.09.
- That means that it doesn't interact very well with \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- which requires \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
-,
- although it has been kludged to work.
- Since Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
-,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- with the 
-\family sans
-Revtex
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-4TeX (V.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-4)
-\family default
- textclass should also be pretty easy to use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-These documents are supposed to be used in 
-\emph on
-addition
-\emph default
- to the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0 documents,
- so we don't describe any of the special Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- macros,
- and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Installation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All you need to do is install Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4,
- as described in the package's README file.
- The package can be found at The Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 Web Site 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Install it somewhere that \SpecialChar LaTeX
- can see it.
- Test it by trying to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- a short Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 document in some random directory (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then,
- if you reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- it will find the class file and let you use the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-4 textclass.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 document using 
-\family typewriter
-tex2lyx
-\family default
-,
- or to use the 
-\family sans
-Revtex
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-4
-\family default
- template,
- found in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New From Templates\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Preamble Matter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Optional arguments to 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-documentclass
-\family default
-,
- like 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-preprint
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-aps
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- go in the 
-\family sans
-Extra
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Options
-\family default
- field in the 
-\family sans
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Layout
-\family default
- dialog,
- as usual.
- Remember that in Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- at least one optional argument is required!
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Other preamble matter,
- like 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-draft
-\family default
- etc.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-goes in the 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Preamble
-\family default
- dialog,
- also as usual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Layouts
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The layouts basically correspond to the commands in Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-4.0.
- For example,
- the Email layout corresponds to 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-email{}
-\family default
-.
- Note that (at least as of Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0 Beta),
- the 
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Affiliation
-\family default
- layouts are exactly equivalent,
- so you shouldn't need to use both.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In case you're curious,
- both were included so that 
-\family typewriter
-tex2lyx
-\family default
- would be able to translate both 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-address
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-affiliation
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Important Notes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are a couple of important unique aspects of Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 which might cause bugs that will be even more confusing in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thanks
-\family default
- command goes 
-\emph on
-outside
-\emph default
- the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-author
-\family default
- command.
- The \SpecialChar LyX
- equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout.
- Do 
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- write footnotes in the 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
- layout,
- or weird things may happen.
- See the Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 documentation for more details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Also,
- the 
-\family sans
-Author
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Email
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-URL
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Thanks
-\family default
- layouts must be placed 
-\emph on
-in between
-\emph default
- the 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
- layout and the corresponding 
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- (or equivalent 
-\family sans
-Affiliation
-\family default
-) layout.
- If you put the 
-\family sans
-Thanks
-\family default
- after the 
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
-,
- the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- won't compile.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Springer Journals
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All the 
-\family sans
-svj*
-\family default
- classes were replaced with a completely new class,
- 
-\family sans
-sn-jnl.cls
-\family default
-.
- Please find information at 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-https://www.springernature.com/gp/authors/campaigns/latex-author-support
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Native \SpecialChar LyX
- support is not available yet.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Books
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-See also the document classes in the Collections (section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Collections"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Memoir
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-By 
-\noun on
-Jürgen Spitzmüller
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Overview
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class.
- It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature.
- Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of his document.
- Memoir is based on the standard book class,
- but it can also emulate the article class (see below).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Peter Wilson,
- the developer of Memoir,
- is known as the author of lots of useful packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- world.
- Most of them have been merged with Memoir.
- Therefore,
- it is much easier to layout the table of contents,
- appendices,
- chapter designs and such.
- \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- though,
- does not support all of these goodies natively.
- Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-You are invited to send suggestions to 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- lots will probably never be supported,
- due to the limitations of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s framework.
- Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands (\SpecialChar TeX
- code
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cf.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- In this section,
- we can only list those features that are natively supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we recommend you have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cf.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- which is not only a user guide for the class,
- but also both a comprehensive description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting itself.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Basic features and restrictions
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes.
- There are,
- however,
- some differences,
- as follows:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Font
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-sizes:
- Memoir has a broader range of font sizes:
- 9,
- 10,
- 11,
- 12,
- 14,
- 17
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-style:
- The fancy page style is not supported,
- due to a command clash between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they both define a command with the same name,
- which confuses \SpecialChar LaTeX
-).
- Instead,
- Memoir comes with a number of its own page styles (see 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style
-\family default
-).
- If you want to use these for the chapter pages,
- you have to use the command 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-chapterstyle
-\family default
- in the main text or in preamble (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-chapterstyle{companion}
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Sectioning:
- Sectionings (chapter,
- section,
- subsection etc.) come with an optional argument in the standard classes.
- With this,
- you can specify an alternative version of the title for the table of contents and the headers (for instance,
- if the title is too long).
- In \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- you can do this via 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Short
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Title
-\family default
- at the beginning of a chapter/section.
- Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table of contents from the header.
- You can define three variants of a title with this:
- one for the main text,
- one for the table of contents,
- and one for the headers.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- makes these available in form of specific 
-\family sans
-Short Title
-\family default
- variants in the 
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-TOC/LOT/LOF:
- In the standard classes (and in many other classes),
- the table of contents,
- the list of figures and the list of table start a new page automatically.
- Memoir does not follow this route.
- You have to insert a page break yourself,
- if you want to have one.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Titlepage:
- For some unknown reason,
- Memoir uses pagination on the title page (in the standard classes,
- title pages are 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-empty
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- If you want an empty title page,
- type 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-aliaspagestyle{title}{empty}
-\family default
- in the preamble.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Article:
- With the class option 
-\emph on
-article
-\emph default
- (to be inserted in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Class Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Options
-\family default
-),
- you can emulate article style.
- That is,
- counters (footnotes,
- figures,
- tables etc.) will not be reset on new chapters,
- chapters don't start a new page (but are—
-in contrary to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-real
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- article classes—
-still allowed),
- parts,
- though,
- use their own page,
- as in book.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Oldfontcommands:
- By default,
- Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated font commands,
- which have been used in the old \SpecialChar LaTeX
- version 2.09 (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-rm
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-it
-\family default
-).
- It produces an error and stops \SpecialChar LaTeX
- whenever such a command appears.
- The class option 
-\emph on
-oldfontcommands
-\emph default
- reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least not stop \SpecialChar LaTeX
-).
- Since a lot of packages and particularly Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- style files are still using those commands,
- we have decided to use this option by default.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Extra features
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We will only describe the features supported by \SpecialChar LyX
- (which is not much currently).
- Please consult the Memoir manual
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cf.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Abstract:
- You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature.
- Well,
- it is in book class.
- Usually books don't have abstracts.
- Memoir,
- however,
- has.
- You can use it wherever and how often you like.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Chapterprecis:
- You may know this older typesetting style:
- The contents of a chapter are summarized below the title and also in the table of contents (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\emph on
-Our hero arrives in Troia;
- he loses some friends;
- he finds others
-\emph default
-).
- Chapterprecis does exactly this.
- It is therefore only sensible below a chapter.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Epigraph:
- An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter.
- The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a motto.
- The motto itself (text) and its (optional) author (source) are divided by a short line.
- The author (source) can be inserted via 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Epigraph Source
-\family default
-\emph on
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Poemtitle:
- Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very complex figurative poems).
- \SpecialChar LyX
- can only support a few of them.
- One is poemtitle,
- which is a centered title for poems,
- which will also be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for poems.
- Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse,
- but you need to use \SpecialChar TeX
- code,
- because they have to be nested inside regular verse environments,
- which is not possible with \SpecialChar LyX
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Poemtitle*:
- Same as poemtitle,
- but it adds no entry to the table of contents.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Recipe Book
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Recipe Book
-\family default
- uses the 
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script Book
-\family default
- document class but adds two environments:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Recipe a numbered section environment at the 
-\family typewriter
-Subsubsection
-\family default
- level which generates a bold centered heading above a double horizontal rule
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Ingredients a 
-\family typewriter
-Description
-\family default
- environment where 
-\series bold
-\emph on
-Ingredients
-\series default
-\emph default
- are what are being described and the environment ends with a horizontal rule.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Recipe Book
-\family default
- illustrates its use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The class is designed for typesetting one or two recipes per page.
- The hyperlinked table of contents (ToC) and page numbers make browsing recipes convenient.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Curricula vitae
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Europass (2013)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Europass (2013)
-\family default
- provides the 
-\family typewriter
-europasscv.cls
-\family default
- document class,
- an unofficial implementation of the ‘Europass CV’ recommended by the European Commission in 2013.
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Europass (2013)
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- Its documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europasscv/europasscv.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Europe CV
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Europe CV
-\family default
- provides the 
-\family typewriter
-europecv.cls
-\family default
- document class,
- an unofficial implementation of the “Europass CV” recommended by the European Commission in 2002.
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Europe CV
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- Its documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europecv/europecv.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Modern CV
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Modern CV
-\family default
- provides the 
-\family typewriter
-moderncv.cls
-\family default
- document class.
- This allows the creation of customizable CVs.
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modern CV
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- Its documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/manual/moderncv_userguide.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Simple CV
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Simple CV
-\family default
- provides the 
-\family typewriter
-simplecv.cls
-\family default
- document class,
- originally developed for use with \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Simple CV
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- Its documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/simplecv/simplecv.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Letters
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-See also the 
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script Letter (V.
- 2)
-\family default
- (section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:The-new-letter"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) and 
-\family sans
-Letter (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes)
-\family default
- (section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) document classes .
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-DIN-Brief
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-DIN-Brief
-\family default
- provides support for the 
-\family typewriter
-dinbrief.cls
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class for writing letters according to the standards of the German Standards Institute (
-\emph on
-Deutsches Institut für Normung,
- DIN)
-\emph default
-.
- The file in the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fro
-\bar under
-m
-\bar default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DIN-Brief
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- The documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/dinbrief/liesmich"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-French letter
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-(frletter)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-French letter
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-(frletter)
-\family default
- provides support for the 
-\family typewriter
-frletter.cls
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class for writing letters according to French conventions.
- The file in the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fro
-\bar under
-m
-\bar default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
-French letter
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-(frletter)
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-French letter
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-(lettre)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-French letter
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-(lettre)
-\family default
- provides support for 
-\family typewriter
-lettre.cls
-\family default
-,
- another \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class for writing letters,
- but also faxes and envelopes,
- in French.
- The file in the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fro
-\bar under
-m
-\bar default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
-French letter
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-(lettre)
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- The documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lettre/lettre.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-G-Brief (V.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-G-Brief (V.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2)
-\family default
- provides support for the 
-\family typewriter
-g-brief2.cls
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class for writing letters in German.
- The file in the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fro
-\bar under
-m
-\bar default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
-G-Brief (V.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2)
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- The documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/g-brief/g-brief.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Presentations
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Beamer
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Beamer
-\family default
- uses the 
-\family typewriter
-beamer.cls
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class for creating presentations.
- The file in the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-F
-\bar default
-ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fro
-\bar under
-m
-\bar default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Beamer
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Beamer Presentations
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- The documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:foiltex"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Original by 
-\noun on
-Allan Rae
-\noun default
-;
- updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
- Team
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- uses the 
-\family typewriter
-foils.cls
-\family default
- document class to make slides for overhead projectors.
- There are two document classes that can do this:
- the 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- document class (section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:slitex"
-plural "false"
-caps "false"
-noprefix "false"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) and the 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- slides class.
- As of 2023 the former has continued to be maintained whereas 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- has not been maintained since 2008.
- This section documents the latter.
- If your machine doesn’t have the 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- document class installed,
- you’ll probably have to use the 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- document class.
- If you want to install the 
-\family typewriter
-foils.cls
-\family default
- document class,
- it is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/foiltex"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- You should also read the 
-\emph on
-Installing New Document Classes
-\emph default
- chapter of the 
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Getting Started
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Obviously,
- to use this document class,
- you need to select 
-\family sans
-FoilTeX
-\family default
- from the 
-\family sans
-Class
-\family default
- entry in the 
-\family sans
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Layout
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are some settings in the 
-\family sans
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Layout
-\family default
- dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Don't change the options 
-\family sans
-Sides
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Columns
-\family default
- on the 
-\family sans
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Layout
-\family default
- dialog.
- They're ignored by the 
-\family sans
-foils
-\family default
- class.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The default font size is 20
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt with the other options being 17
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt,
- 25
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt and 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The default font is 
-\family sans
-sans
-\family default
- 
-\family sans
-serif
-\family default
- but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working with 35
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-mm slides.
- It doesn't support A5,
- B5,
- legal or executive paper sizes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Don't bother changing the 
-\family sans
-Float Placement
-\family default
- settings because they are ignored anyway.
- All floats appear where they are defined in the text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The 
-\family sans
-Pagestyle
-\family default
- setting behaves a bit differently for this class.
- 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined logo.
- See section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:foilfoot"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for more details.
- The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document and is 
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- unnumbered and 
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined).
- The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
-
-\family sans
-\series bold
-empty
-\family default
-\series default
- The final output contains no page numbers,
- or other headers or footers (except footnotes of course).
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
-
-\family sans
-\series bold
-plain
-\family default
-\series default
- The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page.
- No other headings or footers (other than footnotes).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
-
-\series bold
-foilheadings
-\series default
- Page numbers in lower right corner.
- Additional headers and footers are also shown.
- This is also the default.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
-
-\series bold
-fancy
-\series default
- Gives you access to the 
-\family sans
-fancyheadings
-\family default
- package although its use with 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- is discouraged by the writer of the 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- package because of some potential page layout clashes.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Extra Options
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following options may be used in the extra class options in the 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-35mmSlide
-\series default
- This sets up the page layout for 7.33
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-in by 11
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-in paper,
- which is about the same aspect ratio as a 35
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-mm slide,
- making it a bit easier to work with this medium.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-headrule
-\series default
- Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the title page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-footrule
-\series default
- Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the title page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-dvips
-\series default
- This is automatically set each time you create a new 
-\family sans
-foils
-\family default
- document.
- This option tells 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape foils.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-landscape
-\series default
- Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't do any rotation.
- Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape.
- Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the 
-\family sans
-Foilhead
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Rotatefoilhead
-\family default
- environments (don't worry these are described in the next section).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-leqno
-\series default
- Equation numbers on the left.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-fleqn
-\series default
- Flush-left equations.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Supported Environments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported by the 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- class.
- There are several additional environments provided by 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- as well as a couple added by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- The following environments are shared with other classes:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Standard
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-List
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LyX
--Code
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Verse
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Quote
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Title
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Author
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Date
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Address
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-RightAddress
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-That is,
- all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments.
- Since foils are essentially self-contained sections,
- with a title and body,
- 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Foilhead
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Rotatefoilhead
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-ShortFoilhead
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-ShortRotatefoilhead
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-and the differences will be explained in the next section.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Theorem
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Lemma
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Corollary
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Proposition
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Definition
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Proof
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Theorem*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Lemma*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Corollary*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Proposition*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Definition*
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered.
- There are also two list environments added by \SpecialChar LyX
- and these are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-TickList
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-CrossList
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document.
- If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to do so is at the very top of a foil,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\emph on
-
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\emph default
-straight after the foilhead.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For this purpose,
- the following command styles are provided [
-\shape smallcaps
-Martin Vermeer
-\shape default
-]:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-My
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Logo
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Restriction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Footer
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Header
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Left
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Header
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are also a few commands provided by 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- that aren't directly supported by \SpecialChar LyX
- but I'll tell you what they do and how to use them in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:unsuppfoils"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Building a Set of Foils
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments to build a set of foils.
- If you want to see an example set of foils,
- take a look at 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Foils
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Give It a Title Page
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unlike other classes that provide 
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environments,
- 
-\family sans
-\lang ngerman
-FoilTeX
-\family default
-\lang english
- creates the title on a page of its own.
- If you leave out the 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
- environment \SpecialChar LaTeX
- will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate the output).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Start a New Foil
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As I mentioned earlier,
- there are four ways of starting a new foil.
- For portrait foils you should use 
-\family sans
-Foilhead
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-ShortFoilhead.
-
-\family default
- The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Landscape foils are generated using the 
-\family sans
-Rotatefoilhead
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-ShortRotatefoilhead
-\family default
- environments.
- Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body.
- Both of the short versions have 0.5
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-inches less separation between the foilhead and the body.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that you have to use the 
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- driver to generate the PostScript output otherwise the foils won't be rotated.
- It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the 
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Theorems,
- Lemmas,
- Proofs and more
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can't have two of the same type of these environments directly following each other.
- If you use a normal paragraph break,
- ,
- you will just be extending the previous environment as if you had merged the two environments together.
- Rather than that,
- you need to insert a so-called separator.
- Please refer to the section entitled 
-\emph on
-Separate Nestings
-\emph default
- in the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Lists
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as well as two new ones.
- I'll only describe the new ones here.
- If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide.
-
-\emph default
- If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the 
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Bullet
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Selection
-\family default
- dialog described above in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:bullets"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The two new list styles,
- 
-\family sans
-TickList
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-CrossList
-\family default
-,
- are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick or a cross as the label of the list.
- These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the 
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- environment.
- They do however require that you have the 
-\family typewriter
-psnfss
-\family default
- packages installed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Figures and Tables
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page or to some user specified location.
- In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Page Headers and Footers
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:foilfoot"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-My
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Logo
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Restriction
-\family default
- are two commands used to control the left-footer text string.
- The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils and defaults to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
--Typeset by 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience,
- 
-\emph on
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\emph default
-
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-Confidential.
- It is empty by default.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The remaining page corners can be filled by 
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Footer
-\family default
- (which defaults to page numbers),
- 
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Header
-\family default
- (top right) and 
-\family sans
-Left
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Header
-\family default
- (top left).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Unsupported 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- Goodies
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:unsuppfoils"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\family default
- environment or as 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- within another environment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Lengths
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All lengths are adjusted using the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\family default
-\emph on
-lengthname
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
-}{
-\family default
-\emph on
-newlength
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
-}
-\family default
- command.
- Where 
-\emph on
-lengthname
-\emph default
- should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and 
-\emph on
-newlength
-\emph default
- is the length value.
- All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches (
-\family typewriter
-in
-\family default
-),
- millimeters (
-\family typewriter
-mm
-\family default
-) or points (
-\family typewriter
-pt
-\family default
-) or relative to some document or font-based length such as 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-textwidth
-\family default
-.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the foil by adjusting the length specified by 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-foilheadskip
-\family default
-.
- For example,
- to make 
-\emph on
-all
-\emph default
- foilheads 0.5
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-in closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble:
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-abovefloatskip
-\family default
- Separation between the text and the top of the float
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-abovecaptionskip
-\family default
- Separation between the float and the caption
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-belowcaptionskip
-\family default
- Separation between the caption and the following text
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-captionwidth
-\family default
- You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting this length.
- Best done relative to 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-textwidth
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful if you have a long title or several authors:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-abovetitleskip
-\family default
- Separation from headers to 
-\family sans
-Title
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-titleauthorskip
-\family default
- between 
-\family sans
-Title
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
- environments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-authorauthorskip
-\family default
- between multiple 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
- lines
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-authordateskip
-\family default
- between the 
-\family sans
-Author
-\family default
- and the 
-\family sans
-Date
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-dateabstractskip
-\family default
- between the 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
- and the 
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The last length related command affects all the list environments.
- If you place 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-zerolistvertdimens
-\family default
- 
-\emph on
-inside
-\emph default
- a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items is removed.
- Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-setlength
-\family default
- like the stuff mentioned above.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Headers and Footers
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-LogoOn
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-LogoOff
-\family default
- commands control whether the logo in the 
-\family sans
-MyLogo
-\family default
- definition appear on a given page.
- If you put 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-LogoOff
-\family default
- in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them.
- If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-LogoOff
-\family default
- directly after the foilhead of that page and the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-LogoOn
-\family default
- directly after the next foilhead.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you decide to use the 
-\family sans
-fancy
-\family default
- page style setting in the 
-\family sans
-Document
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Layout
-\family default
- dialog you should probably add 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-headwidth
-\backslash
-textwidth
-\family default
- to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly placed when rotated.
- This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the 
-\family sans
-fancyheadings
-\family default
- package and the 
-\family sans
-\lang ngerman
-FoilTeX
-\family default
-\lang english
- class.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Powerdot
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Powerdot
-\family default
- uses the 
-\family typewriter
-powerdot.cls
-\family default
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- class for creating presentations.
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Powerdot
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- The documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Seminar"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-Seminar
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document class 
-\family sans
-Seminar
-\family default
- uses the 
-\family typewriter
-seminar.cls
-\family default
- document class for creating presentations.
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Seminar
-\family default
- offers guidance on its use.
- The documentation is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Slides [aka 
-\noun on
-Sli\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\noun default
-]
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:slitex"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Original by 
-\noun on
-John Weiss
-\noun default
-;
- updated by the \SpecialChar LyX
- Team
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
- to make slides for overhead projectors.
- There are two document classes that can do this:
- the 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- document class and the 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- document class.
- This section documents the former.
- If you’re looking for the documentation for 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
-,
- check out section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:foiltex"
-plural "false"
-caps "false"
-noprefix "false"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- As of 2023 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- has continued to be maintained whereas 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- has not been maintained since 2008.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Getting Started
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:slidesetup"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Obviously,
- to use this document class,
- you need to select 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- from the class list in the 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are some other special things you should know about this class:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Don't bother changing the options 
-\family sans
-Sides and Columns
-\family default
-.
- They're not supported by the 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- class,
- anyways.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The option 
-\family sans
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-style
-\family default
- behaves a bit differently for this class.
- The possible choices and what they do are as follows:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-plain
-\family default
- The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-headings
-\family default
- Like 
-\family sans
-plain
-\family default
-,
- but also prints out any time markers you've put in.
- This is the default.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-empty
-\family default
- The final output contains no page numbers,
- time markers,
- or alignment markers.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- class has an extra option:
- 
-\family typewriter
-clock
-\family default
-.
- To use it,
- put 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-clock
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in the extra class options.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using this options allows you to add time markers to 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-s.
- See section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:slideNote"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for more details.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use the template file to automatically set up a document to use the 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- class using 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-from
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Slides
-\family default
- to open your new document.
- The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph environments used by this class.
- I'll describe those next.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Paragraph Environments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Supported Environments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- document is the font size and type:
- it's the equivalent of the size 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-Largest
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in the 
-\family sans
-Sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Serif
-\family default
- font.
- This is also what's used in the output.
- Think of this as a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-visual cue
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to remind you that this is a slide.
- Your final slides will use a larger font;
- ergo,
- you'll have less space.
- Of course,
- the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG,
- only a reminder.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar].
- Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing.
- There are also five new ones.
- That's because the 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- class itself only supports certain paragraph environments:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Standard
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-List
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Quote
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Verse
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Caption
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LyX
--Code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All of the other standard environments,
- including the section-heading environments,
- aren't used in the 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- class.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-On the other hand,
- you'll notice the following new environments:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Slide
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Note
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-These five are kind of quirky,
- due to a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-feature
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- You see,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment into an empty environment.
- Now,
- that's fine and dandy,
- but it means that you wouldn't be able to start a slide with anything except plain text.
- To deal with this,
- I've performed a little 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- magic.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Quirks of the New Environments
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:slideQuirk"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent limitiations in the current version of \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- As I just mentioned,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- forbids environments that begin with another environment.
- To get around this,
- the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
-.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You should consider 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- to be 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-pseudo-environments.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- They look like a section heading or a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-Caption
-\family default
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- but really begin a [and,
- if necessary,
- end the previous] paragraph environment.
- Likewise,
- treat 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
- as 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-pseudo-commands.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- These two perform some action.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A common feature of all five environments,
- 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
-,
- is a rather long-ish label.
- The text following this label —
- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph environment —
- is utterly irrelevant for 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- completely ignores it.
- In fact,
- you can leave these five environments completely empty.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-While you don't 
-\emph on
-have
-\emph default
- to put any text after the rather long-ish label,
- you might want to.
- This could be a short description of the contents of the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- for example.
- In that case,
- enter your descriptive comment and hit 
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- as you normally would.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Making a Presentation with 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Note
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Using the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- Environment
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentation,
- you'll be sorely disappointed.
- Naturally,
- I'll describe all of the ways the 
-\family sans
-Slides
-\family default
- class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation.
- Filling in the contents,
- however,
- is up to you.
- [Then again,
- that 
-\emph on
-is
-\emph default
- the \SpecialChar LyX
- philosophy.]
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Choosing the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- environment [in the manner described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:slideQuirk"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-] tells \SpecialChar LyX
- to begin a new slide [duh].
- The label for this environment/
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-pseudo-command
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is an 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-ASCII line,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in cool blue,
- followed by the label,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-NewSlide:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide.
- It's that simple.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in \SpecialChar LyX
- (this can be specified in the 
-\family sans
-Paragraph Layout
-\family default
- dialog).
- In fact,
- you'll want to,
- once you finish entering the contents of one slide.
- If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide,
- the extra overflows onto a new slide.
- I don't recommend doing this,
- however,
- since the overflow slide won't have any page number on it.
- Furthermore,
- it may interfere with any 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- you've made to accompany the oversized 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- environments work the same way as the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- environment.
- They both create an 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-ASCII line
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- followed by a label [
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-NewOverlay:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-NewNote:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- respectively].
- The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue,
- and the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-ASCII line
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- will look different,
- in style and in length.
- The label fonts of all three also differ from one another.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As with a 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- if the contents of a 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper,
- the extra will overflow onto a new sheet.
- Again,
- you should avoid this.
- It defeats the whole purpose of 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-s and 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-s.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Using 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- with 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The idea behind an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- is a slide that sits atop another slide.
- Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- before displaying the text associated with it.
- One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- you want to display later.
- This method fails,
- however,
- if you wish to overlap one graph with another,
- for example.
- You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate,
- overlapping 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-s to align the two graphs.
- The use of an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- environment in both cases makes life much easier.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Each 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- receives the page number of its 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-parent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- appended by 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--a
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Presumably,
- mutliple 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-s would have 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--a
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--b
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--c
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- etc.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-appended to the page number of the parent 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Clearly,
- you want the contents of both the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- and the 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- to each fit on a single physical slide!
- You should probably consider an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- as 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-part of
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- a 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
- Indeed,
- the \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- class provides a visual cue for this:
- the label at the start of an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- is shorter than that at the start of a 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
- Lastly,
- when you generate printable output,
- you'll find alignment markers in all four corners of both the 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- page and its parent 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
- These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the two transparencies.
- How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide?
- Worse still,
- what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide,
- but there is text on the main transparency that goes in between them?
- You could try and insert vertical space of the right size.
- The better way is to use 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As their names imply,
- 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
- are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text invisible and visible,
- respectively.
- Note from section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:slideQuirk"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- that you don't place anything 
-\emph on
-into
-\emph default
- these two environments,
- however.
- When you create an 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
-,
- it inserts a centered,
- sky-blue label into the page reading 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-<Invisible Text Follows>
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- For paragraphs following this label,
- the parts of the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- [or 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-;
- it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
-,
- the corresponding centered label is 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-<Visible Text Follows>
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in blazing green.
- Paragraphs following this label behave normally.
- Note that the beginning of a new 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-,
- or 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- automatically shuts off an 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
-.
- It's therefore not necessary to use 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
- at the end of a 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-By now,
- it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using the proper combination of 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
- on a 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Create a 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- including everything that will appear on it,
- whether on the main slide or on the 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-,
- insert an 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- environment.
- If necessary,
- insert a 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
- environment after the 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
--only text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Start an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- immediately following the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Copy the contents of this 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- into the 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Within the 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-,
- change all of the 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- lines to 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
- and vice-versa.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-That's it.
- You've just made an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's one problem with the way I've designed the \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- class:
- you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible,
- nor make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again.
- To accomplish this feat,
- you'll need to use some inlined \SpecialChar LaTeX
- codes.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The commands of interest are:
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-{
-\backslash
-invisible \SpecialChar ldots
- }
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-{
-\backslash
-visible \SpecialChar ldots
- }
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar ldots
-and need to be marked as \SpecialChar TeX
-.
- The text whose 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-visibility
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-invisible
-\family default
- or 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-visible
-\family default
- command].
- If you don't know how to mark text as \SpecialChar TeX
-,
- see the appropriate section of the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Using 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- with 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:slideNote"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Like an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-,
- a 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- is associated with a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-parent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
- Here,
- too,
- the \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- class provides visual cues.
- The label for a 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- is shorter than that of a 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- [yet longer than that of an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-] and,
- like the label of an 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- is shockingly magenta.
- Additionally,
- the printed 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- has the page number of its 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-parent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- appended by 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-1
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- etc.
- You can have multiple 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-s associated with a single 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-,
- and,
- as with 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-,
- you'll probably want to break up long 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The purpose of a 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- is obvious:
- it contains anything additional you might want to say about a 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
- It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
- In the case of the latter,
- you might want to make use of time markers.
- Currently,
- the \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- class has no 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-native
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- support for time markers,
- a 
-\noun on
-Sli\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\noun default
- feature.
- So,
- you'll have to resort to using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- codes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use time markers,
- you'll need to specify the extra class option 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-clock
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- [see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:slidesetup"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-].
- This option turns on timing marks,
- which will appear in the lower-left-hand corner of every 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- you generate.
- To set what appears in the time marker,
- you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-settime{}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-addtime{}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-settime{}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- sets the time marker to a given time.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-addtime{}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- increments the time marker by the specified amount.
- Using time markers and 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-s in this fashion,
- you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particular 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's one last feature to describe.
- Clearly,
- you'd like to print out all of your 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-s and 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-s on transparencies while printing all of your 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-s on plain paper.
- However,
- a 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- 
-\emph on
-must
-\emph default
- follow the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- with which it is associated.
- What's a person to do?
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Luckily,
- there are two \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands that allow you to select what to print out.
- Both must be placed into the preamble of your document.
- The command 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-onlyslides{
-\backslash
-slides}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- will cause the output to contain only the 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
-s and 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
-s.
- Correspondingly,
- the command 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-onlynotes{
-\backslash
-notes}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- prevents the output of anything but 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-s.
- I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment both out.
- You can then preview your entire presentation as you write.
- When you're done writing,
- you can then uncomment one of the two to select what you want to print.
- I like to uncomment 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-onlyslides{
-\backslash
-slides}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- ,
- print to a file with 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--slides
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in its name,
- comment it back out,
- then uncomment 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-onlynotes{
-\backslash
-notes}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and print to a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-*-notes.ps
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- file.
- I can then send either file to a printer,
- loading transparencies or plain paper as appropriate.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also provide other arguments to the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-onlyslides{}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-onlynotes{}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- commands.
- See a good \SpecialChar LaTeX
- book for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-The 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- Class Template File
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-I have also provided a template file with the 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- class.
- To use it,
- begin your new presentation with 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-from
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Slides
-\family default
-.
- Your new \SpecialChar LyX
- presentation file will contain an example 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- – 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- – 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- triplet.
- The 
-\family sans
-Slide
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Overlay
-\family default
- additionally contain an example of the use of 
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
-.
- Lastly,
- the preamble will contain:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-%
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-%
-\backslash
-onlyslides{
-\backslash
-slides}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-% Uncomment to print out only notes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-%
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-%
-\backslash
-onlynotes{
-\backslash
-notes}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One final thing:
- I created this class to support the \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\noun on
-Sli\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\noun default
- emulation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- class,
- one of the built-in \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- classes.
- Neither I nor the rest of the \SpecialChar LyX
- Team endorse or oppose the use of this built-in slide class.
- It's here if you want it or need it.
- There exist other \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- classes for creating presentations,
- such 
-\family sans
-Foils
-\family default
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:foiltex"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) or 
-\family sans
-Seminar
-\family default
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Seminar"
-plural "false"
-caps "false"
-noprefix "false"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Reports
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-report
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Report classes are sort of a hybrid between book and article classes:
- like book classes,
- they provide parts,
- chapters and sections but does not provide frontmatter,
- mainmatter,
- and backmatter;
- like article classes,
- they provide abstract paragraph styles and are one-sided by default.
- Also,
- they do not start a new chapter on the right hand page (even in two-side mode).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All externally maintained 
-\family sans
-report
-\family default
- document classes that are officially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
- are described in the Collections (section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Collections"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-):
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-For 
-\family sans
-Japanese Report (Standard Class,
- vertical Writing)
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Japanese Report (Standard Class)
-\family default
-,
- see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Japanese"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-For 
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script Report
-\family default
-,
- see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:KOMA-Script"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-For 
-\family sans
-Report (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes)
-\family default
-,
- see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-For 
-\family sans
-Polish Report (MW Bundle)
-\family default
-,
- see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection"
-plural "false"
-caps "false"
-noprefix "false"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Scripts
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the 
-\family sans
-Scripts
-\family default
- category,
- we assemble document classes that help to write drama or movie scripts.
- The category is also open for other scripts,
- such as lecture scripts,
- for which no classes are officially supported yet by \SpecialChar LyX
- though.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Broadway
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by 
-\shape smallcaps
-Garst Reese
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Broadway
-\family default
- is for writing plays.
- The format is more decorative than 
-\family sans
-Hollywood
-\family default
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Hollywood"
-
-\end_inset
-
-),
- and much less standardized.
- This format should be suitable for workshops.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Special problems
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The same as in 
-\family sans
-Hollywood
-\family default
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Special-problems-Hollywood"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Special features
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Insert the 
-\family sans
-Speaker
-\family default
- names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
- The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Paper size and Margins
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-USLetter,
- left 1.6in,
- right 0.75in,
- top 0.5in,
- bottom 0.75in
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Environments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following environments are available.
- You can use 
-\family typewriter
-broadway.bind
-\family default
- to get the bind keys shown at the right.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Standard
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-You should not have to use this,
- but it is here for anything that does not fit otherwise.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Narrative
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z n
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Used to describe stage setting and the action.
- First use of speaker names in all CAPs.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-ACT
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z a
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Automatically numbered.
- On screen it will be arabic,
- but will print as Roman.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-ACT*
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S at
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Subtitle for 
-\family sans
-ACT.
-
-\family default
- It is just centered text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-SCENE
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-S
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Not automatically numbered.
- You supply the number.
- This is because I couldn't figure out how.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-AT_RISE:
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-R
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain rises.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Speaker
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z s
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-The speaker's (actor's) title,
- centered in all CAPS.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Parenthetical
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z p
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Instructions to the speaker.
- The parentheses are automatically inserted.
- The ( will appear on screen,
- but both will be in the printed play.
- This environment is only used within 
-\family sans
-Dialogue
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Dialogue
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z d
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-What the Speaker says.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-CURTAIN
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-C
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-The curtain comes down.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Title
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-T
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Author
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-A
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right_Address
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z r
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hello there.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Hollywood"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by 
-\shape smallcaps
-Garst Reese
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-rite of passage.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and familiar for the actors to read.
- Each page of a script should be one minute of film.
- Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen.
- The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout.
- No italics.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Special-problems-Hollywood"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Special problems
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Speakers' lines should 
-\emph on
-never
-\emph default
- break in mid-sentence.
- If a speaker's lines continue over a page break,
- repeat the 
-\family sans
-Speaker
-\family default
- title followed by (Cont'd).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Special features
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Insert the 
-\family sans
-Speaker
-\family default
- names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
- The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
- You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Paper size and Margins
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-USLetter,
- left 1.6in,
- right 0.75in,
- top 0.5in,
- bottom 0.75in
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Environments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following environments are available.
- You can use 
-\family typewriter
-hollywood.bind
-\family default
- to get the bind keys shown at the right.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Standard
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Used where nothing else works.
- Try to avoid it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-FADE_IN
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-z S-I
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Usually followed by something like 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-on Sally waking up.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-INT:
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z i
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up.
- Always followed by DAY or NIGHT,
- or something similar to define the lighting required.
- Everthing on this line in CAPS.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-EXT:
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z e
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up.
- Everthing on this line in CAPS.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Speaker
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z s
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-The character speaking.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Parenthetical
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z p
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Instructions to the speaker.
- The () are automatically inserted.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Dialogue
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z d
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-What the 
-\family sans
-Speaker
-\family default
- says.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Transition
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z t
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Camera movement instruction.
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-CUT TO:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-FADE OUT:
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-I
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Author
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-A
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Title
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-T
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right_Address
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z r
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Script jargon
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-(O.S) —
- off screen
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-(V.0) —
- voice over
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-b.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
- —
- background
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-C.U.
- —
- close-up
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-PAN —
- camera movement
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-INSERT —
- cut to close-up of
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Modules
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Academic Field Specifics
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Chemistry:
- Hazard and Precautionary Statements
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides two insets and a paragraph style to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical hazard and precautionary statements.
- For a description see 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Hazard and Precautionary Statements
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Hazard and Precautionary Statements
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\series bold
-Chemistry:
- Risk and Safety Statements
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides two insets,
- 
-\family sans
-R-S number
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-R-S phrase
-\family default
-,
- accessible via the menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-I
-\bar default
-nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Insets
-\family default
- and an environment to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical risk and safety statements.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Linguistics
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides specific environments useful for linguistics (numbered examples,
- glosses,
- semantic markup,
- OT tableau floats).
- You can obtain information about this module in 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-H
-\bar default
-elp\SpecialChar menuseparator
-S
-\bar under
-p
-\bar default
-ecific
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-L
-\bar default
-inguistics
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Linguistics
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Accessibility
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Braille
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module supports the Braille script.
- It requires the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package 
-\family typewriter
-braille.sty
-\family default
-.
- This and its documentation can be obtained from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/braille"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- See 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-H
-\bar default
-elp\SpecialChar menuseparator
-S
-\bar under
-p
-\bar default
-ecific
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-B
-\bar default
-raille
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Braille
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Annotation & Revision
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-FiXme Notes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides “FiXme” (marginal) annotations for document revision purposes.
- A list of annotations can be produced by using the “List of FIXMEs” paragraph style.
- The annotations are customizable via the LaTeX preamble.
- See the 
-\family typewriter
-fixme
-\family default
- documentation which can be obtained from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fixme/fixme.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Note:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by default,
- the notes are only displayed in “draft” mode (if the option “draft” has been inserted in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom
-\family default
-).
- To display them always,
- insert 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-fxsetup{draft}
-\family default
- in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- Preamble
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-PDF Comments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides various kinds of annotations for PDF output.
- See 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF comments 
-\family default
-and
-\family sans
- File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF Comments
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\series bold
-PDF Form
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides fields and buttons for PDF forms.
- See the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "hyperref documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF forms 
-\family default
-and
-\family sans
- File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF Form
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\series bold
-Ruby (Furigana)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines an inset to typeset reading aids (ruby,
- furigana) to Chinese characters.
- It uses the 
-\family typewriter
-okumakro
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-luatexja-ruby
-\family default
- or 
-\family typewriter
-ruby
-\family default
- package (depending on the TeX engine) or a fallback definition.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\series bold
-TODO notes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides custom insets to insert TODO items in your document.
- In order to generate a “List of TODOs,” the module provides a paragraph style.
- Inserting 
-\family typewriter
-final
-\family default
- in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom
-\family default
-) suppresses the output of TODO notes.
- See the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "todonotes documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/todonotes/todonotes.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-APA Style with Natbib
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module adds support for using natbib together with apacite (the bibliography style need not be 
-\family typewriter
-apacite
-\family default
- —
- it could be 
-\family typewriter
-apacite
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-apacitex
-\family default
-,
- or any bibliography that works with both the natbib and apacite packages.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Boxes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fancy Colored Boxes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module adds ten custom insets that support colored boxes via the 
-\family typewriter
-tcolorbox
-\family default
- package.
- See 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Colored boxes
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Fancy Color Boxes
-\family default
- and the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "tcolorbox documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tcolorbox/tcolorbox.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Graphic boxes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This provides the custom insets 
-\family sans
-Reflectbox
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Resizebox
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Rotatebox
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Scalebox
-\family default
- to scale and rotate its content.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Reflectbox
-\family default
- is a simple way of reversing text without any other enhancement:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Reflectbox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Great Western Railway
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-(You will need to use Ctrl-R to see any of these examples.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Resizebox
-\family default
- allows you to specify the dimensions of the text or image;
- permissible units are em,
- ex,
- in,
- pt,
- pc,
- cm,
- mm,
- dd,
- cc,
- nd,
- nc,
- bp,
- or sp;
- if you enter 
-\family typewriter
-!
-
-\family default
- for 
-\family typewriter
-Height
-\family default
- it scales by the width factor:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Resizebox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-48mm
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-!
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Great Western Railway
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Rotatebox
-\family default
- allows you to rotate its contents around the reference point of the box.
- If you wish to rotate the box around a different origin,
- place the cursor inside the box and select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Origin;
- o
-\family typewriter
-rigin
-\family default
- is specified as 
-\family typewriter
-c
-\family default
-,
-
-\family typewriter
- l
-\family default
-,
-
-\family typewriter
- r
-\family default
-,
-
-\family typewriter
- b
-\family default
-,
-
-\family typewriter
- t
-\family default
- or meaningful combinations of these and the counterclockwise rotation angle is expressed in degrees.
- For example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Rotatebox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-origin=c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-30
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Great Western Railway
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can combine boxes as in:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Rotatebox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-origin=c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--15
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Resizebox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-48mm
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-!
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Reflectbox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Great Western Railway
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Scalebox
-\family default
- scales its contents;
- select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-V-Factor to add a vertical factor.
- If the vertical factor is omitted,
- the horizontal is used.
- Adding different horizontal and vertical values creates distortion as in
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-\begin_inset Flex Scalebox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1.5
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family roman
-Great Western Railway
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A negative horizontal value reverses the text on the horizontal axis,
- a negative vertical value on the vertical axis,
- so that you get
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Scalebox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Great Western Railway
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Scalebox
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Great Western Railway
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Section Boxes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines Boxes with section header.
- It is mainly intended for the SciPoster Document class.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Variable-width Minipages
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module adds a 
-\family sans
-Minipage (Var.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-Width)
-\family default
- inset to 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom Inset
-\family default
- using the 
-\family typewriter
-varwidth
-\family default
- LaTeX package.
- The 
-\family typewriter
-varwidth
-\family default
- package provides a variable-width minipage,
- whose resulting width is the width of its contents (if this does not exceed the specified maximum width).
- The inset has two optional arguments which can be added by placing the cursor inside the minipage and entering 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Vert.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-Adjustment
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-c|t|b
-\family default
-) or 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Max.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-Width
-\family default
- (defaults to 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-linewidth
-\family default
-).
- See 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Variable-width Minipages
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Fixes & Hacks
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fix Computer Modern Fonts
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module uses the 
-\family sans
-fix-cm
-\family default
- package to improve the appearance of Computer Modern fonts and make them available with arbitrary sizes.
- See the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "fix-cm documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- Kernel Fixes (Obsolete)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module loads the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package 
-\family sans
-fixltx2e
-\family default
- which contains some bug fixes for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- If you use this module your typeset document may look different when you process it,
- depending on the respective version of 
-\family sans
-fixltx2e
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Note:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
- kernels (as of 2015/01/01) include the functionality of 
-\family sans
-fixltx2e
-\family default
-,
- so the 
-\family sans
-fixltx2e
-\family default
- module is obsolete with newer \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distributions.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Minimalistic Insets
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module redefines several insets (Index,
- Branch,
- URL) as being Minimalistic.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Title and Preamble Hacks
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides two new paragraph styles:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-In Preamble
-\family default
- which puts whatever is entered into it into the preamble.
- This can be used,
- if one wishes,
- to include preamble code in the body of a LyX document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-In Title
-\family default
- which that will put its contents into the body of the LaTeX document,
- but before 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-maketitle
-\family default
- is issued.
- This is useful for making branches and notes in title-related material.
- (However,
- if you put these in a 
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- layout,
- this signals to LyX to output 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-maketitle
-\family default
-,
- which may then come too early.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Floats & captions
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Algorithm2e Float
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module uses the 
-\family sans
-algorithm2e
-\family default
- package for algorithm floats rather than LyX’s home-brewed algorithm floats.
- Use the Algorithm paragraph style to enter and indent the algorithm.
- See the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "algorithm2e documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/doc/algorithm2e.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bilingual Captions AKA Multilingual Captions
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides the paragraph style 
-\family sans
-Caption
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-setup
-\family default
- with which to typeset bilingual captions.
- Within this paragraph style 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Language
-\family default
- allows you to enter the desired second language using one of the babel names.
- See 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Multilingual Captions
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Multilingual Captions
-\family default
- further information on its use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Number Figures by Section
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module resets the figure number at section start and prepends the section number to the figure number,
- as in “Figure 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Number Tables by Section
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module resets the table number at section start and prepends the section number to the table number,
- as in “Table 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Foot- and Endnotes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Endnotes (Basic)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module adds an endnote inset,
- in addition to footnotes.
- This uses the 
-\family sans
-endnotes
-\family default
- package,
- which has some limitations but works with older \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distributions as well.
- Use 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Endnote
-\family default
- to insert an endnote and 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Endnotes
-\family default
- to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
- See also 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Embedded Objects
-\family default
-,
- section 
-\emph on
-4.2 Footnotes
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Endnotes (Extended)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module adds an endnote inset,
- in addition to footnotes.
- This uses the 
-\family sans
-enotez
-\family default
- package which is more powerful and customizable than the 
-\family sans
-endnotes
-\family default
- package,
- but requires a fairly modern \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution (with \SpecialChar LaTeX
-3).
- Use 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Endnote
-\family default
- to insert an endnote and 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Endnotes
-\family default
- to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
- See also 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Embedded Objects
-\family default
-,
- section 
-\emph on
-4.2 Footnotes
-\emph default
-..
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Footnotes as Endnotes (Basic)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module sets all footnotes as endnotes.
- This uses the 
-\family sans
-endnotes
-\family default
- package,
- which has some limitations but works with older \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distributions as well.
- Use 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Endnotes
-\family default
- to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
- See also 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Embedded Objects
-\family default
-,
- section 
-\emph on
-4.2 Footnotes
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Footnotes as Endnotes (Extended)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module sets all footnotes as endnotes.
- This uses the 
-\family sans
-enotez
-\family default
- package which is more powerful and customizable than then 
-\family sans
-endnotes
-\family default
- package,
- but requires a fairly modern \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution (with \SpecialChar LaTeX
-3).
- Use 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Endnotes
-\family default
- to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
- See also 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Embedded Objects
-\family default
-,
- section 
-\emph on
-4.2 Footnotes
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Leisure,
- Sports and Music
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Chess Board
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides support for the 
-\family sans
-chessboard
-\family default
- package to print chess games.
- See 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Chess
-\family default
- where you will find 
-\family sans
-Game 1
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Game 2
-\family default
- and the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "chessboard documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/chessboard/chessboard.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Lilypond Music Notation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides an inset via 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-I
-\bar default
-nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Lilypond
-\family default
- in which to enter code for the LilyPond music editor.
- It will then be processed in the output.
- See 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Lilypond
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Lilypond Book
-\family default
-.
- It cannot be used if the modules 
-\family sans
-Rnw
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-(knitr) 
-\family default
-or
-\family sans
- Sweave
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-List enhancements
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Customizable Lists
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Customizable-Lists"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module uses the
-\family sans
- enumitem
-\family default
- package to enable the customization of various list environments.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Custom Enumerate Lists
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-I
-\bar default
-nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-hort Title
-\family default
-) to the first item of each level in the list.
- There you add the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-label=
-\backslash
-roman{enumi}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-in \SpecialChar TeX
- Code (shortcut 
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "shortcut"
-arg   "ert-insert"
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-enumi
-\family default
- is the first level counter of the enumeration.
- To change the numbering for the list sublevels,
- replace the “
-\family sans
-i
-\family default
-” in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (
-\family sans
-enumi
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-enumii
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-enumiii
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-enumiv
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The command 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-roman
-\family default
- outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral.
- For capital Roman numerals replace 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-roman
-\family default
- with 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-Roman
-\family default
- in the command above.
- For Arabic numerals use 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-arabic
-\family default
-.
- To 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-number
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- items with capital or small Latin letters use 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-Alph
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-alph
-\family default
-,
- respectively.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-
-\series default
- You can only number 26
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-items with Latin letters,
- because this numbering is limited to single letters.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is a list with custom numbering:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-label=
-\backslash
-#
-\backslash
-Alph{enumi}
-\backslash
-#
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Level 1
-\begin_inset Separator latexpar
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-label=
-\backslash
-Alph{enumi}.
-\backslash
-arabic{enumii}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Level 2
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Level 2
-\begin_inset Separator latexpar
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-label=
-\backslash
-bfseries{
-\backslash
-arabic{enumiii}}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Level 3
-\begin_inset Separator latexpar
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-label=
-\backslash
-emph{
-\backslash
-roman{enumiv})}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Level 4
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-For this list these commands were used:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-
-\family sans
-label=
-\backslash
-#
-\backslash
-Alph{enumi}
-\backslash
-#
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-label=
-\backslash
-Alph{enumi}.
-\backslash
-arabic{enumii}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-label=
-\backslash
-bfseries{
-\backslash
-arabic{enumiii}}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-label=
-\backslash
-emph{
-\backslash
-roman{enumiv})}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where the command 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-emph{}
-\family default
- makes the label emphasized and 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-bfseries{}
-\family default
- makes it bold.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-
-\series default
- When you change the label of a list level,
- it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumi}{
-\backslash
-thesection.
-\backslash
-arabic{enumi}}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Numbered Paragraphs in Reports
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Official reports often include numbered paragraphs;
- you can achieve this with a variation on the approach outlined in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:How-to-use"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Replace 
-\family sans
-item
-\family default
- in each command with 
-\family sans
-enum
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-These numbered paragraphs were generated by inserting the \SpecialChar TeX
- Code
-\begin_inset Separator latexpar
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumi}{
-\backslash
-thesection.
-\backslash
-arabic{enumi}}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-before the start of the section;
- 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-thesection
-\family default
- uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- section counter to generate the first part of the number.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-I have ignored the subsection heading in this example because,
- with paragraphs numbered in this way,
- subsections are less likely to be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Resumed Enumeration
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumi}{
-\backslash
-arabic{enumi}}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-label=
-\backslash
-arabic{enumi}.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-first
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-goes back to default numbering
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-second
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-regular text
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
-resumed
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To resume an enumeration,
- use the style 
-\family sans
-Enumerate-Resume
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-
-\series default
- If there is no previous enumeration to resume,
- you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- error.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one.
- Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
- This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration.
- There,
- insert the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-start=number
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where 
-\family sans
-number
-\family default
- is the number with which you want to resume the list.
- An example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-first item
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-second item
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Enumeration starting at a given value:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-start=4
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-This enumeration starts at 4
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-List Spacing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-range none
-pageformat default
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists !
- Spacing
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list.
- For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-A bullet list
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-with standard spacing
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list.
- Add there the command 
-\family sans
-nolistsep
-\family default
- to get no additional list space like in this example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-nolistsep
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-A bullet list
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-without additional
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-vertical space
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To add space you can use several other commands provided by the 
-\family sans
-enumitem
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-range none
-pageformat default
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages !
- enumitem
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package.
- For more information see the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "enumitem documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation.
- Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-cm so that the number is in the page margin:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-labelindent=
-\backslash
-parindent,
- labelsep=2cm
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-An enumeration
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-with negative indentation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Further Customization
-\begin_inset Index idx
-range none
-pageformat default
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists !
- Customization
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also change the style of description lists.
- The command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-font=definition
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-changes the description label font,
- the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-style=definitio
-\family default
-\series bold
-n
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-sets the list style.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-An example where the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-font=
-\backslash
-itshape,
- style=nextline
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-is used:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Ionizing
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-radiation:
- 
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-labelindent=0pt,
- labelsep=1cm,
- font=
-\backslash
-itshape,
- style=nextline
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules,
- therefore ionizing them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Reference
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-counting:
- In computer science,
- reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references,
- pointers,
- or handles to a resource such as an object,
- block of memory,
- disk space or other resource.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are many more commands and features provided by the 
-\family sans
-enumitem
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-range none
-pageformat default
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages !
- enumitem
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package.
- For more information see the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "enumitem documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\series bold
-Paragraph Lists
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module uses the package 
-\family sans
-paralist
-\family default
- to provide nine new list environments.
- Itemized and enumerated lists can be typeset within paragraphs,
- as paragraphs and in a compact version.
- Most environments have optional arguments to format the labels.
- Additionally,
- the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- list environments itemize and enumerate are extended to use a similar optional argument.
- For further details see 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paragraph Lists (paralist)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paralist
-\family default
- and the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "paralist documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/paralist.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Literate Programming
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Noweb
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module allows the use of Noweb as a literate programming tool.
- The files and the documentation for Noweb can be obtained from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/noweb"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Literate programming is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- and there are three example files:
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Noweb
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Noweb Listerrors
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Noweb2\SpecialChar LyX
-
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Rnw (knitr)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module uses the 
-\family typewriter
-knitr
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-includernw
-\family default
- packages.
- The
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-knitr
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package in R for dynamic report generation has to be installed for this module to work:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-install.packages(“knitr”)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Note
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-it depends on R >= 2.14.1.
- For more info see 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://yihui.name/knitr
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The package 
-\family sans
-includernw
-\family default
- also has to be installed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-It cannot be used if the modules 
-\family sans
-LilyPond
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Book
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Sweave
-\family default
- are loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-See 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Knitr
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Rnw (knitr)
-\family default
- and section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for information about literate programming.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Sweave
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module allows the use of the statistical language S/R as a literate programming tool.
- It requires the 
-\family sans
-includernw
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-fancyvrb
-\family default
- packages.
- Both 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "includernw"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/includernw"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "fancyvrb"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- are available from CTAN.
- It cannot be used if the module 
-\family sans
-LilyPond
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Book
-\family default
- has been loaded.
- See 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sweave,
-
-\family default
- 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sweave
-\family default
- and section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for information about literate programming.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Maths
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS Theorems
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This modules defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
- Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
- By default,
- the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document.
- This can be changed by loading one of the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots
-)
-\family default
- modules.
- It cannot be used if the modules 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS Theorems (Extended)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- package (which must be loaded).
- It includes 
-\family sans
-Criterion
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Algorithm
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Axiom
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Condition
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Notation
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Summary
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Conclusion
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Fact
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Assumption
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Case
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Question
-\family default
- in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS Theorems (Extended,
- Numbered by Type within Chapters)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
-\family default
- module (which must be loaded).
- It includes 
-\family sans
-Criterion
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Algorithm
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Axiom
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Condition
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Notation
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Summary
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Conclusion
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Assumption
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Case
-\family default
- in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unlike the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Extended)
-\family default
- module,
- the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter,
- restarted with each new chapter (e.g.,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 1.1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 1.2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Axiom 1.1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Assumption 1.1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 2.1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 2.2
-\emph default
-,
-
-\emph on
- Axiom 2.1
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-,
- as opposed to 
-\emph on
-Criterion 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Axiom 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Assumption 4
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS Theorems (Extended,
- Numbered by Type)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\family default
- package (which must be loaded).
- It includes 
-\family sans
-Criterion
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Algorithm
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Axiom
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Condition
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Notation
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Summary
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Conclusion
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Assumption
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Case
-\family default
- in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unlike the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Extended)
-\family default
- module,
- the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Axiom 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Assumption 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 3
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-,
- as opposed to 
-\emph on
-Criterion 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Criterion 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Axiom 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Assumption 4
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
- Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unlike the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- module,
- the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1.1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1.2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 1.1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 1.1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1.3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 1.2
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-,
- as opposed to 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 4
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-).
- The numbering restarts for each chapter:
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1.1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2.1
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It cannot be used if the modules 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
-,
-
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
- Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
- Unlike the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- module,
- the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 2
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-,
- as opposed to 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 4
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-).
- The numbering’s scope is the whole document.
- For chapter- and section-wide numbering,
- use one of the ‘within Sections’/‘within Chapters’ modules,
- respectively.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It cannot be used if the modules 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
-,
-
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Number Equations by Section
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module resets the equation number at section start and prepends the section number to the equation number,
- as in 
-\emph on
-(2.1)
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Theorems
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
- By default,
- the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document.
- This can be changed by loading one of the 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots
-)
-\family default
- modules.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It cannot be used if the modules 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Theorems (Nameable)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module facilitates the use of named theorems.
- The name of the theorem can be inserted via 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Additional Theorem Text
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module numbers theorems and the like by chapter (i.e.,
- the counter is reset at each chapter start).
- Use this module only with document classes that provide a chapter environment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of the modules 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
- must be loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It cannot be used if the module
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
-\family default
- has been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module numbers theorems and the like by section (i.e.,
- the counter is reset at each section start).
- One of the modules 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
- must be loaded.
- It cannot be used if the module
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
-\family default
- has been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
- Unlike the
-\family sans
- AMS Theorems
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
- modules,
- the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 2
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-,
- as opposed to 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 4
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-).
- The numbering is reset at each chapter start.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of the modules 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\family default
- must be loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It cannot be used if any of the modules
-\family sans
- AMS Theorems
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
-,
-
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Numbered by Sections)
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections)
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
- Unlike the
-\family sans
- AMS Theorems
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
- modules,
- the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 2
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-,
- as opposed to 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 4
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-).
- The numbering is reset at each section start.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of the modules 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\family default
- must be loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It cannot be used if any of the modules
-\family sans
- AMS Theorems
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
-,
-
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapters)
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
- Unlike the 
-\family sans
-AMS Theorems
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
- modules,
- the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 2
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-,
- as opposed to 
-\emph on
-Theorem 1
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Theorem 2
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Lemma 3
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-Proposition 4
-\emph default
-,
- \SpecialChar ldots
-).
- The numbering’s scope is the whole document.
- For chapter- and section-wide numbering,
- use one of the “within Chapters”/“within Sections” modules,
- respectively.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It cannot be used if any of the modules
-\family sans
- AMS Theorems
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
- AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines only unnumbered theorem environments and the proof environment,
- using the extended AMS machinery.
- It cannot be used if either of the modules
-\family sans
- AMS Theorems
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
- Standard Theorems
-\family default
- have been loaded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Subequations
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module provides a straightforward way to segregate subequations in LyX.
- See 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Subnumbering
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Page Layout
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Custom Header/Footer Text
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module requires the 
-\family sans
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\bar under
-s
-\bar default
-tyle
-\family default
- option in the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Layout
-\family default
- dialog to be set to 
-\family typewriter
-fancy
-\family default
-.
- It adds six environments to document classes which support the 
-\family typewriter
-fancyhdr
-\family default
- package:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Left Header
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Center Header
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right Header
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Left Footer
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Center Footer
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right Footer
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Fancy Headers and Footers
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The default page layout is rather plain;
- for an 
-\family sans
-Article (Standard Class)
-\family default
- document class,
- all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page.
- This document uses the 
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script Book
-\family default
- class;
- so it appears to be a bit fancier.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Once the 
-\family sans
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\bar under
-s
-\bar default
-tyle
-\family default
- in 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Page Layout
-\family default
- is set to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-fancy
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- you will find that the page header is divided into three fields,
- not surprisingly labeled 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-left
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-center
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-right
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The footer is also divided into these three fields.
- The \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-lhead
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-chead
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-rhead
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-lfoot
-\family default
-,
- etc.
- Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page.
- Simply insert the following command in the preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-lhead{John Q.
- DocWriter}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You will now see your name in the upper left.
- If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command with a blank argument,
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-cfoot{}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is,
- however,
- an easier way to make simple changes.
- If you load the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Page Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom Header/Footer Text
-\family default
- module,
- you will find you have six new environments corresponding to the six fields described above.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Let's get really fancy:
- lets put the section number with the word 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Section
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-Section 3) in the upper left,
- the page number (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-Page 4) in the upper right,
- your name in the lower left,
- and the date in the lower right.
- Use your newly enabled environments to add these entries:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-Left
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-header:
-
-\family default
-\series bold
- 
-\family roman
-\series default
-Section
-\family typewriter
- 
-\family default
-
-\backslash
-thesection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-Center header:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-Right header:
-
-\family default
- 
-\family roman
-Page
-\family typewriter
- 
-\family default
-
-\backslash
-thepage
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-Left footer:
-
-\family default
- 
-\family roman
-John Q.
- DocWriter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-Center footer:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-Right footer:
-
-\family default
-\series bold
- 
-\series default
-
-\backslash
-today
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Make sure you enter the commands 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thesection
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thepage
-\family default
- and 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-today
-\family default
- as \SpecialChar TeX
- Code commands
-\series bold
-.
-
-\series default
- The commands 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thesection
-\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
- 
-\backslash
-thepage
-\family default
- access \SpecialChar LaTeX
-’s section and page counters,
- and so print out the current section and page numbers.
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-today
-\family default
- simply prints out today’s date.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified.
- If you don't want one of the rules,
- set its thickness to 0.
- The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt,
- the footer rule is 0pt.
- For this you will need to use \SpecialChar TeX
- Code commands like
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
-\family default
- and
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
-\family default
- to set the thicknesses.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using \SpecialChar TeX
- Code commands like 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thispagestyle{empty}
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thispagestyle{plain}
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thispagestyle{fancy}
-\family default
-.
- Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as \SpecialChar TeX
- code.
- In fact,
- title pages are marked as plain by default,
- while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want a header or footer to be on the outer side of a two sided document,
- you need to use something like:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-fancyfoot{}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-fancyfoot[LE,RO]{
-\backslash
-thepage}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The first command clears all existing footers avoiding any conflicts with your new command.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can enter any of these commands,
- the simpler ones in any of your new environments,
- the more complex ones as \SpecialChar TeX
- Code commands,
- at any point in your document and they will take effect on the next page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As a final example,
- it is possible to include an image in the header or footer.
- Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper left hand corner.
- You might try something like this in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX Preamble
-\family default
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-lhead{
-\backslash
-resizebox{1in}{!}{
-\backslash
-includegraphics{logo.png}}}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-You may need to preface this with 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{graphics}
-\family default
- if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For more information on fancy headers,
- you can get the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-fancyhdr
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- documentation from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CTAN"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Landscape Document Parts
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module outputs parts of the document in landscape mode using 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Landscape
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Landscape (Floating)
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Multiple-Columns"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Multiple Columns
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module uses the 
-\family sans
-multicol
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-range none
-pageformat default
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages !
- multicol
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package and is independent of the option 
-\family sans
-Two-
-\bar under
-c
-\bar default
-olumn document
-\family default
- in the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-D
-\bar default
-ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Layout
-\family default
- dialog.
- If you want to have two columns for the whole document,
- you are recommended to use the 
-\family sans
-Two-
-\bar under
-c
-\bar default
-olumn document
-\family default
- option.
- For all other cases use this module.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Footnotes within multiple columns will be placed at the bottom of the page and not under each column.
- Within the different columns you can use everything,
- with the limitation that for floats you need to check the option 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-pan
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-columns
-\family default
- in 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-E
-\bar default
-dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Flo
-\bar under
-a
-\bar default
-t
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Basics
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to have two columns in your text,
- insert a multicolumn inset via the menu 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Multiple
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Columns
-\family default
- where the columns should start.
- Write all text that should be printed in 2
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-columns into this inset.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\noindent
-
-\series bold
-\size small
-The Adventure of the Empty House
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-by 
-\noun on
-Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested,
- and the fashionable world dismayed,
- by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
- The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation,
- but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion,
- since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
- Only now,
- at the end of nearly ten years,
- am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
- The crime was of interest in itself,
- but that interest was as nothing to me compared to the inconceivable sequel,
- which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
- Even now,
- after this long interval,
- I find myself thrilling as I think of it,
- and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy,
- amazement,
- and incredulity which utterly submerged my mind.
- Let me say to that public,
- which has shown some interest in those glimpses which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very remarkable man,
- that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge with them,
- for I should have considered it my first duty to do so,
- had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips,
- which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To get 3 or more columns,
- set the cursor into the multicolumn inset and use the menu 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Number
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Columns
-\family default
-.
- The number of the desired columns is written into that inset (for 3
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-columns write 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Here is an example with 3
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-columns:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size footnotesize
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime,
- and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public.
- And I even attempted,
- more than once,
- for my own private satisfaction,
- to employ his methods in their solution,
- though with indifferent success.
- There was none,
- however,
- which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald Adair.
- As I read the evidence at the inquest,
- which led up to a verdict of willful murder against some person or persons unknown,
- I realized more clearly than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the death of Sherlock Holmes.
- There were points about this strange business which would,
- I was sure,
- have specially appealed to him,
- and the efforts of the police would have been supplemented,
- or more probably anticipated,
- by the trained observation and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
- All day,
- as I drove upon my round,
- I turned over the case in my mind and found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
- At the risk of telling a twice-told tale,
- I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can have up to 10
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-columns if you want to,
- but that might not be very pleasant for the readers of your document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Columns inside Columns
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also have columns inside columns:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size footnotesize
-The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
- at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
- Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract,
- and she,
- her son Ronald,
- and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size footnotesize
-The youth moved in the best society
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-– had,
- so far as was known,
- no enemies and no particular vices.
- He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley,
- of Carstairs,
- but the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent some months before,
- and there was no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
- For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
- for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
- Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came,
- in most strange and unexpected form,
- between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30,
- 1894.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size footnotesize
-Ronald Adair was fond of cards
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-– playing continually,
- but never for such stakes as would hurt him.
- He was a member of the Baldwin,
- the Cavendish,
- and the Bagatelle card clubs.
- It was shown that,
- after dinner on the day of his death,
- he had played a rubber of whist at the latter club.
- He had also played there in the afternoon.
-
-\size default
- 
-\size footnotesize
-The evidence of those who had played with him
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-– Mr.
- Murray,
- Sir John Hardy,
- and Colonel Moran
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-– showed that the game was whist,
- and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
- Adair might have lost five pounds,
- but not more.
- His fortune was a considerable one,
- and such a loss could not in any way affect him.
- He had played nearly every day at one club or other,
- but he was a cautious player,
- and usually rose a winner.
- It came out in evidence that,
- in partnership with Colonel Moran,
- he had actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting,
- some weeks before,
- from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
- So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Advanced Examples
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The examples in this section show some more special features of multiple columns.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For more features of multiple columns,
- have a look at the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "documentation"
-target "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-multicol
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Preface
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To add a preface text for multiple columns,
- set the cursor into the multicolumn inset and use the menu 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preface
-\family default
-.
- Write your preface text into that inset.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-This is an example with some preface text:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-And the story continues and continues and continues and continues\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\size small
-On the evening of the crime,
- he returned from the club exactly at ten.
- His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
- The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
- generally used as his sitting-room.
- She had lit a fire there,
- and as it smoked she had opened the window.
- No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
- the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
- Desiring to say good-night,
- she attempted to enter her son's room.
- The door was locked on the inside,
- and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
- Help was obtained,
- and the door forced.
- The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
- His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
- but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use a section heading as the preface if you use a section command as \SpecialChar TeX
- Code.
- For example the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-subsection{subsection title}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-creates a subsection.
- In this example the preface is a subsubsection:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-subsubsection{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-This is a subsubsection heading as a preface
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\size small
-A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complex.
- In the first place,
- no reason could be given why the young man should have fastened the door upon the inside.
- There was the possibility that the murderer had done this,
- and had afterwards escaped by the window.
- The drop was at least twenty feet,
- however,
- and a bed of crocuses in full bloom lay beneath.
- Neither the flowers nor the earth showed any sign of having been disturbed,
- nor were there any marks upon the narrow strip of grass which separated the house from the road.
- Apparently,
- therefore,
- it was the young man himself who had fastened the door.
- But how did he come by his death?
- No one could have climbed up to the window without leaving traces.
- Suppose a man had fired through the window,
- he would indeed be a remarkable shot who could with a revolver inflict so deadly a wound.
- Again,
- Park Lane is a frequented thoroughfare;
- there is a cab stand within a hundred yards of the house.
- No one had heard a shot.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If there is less vertical space than six text lines is left on the page at the beginning of the multiple columns,
- a page break will be inserted before the multiple columns.
- Depending on the number of lines of the preface text,
- you might want to change this space.
- This is done by setting the cursor into the mulitcolumn inset behind the preface (if there is any) and using the menu 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Space
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Before
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Break
-\family default
-.
- Insert into that inset the amount of space like e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-5cm
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-In this example the space is set to 7
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-text lines by using 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-7
-\backslash
-baselineskip
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (where the command 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-baselineskip
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- needs to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
- code):
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Argument 3
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-7
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-baselineskip
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\size small
-On the evening of the crime,
- he returned from the club exactly at ten.
- His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
- The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
- generally used as his sitting-room.
- She had lit a fire there,
- and as it smoked she had opened the window.
- No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
- the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
- Desiring to say good-night,
- she attempted to enter her son's room.
- The door was locked on the inside,
- and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
- Help was obtained,
- and the door forced.
- The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
- His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
- but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Surrounding Space
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The amount of space before and after multiple columns can be changed by changing the length 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-multicolsep
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- For example the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-multicolsep}{3cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-in \SpecialChar TeX
- Code changes its value to 3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-cm.
- The change must be made before the multiple columns' start.
- The predefined value is 13
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For this example 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-multicolsep
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- was set to 2.5
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-cm:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-multicolsep}{2.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-All day I turned these facts over in my mind,
- endeavouring to hit upon some theory which could reconcile them all,
- and to find that line of least resistance which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigation.
- I confess that I made little progress.
- In the evening I strolled across the Park,
- and found myself about six o'clock at the Oxford Street end of Park Lane.
- A group of loafers upon the pavements,
- all staring up at a particular window,
- directed me to the house which I had come to see.
- A tall,
- thin man with coloured glasses,
- whom I strongly suspected of being a plain-clothes detective,
- was pointing out some theory of his own,
- while the others crowded round to listen to what he said.
- I got as near him as I could,
- but his observations seemed to me to be absurd,
- so I withdrew again in some disgust.
- As I did so I struck against an elderly,
- deformed man,
- who had been behind me,
- and I knocked down several books which he was carrying.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-
-\series default
- The values you set with 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-setlength
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- will be used for all following multiple columns until you change them again.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-multicolsep}{13pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-go back to the default
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Column Breaks
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A column break can be forced by inserting the command 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-columnbreak{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- as \SpecialChar TeX
- Code to that position in the text where the column should be broken.
- Note that this leads in most cases to whitespace in the text.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Here is an example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-You're surprised to see me,
- sir,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- said he,
- in a strange,
- croaking voice.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-I acknowledged that I was.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- I've a conscience,
- sir,
- and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
- as I came hobbling after you,
- I thought to myself,
- I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
- and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
- and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-You make too much of a trifle,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- said I.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-May I ask how you knew who I was?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- AFTER THIS SENTENCE THE COLUMN BREAK IS FORCED.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-columnbreak{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- sir,
- if it isn't too great a liberty,
- I am a neighbour of yours,
- for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
- and very happy to see you,
- I am sure.
- Maybe you collect yourself,
- sir.
- Here's 
-\noun on
-British
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Birds
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-Catullus
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-The Holy War
-\noun default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-– a bargain,
- every one of them.
- With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
- It looks untidy,
- does it not,
- sir?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Column Separation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The width of the columns is automatically calculated,
- but you can modify the space between the columns.
- This is done by changing the length 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-columnsep
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Its predefined value is 10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- Here is an example where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-columnsep
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is set to 3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-cm:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnsep}{3cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-My observations of No.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested.
- The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing,
- the whole not more than five feet high.
- It was perfectly easy,
- therefore,
- for anyone to get into the garden,
- but the window was entirely inaccessible,
- since there was no water pipe or anything which could help the most active man to climb it.
- More puzzled than ever,
- I retraced my steps to Kensington.
- I had not been in my study five minutes when the maid entered to say that a person desired to see me.
- To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector,
- his sharp,
- wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair,
- and his precious volumes,
- a dozen of them at least,
- wedged under his right arm.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-go back to the default
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Vertical Lines
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Between the columns a rule with a width of the length 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-columnseprule
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is placed.
- If this rule width is set to 0
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt (this is the default),
- the rule is suppressed.
- In the following example the rule is 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt wide:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnseprule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-You're surprised to see me,
- sir,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- said he,
- in a strange,
- croaking voice.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-I acknowledged that I was.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- I've a conscience,
- sir,
- and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
- as I came hobbling after you,
- I thought to myself,
- I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
- and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
- and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-You make too much of a trifle,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- said I.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-May I ask how you knew who I was?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- sir,
- if it isn't too great a liberty,
- I am a neighbour of yours,
- for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
- and very happy to see you,
- I am sure.
- Maybe you collect yourself,
- sir.
- Here's 
-\noun on
-British
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Birds
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-Catullus
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-The Holy War
-\noun default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-– a bargain,
- every one of them.
- With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
- It looks untidy,
- does it not,
- sir?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The rule can be colored by redefining the command 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- This is done by inserting the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor}{
-\backslash
-color{red}}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-as \SpecialChar TeX
- Code before the multicolumn inset.
- Replace 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-red
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in this command by a color of your choice.
- You can use all pre- and self-defined colors.
- See the 
-\emph on
-EmbeddedObjects
-\emph default
- manual,
- section 
-\emph on
-Colored
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Tables
-\emph default
- for more information about pre- and self-defined colors.
- To go back to the default color insert the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor}{
-\backslash
-normalcolor}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is the example with a cyan rule and 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-cm column separation:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnsep}{1cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor}{
-\backslash
-color{cyan}}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-You're surprised to see me,
- sir,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- said he,
- in a strange,
- croaking voice.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-I acknowledged that I was.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- I've a conscience,
- sir,
- and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
- as I came hobbling after you,
- I thought to myself,
- I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
- and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
- and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-You make too much of a trifle,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- said I.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-May I ask how you knew who I was?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- sir,
- if it isn't too great a liberty,
- I am a neighbour of yours,
- for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
- and very happy to see you,
- I am sure.
- Maybe you collect yourself,
- sir.
- Here's 
-\noun on
-British
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Birds
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-Catullus
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-The Holy War
-\noun default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-– a bargain,
- every one of them.
- With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
- It looks untidy,
- does it not,
- sir?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnseprule}{0pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor}{
-\backslash
-normalcolor}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-go back to the default
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Paragraph Styles
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Custom Paragraph Shapes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- as well as any other text processor uses by default rectangular paragraphs.
- For special cases like for example posters,
- invitation cards or poems you can modify the paragraph shape to one of your choice.
- This module uses the 
-\family sans
-shapepar
-\family default
- package to provide over a dozen paragraph shapes as well as commands to define custom shapes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Predefined shapes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-The shapepar
-\family default
- package provides the following shapes:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="13" columns="3">
-<features booktabs="true" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="16col%">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="40col%">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="35col%">
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\size small
-Name
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\size small
-Description
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\size small
-Annotation
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-CDlabel
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Circle with circular hole (in the size of a CD/DVD)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Cannot be scaled,
- take care there is not too much text
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Circle
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Circle
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Fragile,
- calculation might fail
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Diamond
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Rhomboid (symbolizing a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-diamond
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Heart
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Heart-like shape
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Hexagon
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Hexagon
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Nut
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Nut for bolt (hexagon with circular hole)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Square
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Square
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Star
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Five-point star
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Candle
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Burning candle
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Drop down/up
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Normal/reversed rain drop
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Fragile,
- calculation might fail
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-The \SpecialChar TeX
- logo
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="default">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Triangle up/down/
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-left/right
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-Triangles in different orientations
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
--
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use a shape for your paragraph,
- simply select it in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s pull-down box for environments in the toolbar.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example paragraph in the shape of a nut:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Nut
-
-\lang latin
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note
-\series default
-:
- 
-\family sans
-shapepar
-\family default
- paragraphs cannot run over a page break.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The package 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-shapepar
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- takes care that the shape will always be preserved,
- no matter how much text is in the paragraph.
- Therefore the paragraph size changes with the amount of contained text.
- This can lead to paragraph sizes exceeding the page margins.
- To demonstrate the size scaling,
- here is the same example paragraph but with twice as much text:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Nut
-
-\lang latin
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-An exception is the shape 
-\family sans
-CDlabel
-\family default
-.
- It cannot be scaled because it must fit the size of a CD/DVD.
- Therefore the amount of text that fits into the shape is limited.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The 
-\family sans
-drop
-\family default
- shapes and the 
-\family sans
-circle
-\family default
- shape are fragile,
- meaning that the calculation of their size can fail,
- depending on the amount of text.
- You will then get the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- error 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Arithmetic overflow
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In this case one can try to remove or add some text;
- if nothing works one has to use another shape.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For shapes with tips you will maybe see that \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s hyphenation routine fails for text in the tips.
- Therefore it is often necessary to add hyphenation points 
-\family sans
-(
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "shortcut"
-arg   "specialchar-insert hyphenation"
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-) to the corresponding text parts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Shapepar paragraphs are either always centered or placed on the page so that their left border touches the left page margin.
- You can therefore not use the paragraph dialog to align such paragraphs.
- A solution is to put the paragraph into a minipage or parbox and align the box.
- The problem is hereby to find the right width for the box.
- Because if it is too wide and you center the box,
- the paragraph is not centered too because it sticks at the left side of the box.
- So you might have to play a bit with the width until it fits.
- Here are two heart-shaped paragraphs,
- the first one is not aligned,
- the second one is right-aligned:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Heart
-\noindent
-
-\lang latin
-Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
-rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\align right
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 1
-use_makebox 0
-width "42col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Heart
-\noindent
-
-\lang latin
-Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
-rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Custom shapes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can define any shape you want.
- Doing this manually is a lot of work because every coordinate must be specified.
- But there is a way to let the computer calculate the coordinates:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Install the program 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Jpgfdraw"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/jpgfdraw"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-In 
-\family sans
-Jpgfdraw
-\family default
- go to the menu 
-\family sans
-TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Set Normal Size
-\family default
- and select the font size you are using in your document.
- For example this document uses the size 12
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Draw a shape.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use the menu 
-\family sans
-TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Shapepar
-\family default
- to export the shape to coordinates.
- In the appearing dialog use either the outline of your shape for the coordinates or the path itself.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more information see 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.dickimaw-books.com/apps/jpgfdraw/manual/shapepar.html"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The coordinates are written into a \SpecialChar TeX
- file.
- To use it for your \SpecialChar LyX
- document
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Place the cursor before the first character of your paragraph (or into a new empty one).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Open in \SpecialChar LyX
- the menu 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Child
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Document
-\family default
-,
- select the file and use 
-\family sans
-Input
-\family default
- as 
-\family sans
-Include Type.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note
-\series default
-:
- The changed shape only applies to the current paragraph;
- everything is reset to normal for the next paragraph.
- Therefore the shape definition file must be input into every paragraph with the desired shape.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset CommandInset include
-LatexCommand input
-filename "SpecialParagraphShape.tex"
-literal "true"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\lang latin
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-A tip:
-
-\series default
- to draw complexer shapes in 
-\family sans
-Jpgfdraw
-\family default
- you can draw the shape in a program of your choice and import the resulting image to 
-\family sans
-Jpgfdraw
-\family default
-.
- Then you only need to draw a line or spline along the outline of the image.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The module 
-\family sans
-Custom paragraph shapes
-\family default
- also provides the two commands 
-\family sans
-shapepar
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Shapepar
-\family default
- which can be used to define custom shapes coordinate by coordinate.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-These commands are internally used for all shapes described here.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- For information how these styles are used and about further customization possibilities,
- have a look at the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "documentation"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/shapepar/shapepar.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- of the package 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-shapepar
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hanging Paragraphs
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Hanging
-This module adds the 
-\family sans
-Hanging
-\family default
- paragraph style,
- that is,
- one where all but the first line of the paragraph is indented.
- This may not appear in your \SpecialChar LyX
- document but will appear in the final output.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Initials"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Initials (Drop Caps)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Initial
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-T
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Argument 3
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-his
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- module adds a drop capitals paragraph style 
-\family sans
-Initials
-\family default
- for paragraph environments which you can use wherever you want to have drop capitals.
- You then have three more items in the 
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Initial
-\family default
- which creates an inset for the drop capital
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Rest of initial
-\family default
- which creates an inset for the rest of the word
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Options
-\family default
- which allow you configure the formatting of the drop capital.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To customize the appearance of the style,
- see 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Embedded Objects\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Objects Surrounded by Text\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Initials
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Text Markup
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphenatable Text Markup (Soul)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This modul defines text styles to highlight,
- space-out,
- strike-through,
- underline and capitalize/small-cap text by means of the 
-\family sans
-soul
-\family default
- package.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As opposed to the markup provided by the Text Properties dialog,
- words marked-up with 
-\family sans
-soul
-\family default
- are hyphenated.
- See the 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "soul documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/generic/soul/soul.pdf"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Logical Markup
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This module defines some character styles for logical markup:
- 
-\noun on
-
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\noun on
-noun
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\noun default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-
-\begin_inset Flex Emph
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-emph
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Strong
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-strong
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- which are accessed via the 
-\family sans
-\bar under
-E
-\bar default
-dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\bar under
-S
-\bar default
-tyles
-\family default
- menu.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The most basic information about how to use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- or 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
- with \SpecialChar LyX
- is contained in the section 
-\emph on
-Bibliography databases
-\emph default
- of the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
-.
- The following subsections explain special bibliography features supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Alternative Citation Styles
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Standard Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- uses numbers (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-[12]
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) to refer to a cited work.
- However,
- in many scientific disciplines,
- other citation styles are in use.
- The most common one is the author-year style (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Knuth 1984a
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- \SpecialChar LyX
- supports three packages that provide this style,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-biblatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-natbib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-jurabib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Each of these packages has their pros and cons,
- which cannot be listed in detail.
- If you only want to have simple author-year (or author-numerical) style,
- or if you want to use one of the countless style files for 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-natbib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- then the established 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-natbib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package is probably your choice.
- If you look for specific citation styles common in law studies,
- you might consider the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-jurabib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package.
- If you want to have full control over the formatting or look for advanced features such as ibidem,
- footnote citations,
- full title citations,
- advanced date formats (such as 400 BC) or full localization to other languages than English,
- you should definitely consider 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-biblatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- which exceeds all other packages in terms of features,
- but is also quite heavy and more resource-hungry.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The handling of these packages in \SpecialChar LyX
- is basically the same.
- Go to 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- and select under 
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- the 
-\family sans
-Style Format
-\family default
- 
-\family sans
-Basic (BibTeX)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Biblatex (Natbib mode)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Natbib (BibTeX)
-\family default
- or 
-\family sans
-Jurabib (BibTeX)
-\family default
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-6.5.3 in the User's Guide for more information on these choices).
- With all these packages,
- you will get some extra features in the citation dialog and you can select the style of the reference (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Knuth 1984
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Knuth (1984)
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Knuth,
- 1984
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-1984
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- etc.).
- Note that either package needs specifically designed style files.
- They all ship their own,
- but there are lots of additional style files,
- and there is even an interactive style file builder
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-See 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- for 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-natbib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Subdivided Bibliographies
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you might need to divide your bibliography into several sections.
- If you are for instance a historian,
- the possibility to separate sources and scientific works is most likely a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-must have
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Unfortunately,
- Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- itself does not allow you to do this.
- But with the help of some \SpecialChar LaTeX
- packages,
- Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- can be extended to fit your needs.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- provides native support for one of these packages,
- 
-\family typewriter
-bibtopic
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Available from 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- The advantage of this package (compared to other packages such as 
-\family typewriter
-multibib
-\family default
-) is that you don't need to define new citation commands.
- Instead,
- you need to prepare different bibliographic databases which include the entries for the different sections of the bibliography.
- For example:
- If you want to divide your bibliography into the sections 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Sources
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Scientific works
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- you first need to create two bibliographic databases,
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-sources.bib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-scientific.bib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Go to 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- and check under 
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- the option 
-\family sans
-Subdivided bibliography
-\family default
-.
- Now you can insert multiple Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- bibliographies,
- one for each section of your bibliography.
- Returning to our example:
- Insert the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- bibliography 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-sources.bib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and a second one for the database 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-scientific.bib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- You are free to use the same or different styles for each section.
- Additionally,
- you can choose if the bibliography section should contain 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-all cited references
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- of the specified database(s) (which is the default),
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-all uncited references
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- or even 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-all references
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- This might be useful if you would like to separate your bibliography into three sections:
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Cited sources
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Uncited sources
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Scientific works
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The titles for the sections can be added as ordinary sections or subsections.
- Since 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- removes the bibliography title,
- you have to manually re-add that,
- too (as a chapter* or section*,
- for instance).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-With 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
-,
- the procedure is a bit different.
- Since 
-\family typewriter
-bibtopic
-\family default
- does not work with 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
-,
- the aforementioned 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Subdivided bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- option is disabled if you use 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
-.
- However,
- 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
- provides its own means to generate subdivided bibliographies.
- You can either add keywords to bibliography entries via the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-keywords
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- entry option and then filter bibliography sections by keyword (by adding 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-keyword=mykeyword
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Options
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- field of the dialog that opens if you left-click on the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Biblatex Generated Bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- button),
- or you can filter by entry types (such as 
-\emph on
-book
-\emph default
- or 
-\emph on
-article
-\emph default
-) by entering e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-type=book
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-nottype=collection
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to the mentioned 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Options
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- field,
- or you can create so-called 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Bibliography Categories
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to which you can assign individual entries.
- Please refer to the Biblatex manual,
- section 
-\emph on
-Subdivided Bibliographies
-\emph default
-,
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Multiple Bibliographies
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Multiple-Bibliographies"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Multiple bibliographies,
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-a bibliography for each part,
- chapter,
- section,
- subsection or child (sub-document) of the document,
- are also supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- In order to enable it,
- go to 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Bibliography
-\family default
- and select the relevant unit (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-per section
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) in the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Multiple Bibliographies
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- combo box.
- Then add a Bib(la)\SpecialChar TeX
- bibliography to each unit (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.,
- section) of your document.
- In the output,
- a separate bibliography,
- containing only the references done in the current unit is generated.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- either the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-chapterbib
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package is used to create multiple bibliographies.
- The former package is used if you select 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-per child document
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and do 
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- check 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Sectioned Bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In all other cases,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is used.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-An alternative approach,
- if you are willing to use some 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar TeX
- Code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-),
- is to use the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibunits
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- If 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is used,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- encloses the specified units in 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-'s 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-begin{btUnit}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-end{btUnit}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in order to create the units.
- Note that this approach has some limitations.
- First,
- every citation reference has to be inside some 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-btUnit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- So citations outside a defined unit (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.,
- before the first section if you use 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-by section
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) will appear as 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-???
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- You can also create your own units by entering 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-begin{btUnit}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-end{btUnit}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- as \SpecialChar TeX
- code (for instance to work around the mentioned limitation).
- Note,
- though,
- that 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-btUnit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-s cannot be nested.
- A second limitation is that 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- always processes all references of a bibliography database,
- even if they are not cited.
- This can result in odd labels (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Miller 2014b
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- if two works of this author from 2014 are in the database,
- even if only one is cited).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you use 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
-,
- the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-refsection
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- option is used instead.
- If you need specific units,
- you can start them with the \SpecialChar TeX
- code 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newrefsection
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newrefsegment
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- respectively.
- If you also want to control the end of the unit,
- use the environment 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-begin{refsection}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- \SpecialChar ldots
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-end{refsection}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- instead.
- Note,
- though,
- that 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-refsection
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-s cannot be nested.
- In addition to the individual bibliography of the current unit,
- 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
- also provides an easy way to output all bibliographies,
- subsequently,
- at one place (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.,
- at the end of the document).
- Select 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-all reference units
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- from the Content combo box of the Bib(la)TeX inset dialog in order to achieve this.
- Please refer to the 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
- manual for more information on this topic.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Bullets
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:bullets"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by
-\noun on
- Allan Rae
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog.
- Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each level of an itemized list.
- These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different sets of bullets for different paragraphs.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Well,
- actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-How it looks
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Open the dialog by selecting the 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- menu item and then select the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bullets
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- tab.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
- A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six different panels of bullet shapes.
- The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth you are changing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you select 
-\family sans
-Custom bullet
-\family default
-,
- a text entry under the table will be activated in which you can enter a bullet shape's \SpecialChar LaTeX
- equivalent.
- If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The six panels are divided up by the packages they require.
- The following table shows the mappings from button name to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Button
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Packages Required
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Standard
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-base \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Maths
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-amssymb.sty
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ding1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-pifont.sty
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ding2
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-pifont.sty
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ding3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-pifont.sty
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ding4
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-pifont.sty
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have.
- If you get errors from \SpecialChar LaTeX
- when you try to view or print the file,
- then it is likely you are missing a package.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LyX
- doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting elsewhere.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:How-to-use"
-
-\end_inset
-
-How to use it
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape and size.
- Any changes will not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- but are visible when viewing the document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button.
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fn:If-you-really"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you 
-\emph on
-really
-\emph default
- want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each,
- then you're going to have to get your hands dirty with \SpecialChar TeX
- code.
- The bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code for a wide range of bullet shapes.
- To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-savelabelitemi=
-\backslash
-labelitemi
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand
-\backslash
-labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
-small
-\backslash
-(
-\backslash
-sharp
-\backslash
-)}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- command 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth.
- You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards.
- In this itemized list the following \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-savelabelitemi=
-\backslash
-labelitemi 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand
-\backslash
-labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
-small
-\backslash
-(
-\backslash
-sharp
-\backslash
-)}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-labelitem
-\family default
- command.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Argument item:1
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-(
-\backslash
-star
-\backslash
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Custom Item
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- inset (available at 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Custom Item
-\family default
-) and set as 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar TeX
- Code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- For example,
- this item was started with 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-(
-\backslash
-star
-\backslash
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand
-\backslash
-labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
-savelabelitemi}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect.
- The way used here was:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand
-\backslash
-labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
-savelabelitemi}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Supplemental Tools
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Multipart Documents
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-General Operation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you are working on a large file with many sections,
- it is often convenient to break up the document into several files,
- or perhaps you have something where a table may change from time to time,
- but the preceding text does not.
- In these cases,
- you should seriously consider using multipart documents.
- For example,
- scientific papers often have five major sections:
- the introduction,
- observations,
- results,
- discussion,
- and conclusion.
- Each of these could be its own separate \SpecialChar LyX
- file,
- with one 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-master
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- file which contains the title,
- authors,
- abstract,
- references,
- etc.,
- plus the five included files.
- It is important to note that each of these files is a full \SpecialChar LyX
- file which can be formatted and printed on its own,
- as well as included in a master file.
- Each of these files must have the same document class,
- however—
-don't attempt to mix book classes with article classes.
- You may also include \SpecialChar LaTeX
- files;
- however,
- these files must not have their own preamble (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-everything up to and including the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-begin{document}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- line as well as the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-end{document}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to make a DVI file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- allows you to include files quite easily with 
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Child
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Document
-\family default
-.
- When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file at the current cursor location.
- Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file to be included,
- and the method of its inclusion.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The file selection box should by now be obvious.
- The three inclusion methods are 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-include
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-input
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-verbatim
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The methods 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-include
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-input
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- are similar in many ways,
- but there are also some notable differences:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Files that are 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-included
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- are typeset beginning on a new page,
- while files that are 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-inputted
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- are typeset starting on the current page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Included
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- files cannot themselves 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-include
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- further files (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-grandchilds
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- With 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-input
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- on the other hand,
- infinite sub-inputting is possible.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Include
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- allow for the output of only selected 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-included
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- files,
- while maintaining the actual counters (pagination etc.) and references (please refer to the section 
-\emph on
-Child
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Documents
-\emph default
- of the 
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual for details).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hence,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-include
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is the preferred method for chapters that are outsourced to child documents,
- while 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-input
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is more suitable for arbitrary file inheritance.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-verbatim
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears in the file,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-in 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-verbatim
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- mode,
- with the characters set in a fixed-width typewriter font.
- Normally,
- spaces in this file are invisible,
- though two consecutive spaces are conserved,
- unlike \SpecialChar LyX
-'s normal treatment of spaces.
- However,
- setting the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Mark
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-spaces
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-in
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-output
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Generally,
- the master file is converted into a full \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file before typesetting,
- while the included files are converted to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- files that do not have all the preamble information.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Cross-References Between Files
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This section is somewhat out of date.
- Need to describe default master documents and how children are opened when the master is.
- [[FIXME]]
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files.
- First,
- open all the files in question:
- let's call them A and B in a two file example,
- where B is included in A.
- Let's say you insert a label in A,
- then want to reference it in B.
- Open the cross-reference dialog whilst in document B,
- and you can select the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-buffer
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography Lists in all Subdocuments
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you work with child documents,
- you might want to have only one main bibliography at the end,
- but still be able to have a selected bibliography for the child if you output it on its own.
- Here is how to achieve this.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For the main document,
- you just insert a bibliography inset at the place where the main bibliography has to appear (within the master file or within a child).
- If the bibliography inset is in the master file,
- the references will be inherited by all children,
- so they are available in the citation dialog within each child.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For child-specific bibliographies,
- insert bibliography insets within the child documents,
- at the place where the bibliography should appear when the child is compiled separately.
- However,
- the trick is to insert them into a branch (
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Insert New Branch...
-\family default
-),
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
- called 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Childonly
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Within the children,
- activate the branch (
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings...\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Branches
-\family default
-).
- Within the master,
- deactivate the branch (
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings...\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Branches
-\family default
-).
- Now the child's bibliography will be ignored by the master,
- but considered by the child.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need multiple bibliographies (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.,
- one per child in the 
-\emph on
-main document
-\emph default
-),
- please refer to sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Multiple-Bibliographies"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-\SpecialChar LyX
- Archives
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Users sometimes need to be able to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-bundle
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- a \SpecialChar LyX
- file together with all the images (and other files) on which it depends,
- either for sending to a publisher or for sharing with a co-author.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- includes a Python script (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxpak.py
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-) that automates this process.
- To use it,
- you must have either the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-zipfile
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tarfile
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- python modules installed on your system.
- By default,
- the script prefers the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-gzip
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
--compressed 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tar
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- format on Unix-like systems and the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-zip
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- format on Windows.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
-'s configuration process will set the script up to export a `\SpecialChar LyX
- Archive',
- and this format will then be available under 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Export
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Independently of the platform,
- the generation of a particular archive format can be forced by adding either the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--t
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (for the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tar
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- format) or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--z
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (for the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-zip
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- format) switch to the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LyX
-->\SpecialChar LyX
- Archive
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- converter in 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Converters
-\family default
-.
- (Make sure you add the switch after the script name,
- not before it.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-\SpecialChar LyX
- and the World Wide Web
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- has long supported the export of documents to various web-friendly formats,
- such as HTML.
- Before version 2.0,
- however,
- HTML export was always accomplished by the use of external converters.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For details on the use of external converters with \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- see the 
-\emph on
-Converters
-\emph default
- section of the Customization manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- These fall into two large groups:
- there are converters that use \SpecialChar LaTeX
- as an intermediate format,
- such as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-htlatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-html2latex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-plastex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- relying upon \SpecialChar LyX
- to produce the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-;
- and there is a converter that works directly on \SpecialChar LyX
- files,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- All of these have different advantages and disadvantages.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LaTeX
--based converters have the advantage that,
- in principle,
- they know everything about the exported document that \SpecialChar LaTeX
- does.
- Such converters do not care,
- for example,
- if a certain block of code was produced by \SpecialChar LyX
- or was Evil Red Text.
- These converters know about 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-aux
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- files,
- counters,
- and references,
- and can often make use of the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bbl
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- files generated by Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-.
- On the other hand,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is a very hard language to parse—
-it is sometimes said that only \SpecialChar TeX
- itself understands \SpecialChar TeX
-—
-and \SpecialChar LaTeX
--based converters will often choke on what seem to be quite simple constructs;
- complex ones can throw them completely,
- and as of this writing,
- for example,
- the 
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual will not export with 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-htlatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- though the others will.
- The other issue concerns how math is handled.
- These converters typically convert the formulae into little pictures that are then linked from the HTML document.
- Since these are actually generated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- they are accurate.
- But they do not scale well,
- and just getting them to look as if they are actually meant to be in your document—
-so that the font sizes seem to be roughly the same—
-can be a challenge.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Alex Fernandez's 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
-target "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) solves some of these problems.
- In particular,
- the formulae it produces scale perfectly,
- since it renders math using a combination of HTML and CSS rather than converting the formulae to images.
- But even moderately complex formula are rendered less well than with 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-htlatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-;
- this reflects the limitations of HTML.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-That said,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- can also use jsMath and MathJax for equations,
- but this setting is only available globally and requires one to have access to a server that runs the backend.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- More importantly (as of version 1.1.1,
- at least),
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- has limited support for math macros and no support for user-defined paragraph or character styles.
- These limitations make 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- unsuitable for many of the documents \SpecialChar LyX
- users produce.
- In principle,
- of course,
- these problems could be solved,
- but the \SpecialChar LyX
- developers have decided to follow a different path and have made \SpecialChar LyX
- itself capable of writing XHTML,
- just as it is capable of writing \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- DocBook,
- and plaintext.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As of this writing,
- XHTML output remains under development and should probably be regarded as 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-experimental
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The file 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-development/HTML/HTML.notes
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- which can be found in the \SpecialChar LyX
- source tree or 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "accessed online"
-target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxgit/development/HTML/HTML.notes?rev=master"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- usually contains up-to-date information about the state of XHTML output.
- See also the list of XHTML bugs on 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "the bug tracker"
-target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/query?status=reopened&status=assigned&status=new&max=0&component=xhtml+export&order=id&col=id&col=summary&col=reporter&col=keywords&keywords=%21%7Efixedintrunk&desc=1"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Still,
- the developers have chosen this approach because it has several potential advantages over the other two.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-These advantages are primarily due to the fact that the XHTML output routines,
- since they are part of \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- know everything \SpecialChar LyX
- knows about the document being exported.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Another advantage is that,
- since these routines are internal to \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- they are immune to changes in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s file format,
- or to changes in the semantics of existing insets.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- So they know about the table of contents (as displayed in the outline),
- about the counters associated with different paragraph styles,
- and about user-defined styles.
- The XHTML output routines know what \SpecialChar LyX
- knows about internationalization,
- too,
- so they will output 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Chapter 1
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\lang ngerman
-Kapitel
-\lang english
- 1
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- depending upon the language in effect at the time.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Quite generally,
- the output routines know what \SpecialChar LyX
- knows about document layout,
- that is,
- about how the document is to be rendered on screen.
- We use this information when we output the document as XHTML.
- In particular,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\emph on
-automatically
-\emph default
- generates CSS style information corresponding to the layout information it uses to render the document on screen:
- if section headings are supposed to be sans-serif and bold as seen in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- then (by default) they will be sans-serif and bold when viewed in a web browser,
- too.
- And this is true not just for pre-defined styles,
- like Section,
- but for any style,
- including user-defined styles.
- Indeed,
- the XHTML output routines make no distinction between user-defined paragraph and text styles and \SpecialChar LyX
-'s own pre-defined styles:
- in each case,
- everything \SpecialChar LyX
- knows about the styles is contained in the layout files.
- And much the same is true as regards pre-defined textual insets,
- such as footnotes,
- and various custom insets.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The result is that XHTML output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way \SpecialChar LaTeX
- output can be customized and extended:
- through layout files and modules.
- See chapter five of the 
-\emph on
-Customization 
-\emph default
-manual for the details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The remainder of this chapter contains more detailed information on XHTML output,
- its limitations,
- and ways to work around those limitations.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Math Output in XHTML
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- offers four choices for how math is rendered.
- These have various advantages and disadvantages:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-MathML
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-MathML is a dialect of XML designed specifically for mathematics on the web,
- and it typically renders very well in browsers that support it.
- The disadvantage is that not all browsers support MathML,
- and support is not complete even in the Gecko-based browsers,
- such as Firefox.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If \SpecialChar LyX
- is unable to render a formula as MathML—
-for example,
- if the formula uses the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xymatrix
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package or ERT—
-then it will instead output the formula as an image.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-HTML
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-As mentioned above,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-elyxer
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- outputs math as HTML,
- styled by CSS.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LyX
- has borrowed some of the CSS for its HTML output from 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-elyxer
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- For simple formulae,
- this can work quite well,
- though with more complicated formulae it tends to break down.
- Still,
- this method has the advantage that it is very widely supported and so it may be appropriate for documents that contain only a little,
- fairly simple math.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If Lyx is unable to render a formula as HTML—
-for example,
- if the formula uses the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xymatrix
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package or ERT—
-then it will instead output the formula as an image.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Images
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Like 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-htlatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will output formulae as images,
- the very same images,
- in fact,
- that are used for instant preview.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Instant preview does 
-\emph on
-not 
-\emph default
-have to be on for images to be output,
- however.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- The advantage to this method is that the images are simply generated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- so they are very accurate.
- The disadvantage,
- as mentioned earlier,
- is that these are bitmapped images,
- so they do not scale terribly well,
- and one cannot copy them,
- etc.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The size of the images can be controlled by setting the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Math Images Scaling
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- parameter under 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For those who want to know,
- this controls the resolution of the image in dots per inch and is based upon a default of 75 dpi.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If \SpecialChar LyX
- for some reason fails to create an image for a formula (e.g.,
- if a required \SpecialChar LaTeX
- package is not installed),
- then it will fall back to outputing the raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Finally,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will happily output math as \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- As well as being the output of last resort,
- this method can be used with such tools as 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "jsMath"
-target "http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- which uses JavaScript to render \SpecialChar LaTeX
- embedded in HTML documents.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- wraps the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- in either a 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-span
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (for inline formulas) or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-div
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (for displayed formulas) with 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class='math'
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- as is required for jsMath.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of these output methods must be selected under 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats
-\family default
-.
- By default,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- outputs MathML.
- This is a document-wide setting,
- therefore.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Eventually,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will offer the user the option to select an alternate output method for a particular inset,
- say,
- one that isn't being rendered very well by MathML.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-That said,
- since \SpecialChar LyX
- falls back to images if the inset contains ERT,
- then one can force output as an image by putting some harmless ERT into the math,
- for example:
- 
-\begin_inset Formula $a=b\relax$
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography and Citations
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-XHTML output fully supports bibliographies and citations.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Citation labels are generated by the same machinery that generates \SpecialChar LyX
-'s on-screen labels,
- so the labels will look in the output much as they do in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- though better.
- If you are using numerical citations,
- then \SpecialChar LyX
- will output numerical labels,
- such as [1] or [17],
- rather than simply showing the citation key in square brackets,
- as it does on-screen.
- If you are using author-year citations,
- then \SpecialChar LyX
- will add lowercase letters to the years,
- just as Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- does,
- if it finds more than one citation for a given author-year combination.
- The labels will be printed with the bibliography entries.
- Note that there is,
- at present,
- no way to customize the appearance of the labels,
- for example,
- to choose between square brackets and parentheses.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography output is handled by the same machinery that handles the presentation of reference information in the citation dialog,
- so you will see in the XHTML output pretty much what you would see if you were to look at a given entry in the citation dialog.
- The formatting can be customized in your layout file or,
- preferably,
- in a module.
- See the 
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual for the details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The main defect at present is that cross-referenced information is printed with every entry with which it is associated.
- So you can see things like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-Jason Stanley,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Context and Logical Form
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- in 
-\emph on
-Language in Context:
- Selected Essays
-\emph default
- (Oxford:
- Oxford University Press,
- 2007),
- pp.
- 30–68.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-Jason Stanley,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Semantics in Context
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- in 
-\emph on
-Language in Context:
- Selected Essays
-\emph default
- (Oxford:
- Oxford University Press,
- 2007),
- pp.
- 201–30.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This should be fixed before long.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is no support at present for sectioned bibliographies.
- If you have multiple bibliographies,
- then \SpecialChar LyX
- will print the same bibliography over and over.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Indexes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- will happily export indexes as XHTML,
- but with certain limitations at the moment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Index export will be most reliable when you do not attempt to use the fancy constructs that are described in the section on indexes in the 
-\emph on
-User's Guide
-\emph default
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The main issue here is that \SpecialChar LyX
- itself does not really handle these.
- It just lets you enter what you would have to enter in raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- We'll describe how they are handled using the subsection headings from that section.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Grouping Index Entries (aka,
- sub-entries):
- \SpecialChar LyX
- makes an effort to support these,
- but the entries must be separated by 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- !
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- that is,
- there must be spaces around the exclamation point.
- This is because it is otherwise too difficult to check for escaped exclamation points,
- ones in math,
- and so forth.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Page Ranges:
- There is no support at all for page ranges,
- since these make no sense with XHMTL.
- Instead,
- you will just get two index entries,
- one at either end.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Cross-referencing:
- There is no support for cross-referencing.
- If \SpecialChar LyX
- finds an entry containing the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-|see\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- construct,
- it is just dropped,
- and the rest is treated as an ordinary index entry.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Index Entry Order:
- \SpecialChar LyX
- does support attempts to fix the sorting order.
- It will take what is before the first `@' it finds and use that for sorting,
- taking what follows the first `@' to be the actual entry.
- At present,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- does not check for escaped `@',
- so do not try to index email addresses.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Index Entry Layout:
- You can format entries by using the text style dialog,
- or by using any other method available within \SpecialChar LyX
- itself.
- There is no support for constructs like:
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-entry|textbf
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Indeed,
- if \SpecialChar LyX
- finds a pipe symbol,
- `|',
- in an entry,
- it will delete it and everything that follows it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Multiple Indexes:
- There is no support for multiple indexes.
- Rather,
- all index entries will be printed as one large index.
- To avoid our printing several versions of the index,
- we print only the main index,
- so make sure you have one.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Nomenclature and Glossary
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is at present no support for glossaries.
- Adding it would be fairly trivial,
- and welcome.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-DocBook Output
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Apart from HTML,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- can generate documents in the DocBook XML vocabulary.
- With versions 2.3 and before,
- only select templates could be used to generate DocBook documents (only version 4).
- Starting with \SpecialChar LyX
- 2.4,
- most \SpecialChar LyX
- layouts can generate valid DocBook documents (only version 5).
- This feature is built into \SpecialChar LyX
- and does not require the use of external tools.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The result is that the DocBook output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way \SpecialChar LaTeX
- output can be customized and extended:
- through layout files and modules.
- See chapter five of the 
-\emph on
-Customization 
-\emph default
-manual for the details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most \SpecialChar LyX
- features are supported with DocBook,
- like math output.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Math output is performed mostly in MathML (the major exception being constructions not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- i.e.
- ERTs).
- All formulae are also available in raw \SpecialChar TeX
- in the DocBook output for further processing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Bibliographies and citations are implemented,
- including with an external BibTeX file.
- Bibliography entries are not prerendered when the detailed information are available,
- but rather output with the standard DocBook constructs.
- The external DocBook processor is expected to handle the rendering of entries.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Indexes are supported,
- including multiple indices.
- Grouping (with 
-\family typewriter
-!
-\family default
-),
- page ranges,
- and cross-references (
-\family typewriter
-|see
-\family default
-) are supported,
- with the exception of the same symbols escaped.
- Entry order (
-\family typewriter
-@
-\family default
-) and layout (
-\family typewriter
-|mathbf
-\family default
-) are not supported.
- There is no support for escaping of index entries.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Glossaries are implemented.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Two major parameters can be set at the document level.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Format for tables:
- \SpecialChar LyX
- can generate tables either as HTML (default value) or CALS,
- depending on the user's requirements.
- Most DocBook processors accept both formats.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-MathML prefix:
- in DocBook,
- MathML is included within its own name space,
- unlike HTML.
- The implication is that there must be an indication of the tags belonging to the MathML standard.
- Three choices are offered:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Inline:
- the MathML name space is defined for each formula (using the 
-\family typewriter
-xmlns
-\family default
- attribute on each formula)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-With the 
-\family typewriter
-m
-\family default
- prefix (default):
- the MathML name space is defined at the document level (using the 
-\family typewriter
-xmlns:m
-\family default
- attribute on the root element).
- Each MathML is prefixed with 
-\family typewriter
-m
-\family default
-:
- for instance,
- 
-\family typewriter
-m:math
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-With the 
-\family typewriter
-mml
-\family default
- prefix:
- similar to the 
-\family typewriter
-m
-\family default
- option,
- but with 
-\family typewriter
-mml
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This option is especially useful if you want \SpecialChar LyX
- to match your personal style or to work with buggy software that only accepts one prefix for MathML.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Chapter
-The \SpecialChar LyX
- Server
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The `\SpecialChar LyX
- server' allows other programs to talk to \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- invoke \SpecialChar LyX
- commands,
- and retrieve information about the \SpecialChar LyX
- internal state.
- This is only intended for advanced users,
- but they should find it useful.
- It is by writing to the \SpecialChar LyX
- server,
- for example,
- that bibliography managers,
- such as JabRef,
- are able to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-push
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- citations to \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Starting the \SpecialChar LyX
- Server
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Starting-the-Server"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LyX
- server works through the use of a pair of named pipes.
- These are usually located in 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-UserDir
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- (except on Windows,
- where 
-\emph on
-local
-\emph default
- named pipes are special objects located in 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-) and have the names 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxpipe.in
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxpipe.out
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- External programs write into 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxpipe.in
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and read back data from 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxpipe.out
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The stem of the pipe names can be defined in the 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences
-\family default
- dialog,
- for example 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"/home/myhome/lyxpipe"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-lyxpipe"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- on Windows (where any working path instead of lyxpipe can be used,
- for example 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-my
-\backslash
-lyx
-\backslash
-pipe"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- would also work).
- You 
-\emph on
-must
-\emph default
- configure this manually in order for the server to start.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- will add the '
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.in
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-' and '
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.out
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-' to create the pipes.
- If one of the pipes already exists,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will assume that another \SpecialChar LyX
- process is already running and will not start the server.
- On POSIX (Unix like) systems,
- if for some other reason,
- an unused 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-stale
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- pipe is left in existence when \SpecialChar LyX
- closes,
- then \SpecialChar LyX
- will try to delete it.
- If this fails for some reason,
- you will need to delete the pipes manually and then restart \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- On Windows,
- pipes are deleted by the OS on program termination or crash,
- so 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-stale
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- pipes should not be possible.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To have several \SpecialChar LyX
- processes with servers at the same time,
- you have to use different configurations,
- perhaps by using separate user directories,
- each with its own 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-preferences
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- file,
- for each process.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you are developing a client program,
- you might find it useful to enable debugging information from the \SpecialChar LyX
- server.
- Do this by starting \SpecialChar LyX
- as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyx -dbg lyxserver
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can find a complete example client written in C++ in the source distribution as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-development/lyxserver/server_monitor.cpp
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Another useful tool is the command-line based client found in 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-src/client/lyxclient
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Normal communication
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To issue a \SpecialChar LyX
- call,
- the client writes a line of ASCII text into the input pipe.
- This line has the following format:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-LYXCMD:
-\emph on
-clientname
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-function
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-argument
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-clientname is a name that the client can choose arbitrarily.
- Its only use is that \SpecialChar LyX
- will echo it if it sends an answer—
-so a client can dispatch results from different requesters.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-function is the function you want \SpecialChar LyX
- to perform.
- It is the same as the commands you'd use in the minibuffer.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-argument is an optional argument which is meaningful only to some functions (for instance,
- the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-self-insert
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- LFUN will insert the argument as text at the cursor position).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The answer from \SpecialChar LyX
- will arrive in the output pipe and be of the form
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-INFO:
-\emph on
-clientname
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-function
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-data
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where 
-\emph on
-clientname
-\emph default
- and 
-\emph on
-function
-\emph default
- are just echoed from the command request,
- while 
-\emph on
-data
-\emph default
- is more or less useful information filled according to how the command execution worked out.
- Some commands,
- such as 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-font-state
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- will return information about the internal state of \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- while other will return an empty data-response.
- This means that the command execution went fine.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In case of errors,
- the response from \SpecialChar LyX
- will have this form
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-ERROR:
-\emph on
-clientname
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-function
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-error message
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where the 
-\emph on
-error message
-\emph default
- should contain an explanation of why the command failed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Examples:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-read a <~/.lyxpipe.out
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-echo $a
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AppleScript (Mac OS X)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Since \SpecialChar LyX
- 2.1,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- supports basic interactions with AppleScript for normal communication through the command run.
- This command takes a direct argument (the 
-\series bold
-function
-\series default
- to perform) and an optional argument.
- It either returns the output of the function or triggers an error with the error message and code.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-tell application "\SpecialChar LyX
-"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  try
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-    -- Stores the current file name into f
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-    set f to (run "server-get-filename" with argument "")
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-    on error the error_message number the error_number
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-      display dialog "Error:
- " & the error_number & ".
- " ¬
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-              & the error_message buttons {"OK"} default button 1
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  end try
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-end tell
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Notification
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- can notify clients of events going on asynchronously.
- Currently it will only do this if the user binds a key sequence with the function 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-notify
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The format of the string \SpecialChar LyX
- sends is as follows:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NOTIFY:
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\emph on
-key-sequence
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where 
-\emph on
-key-sequence
-\emph default
- is the printed representation of the key sequence that was actually typed by the user.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This mechanism can be used to extend \SpecialChar LyX
-'s command set and implement macros.
- Bind some key sequence to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-notify
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Then start a client that listens on the output pipe,
- dispatches the command according to the sequence,
- and starts a function that may use \SpecialChar LyX
- calls and \SpecialChar LyX
- requests to issue a command or a series of commands to \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-The simple \SpecialChar LyX
- Server Protocol
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- implements a simple protocol that can be used for session management.
- All messages are of the form
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-LYXSRV:
-\emph on
-clientname
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-protocol message
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where 
-\emph on
-protocol message
-\emph default
- can be 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-hello
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-bye
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-hello
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is received from a client,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will report back to inform the client that it's listening to it's messages,
- while 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-bye
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- sent from \SpecialChar LyX
- will inform clients that \SpecialChar LyX
- is closing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Reverse DVI/PDF search
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some DVI/PDF viewers
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following viewers offer the reverse PDF search feature:
- Okular on KDE/Linux,
- Qpdfview on Unix,
- Skim on Mac OSX and SumatraPDF on Windows.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- provide 
-\emph on
-reverse search
-\emph default
- facility (also called 
-\emph on
-inverse search
-\emph default
-).
- This means that you can tell \SpecialChar LyX
- to put the cursor to a specific line in the document by clicking at the respective position in the DVI/PDF output.
- To achieve this,
- the viewer must be able to communicate with \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- This is done via the \SpecialChar LyX
- server either by using the named pipe (
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
-\emph default
-),
- or the UNIX domain socket (
-\emph on
-lyxsocket
-\emph default
-) that \SpecialChar LyX
- creates in its temporary directory (this is the way the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxclient
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- program communicates with \SpecialChar LyX
-).
- In some cases,
- you need a helper script that mediates between the viewer and \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- in others,
- the viewer can communicate with \SpecialChar LyX
- directly.
- This depends on the selected viewer and on your operating system.
- The same applies to the way viewers need to be configured and the way the reverse search is actually performed.
- In what follows,
- we will thus describe how to setup reverse search for specific viewers.
- Before we turn to this,
- though,
- we will explain what needs to be done generally to enable reverse search in the DVI/PDF output.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Automatic setup
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:rev-search"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In most cases \SpecialChar LyX
- will do the work for you by pressing the following button in the toolbar:
- 
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "icon"
-arg   "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Alternatively,
- you can also enable the feature by checking 
-\family sans
-Synchronize with Output
-\family default
- in 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats
-\family default
-.
- In such a case \SpecialChar LyX
- will automatically insert the necessary Sync\SpecialChar TeX
- macro (for PDF) or load the srcltx package (for DVI) respectively.
- This option can be easily reached also on 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-View/Update
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Toolbar.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need a different setting,
- you can select or input a custom macro from the drop down box just below 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Synchronize with Output
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the method 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-synctex=1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- enables gzip compression.
- If your viewer does not support it,
- you should instead use 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-synctex=-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Please also note that including the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-srcltx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-src-specials
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- sometimes has an undesired impact on the typesetting.
- Thus,
- you should switch output synchronization off for the final typesetting if you use the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-srcltx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package or 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-src-specials
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In case you need some more special settings that are not covered by the automatic settings,
- read the next section about how to set up output synchronization manually.
- If the automatic setup suits your needs,
- you can readily jump to section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:configuring-viewers"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- where the necessary configuration steps in your viewer – needed both with the automatic and the manual setup – are described.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Manual setup
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- provides several different methods for reverse search.
- Some are built-in in the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-latex/pdflatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- program,
- some are provided by external packages.
- Your choice depends on whether your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution already provides a given method (the built-in methods are rather new) and whether your viewer can cope with it.
- The available methods are described in the following.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Built-in DVI-search via src-specials (DVI only) 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This method provides the DVI file with the necessary information for reverse search.
- It is available in \SpecialChar LaTeX
- since quite some time (any somewhat recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution should include it),
- and it works reliably.
- To enable it,
- change the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La
-\family sans
-TeX
-\family default
- (plain)->DVI
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La
-\family sans
-TeX
-\family default
- (plain)->DraftDVI
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- converter in 
-\family sans
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Converters
-\family default
- to 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-latex -src-specials $$i
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If this doesn't work,
- check if your \SpecialChar TeX
- engine needs different options (the syntax might differ in some distributions).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-External Packages (PDFSync and scrltx) 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The packages 
-\emph on
-pdfsync
-\emph default
- and 
-\emph on
-scrltx
-\emph default
- provide reverse search facility for PDF output (via pdflatex) and DVI output,
- respectively.
- In order to enable it,
- load the packages in the \SpecialChar LyX
- preamble:
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{pdfsync}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- for reverse PDF search,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-usepackage[active]{srcltx}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- for reverse DVI search.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to be able to perform both DVI and PDF reverse searches,
- you can also insert in the preamble the following lines
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{ifpdf}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-ifpdf
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-  
-\backslash
-usepackage{pdfsync}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-else
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-  
-\backslash
-usepackage[active]{srcltx}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-fi
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This way,
- you can preview the file as either DVI or PDF (pdflatex) and the right package will be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that PDFSync might affect the output layout of your document.
- It is therefore advised to disable PDFsync for final documents.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Built-in reverse search via Sync\SpecialChar TeX
- (DVI and PDF) 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Recent versions of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-(pdf)latex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- have built-in support for both PDF and DVI reverse search.
- This so-called 
-\emph on
-Sync\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\emph default
- facility is basically the result of the integration of the PDFSync package to the pdftex program and its merge with the 
-\emph on
-scr-specials
-\emph default
- approach.
- You need at least \SpecialChar TeX
-Live 2008 or a recent Mik\SpecialChar TeX
- distribution in order to use it.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For some reason,
- Mik\SpecialChar TeX
- does not understand/obey the command \SpecialChar LyX
- inserts into the preamble when you check the "Enable Forward/Reverse Search" button in the toolbar and does not generate the necessary info.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The generation of the required info can be forced by changing the converter "\SpecialChar LaTeX
- (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)" in Preferences->File handling->Converters from the default "pdflatex $$i" to "pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i" (i.e.,
- by adding the -synctex=1 switch).
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Also note that only a few PDF viewers (such as Okular and Qpdfview on Unix,
- Skim on the Mac,
- SumatraPDF on Windows;
- see the next section for details) already provide Sync\SpecialChar TeX
- support.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To enable Sync\SpecialChar TeX
- for DVI output,
- change the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La
-\family sans
-TeX
-\family default
- (plain) -> DVI
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La
-\family sans
-TeX
-\family default
- (plain) -> DraftDVI
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- converter in 
-\family sans
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Converters 
-\family default
-to 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-latex -synctex=1 $$i
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- and for PDF output,
- change the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La
-\family sans
-TeX
-\family default
- (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- converter to 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Should your viewer not be considered in the following description,
- or in case of missing success,
- please check the documentation of your viewer whether the viewer needs to be configured for the use with Sync\SpecialChar TeX
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that the option 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--synctex=1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- option enables gzip compression.
- If your viewer does not support it,
- you should instead use 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--synctex=-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Configuring and using specific viewers
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:configuring-viewers"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Xdvi (all platforms)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you use 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xdvi
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- you don't need to do anything else for performing a reverse DVI search,
- as \SpecialChar LyX
- already provides the necessary hooks for automatically using the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxclient
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- program.
- Just setup your document as described above (reverse search is triggered by Ctrl-click or Alt-click on Mac OSX,
- respectively).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-However,
- if for whatever reason you want to use the named pipe instead of the socket for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- simply change the DVI viewer in 
-\family sans
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File formats
-\family default
- to
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-On Mac OSX you have to use 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-DISPLAY=:0.0 xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.sh
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is a suitable script.
- For example,
- a minimal shell script is the following one:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#!/bin/sh
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-LYXPIPE="/path/to/lyxpipe"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-COMMAND="LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:$1 $2"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-echo "$COMMAND" > "${LYXPIPE}".in || exit
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-read TMP < "${LYXPIPE}".out || exit
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-/path/to/lyxpipe
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is the LyXServer pipe path specified in 
-\family sans
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paths
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-development/tools
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- folder of a source distribution you can find a 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- script which is able to locate the 
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
-\emph default
- based on your preferences.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-MacDviX (Mac OSX)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-At the end of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-/Applications/MacDviX_Folder/calleditor.script
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- add the following lines:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-/Applications/LyX.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor "$2" $1
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-exit 1
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Modify the lines accordingly if you install \SpecialChar LyX
- somewhere else than in the Applications folder.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Reverse search is triggered by Alt-click (OPTION-click).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Skim (Mac OSX)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Enter 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-open -a Skim.app $$i
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to the viewer setting in 
-\family sans
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF (pdflatex)
-\family default
-,
- and then in 
-\family sans
-Skim\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sync
-\family default
- choose 
-\family sans
-custom
-\family default
- preset and enter command 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-/Applications/\SpecialChar LyX
-.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Reverse search is triggered by COMMAND-SHIFT-click
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Evince (GNOME)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Reverse search with evince does not work out of the box,
- but it can be achieved by means of some third party helper scripts.
- Please refer to 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Okular (KDE)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Go to 
-\family sans
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Configure Okular\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Editor
-\family default
- and select LyX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- as editor.
- This inserts the appropriate command (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxclient -g %f %l
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Reverse search is triggered by SHIFT-click.
- Note that this only works if Okular is in 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Browse
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- mode (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.,
- the hand symbol is clicked).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Qpdfview (Unix)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Qpdfview supports Sync\SpecialChar TeX
- since version 0.3.5.
- Go to 
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Behavior
-\family default
-,
- click on the input field of the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Source editor
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- item and add the command 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxclient -g %1 %2
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Reverse search is triggered by double-click or,
- in more recent versions,
- by context menu.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-YAP (Windows)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Launch yap,
- choose its 
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Options
-\family default
- menu and select the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Inverse DVI Search
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- tab.
- Click on the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-New\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- button and,
- in the window that opens,
- enter 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LyX
- Editor
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (or any other name you like) in the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Name:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- field.
- Now click on the button labeled 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the batch file 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.bat
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (see below).
- Select 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.bat
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and then specify the program arguments as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-%f %l
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.bat
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- wrapper is used for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
- through the 
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
-\emph default
- and is as follows:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-@echo off
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-echo LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:%~1 %2> 
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-lyxpipe.in
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-type 
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-lyxpipe.out
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Make sure that the \SpecialChar LyX
-Server pipe path you specified in \SpecialChar LyX
- is 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-lyxpipe
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- otherwise change the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.bat
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- wrapper accordingly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In yap,
- reverse search is triggered by double-click.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-SumatraPDF (Windows)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search,
- enter 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor.bat "%f" %l"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in the viewer setting in 
-\family sans
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF (pdflatex)
-\family default
-,
- where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.bat
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is the previous wrapper.
- If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH,
- use its full file name.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Reverse search is triggered by double-click.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-YAP (Cygwin)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-First of all,
- make sure that yap is your default DVI viewer in the Windows environment,
- then launch it,
- choose its 
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Options
-\family default
- menu and select the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Inverse DVI Search
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- tab.
- Click on the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-New\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- button and,
- in the window that opens,
- enter 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LyX
- Editor
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (or any other name you like) in the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Name:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- field.
- Now click on the button labeled 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.exe
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- program (which is installed by default on Cygwin along with the \SpecialChar LyX
- executable).
- Select 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.exe
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and then specify the program arguments as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--g %f %l
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In this way,
- you will be using the 
-\emph on
-lyxsocket
-\emph default
- for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- If,
- for whatever reason,
- you want to use the 
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
-\emph default
-,
- omit the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--g
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- option and be sure to specify the \SpecialChar LyX
-Server pipe path in the \SpecialChar LyX
- preferences.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In yap,
- reverse search is triggered by double-click.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-SumatraPDF (Cygwin)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search,
- enter 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor -g %f %l"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in the viewer setting in 
-\family sans
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF (pdflatex)
-\family default
-.
- If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH,
- use its full posix path.
- The 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--g
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- enables communication via the 
-\emph on
-lyxsocket
-\emph default
-.
- Again,
- omit the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--g
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- option if you want to use the 
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
-\emph default
-,
- and be sure to specify the \SpecialChar LyX
-Server pipe path in the \SpecialChar LyX
- preferences.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Reverse search is triggered by double-click.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Forward search
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Forward search is,
- as the name implies,
- in a sense the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-opposite
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- of reverse search.
- It allows you to let the viewer jump to a given position from within \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- If forward search is set up (as described in what follows),
- you can put the cursor anywhere in your \SpecialChar LyX
- document,
- and hit 
-\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Forward search
-\family default
- (or select 
-\family sans
-Forward search
-\family default
- in the context menu via right mouse click),
- and then the viewer will jump to that position as well.
- This implies,
- of course,
- that your viewer supports this function.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To make forward search possible,
- you first need to provide the generated output PDF/DVI file with additional information about the \SpecialChar TeX
- sources.
- This can be done via the methods described in the section 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:rev-search"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Additionally,
- you need to configure \SpecialChar LyX
- for using your viewers in 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
-General
-\family default
-.
- We provide a range of tested configurations for some viewers,
- which you can select from the drop down list.
- If none of these configurations suits you,
- you have to find out and enter a suitable configuration yourself.
- The definition syntax uses the following placeholders:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$n
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
- row number
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$t
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
- name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (without path)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$f
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
- name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (including path)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$o
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
- name of the exported output file (either dvi or pdf,
- depending on which one exists in the temporary directory)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that only some of the viewers provide full and usable forward search functionality out of the box,
- among them yap,
- xdvi,
- okular
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-You might want to set 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-okular --unique
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
-File
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Formats
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- qpdfview,
- and SumatraPDF
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SumatraPDF can also use DDE commands through the external program CMCDDE —
- downloadable from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.istri.fr/spip/zip/CMCDDE.zip"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Others,
- such as evince
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Forward search with evince can be achieved by means of third party helper scripts.
- Please refer to 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- require some extra tools in order to use forward search.
- While many of the widespread PDF viewers (most notably Adobe Reader) do not support forward search at all,
- some other viewers – e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
- xpdf – allow at least to reload the document and jump to a specific page of the file,
- so you can at least navigate 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-near
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- This latter functionality is provided by an external call of synctex (see the predefined example configurations).
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Forward search works both with DVI and PDF output.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- simply checks which preview format you have used before (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.,
- which format is already there in the temporary directory) and chooses the appropriate configuration for the respective format.\SpecialChar LyX
- Features needing Extra Software
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Checking \SpecialChar TeX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by 
-\noun on
-Asger Alstrup
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you have the 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
- program installed
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
- is not yet available when you are using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution MiK\SpecialChar TeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- you'll find in the 
-\family sans
-Tools
-\family default
- menu the entry:
- 
-\family sans
-Check
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-TeX
-\family default
-.
- You can get 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
- from CTAN,
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chktex.html"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- package is a program that was written by 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jens T.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Berger Thielemann
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in frustration because some constructs in \SpecialChar LaTeX
- are sometimes non-intuitive,
- and easy to forget.
- The program runs over your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file,
- checks the integrity of the file,
- and flags some common errors.
- In other technical words,
- it is 
-\family typewriter
-lint
-\family default
- for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Well,
- what is a syntax checker doing in \SpecialChar LyX
- which is supposed to produce correct \SpecialChar LaTeX
- anyways?
- The answer is simple:
- Just as 
-\family typewriter
-Lint
-\family default
- not only checks the 
-\emph on
-syntax
-\emph default
- of C programs,
- but also does 
-\emph on
-semantic
-\emph default
- checks for type-errors,
- 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- catches some common 
-\emph on
-typographic
-\emph default
- errors,
- in addition to the syntactical ones.
- Specifically,
- 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- is capable of detecting several common errors,
- such as
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ellipsis detection:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Use \SpecialChar ldots
- instead of ...
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-No space in front of/after parenthesis:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-( wrong spacing )
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-is too wide spacing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a capital letter:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-This is a TEST.
- And this is wrong spacing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Space in front of labels and similar commands:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page.
- 
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:chktex"
-
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- The label is separated too much.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Space in front of references,
- instead of hard spaces:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If you have bad luck,
- the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number,
- and that's a pity.
- See section 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:chktex"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-x
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- instead of 
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
-
- between numbers:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-2x2 looks cheap compared to 
-\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-and more \SpecialChar ldots
- It is an invaluable tool when you are 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-finishing up
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- your document before printing,
- and you should run it right after the obligatory spelling check,
- and before you go fine tuning the typesetting.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-How to use it
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you have the program installed,
- usage is as simple as choosing 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Check
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-TeX
-\family default
-.
- This will make \SpecialChar LyX
- generate a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file of your document,
- start 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- to check it,
- and then make \SpecialChar LyX
- insert 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-error boxes
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- with the warnings from 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
-,
- if there were any.
- The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake,
- and you can quickly find them by using the 
-\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Error
-\family default
- menu item,
- or the shortcut key 
-\family sans
-C-g
-\family default
- from the default 
-\family typewriter
-cua
-\family default
- bind file.
- Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse,
- or use the shortcut key 
-\family sans
-C-i
-\family default
- from 
-\family typewriter
-cua
-\family default
- bindings,
- or the corresponding 
-\family sans
-C-o
-\family default
- for the alternate 
-\family typewriter
-emacs
-\family default
- bind file.
- Read the warning and correct the mistake,
- if it is a mistake.
- If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about,
- you can safely ignore it.
- Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and the technical details in invoking 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
-,
- and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just plain silly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature,
- and it should provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with.
- Since computers are only so smart,
- expect most of the warnings to be false alarms,
- though.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-How to fine tune it
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes,
- you'll find that 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- makes more noise than suits your mood.
- Then you can choose not to use it,
- wait until your mood changes,
- or try to customize 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- to get better along with you.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Although 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- 
-\emph on
-is
-\emph default
- very configurable and extensible,
- you should not expect to solve all problems with 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- in \SpecialChar LyX
- this way.
- Since \SpecialChar LyX
- has to generate a somewhat special \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file to be able to match the line numbers from the 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- output
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-You can inspect the specific output from 
-\family sans
-chktex
-\family default
- by using 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Log
-\family default
- right after a 
-\family sans
-chktex
-\family default
- run.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to the internal document structure,
- some of the warnings will not appear correctly.
- There are two things you can do about this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Fine tune the 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- invocation command line in 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
-CheckTeX command
-\family default
-,
- or the global 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- installation configuration file (usually with the file 
-\family typewriter
-chktexrc
-\family default
-).
- See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command line.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Export your document as a raw \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file using 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\family default
- and run 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
- manually on that.
- Invoked in this way,
- it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place in the document inside \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- but with a little patience,
- you should be able to do it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in 
-\family sans
-Preferences
-\family default
-.
- Use 
-\family typewriter
--n#
-\family default
- to disable a warning,
- and 
-\family typewriter
--w#
-\family default
- to enable a warning.
- The emphasized entries are disabled by default,
- because the default is "
-\family typewriter
-chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
-\family default
-".
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings,
- because \SpecialChar LyX
- relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-Command terminated with space.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Non-breaking space (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-~
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) should have been used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-You should enclose the previous parenthesis with 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-{}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Italic correction (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-/
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) found in non-italic buffer.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Italic correction (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-/
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) found more than once.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-No italic correction (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-/
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) found.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Accent command 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-cmd
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- needs use of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-cmd
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Wrong length of dash may have been used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- expected,
- found 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Solo 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- found.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should use 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to achieve an ellipsis.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Inter-word spacing (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-
-\family default
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-) should perhaps be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Inter-sentence spacing (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-@
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) should perhaps be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Could not find argument for command.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-No match found for 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Math mode still on at end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Number of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-char
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- doesn't match the number of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-char
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should use either 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- or 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- as an alternative to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-"
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should use "
-\family typewriter
-'
-\family default
-" (ASCII 39) instead of "
-\family typewriter
-´
-\family default
-" (ASCII 180).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-User-specified pattern found.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-This command might not be intended.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-Comment displayed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Either 
-\family typewriter
-''
-\backslash
-,'
-\family default
- or 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\backslash
-,''
-\family default
- will look better.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-You might wish to put this between a pair of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-{}
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Could not execute \SpecialChar LaTeX
- command.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Don't use 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-/
-\family default
- in front of small punctuation.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family typewriter
-\size small
-$
-\backslash
-times$
-\family default
- may look prettier here.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-Multiple spaces detected in output.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-This text may be ignored.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Use 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- to begin quotation,
- not 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Use 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\family default
- to end quotation,
- not 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Don't mix quotes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should perhaps use 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-cmd
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- instead.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Double space found.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You ought to not use primitive \SpecialChar TeX
- in \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should remove spaces in front of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is normally not followed by 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-%c
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In later versions of \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- we hope to provide a more complete interface to this tool (and it's smaller cousin 
-\family typewriter
-lacheck
-\family default
-) to exploit the full power of it.
- But it's not exactly useless as it is now:
- go try it on one of your existing documents of a certain length and be surprised.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-by
-\noun on
- Lars Gullik Bjønnes 
-\noun default
-and 
-\noun on
-Pavel Sanda
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports some of the most basic RCS/CVS/SVN/GIT commands.
- If you need something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that manually in a terminal or your favourite client.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Also note that CVS support is not as good as subversion support,
- so we advise using SVN instead.
- A good place to start learning Subversion is the SVN Book
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://svnbook.red-bean.com/"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In the case of RCS you should read 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-rcsintro
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (a man file,
- read it with 
-\family typewriter
-man rcsintro
-\family default
-).
- This file describes all the basic features of RCS.
- You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory,
- and the notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in 
-\family typewriter
-,v
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before you begin to use the version control features in \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- you should be familiar with RCS/CVS/SVN/GIT usage.
- The implementation in \SpecialChar LyX
- assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS or CVS/SVN package —
- no guarantees are made for older versions.
- Most of the log messages are not currently displayed after operations —
- you can check them in the Messages pane if you are unsure.
- Regular users of version control will appreciate the VC toolbar,
- which can be enabled via 
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Toolbars\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Control
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For introducing your own external commands consult 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vc-command
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in the manual 
-\emph on
-\SpecialChar LyX
- Functions
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is strongly recommended to store documents in uncompressed format if using version control (uncheck 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Compressed
-\family default
- if it is checked):
- Uncompressed LyX documents are text files and therefore for merging two different versions by version control systems.
- Compressed LyX documents are binary files,
- which cannot be merged by version control systems.
- Also to avoid unnecessary merge conflicts we advise to disable document 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save transient properties
-\family default
- when more users work on the same document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-RCS commands in \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- You can find them in the 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Control
-\family default
- submenu.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- was tested against RCS 5.7/5.8/5.10.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Register
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If your document is not under revision control,
- this is the only item shown in the menu.
- And if it is under revision control,
- the 
-\family sans
-Register
-\family default
- item is not visible.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This command registers your document with RCS (unless you are under the directory managed by CVS)\SpecialChar endofsentence
- You are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
- The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to 
-\family sans
-Check
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Out
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-For
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Edit
-\family default
-,
- before making any changes to it.
- A document under revision control has a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-[RCS:<version> <locker>]
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-RCS command that is run:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family typewriter
-ci -q -u -i -t-"<initial description>" <file-name>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Read 
-\family typewriter
-man ci
-\family default
- to understand the switches.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Check In Changes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you are finished editing a file,
- you check in your changes.
- When you do this,
- you are asked for a description of the changes.
- This is stored in the history log.
- The version number is bumped,
- your changes are applied to the master RCS file,
- the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-RCS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Check Out For Edit
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it.
- This will also make the document Read-Write only for you.
- You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished you check in your changes.
- The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-RCS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-co -q -l <file-name>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Revert To Repository Version
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
- You get a warning before changes are discarded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-RCS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-co -f -u<version> <file-name>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Copy
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will create a copy of the current document.
- Since RCS does not support copy operations natively,
- the version history is not preserved,
- and the copy is added as a new file.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
- After that the copy is created,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
- all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-RCS
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Copy 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ci -q -u 
-\family typewriter
--i 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Undo Last Checkin
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This makes as if the last check in never happened.
- No changes are made to the document loaded into \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- but the last version is removed from the master RCS file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-RCS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-rcs -o<version> <file-name>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Show History
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This shows the complete history of the RCS document.
- The output of 
-\family typewriter
-rlog <file-name>
-\family default
- is shown in a browser.
- See 
-\family typewriter
-man rlog
-\family default
- for more info.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Revision info
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports RCS version number,
- author name,
- date and time of last commit.
- All those are extracted from 
-\family typewriter
-rlog -r <file-name>
-\family default
-.
- See 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-CVS commands in \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A subset of CVS operations is supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- You can find the commands in the 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Control
-\family default
- submenu.
- The version control system SVN is more powerful,
- so please use it instead of CVS if possible.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-General CVS usage
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you start from scratch with CVS you have to create your repository and checkout the working copy with external tools.
- If you're using a client-server setup you may need to login before doing the first repository checkout.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If your documents are under revision control and others are using the same repository problems arise when different changes to the same document at the same location happen.
- Standard CVS repositories don't operate with a file locking mechanism.
- This may be surprising,
- but conflicts only occur if people disagree on the proper content of the same part of a document.
- So,
- if co-workers are used to communicate regularly,
- these conflicts occur rarely.
- If they don't communicate they have a fundamental problem anyway.
- Nevertheless some people like to work with so called 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-reserved checkouts
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If they do so the working copy of all files is readonly when checked out first and the user starts editing after using a special command to make the working copy writable.
- When the changes are checked in the working copy returns to readonly state.
- With \SpecialChar LyX
- one has to edit the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.cvsrc
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- file and add the line 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cvs -r
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to work with reserved checkouts.
- The benefit is the possibility to see who is using a writable copy of some document.
- It's not guaranteed only one user makes a copy writable.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- tries to guess if you're using reserved or non-reserved checkouts.
- If your working copy is readonly or it is writable and an additional copy of your document exists in the CVS/Base sub-directory a reserved otherwise a non-reserved checkout is assumed.
- When a reserved checkout is detected you have to use 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Check Out
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to make your working copy writable if it's readonly.
- After doing so the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Check In
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- operation is possible and that makes your working copy readonly again after transferring your changes to the repository.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-More information about CVS can be found here 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.nongnu.org/cvs
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and here 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://ximbiot.com/cvs
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Read 
-\family typewriter
-man cvs
-\family default
- to understand the sub-commands and the switches mentioned below.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Register
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If your document is not under revision control,
- this is the only item shown in the menu.
- And if it is under revision control,
- the 
-\family sans
-Register
-\family default
- item is not visible.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This command registers in CVS your document 
-\begin_inset Flex Strong
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-only
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- in the case you have already the documents directory under CVS control (in particular 
-\family typewriter
-CVS/Entries
-\family default
- file exists).
- This means you have to create or checkout the archive by yourself using external tools.
- (In case you forget that step \SpecialChar LyX
- registers the document with RCS.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
- Don't forget that registered file is not yet checked in.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-CVS command that is run:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q add -m"<entered message>" "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The term 
-\family typewriter
-"<file-name>"
-\family default
- above and for all other CVS commands is an abbreviation for 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-change the current working directory to file location and use the file name without path component as argument
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Check In Changes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you are finished editing a file,
- you commit your changes.
- When you do this and you had changed the document,
- you are asked for a description of the changes.
- After that changes are written to the repository.
- In case you didn't change the document and a reserved checkout is detected the reservation made on 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Check Out
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is undone.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-CVS
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-command:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cvs 
-\family typewriter
--q commit -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cvs -q unedit 
-\family typewriter
-"<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Check Out Changes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you are sharing a repository with others,
- you may have to incorporate their changes into your working copy.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-CVS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q update "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a readonly checkout is detected the working copy is made writable and reserved.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-CVS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q edit "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Revert To Repository Version
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
- You get a warning before changes are discarded.
- Firstly the file is deleted,
- secondly CVS update command is run.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-CVS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q update "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a reserved checkout is detected and the working copy has no changes only the reservation is undone.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-CVS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q unedit "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Copy
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will create a copy of the current document.
- Since CVS does not support copy operations natively,
- the version history is not preserved,
- and the copy is added as a new file.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
- After that the copy is created,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
- all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-CVS
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Copy 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"<new-file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cvs -q add "<new-file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Rename
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will rename the current document.
- Since CVS does not support rename operations natively,
- the version history is not preserved,
- the renamed document is added as a new file,
- and the original document is deleted.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
- After that the document is renamed,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
- all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the document is reloaded using the new name.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-CVS
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Rename 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"<new-file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cvs -q add "<new-file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cvs -q remove "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Update of the local directory checkout from repository
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Once your documents gets more complex,
- containing sub-documents and pictures,
- including external 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- files and so on using version control becomes more complicated.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document.
- This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither have detailed knowledge about CVS usage nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
- You have to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
- It's good practice anyway to store multipart documents in an extra directory.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Update local directory from repository
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- command updates the whole directory.
- If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
- In case of merge conflicts both versions of the conflicting document parts are placed in the final document.
- You have to review and correct the result of the merge.
- You'll find the conflicts enclosed in pairs of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<<<<<<<
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
->>>>>>>
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- separated by 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-=======
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The first part is your version as before the update operation with the document name prepended.
- The second one is the repository version with the version number after the sequence of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
->
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- signs.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-CVS
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cd $path;
- cvs diff 
-\family typewriter
-"."
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (Ask if changes are detected.)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cd $path;
- cvs -q update 
-\family typewriter
-"."
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$path
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- stands for the path to the document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Show History
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This shows the complete history of the CVS document.
- The output of 
-\family typewriter
-cvs log "<file-name>"
-\family default
- is shown in a browser.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Revision info
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports CVS version number,
- author name,
- date and time of last commit.
- All those are extracted from 
-\family typewriter
-cvs log -r <file-name>
-\family default
-.
- See 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-SVN commands in \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-SVN is now partially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- You can find the commands in the 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Control
-\family default
- submenu.
- Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh,
- you will be asked in terminal window.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- was tested against SVN 1.5,
- 1.6,
- 1.7 and 1.8
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Most of the commands will work with 1.4 too,
- see 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- There seems to be currently unresolved permissions problem under SVN 1.8 with reverting changes when file is locked.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Register
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If your document is not under revision control,
- this is the only item shown in the menu.
- And if it is under revision control,
- the 
-\family sans
-Register
-\family default
- item is not visible.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This command registers in SVN your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under SVN control (in particular 
-\family typewriter
-.svn/entries
-\family default
- file exists).
- This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
- Don't forget that registered file is not yet commited.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-SVN command that is run:
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn add -q 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Read 
-\family typewriter
-man svn
-\family default
- to understand the switches.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Check In Changes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you are finished editing a file,
- you commit your changes.
- When you do this,
- you are asked for a description of the changes.
- After that changes are commited.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-SVN command:
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In case locking is not enabled.
- See Section 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Check Out For Edit
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Updates the changes of this file from the repository.
- Be sure you understand SVN merging and conflicts resolving before using this function,
- because all conflicts has to be resolved manually by you!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-SVN command:
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ditto.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn update --non-interactive 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Revert To Repository Version
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
- You get a warning before changes are discarded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-SVN command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn revert -q 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Copy
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will create a copy of the current document including the version history.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
- After that the copy is created,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
- all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-SVN
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn copy -q 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn commit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Rename
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will rename the current document including the version history.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
- After that the document is renamed,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
- all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the document is reloaded using the new name.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-SVN
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn move -q 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn commit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Update of the local directory checkout from repository
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that this command will work only with subversion 
-\begin_inset Formula $\geqq1.5$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All the commands above have one shortcoming – they deal with the current document only.
- Once your document contains pictures,
- includes external 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- files and so on administration becomes more complicated.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- now supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-One need to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither know about subversion management nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Update local directory from repository
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- command updates the whole directory and in case of merge conflicts local version of the files are left,
- so no unintended data loss occurs.
- If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-SVN
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn diff $path
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- (Ask if changes are detected.)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn update --accept mine-full $path
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$path
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- stands for the path to the document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Show History
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This shows the complete history of the SVN document.
- The output of 
-\family typewriter
-svn log 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- is shown in a browser.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-File Locking
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The file exchange through various revision control systems brings the problem of merge conflicts in case two different users try to edit the same (parts of) document.
- When such a conflict happens it needs manual resolving and one reasonable alternative is to provide some kind of locking mechanism,
- which guarantees that only one user is allowed to edit file at the given time.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-SVN has two such mechanisms to provide mutual exclusivity for file access – locks and automatic setting of write permissions (see sec.
- 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) based on 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn:needs-lock
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- file svn property
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.2/svn.advanced.locking.html
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If this property is detected for a given document \SpecialChar LyX
- starts to use SVN locks for document editing automatically and the whole check-in/out mechanism switches to the same regimen as for RCS.
- This in particular means there are two different modes of file use in \SpecialChar LyX
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Unlocked state.
- The loaded file is in the read-only mode.
- For editing on needs to check-out.
- 
-\emph on
-Check-out
-\emph default
- consists of updating from the repository and gaining write lock.
- If the lock is not possible to obtain,
- we remain in unlocked state.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Locked state.
- The loaded file is in the 
-\begin_inset Quotes els
-\end_inset
-
-normal
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
-\end_inset
-
- edit mode.
- No other user is allowed to edit the file.
- 
-\emph on
-Check-in
-\emph default
- consists of commiting changes and releasing write-lock.
- If no changes have been made to the document,
- no commit will be produced
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Don't be puzzled by the fact that you will be asked for commit message anyway.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and only the write-lock will be released.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-SVN commands:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Check-in:
-
-\family typewriter
- svn commit -q -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-svn unlock "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Check-out:
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn update "<file-name>"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-svn lock "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family typewriter
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-Automatic Locking Property
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The above mentioned automatic setting of write permissions of the .lyx file can be set through
-\family sans
- File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Use Locking Property
-\family default
-.
- This command is active only when the file is not locked on the svn server (i.e.
- you need to check-out before proceeding).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-SVN
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Set:
-
-\family typewriter
- svn propset svn:needs-lock ON "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Unset:
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn propdel svn:needs-lock "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Revision Information in Documents
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are more possibilities how to activate revision information in our document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports directly:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-tree revision information (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vcs-tree-revision
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- The result is the output of the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svnversion
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- command,
- the following table gives you an idea,
- how to read the results.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Output
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Meaning
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4123:4168
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-mixed revision working copy
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4168M
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-modified working copy
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4123S
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-switched working copy
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4123P
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-partial working copy,
- from a sparse checkout
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4123:4168MS
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-mixed revision,
- modified,
- switched working copy
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-file revision information.
- The result comes from parsing the output of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-info
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
---xml
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-file.lyx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Supported flags are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-version number of the last commit (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vcs-revision
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-author of the last commit (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vcs-author
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-date of the last commit (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vcs-date
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-time of the last commit (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vcs-time
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can obtain this info via InsetInfo (
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Field\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version Control Revision
-\family default
-).
- The information will be available only when you have the file stored under svn managment (i.e.
- the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.svn
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- directory is available with your document).
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Another—
-a hacking one—
-possibility is to use svn keywords
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In short – you set file keywords property (e.g.
- 
-\family sans
-svn propset svn:keywords 'Rev' file.lyx
-\family default
-) and then paste keyword \SpecialChar TeX
- code
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is an easy way how to ensure that \SpecialChar LyX
- won't break the line in the middle of keyword tag.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- tag in your document (e.g.
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$Rev$
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- This way svn client will automatically substitute revision number (e.g.
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$Rev:
- 59 $
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-) after each update and commit.
- There are more problems with this approach.
- Firstly,
- the '$' character is used in \SpecialChar TeX
- world for math equations,
- so any occurence of math formula 
-\begin_inset Formula $Rev$
-\end_inset
-
- become 
-\begin_inset Formula $Rev:59$
-\end_inset
-
- in your \SpecialChar LyX
- document.
- Similarly for other keywords like Id,
- Date,
- Author,
- etc.
- Secondly svn output is dependent on your locales,
- so its very easy that svn would produce some problematic strings once Date is used.
- Thirdly you get the whole 'Rev:
- 59' string in your document instead of the plain number.
- Until subversion implements user's custom keywords it will be hard to use this approach reliably or let \SpecialChar LyX
- to support it directly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-SVN and Windows Environment
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-My inclination is to say that if the user cannot figure out the command line operations on their own fairly quickly,
- they would be well advised to use TortoiseSVN.
- —
-P.
- A.
- Rubin
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Preparation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In addition to installing \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- and having access to a Subversion repository,
- the user will need to install the Subversion client program.
- A Windows installer for the client program is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CollabNet"
-target "http://www.collab.net/nonav/downloads/subversion/"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The user may also want to install 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "TortoiseSVN"
-target "http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- which integrates Subversion operations into the context (rightclick) menu of Windows Explorer.
- Operations done outside \SpecialChar LyX
- will typically be more convenient using the Explorer context menu.
- Note that TortoiseSVN is not a replacement for the client program,
- which is what \SpecialChar LyX
- itself will use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Bringing a document under Subversion control
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before a \SpecialChar LyX
- document can be brought under version control in Subversion,
- its parent directory needs to be under version control.
- If the document is being added to a project already in the repository,
- this is accomplished by checking the project out to the directory where the new document will be placed.
- If the project itself is not yet under version control (for instance,
- if this document starts a new project),
- the directory must be imported into the repository.
- This is done outside \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Both import and checkout are easily accomplished from the Explorer context menu using TortoiseSVN,
- or alternatively can be done using the command line client at a DOS prompt.
- The procedure for importing the project using TortoiseSVN is described below,
- assuming an existing repository and a new project being started in 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project
-\family default
-.
- For information on using the Subversion client program,
- run 
-\family typewriter
-svn --help 
-\family default
-in a DOS shell.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Locate 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project 
-\family default
-in Windows Explorer,
- right click it,
- and select 
-\family sans
-TortoiseSVN\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Repo-browser
-\family default
-.
- If necessary,
- adjust the URL for the repository,
- then click OK.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Right click the level of the repository under which you want to place the new project folder (typically the top level) and click 
-\family sans
-Create folder
-\family default
- Supply a name for the project folder and click OK.
- Add a message for the log file if desired,
- then click OK again.
- The new project folder should appear in the repository.
- Finally,
- click OK again to exit the repository browser.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Once again right click 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project
-\family default
-,
- this time selecting SVN Checkout\SpecialChar ldots
- Select the URL of the project folder you just created in the repository,
- and set the checkout directory to 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project.
-
-\family default
- Click OK.
- You will be warned about a non-empty folder;
- click OK to proceed.
- You should now have a 
-\family typewriter
-.svn
-\family default
- directory under 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Create or open your document in \SpecialChar LyX
- and click 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Register.
- 
-\family default
-Add a log message and click OK to commit the document to version control.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-From this point onward,
- you should have full functionality in the 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Control
-\family default
- menu.
- You also have the option of checking the document in and out,
- viewing its history,
- etc.
- using the TortoiseSVN context menu in Windows Explorer or the Subversion client program from a command prompt.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-SSH tunnel used with SVN under Windows
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Compared with Linux setting up an svn client to communicate over ssh under Windows is a rather troublesome task.
- We will at least offer some hints how to setup the client side but prior knowledge about ssh and the Windows command line is needed,
- also be prepared for a great deal of frustration\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Get an svn client for windows,
- as described in the previous sections.
- When it is a fresh install run some svn command (e.g.
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn --version
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-) to create config files,
- which you will need to change later on.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Choose an ssh client for Windows.
- There are several possibilities,
- we will use the one from Putty tools
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- You will need to set the connection up so that the client doesn't ask for any password from you.
- To keep things easy we will use only keys without any additional password protection etc.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Generate keys by 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-puttygen
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Save your private .ppk key file and put the public one on the server side.
- If the SVN server runs on Linux,
- note that the format of the public key is not compatible with Linux openssh and you will need to direcly copy-paste the key from the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\emph on
-Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file
-\emph default
-:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- edit field into the server's 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-~/.ssh/authorized_keys
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- / 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-authorized_keys2
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Get the Putty's 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-plink
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In the SVN config file
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Exact path depends on Windows version,
- usually somewhere around 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c:
-\backslash
-Documents and Settings
-\backslash
-user
-\backslash
-Application Data
-\backslash
-Subversion
-\backslash
-config
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- / 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AppData
-\backslash
-Roaming
-\backslash
-Subversion
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- section [tunnels],
- setup ssh command,
- e.g.
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ssh=c:/path/plink.exe -i c:/path/private_key.ppk
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-It will usually take a lot of time to get exact command right and it depends on many things.
- For example do not have some remote server saved as a default session in Putty etc.
- If things fail,
- try to connect via plink without SVN first.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Checkout the SVN archive,
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn co svn+ssh://user@server/repository_path
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-End-of-Line Conversions
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When the collaborators are mixing Linux and Windows environments,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will use different line endings inside the .lyx files.
- This is not a problem as far as \SpecialChar LyX
- functionality is concerned,
- but the commit diffs will be huge and merge-conflicts prone.
- Fortunately SVN itself knows
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.file-portability.html
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- how to deal with CR/LF problems when switching .lyx files to the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-native
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- mode.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For the lazy guys:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-GIT commands in \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A minimal subset of GIT commands is now supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- You can find the commands in the 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Control
-\family default
- submenu.
- Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh,
- you will be asked in terminal window.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- was tested against GIT 1.7/2.30.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Windows users please note that you need to ensure that git is on the path.
- This can be set from within \SpecialChar LyX
- at 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PATH prefix
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One big difference of GIT and the other supported version control systems is the distributed nature of GIT:
- With traditional version control systems there is one central server which hosts the repository.
- Users commit their changes to the server,
- and get updates made by other users from it.
- With GIT,
- users commit to a local repository.
- The local repository can be synchronized with one or more remote repositories using the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pull
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-push
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- GIT commands.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- does not interact in any way with remote GIT repositories.
- It works exclusively with the local repository in a very similar way as with a central CVS or SVN repository.
- If you use remote GIT repositories you need to do the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pull
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-push
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- operations with your favourite GIT client.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Register
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If your document is not under revision control,
- this is the only item shown in the menu.
- And if it is under revision control,
- the 
-\family sans
-Register
-\family default
- item is not visible.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This command registers in GIT your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under GIT control (in particular 
-\family typewriter
-.git/index
-\family default
- file exists
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For that both 
-\family typewriter
-git init
-\family default
- *and* initial repository commit (or at least 
-\family typewriter
-git add
-\family default
-) needs to be manually done.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
- Don't forget that registered file is not yet committed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-GIT command that is run:
- 
-\family typewriter
-git add 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Read 
-\family typewriter
-man git
-\family default
- to understand the switches.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Check In Changes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you are finished editing a file,
- you commit your changes.
- When you do this,
- you are asked for a description of the changes.
- After that changes are committed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-GIT command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-git commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Revert To Repository Version
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
- You get a warning before changes are discarded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-GIT command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-git checkout -q 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Rename
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will rename the current document including the version history.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
- After that the document is renamed,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
- all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the document is reloaded using the new name.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-GIT
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-git mv 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-git commit
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Show History
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This shows the complete history of the GIT document.
- The output of 
-\family typewriter
-git log 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- is shown in a browser.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Version Info
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports GIT hash number of the last commit to the file,
- its abbreviated form,
- author name,
- date and time of last commit.
- All those are extracted from 
-\family typewriter
-git log -n 1 --pretty=format:%H%n%h%n%an%n%ai
-\family default
-.
- Tree version information is obtained via 
-\family typewriter
-git describe --abbrev --dirty --long
-\family default
-.
- See 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for other details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Further tuning
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-With the recent addition of the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vc-command
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- function \SpecialChar LyX
- power users are allowed to create their own commands for revision control.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As an example you can see how two TortoiseSVN commands could be integrated directly:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Commit:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:commit /path:$$p"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Revert:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p"
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Version control and Document comparison
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of the typical uses of version control is to inspect the changes between revisions,
- usually by creating 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-diff
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- dumps.
- While this is useful for plain text files,
- it is much less useful in the case of \SpecialChar LyX
- files,
- which have more a complicated structure.
- Hence we provide binding to the Document comparison feature.
- There are two ways of calling this feature – either by direct call of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vc-compare
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- \SpecialChar LyX
- function (for details see \SpecialChar LyX
- functions manual) or by the toolbar icon 
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "icon"
-arg   "vc-compare"
-\end_inset
-
- or the menu item 
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "menu"
-arg   "vc-compare"
-\end_inset
-
-,
- respectively.
- One can either compare two chosen revisions of the document or he can simply compare the current version of edited text with older revisions (where '
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-' revisions back means comparison of the edited file with last commited revision).
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This feature is supported for SVN and RCS though due to the more complicated versioning scheme of RCS there is a constraint – when addressing the revisions in dialog,
- numbers always point to the last number in RCS revision number,
- i.e.
- '35' in '1.2.35'.
- We don't currently support GIT addressing of revisions,
- one can just compare edited document with its revision X steps backs,
- where X is addressed as 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HEAD~X
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Literate-Programming"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Literate Programming
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Updated by 
-\noun on
-Kayvan Sylvan 
-\noun default
-(kayvan@sylvan.com)
-\noun on
-,
- 
-\noun default
-original documentation written by 
-\noun on
-Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
-
-\noun default
- (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use \SpecialChar LyX
- for literate programming,
- where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique,
- and know what 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-tangling
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-weaving
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- means.
- If that is not the case,
- please follow the web links provided in the following sections.
- There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development history to the latest tools tips.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is also assumed that you are familiar with \SpecialChar LyX
- itself to a point that you are comfortable changing your \SpecialChar LyX
- preferences,
- and X resources file.
- If that is not the case please refer to other \SpecialChar LyX
- documentation to cover your specific needs.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Literate Programming
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-From the Literate Programming FAQ:
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together in a fashion suited for reading by human beings.
- In fact,
- literate programs should be enjoyable reading,
- even inviting!
- (Sorry Bob,
- I couldn't resist!) In general,
- literate programs combine source and documentation in a single file.
- Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable documentation or compilable source.
- The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-E.
- Knuth during the development of his \SpecialChar TeX
- typesetting software.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Another excerpt says:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-
-\emph on
-How is literate programming different from verbose commenting?
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-There are three distinguishing characteristics.
- In order of importance,
- they are:
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-flexible order of elaboration 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-automatic support for browsing 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-typeset documentation,
- especially diagrams and mathematics 
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now that I sparked your curiosity,
- take a look in the references.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-References
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-Literate Programming FAQ 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.literateprogramming.com/lpfaq.pdf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools.
- Where some are specialized or 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-tailored
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- for particular programming languages,
- while other have general scope.
- I selected 
-\noun on
-Noweb
-\noun default
- for my own use for several reasons:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-It can generate the documentation either in \SpecialChar LaTeX
- or HTML.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-It has a open architecture,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-it is easy to plug in new filters
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-Filters 
-\emph default
-are programs that read a given data stream and output a manipulated data stream.
- That way,
- a WEB file (consisting of literate code) can be turned into a file consisting only of C program code or \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and to perform special processing that you may need.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-There is a good selection of filters available already (the HTML is one of them).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-It is free.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The Noweb web page can be found at:
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-Noweb home page 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-https://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even some literate program examples.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\SpecialChar LyX
- and Literate Programming with Noweb
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LyX
- support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic \SpecialChar LyX
- converters mechanism.
- This support is provided in a 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Noweb independent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- way,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-you will be able to use this new \SpecialChar LyX
- feature with some other literate programming tool of your choice by just changing your \SpecialChar LyX
- preferences.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Using the noweb module
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you have installed Noweb and \SpecialChar LyX
- successfully,
- whenever you open a new document,
- after you have chosen its document class,
- use the 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- menu to add the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-noweb
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- module.
- If Noweb is correctly installed,
- when you click on the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Modules
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- link,
- you will see the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-noweb
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- module in the available list and you can add it to your document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Typing code in
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- enables you to write code with a custom inset named 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Chunk
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Noweb delimits chunks like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<<My code>>=
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  code
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  more code
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  even more code
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  @
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the 
-\family typewriter
-@
-\family default
- must be taken literally,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LyX
- should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has been written.
- This is also handled by 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Chunk
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- that works like a normal text inset but has a free spacing capability.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As a special note,
- you can also use the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-%def
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- construct of Noweb in your chunks to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-reference:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<<My chunk>>=
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-def some_function(args):
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-   "This is the doc string for this function."
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-   print "My args:
- ",
- args
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-@ %def some_function
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output,
- look at the Literate python program in 
-\emph on
-LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
-\emph default
- which should make this all clear.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Generating the documentation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document class,
- and with some code and text on it.
- How do I print it?
- The answer is simple,
- you select 
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DVI,
-
-\family default
- etc.
- Just like you would do for a plain document.
- No special procedure is required.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To help orientate you,
- I will now explain what happens inside \SpecialChar LyX
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-When the 
-\family sans
-Update\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
- menu option is chosen,
- a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file is generated.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named with an extension name defined by the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-literate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- format (defined in the Preferences panel),
- otherwise the file will have the usual 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- extension.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file,
- no special processing is required by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Given that you formatted the code using the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Chunk
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- inset that,
- by itself,
- takes care of the business.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-If the document is of any literate class \SpecialChar LyX
- will then use the internal \SpecialChar LyX
- to Noweb converter,
- followed by the Noweb to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- converter
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The converters are defined in the 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences
-\family default
- panel,
- under the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Conversion
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- tab.
- See section 
-\emph on
-Converters
-\emph default
- of the 
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual for general information about converters.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to generate the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Otherwise it will just skip this step.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Finally,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in a plain document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Independence from a particular 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-literate tool
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various converters.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Generating the code
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the toolbar is pressed,
- a \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file is generated just like step 1 above.
- Next,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- invokes the 
-\family typewriter
-Noweb->Program
-\family default
- converter.
- This converter needs to be defined by the user and is not installed by default,
- though the Program format is.
- This converter (like any other converter) will have two parts:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The converter program itself.
- This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in this case,
- from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The error log parser.
- This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a format that \SpecialChar LyX
- understands.
- This makes it possible for \SpecialChar LyX
- to place error boxes in the right places in the file buffer.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The first part,
- the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Converter
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- setting,
- should be set to
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family typewriter
-build-script $$i
-\family default
- $$r
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This basically means that \SpecialChar LyX
- will call 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-build-script
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (normally a file in the \SpecialChar LyX
- temp directory) and the directory path of the original \SpecialChar LyX
- file.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is an implementation of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-build-script
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- that you can place in a directory on your path:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-#!/bin/sh
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-#
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR=$2 sh
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The next part of the converter setting is the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Flags
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- which is to be set to
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family typewriter
-parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This will run any errors that are generated by the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-build-script
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- process through the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-listerrors
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- program.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The build will normally take place in \SpecialChar LyX
-'s temporary directory,
- so the files produced by the conversion will be in that directory.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will copy out what it regards as the `main' file,
- but the 
-\family typewriter
-Noweb->Program
-\family default
- conversion may produce several files,
- and so most of these would then be deleted when \SpecialChar LyX
- was closed.
- This is why we pass in the NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR environment variable so that the build-script chunk can place the generated files in that location.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Build instructions in the document
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The last piece of the integration between \SpecialChar LyX
- and noweb is the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-build-script
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- chunk.
- Generally,
- the instructions for building your program should be embedded in a chunk of its own.
- The noweb-specific 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-build-script
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- above uses the notangle command to look for this chunk (called 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-build-script
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) and runs its contents through 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-sh
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Typically,
- such a chunk would look something like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<<build-script>>=
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#!/bin/sh
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-then
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-fi
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-[...
- code to extract files ...
- use NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR here ...]
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-[...
- code to compile files ...]
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-@
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Look in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Noweb Listerrors
-\family default
- or in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Noweb2LyX
-\family default
- which implement versions of the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-listerrors
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together 
-\emph on
-.
-
-\emph default
- Interestingly,
- these files show off the language-indepence of the \SpecialChar LyX
- literate programming support since they are written in Python and Perl respectively.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Configuring \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All the Literate Programming support is configured by the 
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences
-\family default
- panel in the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-File Handling
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- tab.
- The important parts are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-the
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-NoWeb
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-format Set up via the File Formats tab,
- this is where the Noweb-specific pieces are set up.
- The 
-\family sans
-GUI Name
-\family default
- is set to 
-\family typewriter
-NoWeb
-\family default
-,
- the file extension is set to 
-\family typewriter
-.nw
-\family default
-.
- This tells \SpecialChar LyX
- to create a file with a 
-\family typewriter
-.nw
-\family default
- extension in the first step of the conversion process.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-the
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-Program
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-NoWeb
-\family default
-->
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\family default
- This converter performs the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-weaving
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- of the literate document.
- For Noweb,
- it is set to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-NoWeb
-\family default
-->
-\family sans
-Program
-\family default
- This performs the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-tangling step
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- As stated above,
- the Converter is set to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-build-script $$i
-\family default
- $$r
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- with Flags set to
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Debug extensions
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is also a new function implemented in the \SpecialChar LyX
- server,
- the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-server-goto-file-row" function,
- to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When debugging code with ddd/gdb,
- it is possible to invoke a text editor at the current execution position with a single key stroke.
- The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V.
- It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd by accessing the 
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Helpers
-\family default
- dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-I take advantage of the newly created \SpecialChar LyX
- server function and this ddd feature,
- and set 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Edit Sources
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-With this,
- whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that you want to edit,
- you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window),
- and ddd will forward this information to \SpecialChar LyX
- through the \SpecialChar LyX
- server and then the \SpecialChar LyX
- window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position ddd was pointing to.
- No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back from debugging !
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note however that you must enable the \SpecialChar LyX
- server to get this feature working (it is disabled by default).
- Sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Starting-the-Server"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- explains how to do that.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Toolbar extensions
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are six new buttons that can be added to your \SpecialChar LyX
- toolbar.
- Four of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles:
- 
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Section
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\family default
-,
- and 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LyX
--Code
-\family default
-,
- one for the custom inset 
-\family sans
-Chunk
-\family default
-.
- The last one is a short cut to the 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Build Program
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- File menu entry.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization.
- In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more:
- One for 
-\family sans
-Document
-\family default
-\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-Update
-\family default
-\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-DVI
-\family default
- and the other for 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
- File menu entries.
- Here is how it looks like:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Toolbar
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Layouts
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "layout Standard"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "layout Section"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "layout \SpecialChar LaTeX
-"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "layout \SpecialChar LyX
--Code"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "flex.insert Chunk"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Separator
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "buffer-view"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "buffer-typeset"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "build-program"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Separator
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-End
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Colors customization
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are a number of colors in \SpecialChar LyX
- that can be customized in 
-\family sans
-Preferences
-\family default
-.
- One of the things that bothers people is the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- font color.
- The default color is red,
- since the chunks uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
- font,
- and there is a lot of chunks in literate documents,
- you may get tired of seeing everything in red.
- You can change it by going to the tabs 
-\family sans
-Look&Feel
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Colors.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen.
- You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend in the background.
- I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not equal,
- that way you still can see it is there,
- but it is not bothering you anymore.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\SpecialChar LyX
- and knitr/Sweave
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Support for 
-\family sans
-knitr
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-Sweave
-\family default
- is documented in 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Knitr
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Rnw (knitr)
-\family default
- and in 
-\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sweave
-\family default
- and 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sweave
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset CommandInset index_print
-LatexCommand printindex
-type "idx"
-name "Index"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_body
-\end_document

diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/Additional.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/Additional.lyx
index b3561338c1f1647ebaf582086654d658318e99e9..47b0dfd36a66bd563fed990bd95ca647453e6fbd 100644 (file)
--- a/lib/doc/fr/Additional.lyx
+++ b/lib/doc/fr/Additional.lyx
@@ -36,6 +36,9 @@ theorems-ams
 theorems-ams-extended
 multicol
 shapepar
+hanging
+initials
+enumitem
 \end_modules
 \maintain_unincluded_children no
 \language french
@@ -61,6 +64,8 @@ shapepar
 \output_sync 0
 \bibtex_command default
 \index_command default
+\float_placement class
+\float_alignment class
 \paperfontsize 12
 \spacing single
 \use_hyperref true
@@ -99,6 +104,7 @@ shapepar
 \suppress_date false
 \justification true
 \use_refstyle 1
+\use_formatted_ref 0
 \use_minted 0
 \use_lineno 0
 \notefontcolor #0000ff
@@ -140,7 +146,7 @@ Options avancées de \SpecialChar LyX
 \begin_layout Subtitle
 Version 2.4.x
 \begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+status open
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 Informations de révision :
@@ -226,6 +232,12 @@ Mise à jour pour 2.4.0 (JPC) :
  05/06/2021 (JPC)
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Suite à une restructuration complète du manuel,
+ retranscription de ces modifications avant revue de la traduction pour 2.4.0 :
+ 05/03/2024 (JPC)
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
 
@@ -3522,1690 +3534,1856 @@ http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/jptex/latex/jlreq/jlreq.pdf
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Outils supplémentaires
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Koma-Script"
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Personnaliser une bibliographie avec Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- ou Biblatex
+\end_inset
+
+Koma-Script
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-L'essentiel des bases de l'utilisation de Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- ou 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
- sont décrites dans le paragraphe 
-\emph on
-Les bases de données bibliographiques 
-\emph default
-du 
-\emph on
-Guide de l'utilisateur
-\emph default
-.
- Les paragraphes qui suivent détaillent les fonctionnalités bibliographiques particulières qui sont accessibles depuis \SpecialChar LyX
-.
+Original de 
+\noun on
+Bernd Rellermeyer,
+ 
+\noun default
+mis à jour par
+\noun on
+ Jürgen Spitzmüller
+\noun default
+ et l'équipe \SpecialChar LyX
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Autres styles de citation
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+En résumé
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le style standard de Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- utilise des nombres (par exemple 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-[12]
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-) pour faire référence à un ouvrage cité.
- Cependant,
- dans de nombreuses disciplines scientifiques,
- on utilise d'autres styles de citations.
- Le plus courant et le style auteur-année (par exemple 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Knuth 1984a
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- \SpecialChar LyX
- gère trois paquetages qui fournissent ce style,
+La collection de classes de document KOMA-Script est un développement des classes Script créées par Frank Neukam au début des années 1990:
+ elle a été formellement publiée en 1994 avec l'ajout d'une classe lettre.
+ Depuis une seconde classe lettre a été incluse.
+ Les classes de Frank Neukam s'inspirent des principes de la typographie et ceci a été complètement repris dans la conception des classes KOMA-Script.
  
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-biblatex
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les classes de document \SpecialChar LyX
+ 
+\emph on
+Article
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Report KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Book
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ et 
+\emph on
+Letter
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+ correspondent respectivement aux classes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
+\family typewriter
+scrartcl.cls
+\family default
 ,
  
 \family typewriter
-natbib
+scrreprt.cls
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.cls
 \family default
  et 
 \family typewriter
-jurabib
+scrlettr.cls
 \family default
-.
- Chacun de ces paquetages a ses avantages et ses inconvénients qui ne peuvent être listés ici en détail.
- Si vous voulez seulement avoir un simple style auteur-année (ou auteur-nombre) ou si vous voulez utiliser un des innombrables fichiers de styles pour natbib,
- alors vous choisirez probablement le paquetage 
+,
+ de la famille Koma-Script.
+ Elles forment des alternatives aux classes standard,
+ respectivement 
 \family typewriter
-natbib
+article.cls
 \family default
- qui est réputé.
- Si vous cherchez des styles de citation adaptés aux documents juridiques,
- vous pouvez envisager d'utiliser le paquetage plus récent 
+,
+ 
 \family typewriter
-jurabib
+report.cls
 \family default
-.
- Si vous voulez contrôler complètement la mise en forme ou si vous cherches des fonctionnalités sophistiquées comme ibidem,
- citations en notes de bas de page,
- citations plein titre,
- formats de dates évolués (comme 400 AC) ou une internationalisation complète dans d'autres langues que l'anglais,
- vous devriez vraiment utiliser 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-biblatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
 ,
- qui surpasse tous les autres paquetages en termes de fonctionnalités,
- mais qui est également assez lourd et consommateur de ressources.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-L'utilisation de ces paquetages avec \SpecialChar LyX
- est sensiblement la même.
- Allez dans le menu 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
+ 
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
 \family default
- et choisissez dans la rubrique 
-\family sans
-Bibliographie
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+letter.cls
 \family default
- le 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Format du style
+ et sont plus proches des conventions typographiques européennes en un certain nombre de points :
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+la taille de caractère standard est de 11
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+pt dans 
+\emph on
+Article
+\emph default
  
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Basique (BibTeX)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
+KOMA-Script
+\emph default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\emph on
+Report KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ et 
+\emph on
+Book KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ et de 12
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Biblatex
+pt dans 
+\emph on
+Letter KOMA-Script;
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+\begin_layout Itemize
+les en-têtes,
+ les marqueurs de l'environnement 
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ et d'autres éléments de la classe 
+\emph on
+Letter KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+ sont en police grasse sans empattement
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Biblatex (mode Natbib)
-\end_layout
+Il y a une grande différence entre les anciennes polices cm grasses sans empattement et les nouvelles polices ec,
+ particulièrement pour les en-têtes.
+ En comparaison,
+ les polices grasses sans empattement ec semblent un peu plus fines.
+ Le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
+\family typewriter
+cmsd.sty
+\family default
+ de 
+\shape smallcaps
+Walter Schmidt
+\shape default
+ permet de reproduire l'apparence 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+habituelle
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 ,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Natbib (BibTeX)
+ tout en utilisant les polices ec.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- or 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jurabib (BibTeX)
-\end_layout
-
+.
+ La numérotation des en-têtes de chapitre est rendue de la même manière que celle des en-têtes de section,
+ c'est-à-dire sans la ligne supplémentaire 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- (voir la section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Chapitre...
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-6.5.3 du 
-\emph on
-Guide de l'utilisateur
-\emph default
- pour les détails au sujet de ces choix).
- Avec ces tous ces paquetages,
- vous aurez des options supplémentaires dans le dialogue 
+.
+ En outre,
+ l'apparence des en-têtes peut être modifiée par un certain nombre d'options (à entrer dans le champ 
 \family sans
-Citation
+Options
 \family default
- et vous pourrez choisir le style de la référence (
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Knuth 1984
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ de la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Knuth (1984),
+document
+\family default
+).
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Knuth,
- 1984
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-,
+\begin_layout Itemize
+le format d'une page KOMA-Script suit l'une des deux conventions typographiques fondées sur la division d'une page en bandes ou en traçant un cercle.
+ Implicitement,
+ on imagine une page divisée horizontalement et verticalement en bandes et on alloue des bandes aux marges,
+ laissant les bandes inutilisées pour la zone de texte.
+ Vous pouvez modifier la taille des marges en changeant le facteur par lequel la page est divisée en bandes:
+ implicitement la valeur est 9 pour une page A4 et l'augmenter produira des bandes plus étroites,
+ donc des marges plus étroites.
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-1984
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- etc.).
- Notez que chaque paquetage nécessite des fichiers de style spécifiques (ils sont tous fournis avec leur propres fichiers,
- mais on peut trouver beaucoup de fichiers de style supplémentaires et même un programme interactif pour construire des fichiers de style
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Voyez 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+Quel que soit le facteur,
+ deux bandes sont allouées pour les marges externes et inférieures pour un document recto-verso et une bande pour les marges internes et supérieures,
+ laissant la zone de texte occuper environ la moitié de la page.
+ Puisque la majorité des documents recto-verso ont une reliure,
+ ceci peut faire apparaître les marges internes trop étroites;
+ vous pouvez alors appliquer une correction de reliure à la page,
+ qui est déduite avant que la taille des bandes soit calculée.
+ La principale méthode utilisée dans les classes de documents pour modifier le type de zone sont les options 
+\family sans
+BCOR
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+DIV
+\family default
+ ( dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ elles doivent être entrées dans le champ d'
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ du dialogue 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
-\end_layout
-
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- pour 
-\family typewriter
-natbib
+document
 \family default
 ).
- 
-\end_layout
+ Elles permettent une modification plus claire des marges de page que celle du dialogue 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres.
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliographies subdivisées
+\family default
+ Une description détaillée de ces options,
+ en allemand,
+ est disponible dans le 
+\family typewriter
+scrguide
+\family default
+ de la documentation Koma-script;
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Parfois vous avez besoin de diviser votre bibliographie en plusieurs sections.
- Si par exemple,
- vous êtes un historien,
- la possibilité de séparer les sources et les travaux scientifiques est vraisemblablement une possibilité 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-indispensable
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Malheureusement,
- Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- ne vous permet pas lui-même de faire cela.
- La bonne nouvelle :
- Avec l'aide de quelques paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- on peut étendre Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- pour satisfaire vos besoins historiques.
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+les classes de document \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de la famille Koma-Script définissent un certain nombre de commandes supplémentaires.
+ Celles d'entre elles qui ont une signification dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ sont implémentées par des types de paragraphes y correspondant.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- fournit un support natif d'un de ces paquetages,
- 
+Une description détaillée des classes de document \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de la famille Koma-Script se trouve dans le 
 \family typewriter
-bibtopic
+scrguide
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Disponible sur 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/
+ (en allemand) et le 
+\family typewriter
+srcguien
+\family default
+ (en anglais) de la documentation Koma-Script.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
+\emph on
+Article KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Report KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ et 
+\emph on
+Book KOMA-Script
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
- L'avantage de ce paquetage (comparé à d'autres comme 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les classes de document 
+\emph on
+Article
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Report KOMA-Script
+\emph default
+,
+ et 
+\emph on
+Book KOMA-Scripta
+\emph default
+ sont implantées respectivement dans les fichiers de format 
 \family typewriter
-multibib
+scrartcl.layout
 \family default
-) est que n'avez pas besoin de définir de nouvelles commandes de citation.
- À la place,
- vous aurez à préparer des bases de données bibliographiques différentes pour les différentes sections de votre bibliographie.
- Par exemple,
- si vous voulez diviser votre bibliographie en deux sections 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-sources
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-travaux scientifiques
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
 ,
- vous devez d'abord créer deux bases de données,
- par exemple 
+ 
 \family typewriter
-sources.bib
+scrreprt.layout
 \family default
  et 
 \family typewriter
-scientifique.bib
+scrbook.layout
 \family default
 .
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ Ils contiennent tous les types de paragraphe correspondant aux classes standard respectives 
+\emph on
+article
+\emph default
 ,
- allez dans le menu 
+ 
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+,
+ et 
+\emph on
+book
+\emph default
+ mais partiellement modifiés,
+ à l'exception du type 
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
+Liste
 \family default
- dans la rubrique 
+,
+ spécifique à \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ qui est remplacé par le nouveau type 
 \family sans
-Bibliographie
+Marquage
 \family default
-.
- Activez l'option 
+ (Labeling) qui a les mêmes fonctions.
+ En plus du type 
 \family sans
-Bibliographie
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-subdivisée
+Marquage
 \family default
-.
- Vous pouvez maintenant insérer plusieurs bibliographies Bib\SpecialChar TeX
 ,
- une par section de votre bibliographie.
- Pour revenir à notre exemple :
- insérez une bibliographie Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- pour la base de donnée 
-\family typewriter
-sources.bib
-\family default
- et une deuxième pour la base de données 
-\family typewriter
-scientifique.bib
-\family default
+ il y d'autres nouveaux types de paragraphe.
+ Ceux-ci cependant 
+\emph on
+n'apparaissent pas
+\emph default
+ dans la classe 
+\emph on
+Letter KOMA-Script
+\emph default
 .
- Vous êtes libres d'utiliser le même style ou un style différent pour chaque section.
- En plus,
- vous pouvez choisir que votre section bibliographique contienne 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-toutes les références citées
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- de la base de données utilisée (ce qui est le comportement implicite),
+\family sans
+AjoutPartie
+\family default
+ (AddPart),
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-toutes les références non citées
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- ou encore 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-toutes les références
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Ceci put être utile si vous voulez séparer votre bibliographie en trois sections :
+\family sans
+AjoutChap
+\family default
+ (Addchap),
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Sources citées
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+AjoutSec
+\family default
+ (Addsec) :
+ sont les équivalents respectifs de 
+\family sans
+Partie*
+\family default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Sources non citées
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Travaux scientifiques
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Les titres des sections peuvent être ajoutés comme des entêtes de section ou de sous-section ordinaires.
- Puisque 
-\family typewriter
-bibtopic
+\family sans
+Chapter*
 \family default
- supprime le titre de la bibliographie,
- vous devez aussi le remettre manuellement ( comme un chapitre* ou une section*,
- par exemple).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Avec 
+ et 
 \family sans
-Biblatex
+Section*
 \family default
 ,
- la procédure est un peu différente.
- Puisque 
-\family typewriter
-bibtopic
+ ajoutant de plus une entrée dans la table des matières.
+ 
+\family sans
+AjoutPartie
 \family default
- ne fonctionne pas avec 
+ et 
 \family sans
-Biblatex
+AjoutChap
 \family default
-,
- l'option 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bbibliographie subdivisée
+ n'existent pas dans 
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- est désactivée si vous utilisez 
 \family sans
-Biblatex
+AjoutChap*
 \family default
-.
- Cependant,
+,
  
 \family sans
-Biblatex
+AjoutSec*
+\family default
+ :
+ ont le même role que,
+ respectivement 
+\family sans
+AjoutChap
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+AjoutSec
 \family default
- inclut ses moyens propres pour créer des bibliographies subdivisées.
- Vous pouvez:
- soit ajouter des mots-clés aux entrées bibliographiques à l'aide de l'entrée 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-keywords
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
 ,
- puis filtrer les sections bibliographiques par mot-clé (en ajoutant 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-keyword=monMotClé
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+ mais sans indiquer de numéro de chapitre ou de section.
+ 
+\family sans
+AjoutChap*
+\family default
+ n'est pas disponible dans 
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
 
- au champ 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Options
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- de la fenêtre de dialogue qui apparaît si vous faites un clic gauche sur le bouton 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+Il y a aussi une commande 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliographie Biblatex
+\backslash
+addpart*
+\family default
+ dans 
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ et dans 
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+ mais comme elle fait la même chose que 
+\family sans
+Partie*
+\family default
+,
+ elle n'a pas été implémentée dans \SpecialChar LyX
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-);
- soit filtrer par type d'entrée (comme book ou article) en saisissant par exemple 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-type=book
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- ou 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-nottype=collection
+\family sans
+MiniSec
+\family default
+ :
+ génère un en-tête écrit avec des caractères de taille standard,
+ juste au-dessus du paragraphe suivant et sans modifier la structure du document.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- au champ 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Options
+\family sans
+Légende_Dessus
+\family default
+ (Captionabove) et 
+\family sans
+Légende_Dessous
+\family default
+ (Captionbelow) :
+ sont des légendes spéciales qui respectent les différents réglages d'espacement nécessaires pour des légendes placées au-dessus ou au-dessous d'un élément (si vous suivez strictement les règles typographiques,
+ vous mettez toujours les légendes au-dessus des tableaux).
+ Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option de classe 
+\family typewriter
+tablecaptionsabove
+\family default
+,
+ qui transformera 
+\family sans
+Légende
+\family default
+ en 
+\family sans
+Légende_Dessus
+\family default
+ pour les tableaux et en 
+\family sans
+Légende_Dessous
+\family default
+ pour les figures.
+ Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q pour avoir cette fonction.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- mentionné ci-dessus;
- soit créer des 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-catégories bibliographiques
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Dicton
+\family default
+ (Dictum) :
+ sert à mettre une citation ou un proverbe,
+ par exemple au début d'un chapitre.
+ Si vous utilisez le paramètre optionnel (
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
- auxquelles vous pouvez affecter des entrées bibliographiques individuelles.
- Voyez le manuel Biblatex,
- subsection 
-\emph on
-Subdivided Bibliographies
-\emph default
- de la section 
+\lang english
+Auteur du dicton
+\family default
+\lang french
+),
+ vous pouvez y mettre l'auteur du dicton.
+ Dicton et auteur sont séparés par une ligne.
+ Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q.
+ 
+\family sans
+Maxime
+\family default
+ n'est pas présent dans 
 \emph on
-Usage Notes
+article (koma-script)
 \emph default
-,
- pour les détails.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliographies multiples
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Bibliographies-multiples"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les bibliographies multiples,
- par exemple une bibliographie pour chaque partie,
- chapitre,
- section,
- sous-section or sous-document du document,
- sont également possibles avec \SpecialChar LyX
 .
- Pour les activer,
- allez à 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Bibliographie
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- et sélectionnez le sectionnement requis (e.g.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les types qui sont présentés ci-dessous forment en compagnie des types 
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
  
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+,
+ la zone de titre du document.
+ Ils doivent être entrés au-dessus du premier paragraphe 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-par section
+normal
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-) dans le sous-menu 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliographies multiples
+Les commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ correspondantes doivent apparaître avant la commande 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
 .
- Puis ajoutez une bibliographie Bib(la)\SpecialChar TeX
- à chaque élément (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.,
- section) de votre document.
- Dans le résultat imprimable,
- une bibliographie séparée ne contenant que les références du sectionnement considéré sera créée.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous utilisez Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ Lorsqu'un tel type est utilisé plusieurs fois,
+ la dernière instance annule les précédentes,
+ donc pour chaque type,
+ seule compte la dernière occurrence.
+ L'ordre des différents types n'a,
+ lui,
+ aucune importance,
+ tout comme celui des 
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
 ,
- Le paquetage 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-chapterbib
+ 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- ou le paquetage 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
+\family sans
+Sujet
+\family default
+ (Subject) :
+ introduit au-dessus du titre ordinaire (
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+) un paragraphe centré pour indiquer le sujet du document.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- est utilisé pour créer des bibliographies multiples.
- Le premier est utilisé si vous sélectionnez 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Éditeurs
+\family default
+ (Publishers) :
+ introduit au-dessous du titre ordinaire (
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+) un paragraphe centré indiquant le nom de l'éditeur.
+\end_layout
 
-par sous-document
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- et si vous 
+\family sans
+Dédicace
+\family default
+ (Dedication) :
+ dans 
 \emph on
-ne
+report (koma-script)
 \emph default
- sélectionnez 
+ et 
 \emph on
-pas
+book (koma-script)
 \emph default
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliographie subdivisée
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Dans tous les autres cas,
- c'est 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
+,
+ dispose un paragraphe centré,
+ sur une page à part après la page de titre,
+ pour la dédicace.
+ Dans 
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+ dispose un paragraphe centré,
+ en-dessous du titre normal (
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Éditeurs
+\family default
+) pour la dédicace.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- qui est utilisé
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Une autre approche,
- si vous êtes prêt à utiliser un peu de 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+En-tête_Titre
+\family default
+ (Titlehead) :
+ produit un paragraphe aligné à gauche au-dessus du titre normal (
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Sujet
+\family default
+) pour un en-tête de document.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Code \SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\family sans
+Verso_Titre_Haut
+\family default
+ (Uppertitleback) :
+ dans un document 
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ imprimé recto-verso,
+ dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche,
+ en haut du verso de la page de titre.
+ N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans 
+\emph on
+article (koma-script).
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- (voir section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Verso_Titre_Bas
+\family default
+ (Lowertitleback) :
+ dans un document 
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ imprimé recto-verso,
+ dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche,
+ en bas du verso de la page de titre.
+ N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans 
+\emph on
+article (koma-script).
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Insérer-du-code-LaTeX"
-nolink "false"
+\family sans
+Titre_Suppl.
 
+\family default
+ (Extratitle) :
+ introduit une page 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-),
- consiste à utiliser le paquetage 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+moche
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibunits
+ qui précède le document réel,
+ comprenant un paragraphe sans formatage spécial.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+KOMA-Script propose de nombreuses options dans la rubrique 
+\family sans
+Options de classe de la page
+\family default
+ 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Classe de document
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\family default
+,
+ options que vous pouvez appliquer au document entier,
+ parmi lesquelles
+\end_layout
 
- .Avec 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+draft=true
+\family default
+\series default
+ produit un document PDF avec un petit carré noir à la fin de chaque ligne contenant une erreur de mise en page;
+ la valeur implicite est 
+\family typewriter
+false;
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
 
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+headings=
+\family default
+\series default
+ peut prendre la valeur 
+\family typewriter
+big
+\family default
 ,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- encapsule les entités spécifiées entre les commandes 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+ 
+\family typewriter
+normal
+\family default
+ ou 
+\family typewriter
+small
+\family default
+;
+ la première et la dernière ajustent les tailles de en-têtes pour tenir compte des dimensions des page où les valeurs implicites ne seraient pas adaptées;
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
 
-\backslash
-begin{btUnit}
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+numbers=
+\family default
+\series default
+ peut prendre les valeurs 
+\family typewriter
+auto
+\family default
+ (implicite),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+enddot
+\family default
+ ou 
+\family typewriter
+noenddot
+\family default
+;
+ la première laisse KOMA-Script ajouter des points après les numéros de chapitres,
+ sections,
+ etc.;
+ la seconde force l'addition de points et la troisième les supprime;
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+et pour le mathématiques:
+\end_layout
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+leqno
+\family default
+\series default
+ fait apparaître la numérotation des équations sur la gauche plutôt que sur la droite,
+ et
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-end{btUnit}
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+fleqn
+\family default
+\series default
+ justifie les équations sur la gauche plutôt que de les laisser centrées.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Elle propose également des commandes pour modifier l'impression du document indépendamment des commandes et des paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ standard:
+ par exemple pour obtenir des légendes en police grasse,
+ ajoutez 
+\end_layout
 
- pour créer les bibliographies.
- Notez que cette approche a quelques limitations.
- D'abord,
- chaque référence de citation doit se trouver dans une 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-btUnit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setkomafont{captionlabel}{
+\backslash
+bfseries}
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+au 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-.
- Les citations en-dehors d'une entité défini (par exemple,
- avant la première section si vous utilisez 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\family default
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-par section
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-) apparaîtront comme 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-???
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Vous pouvez cependant créer vos propres entités en saisissant 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\backslash
-begin{btUnit}
+\family default
+ et le problème est résolu.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous rédigez un livre,
+ il est habituel de numéroter en romain les pages préliminaires et de laisser le Chapitre de cette partie non numéroté.
+ Si vous utilisez l'environnement Chapitre*,
+ votre avant-propos et votre préface n'apparaîtront pas dans la table des matières;
+ pour les faire apparaître,
+ vous devrez utiliser l'environnement chapitre et le code \SpecialChar TeX
+ 
+\end_layout
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-end{btUnit}
+frontmatter
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- en code \SpecialChar TeX
- (par exemple pour contourner la présente limitation).
- Notez bien que les 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-btUnit
+\begin_layout Standard
+au tout début du livre (pas dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
+e) et
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-s ne peuvent inclure d'autres 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-btUnit
+\backslash
+mainmatter
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+avant le premier chapitre du corps de texte.
+ Ou bien,
+ vous pouvez utiliser 
+\family sans
+Chapitre 
+\family default
+dans
+\family sans
+ Préliminaires
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-s.
- Une seconde limitation vient du fait que 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez aussi vouloir inclure des environnement Chapitre non numérotés à la fin du livre après les annexes,
+ s'il y en a
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-bibtopic
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- parcourt toujours toutes les références d'une base bibliographique,
- même celles qui ne sont pas citées.
- Ceci peut créer des citations bizarres (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
- 
+Les annexes sont normalement 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-Martin 2014b
+numérotées
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- si deux œuvres de cet auteur publiées en 2014 sont dans la base,
- alors qu'une seule est citée).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous utilisez 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
-\family default
-,
- l'option 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-refsection
+ avec des lettres.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- est utilisée à la place du choix déroulant.
- Si vous avez besoin d'entités spécifiques,
- vous pouvez insérer au début 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ Si vous utilisez les environnements Chapitre*,
+ il ne seront pas numérotés,
+ ajoutez donc le code \SpecialChar TeX
 
-\backslash
-newrefsection
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- ou 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-newrefsegment
+backmatter
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+avant le premier de ces chapitres et utilisez l'environnement Chapitre.
+ Ces commandes resteront sans effet sur la numérotation dans \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ elles n'affecteront que l'impression PDF où les en-têtes seront non numérotés et apparaîtront dans la table des matières.
+\end_layout
 
- respectivement,
- en code\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les fichiers de configuration correspondant aux classes 
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+ et 
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ comprennent le fichier 
+\family typewriter
+scrmacros.inc
+\family default
 .
- Si vous voulez aussi préciser la fin de l'entité,
- utilisez l'environnement 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-begin{refsection}
+ C'est là que vous définirez vos propres types.
+ Copiez 
+\family typewriter
+scrmacros.inc
+\family default
+ dans votre répertoire personnel de formats,
+ et éditez-le !
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- \SpecialChar ldots
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+La nouvelle classe lettre :
  
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-end{refsection}
+\family sans
+Letter KOMA-Script (v.2)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- à la place.
- Notez cependant que les 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-refsection
+\begin_layout Standard
+par 
+\noun on
+Jürgen Spitzmüller
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
 \end_inset
 
-s ne peuvent contenir d'autres 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-refsection
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-s.
- En plus de la bibliographie individuelle de l'entité considérée,
- 
-\family sans
-Biblatex
+\begin_layout Standard
+Koma-Script version 2.8 a introduit une nouvelle classe de lettres 
+\family typewriter
+scrlttr2
 \family default
- permet aussi d'émettre toutes le bibliographies,
- les unes après les autres,
- à un endroit particulier (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.,
- à la fin du document).
- Sélectionnez 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-toutes les entités de références
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+ qui remplace 
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr
+\family default
+,
+ désormais périmée.
+ Elle a – du côté \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ – une interface complètement nouvelle et n'est pas compatible avec l'ancienne classe.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supporte les deux,
+ mais il est recommandé d'utiliser la nouvelle.
+\end_layout
 
- dans le menu déroulant 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette classe recouvre les mêmes fonctionnalités que 
 \emph on
-Contenu
+Letter KOMA-Script
 \emph default
- de la fenêtre de dialogue de l'insert de bibliographie pour obtenir ceci.
+,
+ plus quelques autres.
+ Les éléments de base sont 
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ (adresse du destinataire,
+ comme 
+\family sans
+Lettre
+\family default
+ dans le précédent format),
  
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Documents en plusieurs fichiers
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Généralités
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Quand on travaille sur un gros fichier avec de nombreux chapitres,
- il est souvent pratique de diviser le document en plusieurs fichiers ;
- par ailleurs,
- il arrive qu'un élément comme un tableau soit susceptible de modifications ultérieures,
- alors que le reste du texte ne changera plus.
- Dans ces cas-là,
- il est judicieux d'utiliser les possibilités de segmentation de documents.
- Ainsi,
- les communications scientifiques ont souvent cinq chapitres principaux :
- introduction,
- observations,
- résultats,
- discussion,
- conclusion.
- Chacun d'entre eux peut constituer un fichier \SpecialChar LyX
- séparé,
- avec un fichier 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-maître
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- qui contient le titre,
- les auteurs,
- le résumé,
- les références,
- etc.
- Il convient de noter que chacun des fichiers est un fichier \SpecialChar LyX
- en lui-même,
- qui peut aussi bien être mis en page et imprimé seul,
- qu'être inclus dans le document maître.
- Tous ces fichiers doivent cependant avoir la même classe de document – n'essayez pas de mélanger la classe 
 \family sans
-book
+Ouverture
 \family default
- avec la classe 
+ et 
 \family sans
-article
+Fermeture
 \family default
 .
- Il est également possible d'inclure des fichiers \SpecialChar LaTeX
- :
- cependant,
- ces fichiers doivent alors être sans leur préambule (c'est-à-dire sans la partie jusqu'à la ligne 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-begin{document}
+ 
+\family sans
+Adresse_Suivante
 \family default
- incluse,
- et sans la ligne 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-end{document}
+ (NextAddress) démarre une nouvelle lettre (vous pouvez donc écrire plusieurs lettres dans un même document).
+ Les nouveaux éléments concernent l'expéditeur,
+ ce sont :
+ 
+\family sans
+E-Mail
 \family default
-) pour éviter des erreurs à la création du fichier DVI.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- permet l'inclusion de fichiers en sélectionnant 
+,
+ 
 \family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sous-document
+URL
 \family default
 ,
- ce qui positionne une balise à l'endroit du curseur.
- Un clic sur cette balise ouvre une fenêtre qui permet de saisir le nom du fichier et la méthode d'inclusion.
+ 
+\family sans
+Fax
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Banque
+\family default
+ et la possibilité de mettre un 
+\family sans
+Logo
+\family default
+ (par 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Graphique/image
+\family default
+) dans l'en-tête.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les trois méthodes d'inclusion sont 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-
+La plus grande amélioration est la possibilité de configurer la mise en page de la lettre pour s'adapter à presque tous les besoins,
+ soit dans le préambule (
 \family sans
-inclus (include)
-\family default
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar ldots
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\family default
+) soit avec un fichier de style spécial (Option de la Classe Lettre,
+ d'extension 
+\family typewriter
+.lco
+\family default
+),
+ qui sera lu comme une option de classe
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Le paquetage KOMA est livré avec quelques fichiers 
+\family typewriter
+.lco
+\family default
+ par défaut.
+ Il y a par exemple un fichier 
+\family typewriter
+DIN.lco
+\family default
+ qui suit les règles typographiques allemandes,
+ et un 
+\family typewriter
+KOMAold.lco
+\family default
+ qui permet de retrouver la mise en page par défaut de l'ancienne classe 
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr
+\family default
+.
+ Vous pouvez charger cette dernière avec l'option de classe 
+\family typewriter
+KOMAold
+\family default
 ,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ mise dans le champ 
 \family sans
-incorporé (input)
+Options
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ dans 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-,
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family sans
-Verbatim
+document
 \family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 .
- Les méthodes 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ Jetez donc un œil sur le modèle 
 \family sans
-inclus (include)
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Nouveau avec modèle\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Lettres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+KOMA-Script Letter (V.2)
 \family default
+.
+ Vous trouverez une description détaillée dans la documentation de Koma-Script (
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+).
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Problèmes
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Avec \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ la visualisation d'un document de classe Koma-Script peut poser quelques problèmes :
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+le numéro de chapitre pour un type 
 \family sans
-incorporé (input)
+Chapitre
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- se ressemblent sur de nombreux points,
- mais diffèrent notablement sur d'autres:
+ apparaît sur une ligne à part,
+ au-dessus de l'en-tête de chapitre,
+ au lieu d'être sur la même ligne juste avant.
+ C'est causé par le comportement interne de \SpecialChar LyX
+ face au marqueur de type 
+\family sans
+Counter_Chapter
+\family default
+ dans le fichier de format;
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-les fichiers 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-inclus
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- commenceront sur une nouvelle page,
- alors que ceux 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+les en-têtes des types 
+\family sans
+AjoutChap
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+AjoutSec
+\family default
+ sont uniquement dans la 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-incorporés
+vraie
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- commenceront sur la page en cours.
- 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-les fichiers 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ table des matières \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ et pas dans la table des matières \SpecialChar LyX
+ (
 \family sans
-inclus (include)
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Plan
 \family default
+);
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- ne peuvent pas eux-mêmes 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-inclure
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- d'autre fichiers (sous-sous-documents).
- Avec 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+les paragraphes avec la classe de document 
+\emph on
+letter
+\emph default
+ apparaissent séparés par de l'interligne supplémentaire,
+ et non par une indentation.
+ C'est le comportement par défaut,
+ qui se passe de commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ spécifique.
+ Mais dans la fenêtre 
 \family sans
-incorporé (input)
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- en revanche,
- la sous incorporation est illimitée.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ le bouton à cocher correspondant indique 
 \family sans
-inclus (include)
+Indentation
+\family default
+.
+ Cocher 
+\family sans
+Interligne
 \family default
+ insère toujours des commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ supplémentaires dans le document pour causer cet espacement,
+ ce qui ne serait pas le comportement désiré dans ce cas.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Collection-plonaise-M.W."
 
- permet l'émettre la sortie imprimable d'un sous-ensemble de fichiers 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-inclus
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+Collection polonaise M.
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- tout en conservant la valeur correcte des compteurs (pagination et autres) et des références (voyez la section 
+W.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+par 
+\noun on
+Tomasz Luczak
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les classes de document \SpecialChar LyX
+ 
 \emph on
-Sous-documents
+Article polonais (paquet MW)
 \emph default
- du manuel des 
+,
+ 
 \emph on
-Objets insérés
+Rapport polonais (MW)
 \emph default
- pour les détails).
+ et 
+\emph on
+Livre polonais (MW)
+\emph default
+ correspondent aux classes de document \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
+\family typewriter
+mwart.cls
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+mwrep.cls
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+mwbk.cls
+\family default
+ respectivement.
+ Elles remplacent les classes de document standard 
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+ et sont mieux adaptées en bien des aspects aux conventions typographiques polonaises.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-De ce fait,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
+Les différences principales sont :
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Les titres non numérotés (avec une étoile,
+ comme 
 \family sans
-inclus (include)
+Section*
 \family default
+) sont présents dans la table des matières.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Des styles de mise en page supplémentaires :
+\end_layout
 
- est la méthode appropriée pour des chapitres rédigés à part comme des sous-documents,
- alors que 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+uheadings en-têtes sur plusieurs lignes,
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Description
+myheadings en-têtes personnalisés,
+ définis par les commandes 
+\family typewriter
 
-\family sans
-incorporé (input)
+\backslash
+markright
 \family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- convient mieux pour un héritage de fichiers arbitraires.
+\backslash
+markboth
+\family default
+,
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Un fichier inclus en 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+myuheadings en-têtes personnalisés sur plusieurs lignes
+\end_layout
 
-verbatim
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+outer le numéro de page est placé du côté extérieur de la page
+\end_layout
 
- vous permet d'insérer un texte mis en forme exactement comme il apparaît dans le fichier d'origine.
- Normalement,
- les espaces dans ce fichier sont invisibles,
- cependant,
- deux espaces consécutives sont conservées,
- a contrario des règles habituelles de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Cependant,
- cocher l'option 
-\family sans
-Marquer
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Options
+\end_layout
 
-les
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+rmheadings titres avec empattement – par défaut,
+\end_layout
 
-espaces
-\family default
- résout toute incertitude en matérialisant chaque espace par un symbole.
+\begin_layout Description
+sfheadings titres sans empattement,
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-D'une manière générale,
- le fichier maître est converti en un seul fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- avant la typographie,
- alors que les fichiers inclus sont convertis en fichiers \SpecialChar LaTeX
- dépourvus de préambule.
+\begin_layout Description
+authortitle sur la page de titre,
+ d'abord l'auteur puis le titre – par défaut,
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Références croisées entre fichiers
+\begin_layout Description
+titleauthor sur la page de titre,
+ d'abord le titre puis l'auteur,
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status open
+\begin_layout Description
+withmarginpar réserver de la place sur la page pour les marges.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ce paragraphe est quelque peu obsolète.
- Il faudrait décrire les documents maîtres implicites et comment les sous-documents s'ouvrent en même temps que le document maître.
- [[AFAIRE]]
+\begin_layout Description
+Outils supplémentaires
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-Il est possible de faire des références croisées entre différents fichiers.
- D'abord,
- il faut ouvrir tous les fichiers concernés :
- appelons-les A et B pour un exemple avec deux fichiers,
- avec B inclus dans A.
- Supposons que nous ayons inséré une étiquette dans A,
- à laquelle nous voulons faire référence dans B.
- Il faut ouvrir la fenêtre de référence croisée à partir de B,
- et il est alors possible de choisir le 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-tampon
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- à utiliser.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Listes bibliographiques dans tous les sous-documents
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Lorsque vous travaillez avec un sous-document,
- vous pouvez préférer avoir une seule bibliographie principale à la fin,
- tout en conservant la possibilité d'avoir une bibliographie sélectionnée pour le sous-document si vous affichez la sortie de ce sous-document seul.
- Voici comment procéder.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dans le document maître,
- vous insérez simplement un insert bibliographique là où la bibliographie principale doit apparaître,
- que ce soit dan sle document maître ou dans un sous-document.
- Si la bibliographie est dans le document maître,
- les références seront héritées par tous les sous-documents:
- elles sont donc disponibles dans la fenêtre de dialogue des citations dans chacun d'entre eux.
-\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Collection Tufte
+\end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Pour le bibliographies particulières aux sous-documents,
- saisir des inserts bibliographiques là où la bibliographie doit apparaître quand le sous-document est compilé à part.
- Cependant,
- l'astuce consiste à la saisir dans une branche (
+Les classes de document 
 \family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Branche\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Insérer une nouvelle branche
+Book Tufte
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+ Handout Tufte
+\family default
+ utilisent les fichiers 
+\family typewriter
+tufte-book.cls
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+tufte-handout.cls
 \family default
-),
- appelée par exemple 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-SousDocSeul
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
 .
- Dans le sous-document,
- activer la branche (
+ Les informations détaillées sur ces classes peuvent être trouvées via 
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Branches
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ouvrir un exemple\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Livres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Tufte Book
 \family default
-).
- Dans le document maître,
- désactiver la branche (
+ and 
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Branches
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ouvrir un exemple\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Handouts\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Tufte Handout
 \family default
-).
- La bibliographie du sous-document sera alors ignorée dans le document maître,
- mais présente dans le sous-document.
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Articles
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-S'il vous faut des bibliographies multiples (une par sous-document dans le 
-\emph on
-document maître
-\emph default
-,
- par exemple),
- voyez la section
+Voir également les classes de document dans les collections (section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
 
 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
 LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Bibliographies-multiples"
+reference "sec:Collections"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
 nolink "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
+).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Archives \SpecialChar LyX
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Astronomy & Astrophysics
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les utilisateurs ont parfois besoin de 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-relier
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- un fichier \SpecialChar LyX
- avec toutes les images (et d'autres fichiers dont il dépend,
- soit pour l'envoyer à un éditeur,
- soit pour le partager avec un co-auteur.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- inclut un script Python (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxpak.py
+Original par 
+\noun on
+Peter Sütterlin
+\noun default
+,
+ mis à jour par l'équipe 
+\noun on
+\SpecialChar LyX
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-) qui automatise le processus.
- Pour l'utiliser,
- il faut que l'un des modules Python 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-zipfile
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Introduction
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette section décrit comment utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour écrire des articles à soumettre au journal scientifique 
+\emph on
+\lang english
+Astronomy & Astrophysics
+\emph default
+\lang french
+ (
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "paquetage aa"
+target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
- ou 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+),
+ avec la Version 9.1 de la classe de document 
+\family typewriter
+aa.cls
+\family default
+;
+ l'information qui la concerne est accessible via le lien 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-tarfile
+
+https://www.aanda.org/for-authors/latex-issues/texnical-background-information
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- soit installé sur votre système.
- Implicitement,
- le script préfère l'archive 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tar
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Un manuel est fourni avec ce paquetage,
+ et doit être consulté avant d'installer cette classe de document comme indiqué dans la section 
+\emph on
+Installation de nouvelles classes
+\emph default
+ du manuel de 
+\emph on
+Personnalisation
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
 
- compressée par 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-gzip
+Notez que l'éditeur de ce journal a changé le 1er janvier 2001 :
+ ce n'est plus Springer mais EDP Sciences.
+ Ce changement a aussi entraîné quelques légères modifications aux fichiers de style,
+ notamment la suppression de la commande thesaurus.
+ Si vous avez une ancienne version installée,
+ veuillez la mettre à jour.
+ Pour une information sur la compatibilité avec l'ancien format (version 4),
+ voyez les commentaires dans 
+\family typewriter
+\SpecialChar LyX
+Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- sur les systèmes Unix et le format 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-zip
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- sur Windows.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Pour commencer
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La procédure de configuration de \SpecialChar LyX
- positionne le script pour qu'il exporte une 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+Il est recommandé de commencer à partir du modèle distribué avec \SpecialChar LyX
+ via 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Nouveau avec modèle\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Astronomy & Astrophysics
+\family default
+.
+ Si vous n'utilisez pas de modèle,
+ jetez un œil aux réglages suivants :
+\end_layout
 
-Archive \SpecialChar LyX
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Choisissez 
+\family sans
+Astronomy & Astrophysics de la liste des Articles
+\family default
+ champ 
+\family sans
+Classe
+\family default
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-,
- et ce format sera disponible via 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Exporter
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+de
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+
+\family sans
+Document
+\family default
+ du dialogue 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
 .
+ (D'accord,
+ c'est évident.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Indépendamment du système d'exploitation,
- la création d'un format d'archive particulier peut être imposée en ajoutant soit l'option 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--t
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Ne changez pas l'option 
+\family sans
+Mise
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+en
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- (pour le format 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+page
+\family default
+ :
+ laissez-la sur 
+\family sans
+Implicite
+\family default
+.
+ La mise en page est prise en charge par les macros,
+ vous n'avez rien à changer.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tar
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Le bloc d'en-tête
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+La première chose à entrer est l'information d'en-tête.
+ Elle consiste en sept entrées,
+ dont certaines sont facultatives.
+ Ce sont
+\end_layout
 
- ) soit l'option 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--z
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+ (Title) :
+ (nécessaire)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- (pour le format 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-zip
+\family sans
+SousTitre
+\family default
+ (Subtitle) :
+ (facultatif)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-) au convertisseur 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ (Author) :
+ (nécessaire)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LyX
- \SpecialChar menuseparator
-Archive \SpecialChar LyX
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ (Address) :
+ (nécessaire)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Convertisseurs
+\family sans
+Tirés_À_Part
+\family default
+ (Tiré à part):
+ (facultatif):
+ qui contacter pour demander des tirés à part.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- (veillez bien à ajouter l'option après le nom du script,
- pas avant).
+\family sans
+Mail
+\family default
+ :
+ (facultatif) Adresse mail pour les contacts.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-En-têtes et pieds de page sur mesure
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ :
+ (nécessaire) Format suggéré 
+\family typewriter
+Received:
+ <date>;
+ Accepted <date>
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le format de page implicite est assez banal :
- pour un document avec la classe article,
- tout ce que vous obtenez se limite au numéro de page en bas de la feuille.
- Ce document-ci est de la classe 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+Il n'y a pas besoin de taper la commande 
+\family typewriter
 
-book (KOMA script)
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ le fait tout seul quand l'en-tête est fini.
+ Bien que l'ordre des entrées d'en-tête n'ait pas d'importance il est conseillé de conserver la séquence ci-dessus,
+ juste pour avoir un meilleur aspect visuel et correspondre au format du document réel.
+\end_layout
 
- (livre),
- donc il est un peu plus fourni,
- mais pour réellement en mettre plein la vue,
- il faut choisir le style d'en-têtes 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous voulez placer des notes de bas de page dans le bloc d'en-tête,
+ par exemple pour entrer votre adresse actuelle,
+ utilisez les notes de bas de page standard avec 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Note
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-sophistiqué
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+en
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-,
- comme l'explique le 
-\emph on
-Guide
+Bas
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
@@ -5213,3474 +5391,4315 @@ de
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-l'Utilisateur
-\emph default
+Page
+\family default
 .
- Cette section décrit les codes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- qu'il vous faudra insérer dans votre préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
- ou dans le texte pour obtenir les effets désirés.
- Pour plus d'information sur les en-têtes sophistiqués,
- voir la documentation du paquetage 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ utilisera automagiquement 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-fancyhdr
+\backslash
+thanks{}
+\family default
+ dans ce cas.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\lang english
-(
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+Via 
+\family sans
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Style
+\family default
+ de texte,
+ vous trouverez deux marqueurs utiles pour le titrage:
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html
+\family sans
+Institution
+\family typewriter
+ 
+\family default
+pour indiquer les couples auteur/institution.
+ Les institutions sont numérotées séquentiellement comme elles apparaissent dans le champ
+\family sans
+ Address
+\family default
+,
+ vous devez donc mettre un marqueur pour chaque auteur.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-).
+\family sans
+Email
+\family default
+ pour indiquer une adresse électronique.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-L'en-tête est divisé en trois champs,
- appelés logiquement 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-gauche
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-centre
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+En plus de ces points,
+ les macros utilisent une commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ supplémentaire qui n'a pas d'équivalent dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ :
+\end_layout
 
-droit
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-.
- Le bas de page aussi a ces trois divisions.
- Les commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- pour éditer ces champs de la manière la plus simple sont 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-lhead
+and
 \family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-chead
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
+ pour séparer les noms quand il y a plusieurs auteurs et plusieurs instituts.
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-rhead
+\begin_layout Standard
+La commande appropriée doit être tapée dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ en mode \SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Voir les exemples dans le modèle et via 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ouvrir l'exemple\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Astronomy & Astrophysics
 \family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-lfoot
-\family default
-,
- etc.
- Si vous voulez mettre votre nom dans le coin en haut à gauche de chaque page,
- insérez simplement cette commande dans le préambule :
- 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+L'abstract
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+L'abstract (résumé) devrait suivre immédiatement le bloc d'en-tête.
+ Avec la version 5 l'abstract est devenu une commande,
+ et il est maintenant limité à un seul paragraphe.
+ En plus,
+ il doit contenir une entrée avec les mots-clés.
+ La seule chose spéciale à en dire est qu'il doit contenir une entrée avec les mots-clés.
+ Ce se fait via le style de paragraphe 
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Keywords.
 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-lhead{Jean D.
- Rédacteur}
+\family default
+\lang french
+ Référez-vous au fichier d'exemple.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous verrez désormais votre nom dans le coin supérieur gauche.
- Si un champ a une entrée par défaut que vous souhaitez supprimer (comme le numéro de page apparaissant en bas,
- centré),
- insérez simplement une commande avec un paramètre vide,
- par exemple :
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Environnements supportés
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Le format 
+\family sans
+paper
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
+(A&A)
+\family default
+ supporte les environnements suivants pour structurer votre texte :
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-cfoot{}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Standard
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Maintenant,
- plus dur :
- mettons le mot 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\family sans
 Section
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
- et le numéro de la section en cours (par exemple Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-3) dans le coin supérieur gauche,
- le numéro de page en haut à droite,
- votre nom en bas à gauche et la date en bas à droite.
- Les commandes suivantes doivent donc apparaître dans votre préambule :
+\family sans
+SousSection
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+SousSousSection
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-lhead{Section 
-\backslash
-thesection}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+ListePuces
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Énumération
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-chead{}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Description
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Légende
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-rhead{Page 
-\backslash
-thepage}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Remerciement
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-lfoot{Jean D.
- Rédacteur}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Bibliographie
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-\backslash
-cfoot{}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Commandes non encore supportées par \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\backslash
-rfoot{
-\backslash
-today}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les codes 
-\family typewriter
+Quelques commandes ne sont pas encore supportées par le format 
+\family sans
+paper
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-thesection
+(A&A)
 \family default
- et 
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Quelques-unes ont déjà été mentionnées.
+ Par souci d'exhaustivité,
+ elles sont toutes listées ici :
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-thepage
-\family default
- permettent d'accéder aux compteurs \SpecialChar LaTeX
- de section et de page,
- et d'afficher ainsi les numéros de la section et de la page en cours.
- 
+and
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-today
-\family default
- affiche simplement la date d'aujourd'hui.
+authorrunning
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-L'épaisseur de la barre horizontale dessinée au dessous de l'en-tête et au dessus du pied de page peut elle aussi être modifiée.
- Si vous n'en voulez pas,
- mettez sa largeur à 0.
- Par défaut,
- la barre d'en-tête a une épaisseur de 0,4
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-pt,
- et celle de pied de page une épaisseur de 0.
- Pour régler l'épaisseur,
- utilisez les commandes 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-renewcommand\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{
-\backslash
-headrulewidth}\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{0.4pt}
-\family default
- et 
+object{}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-renewcommand\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{
-\backslash
-footrulewidth}\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{0.4pt}
-\family default
-.
+titlerunning{}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez activer ou désactiver les paramètres d'en-tête et de pied de page pour une page donnée avec,
- par exemple :
+Si vous voulez utiliser l'une de ces commandes,
+ vous devez les taper vous-mêmes.
  
-\family typewriter
+\series bold
+N'oubliez pas de les signaler comme code \SpecialChar TeX
+ !
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-thispagestyle\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{empty}
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Figures et tableaux flottants
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ fournit le support pour les environnements de flottants 
+\family sans
+figure
 \family default
 ,
  
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thispagestyle\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{plain}
+\family sans
+figure*
 \family default
 ,
+ 
+\family sans
+table
+\family default
  et 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thispagestyle\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{fancy}
+\family sans
+table*
 \family default
-.
- Insérez simplement ces commandes dans le texte de la page que vous voulez modifier,
- et mettez-les en mode \SpecialChar TeX
-.
- En fait,
- par défaut,
- si vous utilisez le style global 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-fancy
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- les pages de titre sont en 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-plain
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
 ,
- alors que les autres sont en 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+ nous n'en dirons donc pas beaucoup plus.
+ Référez-vous au 
+\emph on
+Guide
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-fancy
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ Rappelez-vous juste que les tableaux devront être alignés à gauche.
+ Pour cela,
+ sélectionnez le tableau et changez l'alignement dans 
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paragraphe
+\family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il existe des commandes plus complexes qui vous permettent d'introduire des choses dans le coin gauche des pages impaires,
- etc.,
- mais nous vous renvoyons à la documentation du paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-fancyhdr
-\family default
- pour plus de précisions.
- (
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html
+Il y a une seule chose spéciale :
+ les figures avec la légende à côté.
+ Pour créer une telle figure,
+ vous devez faire ceci :
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Créez une grande figure flottante :
+ faites 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flottants\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+,
+ puis un clic droit sur la figure et cochez 
+\family sans
+Plusieurs
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-)
+colonnes
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Enfin,
- il est possible d'insérer une image dans l'en-tête ou le pied de page.
- Si vous voulez insérer un logo dans le coin supérieur gauche,
- vous pouvez essayer quelque chose comme :
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Entrez votre légende.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Tapez 
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\family default
+ pour déplacer le curseur au dessus de la figure.
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Insérez votre figure.
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-lhead{
-\backslash
-resizebox{1in}{!}{
-\backslash
-includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Positionnez le curseur derrière la figure et insérez un ressort horizontal :
+ 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ressort
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Horizontal
 \family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Passez en mode \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ :
+ 
+\family sans
+M-c
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-(il vous faudra peut-être pré-ajouter 
+t
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Entrez 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-usepackage{graphics}
+parbox[b]{55mm}{
 \family default
- avant si aucun autre fichier EPS n'est inséré dans votre document).
+.
+ 
+\series bold
+Ne fermez pas l'accolade !
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Choix de puces dans 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Positionnez le curseur derrière le texte de la légende,
+ passez en mode \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ et insérez l'accolade fermante :
+ 
 \family sans
-ListePuces
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:puces"
-
+M-c
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
+t
+\family default
+ 
+\family typewriter
+}
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-par
-\noun on
- Allan Rae
+Là encore,
+ voyez les figures dans l'article en exemple.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Format de revue
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- fournit 216 motifs de puces qui sont accessibles par une simple fenêtre.
- Vous pouvez facilement y sélectionner la puce souhaitée pour chaque niveau de profondeur dans l'environnement 
-\family sans
-ListePuces
+Pour la soumission,
+ la communication doit être mise en forme dans un format spécial à double interligne.
+ Pour ce faire,
+ vous devez donner à la classe de document l'option 
+\family typewriter
+referee
 \family default
 .
- Ces choix sont valables pour tout le document,
- donc vous ne pouvez pas spécifier différents types de puces pour différents paragraphes
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-En fait,
- c'est possible mais il faut le faire à la main.
-\end_layout
+ Il faut la mettre dans le champ 
+\family sans
+Réglable
+\family default
+,
+ dans 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+ rubrique 
+\family sans
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Options de classe
+\family default
 .
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-À quoi elles ressemblent
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Allez dans la rubrique 
-\family sans
-Puces
+ Entrez-y juste le mot 
+\family typewriter
+referee
 \family default
- de la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres.
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La fenêtre vous présente un tableau avec des formes de puces.
- À gauche du tableau,
- une colonne de boutons vous donne accès aux six panneaux possibles.
- La rangée de boutons du haut sert à choisir le niveau de profondeur sur lequel vous agissez.
- 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Le fichier d'exemple
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les six panneaux sont répartis selon les paquetages qu'ils nécessitent.
- Le tableau suivant vous montre la correspondance entre le nom des boutons et les paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+Le répertoire d'exemples contient un papier exemple écrit avec \SpecialChar LyX
 .
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+ C'est l'exemple venant du paquetage de macros d'origine,
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bouton
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+\lang english
+ 
+\lang french
+aa.dem
+\family default
+ in the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "paquetage aa"
+target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages Requis
-\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\lang english
+,
 
-\family sans
-Standard
+\lang french
+ traduit pour \SpecialChar LyX
+ en utilisant le type abstract non structuré plus ancien.
+ Utilisez-le comme source d'inspiration,
+ et comparez le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de 
+\family typewriter
+aa.dem
+\family default
+ avec la façon de l'écrire avec \SpecialChar LyX
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Article AAS\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- de base
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-Maths
+\begin_layout Standard
+par 
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-amssymb.sty
+\begin_layout Standard
+AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ est un ensemble de macros produit par l'
+\lang english
+American Astronomical Society
+\lang french
+ pour faciliter la soumission électronique de manuscrits aux trois journaux qu'elle publie :
+ l'
+\lang english
+Astrophysical Journal
+\lang french
+ (y compris les 
+\lang english
+Letters
+\lang french
+ et le 
+\lang english
+Supplement
+\lang french
+),
+ l'
+\lang english
+Astronomical Journal
+\lang french
+,
+ et les 
+\lang english
+Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific
+\lang french
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ a besoin de la version 5.0 (de préférence 6.0,
+ version décrite ici,
+ ou plus récente) de ces macros.
+ Les versions antérieures à la 5.0 sont destinées à être utilisées avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
+2.09 et sont fondamentalement incompatibles avec \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Le paquetage AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ peut être téléchargé depuis le site de l'AAS
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-Ding1
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family typewriter
-pifont.sty
+https://aas.org/aastex/aastex-downloads
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-Ding2
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family typewriter
-pifont.sty
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Un guide de l'utilisateur complet est compris dans ce paquetage et il vaut mieux que vous vous familiarisiez sérieusement avec avant de vous embarquer à écrire un papier en \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne va pas vous dispenser de comprendre toutes les commandes AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ il vous dispensera seulement de la corvée de toutes les taper.
+ Il est de votre responsabilité de vous assurer que le document final exporté en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ soit complètement conforme aux recommandations du journal auquel vous soumettez votre papier.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Commencer un nouveau papier
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Je vous suggère vivement de commencer avec le fichier de modèle AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Cliquez sur 
 \family sans
-Ding3
-\end_layout
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Nouveau
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+avec
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Modèle\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
+\family default
+Articles
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+American Astronomical Society
+\family default
+.
+ Il montrera les champs les plus courants dans un manuscrit.
+ Écrivez par dessus le texte existant (y compris les crochets,
+ 
 \family typewriter
-pifont.sty
-\end_layout
-
+<>
+\family default
+) les informations correctes.
+ Beaucoup des commandes et environnements AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ peuvent être implémentés directement dans \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ mais certains ne peuvent pas.
+ Pour des commandes comme celles-là,
+ le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ doit être entré directement et signalé comme tel.
+ De telles commandes sont dénommées 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-Ding4
-\end_layout
+code \SpecialChar TeX
 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ J'essaye de minimiser la quantité de code \SpecialChar TeX
+ nécessaire dans un document AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-pifont.sty
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Finir votre papier
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Quand le papier est fini,
+ que vous en êtes satisfaits et qu'il se visualise / s'imprime correctement,
+ il y a quelques opérations de 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
 
+post-production
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-
+ à effectuer avant de le soumettre aux journaux.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- ne vous empêche pas d'utiliser les puces correspondant à des paquetages que vous n'avez pas.
- Si vous obtenez des erreurs \SpecialChar LaTeX
- lorsque vous essayez de visionner ou d'imprimer le fichier,
- c'est sûrement qu'il vous manque un paquetage.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- ne vous empêche pas d'agir car vous pourriez vouloir éditer quelque part et imprimer avec un autre système.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Exportez votre papier en tant que fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Comment s'en servir
+\family default
+).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sélectionnez le niveau de profondeur sur lequel vous voulez agir,
- puis le motif de puce et la taille.
- Les changements ne seront pas visibles dans \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- mais seulement lors du visionnement..
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Éditez le fichier 
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ résultant avec votre éditeur de texte favori.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez remettre une puce à sa valeur par défaut,
- en cliquant avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la profondeur de la puce en question
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Si vous voulez réellement avoir des paragraphes avec des puces différentes dans chacun d'eux,
- vous devez mettre les mains dans le cambouis.
- La fenêtre dont nous venons de parler est cependant utile car elle montre en même temps l'aspect de la puce et son code \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- ceci pour un grand nombre de puces.
- Pour personnaliser vos paragraphes,
- vous avez le choix :
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+enlevez la ligne 
+\family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-let
+usepackage...{fontenc}
+\family default
+ si elle apparaît (en général juste après 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-savelabelitemi=
+documentclass
+\family default
+) ;
+ enlevez aussi la ligne 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-labelitemi
+secnumdepth
+\family default
+ si elle est présente.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+enlevez tout entre les commandes 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ comprises,
+ sauf les commandes que vous avez volontairement mises dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (qui devraient apparaître immédiatement après le commentaire 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+User specified \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
+NdT :
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ spécifiées par l'utilisateur
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
 
-\backslash
-renewcommand
-\backslash
-labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
-small
-\backslash
-(
-\backslash
-sharp
-\backslash
-)}
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ dans le fichier 
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Faites tourner \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ sur ce fichier après modifications pour s'assurer qu'il peut encore être compilé correctement.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Relisez les spécifications du journal pour vous assurer que vos noms de fichier et vos formats sont corrects.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Utilisez la commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Soumettez-le.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Commentaires sur des commandes particulières
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Je ne vais pas décrire l'emploi détaillé de chaque commande AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ :
+ le Guide de l'utilisateur d'AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ (
+\family typewriter
+aasguide.tex
+\family default
+) en donne une bonne description.
+ Il me sera donc probablement plus facile de parcourir la liste telle qu'on la trouve dans le guide et de la commenter si nécessaire.
+ Allons-y...
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Les choses qui fonctionnent comme prévu
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Puisqu'elles fonctionnent comme prévu,
+ j'en fais simplement la liste avec la section dans laquelle elles se trouvent :
  
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-renewcommand{}{}
+documentclass
 \family default
- pour spécifier un nouveau format de puce pour une profondeur donnée.
- Vous aurez aussi besoin d'enregistrer le format actuel pour le restaurer plus tard.
- Dans cette liste à puces,
- le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
- suivant a été utilisé pour changer les puces de profondeur 1 :
+ (2.1.1),
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-savelabelitemi=
 \backslash
-labelitemi
+begin{document}
 \family default
+ (2.2),
  
 \family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
 \backslash
-renewcommand
+title
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-labelitemi[0]{
+author
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-small
+affil
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-(
+abstract
+\family default
+ (2.4),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-sharp
+keywords
+\family default
+ (2.5),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-)}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+section
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+subsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+subsubsection
 \family default
-Remarquez que la profondeur de puce est donnée en chiffres romains comme partie intégrante de la commande 
+ (2.7),
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-labelitem
+paragraph
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ (2.7),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Argument item:1
-status open
+\backslash
+begin{displaymath}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+begin{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+\backslash
+begin{eqnarray}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+begin{mathletters}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+begin{thebibliography}
+\family default
+ (2.12.1),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-(
+bibitem
+\family default
+ (2.12.2),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-star
+begin{table}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-)
-\end_layout
+begin{tabular}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+ (2.14.4,
+ entre autres),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablerefs
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+tablecomments
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ (2.15.4),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ (2.16).
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les options de style qui suivent marchent elles aussi correctement :
+ 
+\family typewriter
+preprint
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+preprint2
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+eqsecnum
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+flushrt
+\family default
+ (3,
+ 3.1,
+ 3.2).
+ Mettez-les simplement dans le champ 
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ de 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres 
+\family default
+rubrique 
+\family sans
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- Agissez sur chaque entrée individuellement en écrivant le motif de la puce dans un insert 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Élément paramétrable
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+document.
+\end_layout
 
- (accessible via 
-\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Élément paramétrable
-\family default
-) et en code \SpecialChar TeX
-.
- Par exemple,
- cet élément a commencé par 
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Les choses qui fonctionnent,
+ mais qui nécessitent un commentaire
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les éléments suivants fonctionnent,
+ mais requièrent un petit commentaire :
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Ces éléments sont réservés à l'utilisation par les éditeurs du journal,
+ mais vous pouvez les mettre dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ si vous vous sentez tenu de le faire :
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-(
+received
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-star
+revised
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-)
+accepted
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+ccc
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+cpright
+\family default
+ (tous à partir de 2.1.3)
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Ces éléments peuvent être placés dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ et sont inclus comme des blancs dans le fichier modèle :
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-renewcommand
+slugcomment
+\family default
+ (2.1.4),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-labelitemi[0]{
+shorttitle
+\family default
+ (2.1.5),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-savelabelitemi}
+shortauthors
+\family default
+ (2.1.5)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+ (2.3) – peut seulement être utilisé seul,
+ pas au milieu d'un paragraphe.
+ Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Vous aurez besoin de remettre le 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
 \family typewriter
-labelitem
+
+\backslash
+and
 \family default
- à sa valeur d'origine pour que les autres puces retrouvent les réglages globaux.
- Nous avons donc ici :
+ (2.3) – aura un 
 \family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ en trop après.
+ Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-renewcommand
-\backslash
-labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
-savelabelitemi}
+notetoeditor
+\family default
+ (2.6) – peut seulement être utilisé seul,
+ pas au milieu d'un paragraphe.
+ Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Chapter
-\SpecialChar LyX
- et le Web
+\backslash
+placetable
+\family default
+ (2.8) – ne peut pas insérer une marque de référence croisée,
+ vous devez la placer à la main
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- inclut depuis longtemps l'exportation de documents vers divers formats appropriés au monde du Web,
- comme HTML.
- Avant la version 2.0,
- le format HTML était obtenu par l'utilisation de convertisseurs externes
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Pour les détails sur l'utilisation des convertisseurs externes depuis \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- voir la section 
-\emph on
-Convertisseurs
-\emph default
- de manuel de 
-\emph on
-Personnalisation
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
 
-.
- Ceux-ci se divisent en deux groupes principaux:
- certains convertisseurs utilisent \SpecialChar LaTeX
- comme format intermédiaire,
- comme 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+placefigure
+\family default
+ (2.8) – même chose que pour 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-htlatex
+\backslash
+placetable
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-html2latex
+\backslash
+acknowledgements
+\family default
+ (2.9) – aura un 
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ en trop après.
+ Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-,
- et 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-plastex
+\backslash
+appendix
+\family default
+ (2.10) – aura un 
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ en trop après.
+ Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-,
- en créant le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
- à partir de \SpecialChar LyX
-;
- et il existe un convertisseur qui travaille directement sur le code \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+ (2.13.2) – vous devrez éditer le paramètre optionnel à la main dans le fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ final.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Les choses qui ne sont pas implantées,
+ utilisez du code \SpecialChar TeX
 
-.
- Chacun d'eux présente des avantages et des inconvénients.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les convertisseurs fondés sur \SpecialChar LaTeX
- présentent l'avantage qu'il connaissent (en principe) les mêmes informations que \SpecialChar LaTeX
- concernant le document exporté.
- Il ne sont pas concernés par le fait qu'un morceau de code soit créé par \SpecialChar LyX
- ou par un insert de code \SpecialChar TeX
-.
- Ils comprennent les fichiers 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-aux
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+eqnum
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-,
- les compteurs et les références,
- et peuvent souvent tirer parti des fichiers 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+setcounter{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bbl
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ (2.12),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ (2.12),
+ les abréviations des noms de journaux (2.12.4),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
- engendrés par Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-.
- En contrepartie,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- est un langage vraiment difficile à analyser —
- on dit souvent que seul \SpecialChar TeX
- comprend \SpecialChar TeX
- —
- et les convertisseurs fondés sur \SpecialChar LaTeX
- échouent souvent sur des constructions apparemment simples;
- des constructions compliqués peuvent les faire avorter totalement,
- et actuellement par exemple,
- le manuel des 
-\emph on
-Objets insérés
-\emph default
- ne s'exporte pas via 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+figurenum
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-htlatex
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+epsscale
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-,
- bien que les autres le fassent.
- L'autre préoccupation provient de la manière dont les formules mathématiques sont traitées:
- ces convertisseurs traduisent habituellement les formules en petites images qui sont liées dans le document HTML.
- Puisque celles-ci sont créées par \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- la typographie est précise.
- mais elles ne se mettent pas à l'échelle facilement,
- et la tâche de les faires s'insérer harmonieusement dans le document comme si elles en faisaient partie nativement —
- avec des polices de taille similaire —
- peut être à elle seule un défi.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+plottwo
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le logiciel 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\backslash
+tablenum
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tableline
+\family default
+ (2.14.4,
+ insérez-le comme le premier élément dans la case la plus à gauche après l'endroit où vous voulez le placer.
+ N'utilisez pas les règles \SpecialChar LyX
+ dans le tableau
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
+NdT :
+ Traduction incertaine.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- (
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
-target "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
-literal "false"
+),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+tablenotemark
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-) créé par Alex Fernandez résout certaines de ces problèmes.
- En particulier,
- les formules produites se mettent parfaitement à l'échelle,
- car il traduit les mathématiques en utilisant une combinaison de HTML et CSS plutôt que de convertir les formules en images.
- mais même les formules modérément compliquées sont moins bien rendues qu'avec 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+tablenotetext
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+ pratiquement tout dans Divers (2.15,
+ sauf 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-htlatex
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+ ;
+ voir ci-dessus),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-:
- ceci révèle les limitations de HTML
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+singlespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ceci dit,
+\backslash
+doublespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
  
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
+\backslash
+onecolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2),
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+twocolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Les choses qui ne peuvent pas être implantées
+\end_layout
 
- peut également utiliser
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar ldots
+au moins d'une façon qui ait un sens,
+ et que je suggère donc d'ignorer.
+ Ce sont l'environnement 
+\family typewriter
+references
+\family default
+ (2.12.3) et l'environnement 
+\family typewriter
+deluxetable
+\family default
+ (2.14).
+ Si vous avez vraiment,
+ vraiment besoin d'utiliser 
+\family typewriter
+deluxetable
+\family default
+,
+ je vous suggère de l'éditer avec un éditeur de texte dans un fichier séparé,
+ puis de faire 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sous-document
+\family default
+ pour l'inclure dans votre document \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Voyez 
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ouvrir un exemple\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
- jsMath
+\family default
+Articles
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+American Astronomical Society
+\family default
+ pour voir un exemple de cela.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+FAQs,
+ conseils,
+ trucs et autres astuces
+\end_layout
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Faire coopérer \SpecialChar LyX
+ et AAS\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MathJax
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- pour les équations,
- mais ce réglage ne peut être que global et nécessite l'accès à un serveur qui exécute le code de conversion.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il peut être un peu difficile de faire reconnaître à \SpecialChar LyX
+ un nouveau format et une nouvelle classe de document.
+ Quand tout le reste échoue,
+ faites ceci :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Assurez-vous que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ trouve AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Copiez 
+\family typewriter
+sample.tex
+\family default
+ (et peut-être 
+\family typewriter
+table.tex
+\family default
+) de la distribution AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ vers un répertoire complètement indépendant de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ou d'AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ et faites tourner \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ sur 
+\family typewriter
+sample.tex
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Assurez-vous qu'
+\family typewriter
+aastex.layout
+\family default
+ apparaît bien dans le répertoire de formats (layout) de \SpecialChar LyX
 .
- Plus important (du moins pour la version 1.1.1),
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Refaites 
+\family sans
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Reconfigurer
+\family default
+ dans \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ puis redémarrez celui-ci.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Ouvrez un nouveau fichier normal,
+ pas avec un modèle.
+ Est-ce que American Astronomical Society (AASTex V.6) apparaît dans 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- ne comprend pas bien les macros mathématiques et pas du tout les styles de paragraphes définis par l'utilisateur et les styles de caractères.
- Ces limitations rendent 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e\SpecialChar LyX
-er
-\end_layout
-
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- peu approprié pour de nombreux documents créés par les utilisateurs de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- En principe,
- ces problèmes peuvent bien sûr être résolus,
- mais les développeurs de Lyx ont choisi une autre voie et ont rendu \SpecialChar LyX
- lui-même capable d'écrire en XHTML,
- de la même façon qu'il peut écrire en \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- en DocBoook ou en texte brut.
+document
+\family default
+ ?
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-A l'heure actuelle,
- l'exportation XHTML est encore en développement et doit probablement être considérée comme 
+Si vous obtenez un avertissement provenant d'un document AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ existant vous disant qu'il n'arrive pas à trouver le format AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ ou un message du genre 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-expérimentale
+You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Le fichier 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-development/
-\lang english
-HTML/
-\lang french
-HTML.notes
+NdT :
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Il ne faut pas mélanger les formats de titre avec les formats normaux.
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
 ,
- qui se trouve dans l'arborescence des sources \SpecialChar LyX
- ou qui peut être 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "consultée en ligne"
-target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxgit/development/HTML/HTML.notes?rev=master"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- (en anglais),
- contient normalement des informations à jour sur l'état de développement de l'exportation XHTML.
- Voir également la liste des bogues sur le 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "suivi de bogues"
-target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/query?status=reopened&status=assigned&status=new&max=0&component=xhtml+export&order=id&col=id&col=summary&col=reporter&col=keywords&keywords=%21%7Efixedintrunk&desc=1"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+ c'est que les choses n'ont pas été installées correctement.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- Cependant,
- les développeurs ont chois cette approche car elle possède plusieurs avantages potentiels sur les deux autres.
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Erreur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ lors du traitement d'un tableau
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les avantages sont dus principalement au fait que les fonctions d'exportation en XHTML,
- comme elles font partie de Lyx,
- connaissent du document considéré les mêmes choses que \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Un autre avantage réside dans le fait que,
- puisque ces fonctions sont internes à Lyx,
- elle sont insensibles aux changements de format des fichiers \SpecialChar LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- ou aux modifications de la sémantique des inserts existants.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Elles connaissent donc la table des matières (telle qu'affichée dans le plan),
- les compteurs associés aux différents styles de paragraphes standard et aux styles de paragraphe définis par l'utilisateur.
- Les fonctions d'exportation XHTML connaissent les mêmes choses que \SpecialChar LyX
- du point de vue de l'internationalisation également,
- et elles traduiront 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Chapter 1
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ par défaut,
+ tente de centrer la légende/titre du tableau.
+ Ça semble produire une interférence négative dans AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Vous devez donc cliquer quelque part dans la légende/titre,
+ puis faire 
+\family sans
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- ou 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Kapitel 1
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+Paragraphe
+\family default
+,
+ et régler l'
+\family sans
+Alignement
+\family default
+ sur 
+\family sans
+Bloc
+\family default
+.
+ Pour moi ça a résolu le problème.
+\end_layout
 
- en fonction de la langue définie localement.
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Références
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-D'un manière générale,
- les fonctions d'exportation connaissent le format du document,
- c'est-à-dire la manière d'afficher le document à l'écran:
- cette information est exploitée pour l'exportation en XHTML.
- En particulier,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- engendre 
-\emph on
-automatiquement
-\emph default
- les informations CSS correspondant aux informations de format utilisées pour l'affichage à l'écran:
- si les en-têtes de section sont supposées êtres sans empattement et gras dans \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- ils seront implicitement sans empattement et gras dans un navigateur Web.
- Et ceci est vrai non seulement pour les styles prédéfinis,
- comme Section,
- mais pour tout style,
- y compris défini par l'utilisateur,.
- De fait,
- les procédures d'exportation en XHTML ne font pas de distinction entre les paragraphes et les styles de texte définis par l'utilisateur et ceux prédéfinis par \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- puisque dans tous les cas,
- tout ce que connaît \SpecialChar LyX
- se trouve dans les fichiers de format.
- Ceci s'applique également aux inserts textuels comme les notes de bas de page et divers inserts personnalisés.
+Quelques petites choses :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-De ce fait,
- le résultat XHTML peut être adapté et étendu exactement de la même façon que le résultat \SpecialChar LaTeX
-:
- au moyen des fichiers de format et des modules;
- voir le chapitre 5 du manuel de 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+J'ai remarqué quelques espacements bizarres avec les entrées de bibliographie.
+ Quand vous entrez les données de bibliographie,
+ assurez-vous qu'il n'y a 
 \emph on
-Personnalisation
+pas
 \emph default
- pour les détails.
+ d'espace entre le dernier auteur et la parenthèse indiquant l'année ;
+ par exemple tapez 
+\family typewriter
+Ressler(1992)
+\family default
+ et non 
+\family typewriter
+Ressler (1992)
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le reste de ce chapitre décrit plus en détail l'exportation XHTML,
- ses limitations et les moyens de contourner celles-ci.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Je suis vraiment malheureux de ne pas pouvoir rendre 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Formules mathématiques en XHTML
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- propose quatre méthodes d'affichages des formules mathématiques,
- qui ont divers avantages et inconvénients:
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ plus automatiques,
+ mais ça nécessiterait des changements au code source de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Pour le moment vous pouvez faire deux choses :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-MathML
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+entrez toutes vos citations en utilisant le mécanisme prédéfini 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Citation
+\family default
+ ;
+ au moins vous pourrez tirer avantage des insertions automatiques.
+ Puis éditez à la main le fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ exporté avant de le soumettre,
+ en changeant les entrées 
+\family typewriter
 
-MathML est in dialecte de XML développé spécifiquement pour afficher les formules mathématiques sur le web,
- et il offre un excellent rendu dans les navigateurs qui le reconnaissent.
- L'inconvénient est que tous les navigateurs ne reconnaissent pas MathML,
- et que le support est incomplet même dans les navigateurs fondés sur Gecko comme Firefox.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ en commandes 
+\family typewriter
 
-Si \SpecialChar LyX
- ne sait pas afficher un formule en MathML —
- par exemple,
- la formule utilise le paquetage 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ ou 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xymatrix
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ appropriées (
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ est actuellement équivalent à 
+\family typewriter
 
- ou du code \SpecialChar TeX
- —
- il affichera la formule sous la forme d'une image.
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+,
+ donc vous n'avez pas absolument besoin de changer ceux-là).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-HTML
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Comme on l'a vu plus haut,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+ou vous pouvez simplement entrer toutes vos citations en Vilain Texte Rouge en utilisant la même clef pour paramètre que celle que vous avez utilisée dans la fenêtre de bibliographie,
+ par exemple 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-elyxer
+\backslash
+citet{clef}
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Aucun des deux choix n'est plaisant,
+ mais nous aurons à faire avec jusqu'à ce que le mécanisme de citation de \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne comprenne 
+\family typewriter
+natbib
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
- exporte les formules mathématiques en HTML,
- mis en forme par CSS
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LyX
- a emprunté à 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Rien qu'entrer les références n'est pas du tout évident.
+ La façon la plus facile est de commencer à taper votre première référence à la fin du document,
+ puis de la marquer comme 
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+.
+ Ça mettra une petite boîte grise devant ce que vous venez de taper.
+ Cliquez sur la boîte pour remplir le reste.
+ Pour de nouvelles références,
+ allez à la fin d'une référence existante et appuyez sur 
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\family default
+.
+ Ça créera une nouvelle ligne avec sa propre boîte,
+ etc.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-elyxer
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Inclure des fichiers EPS
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Avec tout le respect qui est dû à Chris Biemesderfer et aux autres qui ont contribué à écrire le paquetage AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ le mécanisme de gestion des figures est vraiment mal foutu.
+ Vous pouvez insérer les commandes 
+\family typewriter
 
- quelques unes des feuilles de style CSS utilisées dans son exportation HTML.
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+,
+ etc.
+ en Vilain Texte Rouge dans une Figure Flottante,
+ mais je n'ai jamais vraiment réussi à obtenir une apparence correcte.
+ Mon conseil serait d'éviter toute inclusion de fichier EPS dans le manuscrit que vous soumettez au journal,
+ mais d'utiliser le mécanisme d'inclusion de fichier EPS standard de \SpecialChar LyX
+ quand vous voulez imprimer vos propres tirés à part.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ va insérer une commande 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ et gérer les figures de la façon habituelle dans \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+.
+ Ceux qui essaieront d'imprimer votre manuscrit AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+ 5.0 doivent de toutes façons avoir une installation de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+,
+ donc pourquoi ne pas profiter du mécanisme infiniment meilleur de gestion de graphiques ?
+ S'ils se plaignent du choix de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+ ou du paquetage 
+\family typewriter
+graphics
+\family default
+,
+ faites valoir qu'il apparaît dans la deuxième édition de Lamport (1994),
+ et qu'il était temps de faire la mise à jour il y a bien longtemps.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Les choses qui auraient pu être faites,
+ mais qui ne l'ont pas été
+\end_layout
 
-.
- Pour des formules simples,
- ceci fonctionne correctement,
- mais a tendance à échouer pour des formules plus compliquées.
- Cette méthode a cependant l'avantage d'être largement reconnue et peut donc être utilisée pour des documents contenant peu de formules,
- et qui soient suffisamment simples.
-\lang english
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il y a quelques choses 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+sympathiques
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ que j'aurais pu implémenter,
+ mais que j'ai choisi de laisser de côté.
+ Par exemple,
+ je ne voyais pas l'utilité d'afficher le texte en double interligne dans la fenêtre de \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ même s'il l'est dans le manuscrit imprimé.
+ J'ai aussi choisi de ne pas faire des formats séparés pour les styles 
+\family typewriter
+preprint
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+preprint2
+\family default
+.
+ Comme je suppose que vous passerez la plupart du temps en mode manuscrit simple,
+ j'ai décidé de ne pas bouffer plus d'espace disque avec tout ça.
+ 
+\end_layout
 
-\lang french
-Si Lyx ne sait pas afficher un formule en HTML —
- par exemple,
- la formule utilise le paquetage 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Touche finale
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xymatrix
+\begin_layout Standard
+J'ai maintenant eu des papiers publiés aussi bien dans Apj que dans AJ avec 98% du travail fait avec \SpecialChar LyX
+ ;
+ les 2% restants étant du post-traitement avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ et un peu de nettoyage.
+ Je n'ai rencontré aucun problème avec le processus de soumission,
+ et je suis sûr que les journaux n'ont jamais eu conscience qu'il pouvait y avoir une différence.
+ Donc,
+ allez-y et publiez !
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
- ou du code \SpecialChar TeX
- —
- il affichera la formule sous la forme d'une image.
+\lang english
+Chess
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Images
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Comme 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-htlatex
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Chess
+\family default
+ uses the standard article document class together with the package 
+\family sans
+lyxskak
+\family default
+ to facilitate the description of chess games.
+ See 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Chess
+\family default
+ where you will find 
+\family sans
+Game 1
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Game 2
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-,\SpecialChar LyX
- exportera les formules comme des images,
- les mêmes images en fait que celles utilisées par la fonction d'aperçu sur le vif
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-L'aperçu sur le vif n'a 
-\emph on
-pas
-\emph default
- besoin d'être actif pour que les images soient créées,
- cependant.
+\lang english
+Elsevier
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Elsevier
+\family default
+ provides support for the 
+\family typewriter
+elsarticle
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class for journals in the Elsevier publishing house.
+ This provides the following additional environments:
+ 
+\family sans
+Title
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Comme indiqué plus haut,
- l'avantage de cette méthode réside dans la grande précision des images puisqu'elles sont engendrées par \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- En contrepartie,
- ces images ne sont pas vectorielles,
- et par conséquent elles ne se mettent pas bien à l'échelle,
- elles ne peuvent pas être copiées,
- etc.
+footnote
+\family default
+,
  
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\family sans
+Author
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-La taille des images peut être réglée via le paramètre 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+footnote
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Corresponding
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Mise à l'échelle des images mathématiques
+author
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Email
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Keywords
+\family default
+.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
- dans le menu 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\lang english
+A template is available in the menu 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
+New
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats
-\end_layout
+fro
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Pour ceux que cela intéresse,
- la résolution est définie en points par pouce et vaut implicitement 75 dpi.
-\end_layout
+Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Elsevier
+\family default
+.
+ It has been customized with further environments and contains all the information you may need.
+ However,
+ the documentation is also available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/elsarticle/doc/elsdoc.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
 .
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Si \SpecialChar LyX
- ne peut créer un image d'une formule pour une raison ou une autre (e.g.,
- si un paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
- requis n'est pas installé),
- alors il émettra le code latex brut de la formule.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Paper
+\end_layout
 
-Enfin,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- peut heureusement émettre les formules en \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- Bien que l'on ait recours à cette méthode qu'en dernier ressort,
- elle peut être utilisée avec des outils externes comme 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "jsMath"
-target "http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/"
-literal "false"
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Paper (Standard Class)
+\family default
+ provides an alternative to the 
+\family sans
+Article (Standard Class)
+\family default
+ document class.
+ It provides similar functionality,
+ but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections,
+ headings,
+ and more.
+\end_layout
 
-,
- qui utilise JavaScript pour afficher le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
- inclus dans les documents HTML.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- encapsule le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
- soit dans un insert de type 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+4
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-span
+\begin_layout Standard
+par 
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
 \end_inset
 
- (pour les formules en ligne) soit dans un insert de type 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-div
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+La classe de texte 
+\family sans
+RevTex
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- (pour les formules hors ligne) marqué par 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+(V.4)
+\family default
+ fonctionne avec la classe Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4.0 (version 
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class='math'
+ de mai 1999) de l'American Physical Society.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ a une classe de texte 
+\family sans
+REVTex
+\family default
+ (obsolète),
+ qui fonctionne avec Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 3.1.
+ Cependant,
+ la version 3.1 est périmée,
+ car elle fonctionne avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 2.09.
+ Ce qui signifie qu'elle n'interagit pas très bien avec \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ qui a besoin de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+,
+ même si on l'a trafiqué pour qu'elle marche.
+ Comme Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4.0 a été étudiée pour marcher beaucoup mieux avec \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ avec la classe de texte 
+\family sans
+RevTex
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-,
- comme requis par jsMath.
+(V.4)
+\family default
+ devrait être assez facile à utiliser.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Une des ces méthodes d'affichage doit être sélectionnée dans la fenêtre 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats
+Cette documentation est censée servir en 
+\emph on
+plus
+\emph default
+ de la documentation de Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4.0,
+ nous ne décrirons donc aucune des macros spéciales Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ et supposerons que vous savez ce qu'il faut mettre dans le préambule si besoin.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Implicitement,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- émet en MathML.
- Ceci est un réglage global pour le document.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Installation
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- offre également le choix d'une méthode différente pour un insert particulier,
- s'il est par exemple mal affiché via MathML.
-\begin_inset Foot
+Tout ce que vous avez à faire est d'installer Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4,
+ comme c'est décrit dans le fichier README du paquetage.
+ Le paquetage est disponible sur le site de Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ceci dit,
- puisque \SpecialChar LyX
- se rabat sur les images quand la formule contient du code \SpecialChar TeX
-,
- il est possible de forcer l'affichage par une image en insérant un code \SpecialChar TeX
- innocent,
- par exemple 
-\begin_inset Formula $a=b\relax$
-\end_inset
 
-.
+http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliographie et citations
+.
+ Installez-le quelque part où \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ puisse le voir.
+ Testez-le en essayant de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+er un court document Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4 dans un répertoire au hasard (c'est-à-dire pas dans celui où vous avez installé le fichier de classe).
+ Ensuite,
+ si vous reconfigurez \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ il trouvera le fichier de classe et vous laissera utiliser la classe de texte 
+\family sans
+Revtex4
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-L'exportation XHTML traduit parfaitement les bibliographies et les citations.
- 
-\end_layout
+Probablement la façon la plus simple de démarrer est soit d'importer un document Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4 avec 
+\family typewriter
+tex2lyx
+\family default
+,
+ soit d'utiliser le modèle 
+\family sans
+Revtex
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les étiquettes de citation sont créées par le même mécanisme qui produit le étiquettes apparaissant dans l'écran \SpecialChar LyX
-:
- les citations se présenteront donc aussi bien que dans \SpecialChar LyX
- si ce n'est mieux.
- Si vous utilisez des citations numériques,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- émettra des étiquettes numériques,
- comme [1] ou [17],
- plutôt que d'afficher simplement la clé de la citation comme à l'écran.
- Si vous utilisez des citations auteur-année,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- ajoutera des lettres en bas de casse à l'année,
- comme le fait Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+4
+\family default
 ,
- s'il trouve plus d'une citation du même auteur dans le même année.
- Les étiquettes seront imprimées avec les entrées bibliographiques.
- Notez cependant qu'il n'est pas actuellement possible de modifier l'apparence des étiquettes,
- en choisissant par exemple entre parenthèses et crochets.
+ qui se trouve dans
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ F
+\bar default
+ichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Nouveau avec modèle\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Articles.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-L'affichage de la bibliographie est régie par le même mécanisme que celui qui gère le présentation des références dans la fenêtre de dialogue des citations,
- vous verrez donc dans le résultat XHTML à peu près les mêmes choses que ce que vous voyez en consultant un entrée dans cette fenêtre.
- La présentation peut être personnalisée dans le fichier de format,
- ou de préférence dans un module,
- voyez le manuel de 
-\emph on
-Personnalisation
-\emph default
- pour les détails.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Dans le préambule
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le plus gros défaut actuel réside dans l'affichage des informations croisées dans chaque entrée à laquelle elles sont associées,
- vous pouvez donc voir ceci:
-\end_layout
+Les paramètres optionnels de 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Quote
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+,
+ comme 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Jason Stanley,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+preprint
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-Context and Logical Form
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+aps
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 ,
- in 
-\emph on
-Language in Context:
- Selected Essays
-\emph default
- (Oxford:
- Oxford University Press,
- 2007),
- pp.
- 30–68.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
+ vont dans le champ d'
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\lang english
-Jason Stanley,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family sans
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Semantics in Context
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+document
+\family default
 ,
- in 
-\emph on
-Language in Context:
- Selected Essays
-\emph default
- (Oxford:
- Oxford University Press,
- 2007),
- pp.
- 201–30.
+ comme d'habitude.
+ Rappelez-vous que dans Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ il faut au moins un paramètre optionnel !
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ceci devrait être corrigé rapidement.
-\end_layout
+Le reste de ce qui va dans le préambule,
+ comme 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il n'y a actuellement aucun support pour les les bibliographies par sections.
- Si vous avez des bibliographies multiples,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- exportera la même bibliographie partout.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+draft
+\family default
+ etc.,
+ va comme d'habitude dans la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Préambule
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Index
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- exporte heureusement les index ne XHTML,
- avec quelques limitations pour le moment.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-L'exportation des index sera fiable si vous n'essayez pas d'utiliser les constructions sophistiquées décrites dans le paragraphe consacré aux index dans le 
-\emph on
-Guide de l'utilisateur
-\emph default
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Le principal problème ici vient du fait que \SpecialChar LyX
- ne gère pas vraiment ces entrées d'index,
- il se contente de vous laisser saisir le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+\family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- Nous décrivons ici comment elles sont gérées en utilisant les en-têtes de sous-section de cette section.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Champs
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Rassembler les entrées d'index (c'est-à-dire,
- sous-entrées):
- \SpecialChar LyX
- essaye de les traduire,
- mais les entrées doivent être séparées par 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+NdT :
+ Dans la section sur Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ j'ai traduit 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- !
- 
+layout
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-,
- il doit y avoir des espaces autour du point d'exclamation.
- Ceci est dû au fait qu'il est difficile autrement de les différencier des points d'exclamation affectés d'un échappement,
- de ceux des expressions mathématiques,
- etc.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ensembles de pages consécutives:
- il n'y a aucune traduction possible pour ces ensembles,
- puisqu'ils n'ont aucun sens en XHTML.
- À la place,
- vous obtiendrez deux entrées d'index,
- une à chaque extrémité.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Références croisées:
- les références croisées ne sont APA traduites.
- Si \SpecialChar LyX
- trouve une entrées contenant 
+ par 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-|
-\lang english
-see
-\lang french
-\SpecialChar ldots
-
+champ
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ à de nombreux endroits.
+ Ce que l'auteur indiquait était peut-être un environnement,
+ mais ressemble de toute façon à un champ à remplir.
+ N'ayant pas Rev\SpecialChar TeX
 ,
- il l'ignore cette indication,
- et le reste est traité comme une entrée ordinaire.
+ je ne peux pas aller vérifier.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ordre des entrées d'index:
- \SpecialChar LyX
- essaie de gérer l'ordre de tri.
- Il prend ce qui est avant le premier 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-@
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- qu'il trouve et l'utilise pour trier,
- en considérant ce qui est après le premier 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-@
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les champs correspondent basiquement aux commandes dans Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4.0.
+ Par exemple,
+ le champ 
+\family sans
+Email
+\family default
+ correspond à 
+\family typewriter
 
- comme l'entrée effective.
- Pour le moment,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- ne vérifie pas si 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+email{}
+\family default
+.
+ Notez que (au moins pour Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4.0 Beta),
+ les champs 
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\family default
+ sont exactement équivalents,
+ vous n'avez donc pas besoin d'utiliser les deux
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
 
-@
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Au cas où ça vous intéresse,
+ les deux sont inclus pour que 
+\family typewriter
+tex2lyx
+\family default
+ puisse traduire à la fois 
+\family typewriter
 
- fait l'objet d'un échappement,
- n'essayez donc pas de trier des adresses électroniques.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+address
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Format des entrées d'index:
- vous pouvez mettre les entrées en forme en utilisant la fenêtre de choix des styles de caractères,
- ou par une autre méthode proposée par \SpecialChar LyX
+\backslash
+affiliation
+\family default
 .
- Les constructions telles que 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-entrée|textbf
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- ne sont pas traduites.
- En fait,
- si \SpecialChar LyX
- trouve un caractère tube (
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
 
-|
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Notes importantes
+\end_layout
 
-) dans une entrée,
- il l'ignore ainsi que tout ce qui le suit.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Index multiples:
- les index multiples ne sont pas traduits,
- toutes les entrées d'index seront considérées comme un seul grand index.
- Pour éviter d'exporter plusieurs versions du même index,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- n'exporte que l'index principal,
- assurez-vous d'en créer un.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Nomenclatures et glossaires
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il y a un ou deux aspects spécifiques de Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4 qui peuvent causer des erreurs qui sont encore plus troublantes dans \SpecialChar LyX
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il n'y a actuellement pas d'exportation des glossaires.
- Il serait trivial de les ajouter,
- et ce serait bienvenu.
-\end_layout
+Dans Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ la commande 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Exportation DocBook
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+ va 
+\emph on
+en dehors
+\emph default
+ de la commande 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-En plus de XHTML,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- peut créer des documents avec le vocabulaire XML de Docbook.
- Avec les versions 2.3 et antérieures,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- ne disposait que de modèles sélectifs pour engendrer des documents DocBook (version 4 seulement).
- À partir de la version 2.4 de \SpecialChar LyX
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+.
+ L'équivalent \SpecialChar LyX
+ en est qu'il y a un champ 
+\family sans
+Remerciements
+\family default
+ séparé.
+ N'écrivez 
+\emph on
+pas
+\emph default
+ de notes de bas de page dans le champ 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
 ,
- la plupart des formats peuvent créer des documents DocBook valides (version 5 uniquement).
- Cette fonctionnalité est intégrée à \SpecialChar LyX
- et ne requiert pas l'usage d'outils externes.
+ ou des choses étranges apparaîtront.
+ Voyez la documentation de Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ 4 pour plus de détails.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-De ce fait,
- les exportations DocBook peuvent être personnalisées et enrichies exactement de la même façon que le résultat de la compilation \SpecialChar LaTeX
- peut être personnalisé et enrichi:
- via les fichiers de format et les modules.
- Voir le chapitre 
-\emph on
-
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Installer de nouvelles classes
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+Également,
+ les champs 
+\family sans
+Email_Auteur
+\family default
+ (Author_Email
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+URL_Auteur
+\family default
+ (Author
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
-\emph default
- du 
+URL) et 
+\family sans
+Remerciements
+\family default
+ (Thanks) doivent être placés 
 \emph on
-Manuel de Personnalisation
+entre
 \emph default
- pour les détails.
+ le champ 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ et le champ 
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ correspondant (ou son équivalent 
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\family default
+).
+ Si vous mettez les 
+\family sans
+Remerciements
+\family default
+ après l'
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+,
+ la compilation \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ échouera.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Springer Journals
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La plupart des fonctionnalités de \SpecialChar LyX
- sont accessibles poue DocBook:
+
+\lang english
+All the 
+\family sans
+svj*
+\family default
+ classes were replaced with a completely new  class,
+ 
+\family sans
+sn-jnl.cls
+\family default
+.
+ Please find information at 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+https://www.springernature.com/gp/authors/campaigns/latex-author-support
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-les affichages mathématiques sont obtenus essentiellement en MathML (avec comme exception principale les constructions qui ne sont pas reconnues par \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- comme les ERT).
- Toutes les formules sont également disponibles en \SpecialChar TeX
- natif dans le résultat DocBook pour un traitement ultérieur;
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Native \SpecialChar LyX
+ support is not available yet.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-les bibliographies et les citations sont interprétées,
- y compris avec un fichier BibTeX externe.
- Les entrées bibliographiques ne sont pas pré-affichées quand une information détaillée est disponible,;
- mais plutôt exportées avec les constructions standard DocBook.
- Le processeur externe DocBook est supposé gérer le rendu des entrées;
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+Livres
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-les index sont interprétés,
- y compris les index multiples.
- Les regroupements (avec 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_layout Standard
+Voir également les classes de document dans les collections (section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-!
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Collections"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
-),
- les portées de pages et les références croisés (avec
-\family typewriter
- |see
-\family default
-) sont reconnus,
- en exceptant l'évitement des symboles identiques.
- L'ordre d'affichage (
-\family typewriter
-@
-\family default
-) et les types de caractères (
-\family typewriter
-|mathbf
-\family default
-) ne sont pas reconnus.
- Il n'y a pas de support pour l'échappement des entrées d'index;
+).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-les glossaires sont interprétés.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Memoir
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Deux paramètres essentiels peuvent être réglés au niveau du document:
+Par 
+\noun on
+Jürgen
+\noun default
+ 
+\noun on
+Spitzmüller
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-le format des tableaux:
- \SpecialChar LyX
- peut déclarer les tableaux soit en HTML (réglage implicite),
- soit au format CALS,
- en fonction des desiderata de l'utilisateur.
- La plupart des processeurs DocBook acceptent les deux formats.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Introduction
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-le préfixe MathML:
- avec DocBook,
- MathML est inclus au sein des son propre espace-nom,
- au contraire de HTML.
- En conséquence,
- il doit uy avoir une indication des balises appartenant au standard MathML.
- Trois possibilités sont offertes:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-en ligne:
- l'espace-nom MathML est défini pour chaque formule (en utilisant l'attribut 
-\family typewriter
-xmlns
+\family sans
+Memoir
 \family default
- pour chacune);
+ est une classe très puissante et en constante évolution.
+ Elle a été conçue pour la littérature de fiction comme de non-fiction.
+ Son but est de donner à l'utilisateur le maximum de contrôle sur la mise en forme de son document.
+ 
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+ est basée sur la classe standard 
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+,
+ mais elle peut aussi émuler la classe 
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ (voir plus loin).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-avec le préfixe 
-\family typewriter
-m
-\family default
- (implicite):
- l'espace-nom MathML est défini au niveau du document (en utilisant l'attribut 
-\family typewriter
-xmlns:m
-\family default
- à la racine).
- Chaque MathML reçoit le préfixe 
-\family typewriter
-m
-\family default
-:,
- par exemple 
-\family typewriter
-m:math
-\family default
-;
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-avec le préfixe
-\family typewriter
- mml
+\noun on
+Peter Wilson
+\noun default
+,
+ le développeur de 
+\family sans
+Memoir
 \family default
-:
- comme l'option 
-\family typewriter
-m
+ est connu comme l'auteur de nombreux et utiles paquetages dans le monde \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ .
+ La plupart ont été rassemblés avec 
+\family sans
+Memoir
 \family default
+.
+ Il est donc beaucoup plus facile de mettre en forme la table des matières,
+ les annexes,
+ les chapitres et autres.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- mais avec
-\family typewriter
- mml.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette option est particulièrement utile si vous voulez que \SpecialChar LyX
- se conforme à votre style personnel ou si vous avez à travailler avec un logiciel véreux qui n'accepte qu'un seul préfixe pour MathML.
-\end_layout
+ ne gère pas de façon native la plupart de ces fonctionnalités.
+ Quelque-unes pourront être ajoutées dans de prochaines versions
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Le Serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Vous êtes invités à faire des suggestions à 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Introduction
+lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- est une méthode implantée dans \SpecialChar LyX
- qui permet à d'autres programmes de dialoguer avec \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- d'invoquer des commandes \SpecialChar LyX
- et d'obtenir de l'information à propos de son état interne.
- Tout ceci n'est destiné qu'aux utilisateurs avancés,
- qui devraient le trouver utile.
- C'est grâce au serveur \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- par exemple,
- que des gestionnaires de bibliographies comme JabRef peuvent permettre de 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+ beaucoup ne le seront probablement jamais,
+ à cause des limitations de la structure de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Bien sûr,
+ vous pouvez quand même utiliser toutes les fonctions avec l'aide de quelques commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (en code \SpecialChar TeX
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Voir la section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-pousser
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Insérer-du-code-LaTeX"
+nolink "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
- des citations dans \SpecialChar LyX
-.
+ pour plus de détails.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Démarrer le Serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Démarrer-le-Serveur"
+ ).
+ Dans cette section,
+ nous ne listerons que les fonctions qui sont gérées par \SpecialChar LyX
+ de façon native.
+ Pour une description détaillée (et pour le reste des fonctions) nous recommandons de jeter un œil au manuel détaillé de la classe 
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Voir 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le serveur \SpecialChar LyX
- fonctionne par l'intermédiaire d'une paire de tubes.
- Ils sont habituellement disposés dans votre répertoire utilisateur 
-\family typewriter
-MonRép 
-\family default
-(sauf sur Windows,
- ou des tubes nominatifs 
-\emph on
-locaux
-\emph default
- sont des objets spéciaux localisés dans 
-\family typewriter
+CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
 .
-\backslash
-pipe
-\family default
-) et portent les noms 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-.lyxpipe.in
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+,
+ qui est non seulement un manuel de l'utilisateur de la classe,
+ mais aussi à la fois une description complète de la bonne manière de typographier et un superbe exemple de bonne typographie en lui-même.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Fonctions de base et restrictions
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+À la base,
+ 
+\family sans
+Memoir
 \family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
+ accepte toutes les fonctions de la classe standard 
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+.
+ Il y a pourtant quelques différences,
+ comme celles qui suivent :
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_layout Description
+Taille
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.lyxpipe.out
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+des
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
-.
- Les programmes externes écrivent dans 
-\family typewriter
-.lyxpipe.in
-\family default
- et lisent les données dans 
-\family typewriter
-.lyxpipe.out
-\family default
-.
- La racine de ces deux noms peut être définie dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Entrées\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Répertoires
-\family default
-,
- par exemple 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+polices
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+:
+ memoir a une gamme plus large de taille de polices :
+ 9,
+ 10,
+ 11,
+ 12,
+ 14,
+ 17
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-/home/mon_home/.lyxpipe
-\family default
+\begin_layout Description
+Style
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-,
- ou 
-\family typewriter
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+:
+ le style de page 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+sophistiqué
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-lyxpipe
+ n'est pas géré,
+ à cause d'un conflit de commandes entre 
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+ et le paquetage 
+\family sans
+fancyhdr
 \family default
+ (ils définissent tous les deux une commande avec le même nom,
+ ce qui perturbe \SpecialChar LaTeX
+).
+ À la place,
+ Memoir est fourni avec un paquet de ses propres styles de pages (voir 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Format
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- avec Windows (ou n'importe quel chemin admissible peut être utilisé à la place de lyxpipe,
- par exemple 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+la
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"
-\backslash
+page
+\family default
+).
+ Si vous voulez les utiliser pour les pages de chapitre,
+ vous devez utiiser la commande 
+\family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-my
-\backslash
-lyx
+chapterstyle
+\family default
+ dans le corps du texte ou dans le préambule (par exemple 
+\family typewriter
+
 \backslash
-pipe"
+chapterstyle{companion}
+\family default
+).
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Description
+Sectionnement
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- fonctionnerait également).
- Vous devez configurer ceci 
-\emph on
-manuellement
-\emph default
- pour que le serveur puisse démarrer.
-\end_layout
+:
+ les sections (chapitres,
+ sections,
+ sous-sections etc.) ont un paramètre facultatif dans les classes standard.
+ Avec ce dernier,
+ vous pouvez donner une version alternative du titre pour la table des matière et les entêtes (par exemple,
+ quand le titre est trop long).
+ Dans \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ vous pouvez le faire avec 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Titre
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- ajoutera les suffixes 
-\family typewriter
+court
+\family default
+ au début de la section/chapitre.
+ 
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+ a un deuxième paramètre facultatif qui permet de séparer la table des matières et les entêtes.
+ Vous pouvez donc définir trois variantes d'un titre :
+ un pour le corps du texte,
+ un pour la table des matières et un pour les entêtes.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ rend ceux-ci accessibles via des variantes particulières de
+\family sans
+ Titre
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+court
+\family default
+ dans le menu 
+\family sans
+Insertion.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+TdM/LdT/LdF
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.in
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+:
+ dans les classes standard (et dans beaucoup d'autres classes),
+ la table des matières,
+ la liste des tableaux et la liste des figures commencent automatiquement une novelle page.
+ 
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+ ne suit pas cette règle.
+ Vous devez insérer un saut de page vous-même,
+ si vous en voulez un.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
+titre
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+:
+ pour quelque raison inconnue,
+ Memoir utilise une pagination sur la page de titre (dans les classes standard,
+ les pages de titres sont 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-.out
+vides
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+,
+ c'est-à-dire sans numérotation).
+ Si vous voulez une page de titre vide,
+ tapez 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+aliaspagestyle{title}{empty}
 \family default
- pour créer les tubes.
- Si l'un des ces tubes existe déjà,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- supposera qu'un autre processus \SpecialChar LyX
- est déjà en route et ne démarrera pas le serveur.
- Sur les systèmes POSIX (similaires à Unix),
- si pour d'autres raisons un tube inutilisé et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+ dans le préambule.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Article
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-dormant
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+:
+ avec l'option de classe 
+\emph on
+article
+\emph default
+ (à ajouter dans 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- existe à la fermeture de \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- essaiera de le supprimer.
- Si ceci échoue pour une raison ou une autre,
- vous devrez supprimer les tubes à la main et redémarrer \SpecialChar LyX
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Options de classe\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Réglable
+\family default
+),
+ vous pouvez imiter le style 
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
 .
- Sur Windows,
- les tubes sont supprimés par le système à la fermeture du programme ou après un crash,
- ainsi les tubes 
+ C'est-à-dire que les compteurs (notes de bas de page,
+ figures,
+ tableaux etc.) ne seront pas réinitialisés à chaque nouveau chapitre,
+ les chapitres ne commenceront pas sur une nouvelle page (mais –
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+contrairement à la 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-dormants
+vraie
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- ne peuvent exister.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour faire tourner plusieurs processus \SpecialChar LyX
- avec des serveurs en même temps,
- vous devez utiliser différentes configurations,
- peut-être en utilisant des répertoires utilisateurs différents,
- avec leurs propres 
-\family typewriter
-préférences
+ classe 
+\family sans
+article
 \family default
-,
- pour chaque processus.
- 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous développez un programme client,
- il vous sera peut-être utile d'activer les informations de déboguage du serveur \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Pour cela,
- démarrez \SpecialChar LyX
- avec la commande 
-\family typewriter
-lyx -dbg 8192
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez trouver un exemple complet de client écrit en C++ dans la distribution source sous le nom 
-\family typewriter
-development/server_monitor.c
+– ils sont encore autorisés),
+ les parties cependant utilisent leur propre page comme dans 
+\family sans
+book
 \family default
-pp.
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Un autre outil utile est un client en ligne de commande que vous trouverez dans 
-\family typewriter
-src/client/lyxclient
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Anciennes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Communication normale
-\end_layout
+commandes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour émettre un appel \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- le client écrit une ligne de texte ASCII dans le tube d'entrée,
- selon le format suivant :
-\end_layout
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+polices
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-LYXCMD:
-\emph on
-nom_client
-\emph default
 :
+ par défaut,
+ Memoir n'autorise pas l'utilisation des commandes de changement de police supprimées,
+ qui étaient utilisée par l'ancienne version \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 2.09 (par exemple 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rm,
+ 
+\backslash
+it
+\family default
+).
+ Il produit une erreur et arrête \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ dès qu'une commande de ce genre apparaît.
+ L'option de classe 
 \emph on
-fonction
+oldfontcommands
 \emph default
-:
-\emph on
-paramètre
+ autorise de nouveau ces commandes et set contente d'émettre un avertissement (qui au moins ne stoppe pas \SpecialChar LaTeX
+).
+ Puisque beaucoup de paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ et en particulier les fichiers de style Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ utilisent encore ces commandes,
+ nous avons décidé d'utiliser cette option par défaut.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Fonctions supplémentaires
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-nom_client
+\begin_layout Standard
+Nous n'allons décrire que les fonctions qui sont gérées par \SpecialChar LyX
+ (ce qui ne fait pas beaucoup pour l'instant).
+ veuillez consulter le manuel de 
+\family sans
+Memoir
 \family default
-\emph default
- est un nom que le client peut choisir arbitrairement.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- rappelle ce nom s'il envoie une réponse – un client peut donc répartir les réponses aux différentes requêtes.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Voir 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-fonction
-\family default
-\emph default
- est la fonction que vous voulez faire exécuter à \SpecialChar LyX
 .
- C'est la commande que vous auriez entrée dans le minibuffer.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-paramètre
-\family default
-\emph default
- est un paramètre optionnel qui n'est utile que pour certaines fonctions (par exemple,
- le LFUN 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-self-insert
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ pour plus de détails.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Abstract
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- qui insère le paramètre comme du texte à la position du curseur).
+:
+ Vous pouvez vous demander pourquoi un abstract est une fonctionnalité supplémentaire.
+ Hé bien,
+ c'est une classe book.
+ En principe,
+ les classes book n'ont pas d'abstract.
+ Memoir,
+ lui,
+ en a une.
+ Vous pouvez l'utiliser quand vous le voulez et autant des fois que vous le voulez.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La réponse de \SpecialChar LyX
- arrive dans le tube de sortie sous la forme :
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Chapterprecis
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-INFO:
-\emph on
-nom_client
-\emph default
 :
+ Vous avez peut-être déja vu cela dans la littérature :
+ Le contenu d'un chapitre est brièvement décrit sous le titre et aussi dans la table des matières (par exemple :
+ 
 \emph on
-fonction
+Notre héros arrive à Troie ;
+ il perd quelques amis ;
+ il s'en fait des nouveaux
 \emph default
+).
+ Chapterprecis fait exactement cela.
+ Cela n'a donc de sens qu'après un début de chapitre.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Epigraph
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
 :
-\emph on
-données
+ Une épigraphe est un joli slogan ou une devise placée au début d'un chapitre.
+ L'environnement 
+\family sans
+epigraph
+\family default
+ fournit un moyen élégant de mettre en forme une telle devise.
+ Le texte de la devise (texte) et son auteur (facultatif) ou source sont séparés par une petite ligne.
+ L'auteur (source) peut être saisi via Insérer
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Source épigraphique.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-où 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-nom_client
+\begin_layout Description
+Poemtitle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+:
+ Memoir offre de nombreuses possibilités pour mettre en forme de la poésie (jusqu'à de très complexes poèmes figuratifs).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ n'en gère que quelques-uns.
+ L'un d'eux est 
+\family sans
+poemtitle
 \family default
-\emph default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-fonction
+,
+ qui est un titre centré pour les poèmes,
+ qui sera aussi ajouté à la table des matières (l'environnement standard pour les poèmes est 
+\family sans
+vers
 \family default
-\emph default
- sont les mêmes que dans la requête,
- tandis que 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-données
+.
+ 
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+ a plusieurs versions améliorées de 
+\family sans
+vers
 \family default
-\emph default
- contient des informations plus ou moins utiles selon la façon avec laquelle la commande s'est exécutée.
- Certaines commandes renvoient des informations à propos de l'état interne de \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- comme 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+ mais vous aurez besoin d'utiliser du code \SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ puisqu'ils doivent être emboîtés à l'intérieur d'environnements 
+\family sans
+vers
+\family default
+ ordinaires,
+ ce qui n'est pas possible avec \SpecialChar LyX
+).
+\end_layout
 
-font-state
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\begin_layout Description
+Poemtitle*
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+:
+ Comme 
+\family sans
+poemtitle
+\family default
 ,
- tandis que d'autres ne renvoient rien.
- Ça signifie alors que l'exécution s'est bien passée.
+ mais il n'ajoute pas une entrée à la table des matières.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Recipe Book
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-En cas d'erreurs,
- la réponse de \SpecialChar LyX
- aura la forme :
+
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Recipe Book
+\family default
+ uses the 
+\family sans
+KOMA-Script Book
+\family default
+ document class but adds two environments:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-ERROR:
-\emph on
-nom_client
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-fonction
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-message_d'erreur
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\lang english
+Recipe a numbered section environment at the 
+\family typewriter
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+ level which generates a bold centered heading above a double horizontal rule
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-où le 
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\lang english
+Ingredients a 
 \family typewriter
-\emph on
-message_d'erreur
+Description
 \family default
+ environment where 
+\series bold
+\emph on
+Ingredients
+\series default
 \emph default
- doit expliquer pourquoi la commande a échoué.
+ are what are being described and the environment ends with a horizontal rule.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Exemples :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\family sans
+\lang english
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Books\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Recipe Book
+\family default
+ illustrates its use.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-read a <~/.lyxpipe.out
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-echo $a
+\lang english
+The class is designed for typesetting one or two recipes per page.
+ The hyperlinked table of contents (ToC) and page numbers make browsing recipes convenient.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Section
-Notification
+
+\lang english
+Curricula vitae
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Europass (2013)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- peut notifier aux clients les événements qui se produisent de manière asynchrone.
- Pour l'instant il ne le fait que si l'utilisateur associe une séquence de touches à la fonction 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-notify
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Europass (2013)
+\family default
+ provides the 
+\family typewriter
+europasscv.cls
+\family default
+ document class,
+ an unofficial implementation of the ‘Europass CV’ recommended by the European Commission in 2013.
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Europass (2013)
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ Its documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europasscv/europasscv.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
 .
- Voici le format de ce que \SpecialChar LyX
- envoie :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-NOTIFY:
-\emph on
-séquence_touches
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Europe CV
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-où 
+
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Europe CV
+\family default
+ provides the 
 \family typewriter
-\emph on
-séquence_touches
+europecv.cls
 \family default
-\emph default
- est la représentation imprimée de la séquence de touches réellement tapée par l'utilisateur.
+ document class,
+ an unofficial implementation of the “Europass CV” recommended by the European Commission in 2002.
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Europe CV
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ Its documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europecv/europecv.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Modern CV
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ce mécanisme peut servir pour étendre l'ensemble des commandes \SpecialChar LyX
- et implémenter des macros :
- associez certaines séquences de touches à 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-notify
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Modern CV
+\family default
+ provides the 
+\family typewriter
+moderncv.cls
+\family default
+ document class.
+ This allows the creation of customizable CVs.
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modern CV
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ Its documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/manual/moderncv_userguide.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
-,
- démarrez un client qui écoute le tube de sortie,
- traite la commande selon la séquence et démarre une fonction qui peut utiliser des appels et des requêtes \SpecialChar LyX
- pour envoyer une commande ou une série de commandes à \SpecialChar LyX
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Le protocole serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
+\lang english
+Simple CV
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- implémente un protocole simple qui peut servir à la gestion de session.
- Tous les messages sont de la forme :
+
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Simple CV
+\family default
+ provides the 
+\family typewriter
+simplecv.cls
+\family default
+ document class,
+ originally developed for use with \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Simple CV
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ Its documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/simplecv/simplecv.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-LYXSRV:
-\emph on
-nom_client
-\emph default
-:
-\emph on
-message_protocole
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+Letters
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-où 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-message_protocole
+
+\lang english
+See also the 
+\family sans
+KOMA-Script Letter (V.
+ 2)
 \family default
-\emph default
- peut être 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+ (section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-hello
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- ou 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:The-new-letter"
+nolink "false"
 
-bye
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Si un client reçoit 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+) and 
+\family sans
+Letter (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes)
+\family default
+ (section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-hello
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
-,
- c'est que \SpecialChar LyX
- l'informe qu'il écoute ses messages,
- s'il reçoit 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
+nolink "false"
 
-bye
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-,
- c'est que \SpecialChar LyX
- est en train de s'arrêter.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Recherche inversée DVI/PDF
+) document classes .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Quelques visionneuses DVI/PDF
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Les visionneuses suivantes proposent la fonction de recherche inversée en PDF:
- Okular sur KDE/Linux,
- Qpdfview sur Unix,
- Skim sur Mac OSX et SumatraPDF sur Windows.
+\lang english
+DIN-Brief
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
- assurent la fonction de 
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+DIN-Brief
+\family default
+ provides support for the 
+\family typewriter
+dinbrief.cls
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class for writing letters according to the standards of the German Standards Institute (
 \emph on
-recherche inversée
+Deutsches Institut für Normung,
+ DIN)
 \emph default
 .
- Ceci signifie que vous pouvez demander à \SpecialChar LyX
- de positionner le curseur sur une ligne particulière en cliquant sur la même ligne dans le résultat imprimable DVI/PDF.
- Pour que ceci soit possible,
- il faut que la visionneuse puisse communiquer avec \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- C'est la cas par le serveur \SpecialChar LyX
- soit par un tube nommé (
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
-\emph default
-),
- soit par un connecteur de domaine (
-\emph on
-lyxsocket
-\emph default
-) créé par \SpecialChar LyX
- dans son répertoire temporaire (c'est comme ceci que le programme 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+ The file in the menu 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
+New
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxclient
-\end_layout
+fro
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- communique avec \SpecialChar LyX
-).
- Dans certains cas,
- vous aurez besoin d'un script auxiliaire qui interface la visionneuse et \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- dans d'autres cas,
- la visionneuse peut communiquer directement avec \SpecialChar LyX
-:
- ceci dépend de la visionneuse sélectionnée et de votre système d'exploitation.
- La même considération s'applique pour la configuration des visionneuses et pour le méthode d'implantation de la recherche inversée.
- Dans ce qui suit,
- nous allons donc décrire comment configurer la recherche inversée pour des visionneuses particulières.
- mais auparavant,
- nous allons expliquer d'une manière générale ce qu'il faut faire pour activer la recherche inversée depuis le résultat imprimable DVI/PDF.
+Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
+DIN-Brief
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ The documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/dinbrief/liesmich"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Activation-automatique"
 
+\lang english
+French letter
+\begin_inset space \space{}
 \end_inset
 
-Activation automatique
+(frletter)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le plus souvent,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- démarrera le serveur pour vous en appuyant sur le bouton
+
 \lang english
- 
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "icon"
-arg   "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
+The document class 
+\family sans
+French letter
+\begin_inset space \space{}
 \end_inset
 
-
-\lang french
- de la barre des outils.
- Une alternative consiste à activer la fonctionnalité en cochant
-\family sans
- Synchroniser avec la sortie imprimable
+(frletter)
 \family default
- dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+ provides support for the 
+\family typewriter
+frletter.cls
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class for writing letters according to French conventions.
+ The file in the menu 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
+New
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats
-\end_layout
+fro
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Dans ce cas,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- insérera automatiquement la macro Sync\SpecialChar TeX
- (pour PDF) ou chargera le paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-srcltx
-\family default
- (pour DVI).
- Cette option peut être facilement atteinte depuis la barre d'outils 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
+French letter
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Visionner/Mettre à jour
+(frletter)
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+French letter
+\begin_inset space \space{}
 \end_inset
 
-.
+(lettre)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-S'il vous faut un réglage différent,
- vous pouvez sélectionner ou saisir une macro personnalisée dans la liste déroulante située juste au-dessous de 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sortie\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Synchroniser avec la sortie imprimable
-\end_layout
 
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+French letter
+\begin_inset space \space{}
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Notez que la méthode 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+(lettre)
+\family default
+ provides support for 
+\family typewriter
+lettre.cls
+\family default
+,
+ another \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class for writing letters,
+ but also faxes and envelopes,
+ in French.
+ The file in the menu 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
+New
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fro
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
 
-\backslash
-synctex=1
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
+French letter
+\begin_inset space \space{}
 \end_inset
 
- active la compression 
-\family sans
-gzip
+(lettre)
 \family default
-.
- Si votre visionneuse ne la supporte pas,
- vous devez utiliser à la place
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ The documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lettre/lettre.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-synctex=-1
+.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+G-Brief (V.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-.
+2)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Notez également que la l'inclusion des paquetages 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-srcltx
-\end_layout
 
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+G-Brief (V.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
- ou 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+2)
+\family default
+ provides support for the 
+\family typewriter
+g-brief2.cls
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class for writing letters in German.
+ The file in the menu 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
+New
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-src-specials
-\end_layout
+fro
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- a quelquefois un impact imprévu sur la typographie.
- Vous devrez donc supprimer la synchronisation avec la sortie imprimable pour la compilation finale du document si vous utilisez 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator
+G-Brief (V.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-srcltx
-\end_layout
+2)
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ The documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/g-brief/g-brief.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
- ou 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-src-specials
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+Présentations
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-.
+\lang english
+Beamer
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Si vous avez besoin de réglages particuliers qui ne sont pas couverts par la réglage automatique,
- lisez les paragraphes suivants consacrés à la synchronisation manuelle.
- Si la configuration automatique vous convient,
- allez directement au paragraphe
+
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Beamer
+\family default
+ uses the 
+\family typewriter
+beamer.cls
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class for creating presentations.
+ The file in the menu 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar menuseparator
+New
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+fro
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Configuration-et-utilisation"
-nolink "false"
-
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-,
- où sont décrites les étapes de la configuration dans votre visionneuse,
- – que la mise en œuvre soit automatique ou manuelle.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Activation manuelle
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- fournit plusieurs méthodes pour la recherche inversée.
- Certaines sont inhérentes au programme 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-latex/pdflatex
-\end_layout
+Template\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Beamer
+\family default
+ or 
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Beamer Presentations
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ The documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
-,
- d'autres sont fournies par des paquetages externes.
- Votre choix dépendra du fait que votre distribution \SpecialChar LaTeX
- fournisse déjà une méthode donnée (les méthodes inhérentes sont assez récentes) et du fait que votre visionneuse puisse le gérer.
- Les méthodes disponibles dont décrites dans la suite.
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Recherche
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-inversée
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+\SpecialChar TeX
 
-DVI
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\noun default
 
-inhérente
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:foiltex"
 
-via
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-src-specials
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
-(DVI
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-uniquement) 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Original par 
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\noun default
+:
+ mis à jour par l'équipe \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Introduction
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Cette méthode équipe le fichier DVI de l'information nécessaire pour la recherche inversée.
- Elle est disponible en \SpecialChar LaTeX
- depuis quelque temps (n'importe quelle distribution suffisamment récente devrait l'inclure) et elle est fiable.
- Pour l'activer,
- modifier la commande dans le convertisseur 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+Cette section décrit comment utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour préparer des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs.
+ Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent :
+ la classe par défaut 
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ et la classe 
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+.
+ Cette section décrit la classe 
+\family sans
+FoilteX
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX (standard)->DVI
+\begin_layout Standard
+Redisons-le donc bien clairement :
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
 \end_inset
 
- ou le convertisseur 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX (standard)->DraftDVI
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\size large
+Cette section concerne la classe 
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+FoilTeX
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Convertisseurs
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ uniquement.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
 \end_inset
 
- comme ceci:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-latex -src-specials $$i
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous voulez une documentation sur 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Si cela ne fonctionne pas,
- vérifiez les options votre moteur \SpecialChar TeX
- (la syntaxe peut différer dans quelques distributions).
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Paquetages
+\family sans
+slides
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-externes
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+(default)
+\family default
 
-(PDFSync
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-et
+,
+ voyez la section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-scrltx) 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les paquetages 
-\emph on
-pdfsync
-\emph default
- and 
-\emph on
-scrltx
-\emph default
- fournissent la fonctionnalité de recherche inversée pour les sorties imprimables PDF (via pdflatex) et DVI,
- respectivement.
- Pour l'activer,
- charger les paquetages dans le préambule \SpecialChar LyX
-:
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:slitex"
+nolink "false"
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-usepackage{pdfsync}
+.
+ Si votre machine n'a pas la classe 
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ installée 
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+,
+ il vous faudra sûrement utiliser la classe 
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ par défaut,
+ qui n'est pas aussi bonne.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+La classe 
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ est conçue pour être utilisée avec la version
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- pour la recherche inversée depuis le PDF;
+2.1 du fichier de classe \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
+\family sans
+foils.cls
+\family default
+.
+ Celui-ci fait maintenant partie intégrante de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Pour commencer
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bien entendu,
+ pour utiliser cette classe de document,
+ il vous faut sélectionner 
+\family sans
+FoilTe
+\family default
+X dans le champ 
+\family sans
+Classe
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\backslash
-usepackage[active]{srcltx}
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- pour la recherche inversée depuis le DVI.
+document
+\family default
+.
+ Il y a quelques autres réglages qui ont une signification spéciale avec cette classe :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous souhaitez effectuer la recherche inversée depuis les deux formats,
- vous pouvez saisir les lignes suivantes dans le préambule:
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Ne changez pas les options 
+\family sans
+Pagination
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Colonnes
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+.
+ Elles sont ignorées par la classe 
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{ifpdf}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-ifpdf
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Itemize
+La taille par défaut est de 20
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-  
-\backslash
-usepackage{pdfsync}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+pt,
+ les autres choix étant respectivement 17
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-
-\backslash
-else
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+pt,
+ 25
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-  
-\backslash
-usepackage[active]{srcltx}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+pt et 30
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-
-\backslash
-fi
+pt.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-De cette façon,
- vous pourrez visionner les fichiers soit en DVI,
- soit en PDF (pdflatex) et le paquetage adéquat sera chargé.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+La police par défaut est 
+\family sans
+Sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notez bien que PDFSync peut affecter la mise en page du document,
- il vaut mieux le désactiver lors des passes finales de compilation du document.
+empattement
+\family default
+ mais toutes les équations mathématiques restent formatées dans la police habituelle 
+\family sans
+Romain
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Recherche
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-inversée
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
-DVI
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family default
+ accepte les formats de papier A4 et Letter,
+ ainsi qu'un format particulier pour travailler avec des diapos 35mm.
+ Les tailles A5,
+ B5,
+ 
+\emph on
+legal
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph toggle
+ou
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+executive
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph toggle
+ne sont pas supportées.
+\end_layout
 
-inhérente
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Ne vous occupez pas de 
+\family sans
+Placement
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-via
+des
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Sync\SpecialChar TeX
+flottants
+\family default
+ :
+ l'option est de toute façon ignorée.
+ Tous les flottants apparaîtront là où ils sont définis dans le texte.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Les réglages 
+\family sans
+Mise
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-(DVI
+en
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-et
+page
+\family default
+ se comportent un peu différemment avec cette classe.
+ 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\family default
+ propose en effet des possibilités plus étendues pour les en-têtes et pieds de page,
+ comme l'insertion d'un logo défini par l'utilisateur.
+ Voyez la section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-PDF) 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les versions récentes de 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-(pdf)latex
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:foil-en-tetes"
+nolink "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
- offrent un support inhérent pour la recherche inversé en PDF et DVI.
- Cette fonctionnalité dénommée 
+ pour de plus amples détails.
+ La page de titre est traitée différemment de toutes les autres pages du document et n'est 
 \emph on
-Sync\SpecialChar TeX
-
+jamais
 \emph default
- résulte à la base de l'intégration du paquetage PDFSync dans le programme 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pdftex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- et de sa fusion avec l'approche 
+ 
+\emph toggle
+numérotée.
+ L'éventuel logo y est
+\emph default
+ 
 \emph on
-scr-specials
+toujours
 \emph default
-.
- Il vous faut au moins \SpecialChar TeX
-Live 2008 ou une distribution Mik\SpecialChar TeX
- récente pour pouvoir l'utiliser.
- Notez également que seules quelques visionneuses (comme Okular et Qpdfview sur Unix,
- Skim sur Mac,
- SumatraPDF sur Windows;
- voir la section suivante pour les détails) supportent actuellement Sync\SpecialChar TeX
-.
+ 
+\emph toggle
+centré au bas de la page.
+ Les différentes mises en page possibles sont les suivantes :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour activer Sync\SpecialChar TeX
- pour le résultat imprimable DVI,
- modifier le convertisseur 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX (standard) -> DVI
+\family sans
+\series bold
+vide
+\family default
+\series default
+ Les diapos ne présenteront ni numéro de page,
+ ni en-tête ou pied de page (sauf évidemment les notes de bas de page).
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- ou le convertisseur 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX (standard) -> DraftDVI
+\family sans
+\series bold
+ordinaire
+\family default
+\series default
+ Les diapos auront un numéro de page centré en bas de la page.
+ Ni en-tête,
+ ni pied de page (à part les notes).
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Convertisseurs
+\series bold
+foilheadings
+\series default
+ Le numéro apparaît en bas à droite.
+ Les en-têtes et pieds de page seront présents.
+ C'est le choix par défaut.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- en 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-latex -synctex=1 $$i
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 
+\series bold
+sophistiqué
+\series default
+ Vous donne accès au paquetage 
+\family sans
+fancyheadings
+\family default
 ,
- et pour le résultat imprimable PDF,
- modifier le convertisseur 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+ et ce même si son utilisation est déconseillée par l'auteur de 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)
+\family default
+ car certaines incompatibilités apparaissent.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Options supplémentaires
+\end_layout
 
- en 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les options suivantes peuvent être activées dans le champ 
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+document
+\family default
 .
- Si votre visionneuse n'est pas décrite dans ce qui suit,
- ou en cas d'échec,
- vérifiez la documentation de votre visionneuse pour ce qui concerne la configuration pour Sync\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-L'option 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--synctex=1
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+35mmSlide
+\series default
+ Règle le format de page à 7,33
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+pouces sur 11
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- active la compression gzip.
- Si votre visionneuse ne la comprend pas,
- vous devez saisir à la place 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+pouces,
+ ce qui donne le même rapport largeur/hauteur qu'une diapo 35
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--synctex=-1
+mm,
+ facilitant ainsi le travail avec ce support.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
 
-.
+\series bold
+headrule
+\series default
+ Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page,
+ au-dessous de l'en-tête,
+ sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
 
-.
+\series bold
+footrule
+\series default
+ Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page,
+ au-dessus du pied de page,
+ sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Configuration et utilisation de visionneuses particulières
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Configuration-et-utilisation"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
 
+\series bold
+dvips
+\series default
+ Cette option indique à 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
+\family default
+ d'utiliser le pilote dvips pour effectuer les rotations des pages en format paysage.
+ (Elle est automatiquement activée à la création d'un nouveau document 
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+).
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Xdvi (toutes plate-formes)
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+\series bold
+landscape
+\series default
+ Change simplement la taille des pages au format paysage,
+ mais sans effectuer de rotation.
+ Si vous utilisez cette option,
+ vous aurez besoin d'un programme externe pour effectuer une rotation de chaque page,
+ ou bien il vous faudra alimenter votre imprimante directement en format paysage.
+ Remarquez que cette option renverse les rôles respectifs des environnements 
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Tourné
+\family default
+ (ne vous inquiétez pas,
+ ils sont décrits plus loin).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous utilisez 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xdvi
+\series bold
+leqno
+\series default
+ Numéros des équations à gauche.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
 
-,
- vous n'avez rien de plus à faire pour utiliser la recherche inversée,
- puisque \SpecialChar LyX
- fournit les ancres nécessaires pour l'utilisation automatisée de 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+fleqn
+\series default
+ Équations alignées à gauche.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxclient
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Environnements supportés
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+La plupart des environnements courants sont supportés par la classe 
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+.
+ Il y a des environnements supplémentaires fournis par 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
+\family default
+ ainsi que deux apportés par \SpecialChar LyX
 .
- Il vous suffit de paramétrer votre document comme indiqué plus haut (la recherche inversée est déclenchée par Ctrl-clic ou Alt-clic sur Mac OSX,
- respectivement).
+ Les environnements suivants sont partagés avec d'autres classes :
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Cependant,
- si pour quelque raison vous préférez utiliser le tube nommé au lieu du connecteur pour la communication avec \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- modifiez simplement la visionneuse DVI dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Convertisseurs
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Standard
+\end_layout
 
- en
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Sur Mac OSX vous devez utiliser 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+ListePuces
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\lang english
-DISPLAY=:0.0 xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
+\family sans
+Énumeration
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\family sans
+Description
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
+\family sans
+Liste
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-,
- ou 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxeditor.sh
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- est un script approprié.
- Par exemple,
- un script minimal est le suivant:
+\family sans
+Vers
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#!/bin/sh
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-LYXPIPE="/path/to/lyxpipe"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-COMMAND="LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:$1 $2"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-echo "$COMMAND" > "${LYXPIPE}".in || exit
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-read TMP < "${LYXPIPE}".out || exit
+\family sans
+Cite
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-ou 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\lang english
-/path/to/lyxpipe
+\family sans
+Citation
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- est le chemin d'accès au tube LyXServer spécifié dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Titre
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\lang english
-Paths
+\family sans
+Auteur
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dans le répertoire 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Date
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\lang english
-development/tools
+\family sans
+Abstract
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- de la distribution des sources \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- vous trouverez un script 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Bibliographie
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\lang english
-lyxeditor
+\family sans
+Adresse
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-,
- capable de trouver 
-\emph on
-le lyxpipe
-\emph default
- de vos préférences.
+\family sans
+Adresse_À_Droite
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -8688,1124 +9707,1170 @@ le lyxpipe
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-MacDviX (Mac OSX)
-\end_layout
-
 \begin_layout Standard
-À la fin du script 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+En gros,
+ il s'agit de tous les environnements,
+ mis à part ceux de section.
+ En effet,
+ dans un diaporama,
+ les sections sont en fait les diapos elles-mêmes.
+ 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\lang english
-/Applications/MacDviX_Folder/calleditor.script
+\family default
+ propose des commandes pour commencer de nouvelles diapos :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-,
- ajoutez les lignes suivantes:
+\family sans
+En-Tête_Diapo
+\family default
+ (Foilhead)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-/Applications/LyX.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor "$2" $1
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-exit 1
+\family sans
+En-Tête_Diapo_Tourné (RotateFoilhead)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Adaptez ces lignes si vous installez \SpecialChar LyX
- ailleurs que dans le répertoire 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Applications
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ a aussi des versions légèrement modifiées de ces deux environnements :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-.
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Court
+\family default
+ (ShortFoilhead)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La recherche inversée est déclenchée par Alt-clic (OPTION-clic).
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné
+\family default
+ (ShortRotateFoilhead)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Skim (Mac OSX)
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les différences seront expliquées dans une autre section.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Saisir 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+De plus,
+ les diapos sont souvent utilisées pour exposer des idées,
+ ou de nouveaux théorèmes.
+ De ce fait,
+ 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-open -a Skim.app $$i
+\family default
+ fournit aussi un ensemble d'outils pour les présenter :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
 
- dans le réglage de la visionneuse 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats de fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF (pdflatex)
+\family sans
+Théorème
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-,
- et sélectionnez LyX dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Skim\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sync
+\family sans
+Lemme
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-.
+\family sans
+Corollaire
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La recherche inversée est déclenchée par COMMAND-SHIFT-clic.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Evince (GNOME)
+\family sans
+Proposition
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La recherche inversée ne fonctionne pas directement avec evince,
- mais elle peut être obtenue à l'aide de scripts auxiliaires externes:
- voir 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
-literal "false"
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Définition
+\end_layout
 
- pour les détails.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Preuve
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Okular (KDE)
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Théorème*
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Aller à 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Configuration\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Configurer Okular\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Editeur
+\family sans
+Lemme*
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- et sélectionner \SpecialChar LyX
- en tant qu'éditeur.
- Ceci insère la commande appropriée (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Corollaire*
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\lang english
-lyxclient -g %f %l
+\family sans
+Proposition*
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-).
+\family sans
+Définition*
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La recherche inversée est déclenchée par SHIFT-clic.
- Notez que ceci ne fonctionne que si Okular est en mode 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-Navigation
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- (i.e.
- le symbole de main est cliqué).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Qpdfview (Unix)
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les versions sans étoile sont numérotées,
+ tandis que celles avec étoile ne le sont pas.
+ Il y a enfin des environnements de liste ajoutés par \SpecialChar LyX
+ :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Qpdfview fonctionne avec Sync\SpecialChar TeX
- depuis la version 0.3.5.
- Allez à 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Modifier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Comportement
+\family sans
+ListeCochés
+\family default
+ (TickList)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-,
- cliquer dans le champ de l'
-\emph on
-Éditeur de source
-\emph default
- et ajoutez la commande 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-lyxclient -g %1 %2
+\family sans
+ListeCroix
+\family default
+ (CrossList)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\family default
+offre aussi de nombreuses possibilités pour les en-têtes et pieds de pages,
+ qu'il vaut mieux définir dans le préambule,
+ bien que vous puissiez le faire à tout moment dans le document.
+ Si vous souhaitez changer ces réglages en cours de document,
+ il est préférable de le faire au tout début d'une diapo,
+ donc juste après l'
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo
+\family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La recherche inversée est activée par un clic double.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-YAP (Windows)
+Pour ces réglages,
+ vous disposez des environnements suivants [
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\noun default
+] :
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Activer Yap,
- choisir le menu 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\lang english
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Options
+\family sans
+Mon_Logo
+\family default
+ (My_Logo)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- et sélectionner l'onglet 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-Recherche inversée DVI
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Restriction
+\end_layout
 
-.
- Cliquer sur le bouton 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-New\SpecialChar ldots
+\family sans
+Pied_Droite
+\family default
+ (Right_Footer)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- et,
- dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre,
- saisir 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+En-tête_Droite
+\family default
+ (Right_Header)
+\end_layout
 
-\SpecialChar LyX
- Editor
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- (ou un autre nom de votre choix) dans le champ 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+En-tête_Gauche
+\family default
+ (Left_Header)
+\end_layout
 
-Name:
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Maintenant cliquer sur le bouton identifié par 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-\SpecialChar ldots
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_deeper
 \end_inset
 
- pour ouvrir une fenêtre de choix de fichier et aller jusqu'au répertoire contenant le fichier exécutable 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-lyxeditor.bat
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Certaines commandes de 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
- (voir ci-dessous).
- Sélectionner 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family default
+ ne sont pas directement supportées par \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ mais vous pourrez tout de même les utiliser,
+ comme l'explique la section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-lyxeditor.bat
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:foil-non-supporte"
+nolink "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
- et spécifier les arguments du programme comme suit:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-%f %l
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Création de diapos
+\end_layout
 
-.
- Le conteneur 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette section est une rapide introduction aux différents environnements qui permettent de construire un ensemble de diapos.
+ Si vous voulez un exemple,
+ ouvrez 
+\family typewriter
+Foils.lyx
+\family default
+ qui se trouve dans le répertoire des 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-lyxeditor.bat
+exemples
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- est utilisé pour communiquer avec \SpecialChar LyX
- via 
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
-\emph default
- et se présente ainsi
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-@echo off
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-echo LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:%~1 %2> 
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Donner un titre de page
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-lyxpipe.in
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-type 
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Standard
+À la différence des autres classes qui proposent les environnements 
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+,
+ la classe 
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ crée le titre sur une page à part.
+ Si vous laissez l'environnement 
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ vide,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ lui substituera la date du jour (et ce,
+ à chaque fois que vous générerez le rendu).
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-.
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-lyxpipe.out
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Débuter une nouvelle diapo
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Vérifier que le chemin d'accès au tube \SpecialChar LyX
-Server spécifié dans \SpecialChar LyX
- est bien 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
+Comme il est dit plus haut,
+ il existe quatre manières de commencer une nouvelle diapo.
+ Pour les formats portrait,
+ utilisez 
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo
+\family default
+ ou 
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Court
+\family default
 .
-\backslash
-pipe
-\backslash
-lyxpipe
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
- sinon adapter le conteneur 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-lyxeditor.bat
+ La différence entre ces deux environnements est la quantité d'espace entre le titre (l'
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo
+\family default
+) et le corps de la diapo.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les diapos en position paysage seront créées via les environnements 
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Tourné
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné
+\family default
+.
+ À nouveau,
+ la seule différence est l'espace entre le titre et le corps.
+ Les deux versions courtes ont 0,5
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
+pouce de séparation en moins.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Avec Yap,
- la recherche inversée est déclenchée par double-clic.
+Il vous faut 
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ pour générer des sorties PostScript de diapos en format paysage,
+ sans quoi la rotation de ces diapos ne sera pas exécutée.
+ Il vous sera possible d'obtenir des diapos en format paysage sans 
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+,
+ mais il vous faudra introduire les feuilles en position couchée dans l'imprimante ;-)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-SumatraPDF (Windows)
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Théorèmes,
+ lemmes,
+ preuves et tutti quanti
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Pour utiliser SumatraPDF en recherche inversée,
- saisir 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor.bat "%f" %l"
-\end_layout
+Deux de ces environnements ne peuvent se suivre directement.
+ Ils doivent être séparés par quelque chose.
+ Si vous utilisez une rupture normale de paragraphe,
+ vous allez juste allonger l'environnement précédent comme si vous aviez fusionné les deux environnements.
+ Plutôt que de faire cela,
+ vous devez insérer un 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+séparateur
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- dans les réglages de la visionneuse dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+.
+ Voyez la section intitulée 
+\emph on
+Emboîtements séparés
+\emph default
+ dans le 
+\emph on
+Guide de l'utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats de fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF (pdflatex)
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Listes
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez profiter de tous les types de listes que l'on trouve dans les autres classes plus deux nouvelles.
+ Je ne décrirai ici que ces dernières.
+ Si vous voulez plus d'informations sur les autres environnements de liste,
+ voyez le 
+\emph on
+Guide
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-,
- ou 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-lyxeditor.bat
-\end_layout
-
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- est le conteneur indiqué ci-dessus.
- Si 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph toggle
+.
+ Si vous voulez utiliser les listes à puce,
+ lisez aussi le paragraphe sur le choix des puces,
+ à la section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SumatraPDF.exe
-\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\emph default
 
- ne figure pas dans la liste des chemins des commandes,
- utiliser le nom complet.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:puces"
+nolink "false"
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La recherche inversée est déclenchée par double-clic.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-YAP (Cygwin)
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-D'abord,
- vérifier que Yap est la visionneuse DVI implicite de l'environnement Windows,
- puis le lancer,
- choisir le menu 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Options
-\end_layout
+Les deux nouveaux environnements de liste,
+ 
+\family sans
+ListeCochés
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+ListeCroix
+\family default
+,
+ ont pour but de faciliter l'utilisation de listes 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+À
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- et sélectionner l'onglet 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+faire
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Recherche DVI inversée
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Cliquer sur le bouton 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+À
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-New\SpecialChar ldots
-
+éviter
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- et,
- dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre,
- saisir 
+ ou 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-Éditeur \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+Oui
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- (ou un autre nom de votre choix) dans le champ 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Name:
+Non
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+,
+ bref,
+ qui utilisent comme puces des coches ou des croix.
+ Ces listes sont en fait des versions spécialisées de l'environnement 
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
 .
- Maintenant cliquer sur le bouton identifié par 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar ldots
+ Elles nécessitent cependant que vous disposiez du paquetage 
+\family typewriter
+psnfss
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Figures et tableaux
+\end_layout
 
- pour ouvrir une fenêtre de choix de fichier et aller jusqu'au répertoire contenant le fichier exécutable 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\lang english
-lyxeditor.exe
+\family default
+ redéfinit la notion de figures et tables flottantes afin qu'elles apparaissent exactement là où elles sont dans le texte plutôt qu'en haut des pages où en une quelconque autre position prédéfinie.
+ En fait,
+ si vous changez les réglages de positionnement des flottants,
+ ces modifications ne seront pas prises en compte.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+En-têtes et pieds de pages 
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:foil-en-tetes"
 
- (qui est implicitement installé dans Cygwin avec l'exécutable \SpecialChar LyX
-) .
- Sélectionner 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-lyxeditor.exe
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les deux commandes 
+\family sans
+Mon_Logo
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Restriction
+\family default
+ servent à définir le texte en pied de page à gauche.
+ La première vous permet d'insérer un logo sur vos diapos.
+ Vous aurez par défaut comme logo 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- et spécifier les arguments du programme comme suit:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
--g %f %l
-\end_layout
+-Typeset by 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
+\family default
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 .
- De cette façon,
- vous utiliserez le 
-\emph on
-lyxsocket 
-\emph default
-pour communiquer avec \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Si pour quelque raison,
- vous souhaitez utiliser 
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
-\emph default
-,
- omettez l'option 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
--g
-\end_layout
+ La seconde sert à classifier des documents en fonction du type de public,
+ par exemple 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+Confidentiel
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- et spécifiez le chemin d'accès au tube \SpecialChar LyX
-Server dans les préférences.
+.
+ Par défaut elle ne contient rien.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Avec Yap,
- la recherche inversée est déclenchée par double-clic.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-SumatraPDF (Cygwin)
+Vous pouvez remplir les autres coins de la page avec 
+\family sans
+Pied_Droite
+\family default
+ (qui par défaut contient le numéro de page),
+ 
+\family sans
+En-tête_Droite
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+En-tête_Gauche
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour utiliser SumatraPDF en recherche inversée,
- saisir 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Fonctions de 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\lang english
-SumatraPDF.sh
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ non-supportées
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:foil-non-supporte"
 
 \end_inset
 
- dans les réglages de la visionneuse dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats de fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF (pdflatex)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Toutes les commandes décrites ci-dessous doivent être entrées dans un environnement 
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
+\family default
 ,
- ou
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+ ou en mode 
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family default
+ dans un autre environnement.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-SumatraPDF.sh
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Longueurs
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Toutes les longueurs sont ajustées en utilisant la commande 
+\family typewriter
 
- est le script suivant (à rendre accessible dans le chemin d'accès aux commandes,
+\backslash
+setlength\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{
+\family default
+\emph on
+nom_longeur
+\family typewriter
+\emph toggle
+}\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{
+\family default
+\emph on
+nouvelle_longeur
+\family typewriter
+\emph toggle
+}
+\family default
+\emph default
  
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-/usr/local/bin
-\end_layout
-
+\emph toggle
+où
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+nom_longeur
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph toggle
+sera remplacé par le nom de la variable de longueur que vous voulez modifier,
+ et
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+nouvelle_longeur
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph toggle
+par la valeur de la variable.
+ Toutes les variables de longueur doivent être indiquées dans des unités comme le pouce
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- étant le meilleur choix):
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#!/bin/bash
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+(
+\family typewriter
+in
+\family default
+),
+ le millimètre
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-cd $(dirname $1)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+(
+\family typewriter
+mm
+\family default
+) ou le point
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor -g %f %l" $(basename $1)
-\end_layout
+(
+\family typewriter
+pt
+\family default
+),
+ ou bien dans une unité dépendant du document ou de la police employée,
+ comme
+\emph default
+ 
+\family typewriter
+\emph toggle
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ce conteneur et nécessaire parce que SumatraPDF est une application Windows native et ne comprend pas les chemins POSIX utilisés par la version Cygwin de \SpecialChar LyX
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
 .
- Si 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SumatraPDF.exe
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- n'est pas dans votre chemin d'accès,
- utiliser le chemin complet dans le script ci-dessus.
- L'option 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--g
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il est possible de changer l'espacement entre l'en-tête et le corps d'une diapo en ajustant la longueur spécifiée par 
+\family typewriter
 
- active la communication via 
+\backslash
+foilheadskip
+\family default
+.
+ Par exemple,
+ pour rendre 
 \emph on
-lyxsocket
+tous
 \emph default
-.
- De nouveau,
- l'omettre 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--g
-\end_layout
-
+ 
+\emph toggle
+les titres plus proches des corps de 0,5
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- pour utiliser 
-\emph on
-lyxpipe
+pouce,
+ mettez dans le préambule
 \emph default
-,
- et spécifier le chemin d'accès au tube \SpecialChar LyX
-Server dans les préférences \SpecialChar LyX
+ 
+\family typewriter
+\emph toggle
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
+\family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La recherche inversée est déclenchée par double-clic.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Recherche directe
+L'espacement autour des flottants peut être modifié via 
+\emph toggle
+ces variables :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La recherche directe est,
- comme son nom l'indique,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-l'opposé
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
- de la recherche inversée.
- Elle vous permet de positionner le curseur dans la visionneuse directement depuis \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Si le recherche inversé est active (comme décrit ci-après),
- vous pouvez positionner le curseur où vous voulez dan le document \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- et sélectionner 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Navigation\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Recherche directe
+\backslash
+abovefloatskip
+\family default
+ Séparation entre le texte et le haut du flottant ;
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
- (ou sélectionner 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Recherche directe 
+\backslash
+abovecaptionskip
+\family default
+ Séparation entre le flottant et sa légende ;
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
- dans le menu contextuel par un clic droit),
- et la visionneuse sera positionnée au même emplacement.
- Ce suppose bien entendu que la visionneuse interprète cette fonctionnalité.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour rendre la recherche directe active,
- vous devez d'abord créer le fichier PDF/DVI avec les informations supplémentaires concernant les source \SpecialChar TeX
-:
- ceci peut être fait par les méthodes décrites dans la section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+belowcaptionskip
+\family default
+ Séparation entre la légende et le texte qui la suit ;
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Activation-automatique"
-nolink "false"
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+captionwidth
+\family default
+ Vous pouvez rendre les légendes plus étroites que le texte alentour en réglant cette valeur.
+ Le mieux est sûrement de la définir en fonction de 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-De plus,
- vous devez configurer \SpecialChar LyX
- pour utiliser les visionneuses dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sortie\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Général
+Il y a aussi plusieurs variables de longueur relatives à la page de titre.
+ Elles vous seront utiles dans le cas d'un titre long,
+ ou de plusieurs auteurs :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- fournit une série de configurations validées pour quelques visionneuses,
- que vous pouvez sélectionner dans le menu déroulant.
- Si aucune de ces configurations ne vous convient,
- vous devrez chercher et trouver une configuration appropriée vous-même.
- La syntaxe utilise les marqueurs suivants:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$n
+\backslash
+abovetitleskip
+\family default
+ Séparation entre les en-têtes et le titre (environnement 
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+) ;
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-:
- numéro de ligne;
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$t
+\backslash
+titleauthorskip
+\family default
+ entre les environnements 
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ ;
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
-:
- nom du fichier 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tex
+\backslash
+authorauthorskip
+\family default
+ entre différentes lignes de l'environnement 
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ ;
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- (temporairement) créé;
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$o
+\backslash
+authordateskip
+\family default
+ entre l'auteur et la date ;
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-:
- nom du fichier de sortie (soit dvi,
- soit pdf,
- en fonction de celui qui existe dans le répertoire temporaire).
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notez que seules quelques visionneuses présentent une fonctionnalité de recherche directe complète,
- parmi lesquelles 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-yap
+\backslash
+dateabstractskip
+\family default
+ entre la date et le résumé (
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+).
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+La dernière des commandes d'ajustement de longueur agit sur tous les environnements de liste.
+ Si vous placez 
+\family typewriter
 
-,
+\backslash
+zerolistvertdimens
+\family default
  
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xdvi
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
+\emph on
+dans
+\emph default
  
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\emph toggle
+un environnement de liste,
+ tout l'espacement vertical entre les éléments de la liste est supprimé.
+ Remarquez qu'il s'agit d'une commande et non d'une variable,
+ donc on n'utilise pas ici
+\emph default
+ 
+\family typewriter
+\emph toggle
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-okular
+\backslash
+setlength
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+En-têtes et pieds de page
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les commandes 
+\family typewriter
 
-\lang english
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+\backslash
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ permettent de préciser dans une page donnée si le logo de 
+\family sans
+Mon_Logo
+\family default
+ apparaîtra ou non.
+ Si vous mettez 
+\family typewriter
 
-\lang english
-Vous pouvez saisir 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ dans le préambule,
+ aucune des diapos n'aura de logo.
+ Si c'est uniquement sur une diapo particulière que vous ne voulez pas de logo,
+ mettez 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ juste après le début de cette diapo et 
+\family typewriter
 
-\lang english
-okular --unique
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ juste après le début de la suivante.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous voulez utiliser le style d'en-têtes 
+\family sans
+sophistiqué
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Format de la page
+\family default
+,
+ il vous faudra sûrement ajouter 
+\family typewriter
 
- dans 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+headwidth
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+ à votre préambule.
+ Ainsi,
+ en format paysage,
+ les en-têtes et les pieds de page seront positionnés correctement une fois les pages retournées.
+ C'est obligatoire à cause d'incompatibilités entre le paquetage 
+\family sans
+fancyheadings
+\family default
+ et la classe 
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
 \lang english
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats de ficheirs
+Powerdot
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Powerdot
+\family default
+ uses the 
+\family typewriter
+powerdot.cls
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class for creating presentations.
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Powerdot
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ The documentation is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang french
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-qpdfview
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Seminar"
 
 \end_inset
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Sumatra PDF
+\family sans
+Seminar
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SumatraPDF peut aussi utiliser les commandes DDE via le programme externe CMCDDE —
- téléchargeable depuis 
+\lang english
+The document class 
+\family sans
+Seminar
+\family default
+ uses the 
+\family typewriter
+seminar.cls
+\family default
+ document class for creating presentations.
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Seminar
+\family default
+ offers guidance on its use.
+ The documentation is available from 
 \begin_inset CommandInset href
 LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.istri.fr/spip/zip/CMCDDE.zip"
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf"
 literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
- d'autres,
- comme evince
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\paragraph_spacing single
-La recherche directe avec evince peut être obtenue via des programmes externes auxiliaires.
- Voir 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- pour les détails.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Diapos Slides (alias S
+\noun on
+li
+\noun default
+\SpecialChar TeX
+)
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:slitex"
 
 \end_inset
 
-,
- nécessitent des outils supplémentaires.
- Alors que beaucoup des visionneuses PDF largement diffusées (parmi lesquelles on remarquera Adobe Reader) ne comprennent pas du tout la recherche directe,
- d'autre visionneuses,
- comme 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-xpdf
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-,
- permettent au moins de recharger le document et de sauter à une page donnée:
- vous pouvez au moins naviguer à proximité du point visé.
- Cette dernière fonctionnalité est activée par un appel externe à 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-synctex
+\begin_layout Standard
+par 
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
- (voir les configurations prédéfinies).
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Introduction
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La recherche directe fonctionne simultanément avec les sorties DVI et PDF.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- vérifie simplement quel format vous avez utilisé (c'est-à-dire,
- quel format est déjà résident dans le répertoire temporaire) et choisit la configuration adéquate.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Classes de document spéciales
-\end_layout
+Cette section décrit comment utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour préparer des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs.
+ Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent :
+ la classe par défaut 
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ et la classe 
+\family sans
+FoilteX
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Article AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Il y en a d'autres,
+ comme 
+\family sans
+Beamer
+\family default
+,
+ mais elle ne sont pas décrites dans ce document (NdT).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Mike Ressler
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+.
+ Cette section décrit la première.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- est un ensemble de macros produit par l'
-\lang english
-American Astronomical Society
-\lang french
- pour faciliter la soumission électronique de manuscrits aux trois journaux qu'elle publie :
- l'
-\lang english
-Astrophysical Journal
-\lang french
- (y compris les 
-\lang english
-Letters
-\lang french
- et le 
-\lang english
-Supplement
-\lang french
-),
- l'
-\lang english
-Astronomical Journal
-\lang french
-,
- et les 
-\lang english
-Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific
-\lang french
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- a besoin de la version 5.0 (de préférence 6.0,
- version décrite ici,
- ou plus récente) de ces macros.
- Les versions antérieures à la 5.0 sont destinées à être utilisées avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
-2.09 et sont fondamentalement incompatibles avec \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Le paquetage AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- peut être téléchargé depuis le site de l'AAS
+Je le redis,
+ clairement et distinctement,
+ qu'il n'y ait pas de malentendu :
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
 \end_inset
 
 
@@ -9813,982 +10878,918 @@ Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific
 
 \begin_layout Standard
 \align center
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\size large
+Cette section décrit 
+\emph on
+uniquement
+\emph default
+ la classe 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-https://aas.org/aastex/aastex-downloads
-\end_layout
 
+\family sans
+slides
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+(default)
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+Si vous cherchez une documentation sur 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+slides
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Un guide de l'utilisateur complet est compris dans ce paquetage et il vaut mieux que vous vous familiarisiez sérieusement avec avant de vous embarquer à écrire un papier en \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- ne va pas vous dispenser de comprendre toutes les commandes AAS\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- il vous dispensera seulement de la corvée de toutes les taper.
- Il est de votre responsabilité de vous assurer que le document final exporté en \SpecialChar LaTeX
- soit complètement conforme aux recommandations du journal auquel vous soumettez votre papier.
-\end_layout
+(Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+)
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Commencer un nouveau papier
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Je vous suggère vivement de commencer avec le fichier de modèle AAS\SpecialChar TeX
-.
- Cliquez sur 
-\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Nouveau
+,
+ voyez la section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-avec
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:foiltex"
+nolink "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
-Modèle
-\family default
-,
- entrez le nouveau nom de fichier,
- puis choisissez le modèle 
-\family typewriter
-aastex6.lyx
-\family default
 .
- Il montrera les champs les plus courants dans un manuscrit.
- Écrivez par dessus le texte existant (y compris les crochets,
- 
-\family typewriter
-<>
+ La classe 
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ (pour 
+\family sans
+Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+
 \family default
-) les informations correctes.
- Beaucoup des commandes et environnements AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- peuvent être implémentés directement dans \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- mais certains ne peuvent pas.
- Pour des commandes comme celles-là,
- le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
- doit être entré directement et signalé comme tel.
- De telles commandes sont dénommées 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+ vous l'aurez compris) est en fait un peu meilleure que la classe par défaut 
+\family sans
+slides
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-code \SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+...
+ enfin,
+ c'est ce que m'ont dit et répété ses défenseurs.
+ Ne l'ayant jamais utilisée,
+ je n'ai aucune idée de la validité de cette affirmation.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- J'essaye de minimiser la quantité de code \SpecialChar TeX
- nécessaire dans un document AAS\SpecialChar TeX
-.
+,
+
+\family default
+ dont parle cette section.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Finir votre papier
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette classe est l'évolution en \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+ du vieux package S
+\noun on
+li
+\noun default
+T
+\noun on
+e
+\noun default
+X.
+ Toutes les distributions de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+ comprennent cette classe (qu'à partir de maintenant j'appellerais simplement 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+),
+ donc vous devez logiquement l'avoir.
+ Comme je l'ai déjà dit,
+ il existe d'autres classes qui produisent aussi des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs et font du meilleur boulot,
+ comme 
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+.
+ Cependant,
+ il y a des choses que 
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ fait et que les autres ne font pas,
+ comme générer des sur-couches.
+ Continuez la lecture pour en savoir plus !
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Pour commencer
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:demarrer-slides"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Quand le papier est fini,
- que vous en êtes satisfaits et qu'il se visualise / s'imprime correctement,
- il y a quelques opérations de 
+Avant tout,
+ pour utiliser cette classe de document,
+ vous devez sélectionner 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-post-production
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(default)
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- à effectuer avant de le soumettre aux journaux.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Exportez votre papier en tant que fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- (
+\family default
+ comme 
 \family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+Classe
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+.
+ Il y a quelques particularités qu'il faut connaître à propos de cette classe :
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Ne vous fatiguez pas à changer les options 
+\family sans
+Pagination
 \family default
-).
+ et 
+\family sans
+Colonnes
+\family default
+ dans 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+ :
+ de toute façon,
+ elles ne sont pas supportées par la classe 
+\family sans
+slides.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Éditez le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
+\begin_layout Itemize
+L'option 
+\family sans
+Mise
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+en
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+page
 \family default
- résultant avec votre éditeur de texte favori.
+ de la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+ a un comportement un peu différent pour cette classe.
+ Voici les choix possibles et leurs effets :
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Description
 
-\backslash
-documentclass
+\family sans
+ordinaire
 \family default
-.
+ Le rendu final contient des numéros de page dans le coin inférieur droit.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-enlevez la ligne 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Description
 
-\backslash
-usepackage...{fontenc}
+\family sans
+en-têtes
 \family default
- si elle apparaît (en général juste après 
-\family typewriter
+ Comme ordinaire,
+ mais imprime aussi tous les marqueurs temporels que vous aurez placés.
+ C'est le choix implicite.
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-documentclass
-\family default
-) ;
- enlevez aussi la ligne 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Description
 
-\backslash
-secnumdepth
+\family sans
+vide
 \family default
- si elle est présente.
+ Le rendu final ne contient pas de numéros de page,
+ de marqueurs temporels ni de marqueurs d'alignement.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-enlevez tout entre les commandes 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-makeatletter
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+La classe 
+\family sans
+slides
 \family default
- et 
+ a une option supplémentaire :
+ 
 \family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-makeatother
+clock
 \family default
- comprises,
- sauf les commandes que vous avez volontairement mises dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
- (qui devraient apparaître immédiatement après le commentaire 
+.
+ Pour l'utiliser,
+ mettez 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-User specified \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands
+
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ dans les 
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Classe
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- spécifiées par l'utilisateur
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+document
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+Utiliser cette option vous permet d'ajouter des marqueurs temporels aux 
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s.
+ Voir la section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:note-slides"
+nolink "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
- dans le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
-).
+ pour plus de détails.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Faites tourner \SpecialChar LaTeX
- sur ce fichier après modifications pour s'assurer qu'il peut encore être compilé correctement.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le fichier modèle 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Relisez les spécifications du journal pour vous assurer que vos noms de fichier et vos formats sont corrects.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Soumettez-le.
-\end_layout
+slides.lyx
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Commentaires sur des commandes particulières
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Je ne vais pas décrire l'emploi détaillé de chaque commande AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- :
- le Guide de l'utilisateur d'AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- (
-\family typewriter
-aasguide.tex
 \family default
-) en donne une bonne description.
- Il me sera donc probablement plus facile de parcourir la liste telle qu'on la trouve dans le guide et de la commenter si nécessaire.
- Allons-y...
+ pour mettre en place automatiquement un document de la classe 
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ (avec 
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Nouveau
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+avec
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+modèle
+\family default
+ pour créer votre document).
+ Le fichier modèle contient aussi quelques exemples d'environnements de paragraphe spéciaux utilisés par cette classe.
+ Je vais maintenant décrire ces derniers.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsubsection
-Les choses qui fonctionnent comme prévu
+Environnements de paragraphe
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Puisqu'elles fonctionnent comme prévu,
- j'en fais simplement la liste avec la section dans laquelle elles se trouvent :
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Environnements supportés
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-documentclass
+\begin_layout Standard
+La première chose que vous allez remarquer en commençant un nouveau document 
+\family sans
+slides
 \family default
- (2.1.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
+ est la taille et le type de police :
+ il est équivalent à la taille 
+\family sans
+Grand
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-begin{document}
+(3)
 \family default
- (2.2),
- 
-\family typewriter
+ dans la police 
+\family sans
+Sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-title
+empattement
 \family default
- (2.3),
- 
-\family typewriter
+.
+ C'est aussi la police qui est utilisée pour le rendu final.
+ Dites-vous que c'est un 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-author
-\family default
- (2.3),
- 
-\family typewriter
+indice visuel
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-affil
-\family default
- (2.3),
- 
-\family typewriter
+ pour vous rappeler que c'est une diapositive.
+ Vos transparents finaux utiliseront une grande police,
+ donc vous aurez moins de place.
+ Bien sûr,
+ la police plus grande à l'écran n'est pas WYSIWYG,
+ mais juste un aide-mémoire.
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-abstract
+\begin_layout Standard
+La deuxième chose qui frappe est le changement du menu des environnements (tout à gauche de la barre d'outils).
+ La plupart des environnements de paragraphe que vous avez l'habitude d'y voir sont absents.
+ Il y en a aussi cinq nouveaux.
+ C'est parce que la classe 
+\family sans
+slides
 \family default
- (2.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
+ elle-même ne supporte que certains environnements de paragraphe :
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-keywords
-\family default
- (2.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-section
-\family default
- (2.7),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Standard
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-subsection
-\family default
- (2.7),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-subsubsection
-\family default
- (2.7),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+ListePuces
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-paragraph
-\family default
- (2.7),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-begin{displaymath}
-\family default
- (2.11),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Énumération
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-begin{equation}
-\family default
- (2.11),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-begin{eqnarray}
-\family default
- (2.11),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Description
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-begin{mathletters}
-\family default
- (2.11),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-begin{thebibliography}
-\family default
- (2.12.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Liste
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-bibitem
-\family default
- (2.12.2),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-begin{table}
-\family default
- (2.14.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Citation
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-begin{tabular}
-\family default
- (2.14.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-caption
-\family default
- (2.14.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Cite
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-label
-\family default
- (2.14.4,
- entre autres),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-tablerefs
-\family default
- (2.14.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Vers
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-tablecomments
-\family default
- (2.14.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-url
-\family default
- (2.15.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
+\family sans
+Légende
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-end{document}
-\family default
- (2.16).
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les options de style qui suivent marchent elles aussi correctement :
- 
-\family typewriter
-preprint
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-preprint2
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-eqsecnum
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-flushrt
-\family default
- (3,
- 3.1,
- 3.2).
- Mettez-les simplement dans le champ 
-\family sans
-Options
-\family default
- de 
+Tous les autres environnements standard,
+ comme les en-têtes de section,
+ ne servent pas dans la classe 
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres 
+slides
 \family default
-rubrique 
-\family sans
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Les choses qui fonctionnent,
- mais qui nécessitent un commentaire
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les éléments suivants fonctionnent,
- mais requièrent un petit commentaire :
+D'autre part,
+ vous remarquerez de nouveaux environnements :
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
-Ces éléments sont réservés à l'utilisation par les éditeurs du journal,
- mais vous pouvez les mettre dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
- si vous vous sentez tenu de le faire :
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-received
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-revised
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-accepted
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-ccc
+\family sans
+Diapo
 \family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-cpright
+ (
+\family sans
+Slide
 \family default
- (tous à partir de 2.1.3)
+)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
-Ces éléments peuvent être placés dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- et sont inclus comme des blancs dans le fichier modèle :
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-slugcomment
-\family default
- (2.1.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-shorttitle
-\family default
- (2.1.5),
- 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-shortauthors
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
- (2.1.5)
+ (
+\family sans
+Overlay)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-email
-\family default
- (2.3) – peut seulement être utilisé seul,
- pas au milieu d'un paragraphe.
- Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer.
+\family sans
+Note
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-and
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
- (2.3) – aura un 
-\family typewriter
-{}
+ (
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
 \family default
- en trop après.
- Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
+)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-notetoeditor
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
- (2.6) – peut seulement être utilisé seul,
- pas au milieu d'un paragraphe.
- Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer.
+ (
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ces cinq-là présentent des subtilités,
+ dues à une 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-placetable
-\family default
- (2.8) – ne peut pas insérer une marque de référence croisée,
- vous devez la placer à la main
-\end_layout
+fonction
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ voyez-vous,
+ ne vous autorise pas à inclure un environnement de paragraphe dans un environnement vide.
+ C'est sympa et marrant,
+ mais cela signifie que vous ne pourrez pas commencer une diapo par autre chose que du texte.
+ Pour contourner cela,
+ j'ai fait un peu de 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
+magie \SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-\backslash
-placefigure
-\family default
- (2.8) – même chose que pour 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-placetable
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Subtilités des nouveaux environnements
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:subtilité-slides"
 
-\backslash
-acknowledgements
-\family default
- (2.9) – aura un 
-\family typewriter
-{}
-\family default
- en trop après.
- Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-appendix
-\family default
- (2.10) – aura un 
-\family typewriter
-{}
-\family default
- en trop après.
- Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-figcaption
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les cinq nouveaux environnements de paragraphe présentent tous des bizarreries,
+ dues aux limitations inhérentes à la version actuelle de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Comme je viens de le dire,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ interdit les environnements qui commencent par un autre environnement.
+ Pour contourner ceci,
+ l'environnement 
+\family sans
+Diapo
 \family default
- (2.13.2) – vous devrez éditer le paramètre optionnel à la main dans le fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- final.
-\end_layout
+ n'en est pas vraiment un,
+ si l'on se fie à la description du 
+\emph on
+Guide
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Les choses qui ne sont pas implantées,
- utilisez du code \SpecialChar TeX
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+l'Utilisateur.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-eqnum
-\family default
- (2.11),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-setcounter{equation}
-\family default
- (2.11),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-citet
+Il faut considérer 
+\family sans
+Diapo
 \family default
- (2.12),
+,
  
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-citep
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
- (2.12),
- les abréviations des noms de journaux (2.12.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-figurenum
+ et 
+\family sans
+Note
 \family default
- (2.13.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
+ comme des 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-epsscale
-\family default
- (2.13.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
+pseudo-environnements
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-plotone
+.
+ Ils ressemblent à des en-têtes de section ou à une 
+\family sans
+Légende
 \family default
- (2.13.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-plottwo
+,
+ mais en fait commencent un environnement de paragraphe (et terminent le précédent si nécessaire).
+ De la même manière,
+ considérez 
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
- (2.13.1),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tablenum
+ et 
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
- (2.14.4),
- 
-\family typewriter
+ comme des 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-tableline
-\family default
- (2.14.4,
- insérez-le comme le premier élément dans la case la plus à gauche après l'endroit où vous voulez le placer.
- N'utilisez pas les règles \SpecialChar LyX
- dans le tableau
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+pseudo-commandes
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- Traduction incertaine.
+.
+ Ces deux objets réalisent en effet des actions.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-),
+\begin_layout Standard
+Un propriété commune aux cinq environnements 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
  
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tablenotemark
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
- (2.14.5),
+,
  
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tablenotetext
+\family sans
+Note
 \family default
- (2.14.5),
- pratiquement tout dans Divers (2.15,
- sauf 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-url
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
  et 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-email
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
- ;
- voir ci-dessus),
- 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-singlespace
+ est un marqueur plutôt longuet.
+ Le texte suivant ce marqueur – d'ordinaire le contenu de l'environnement de paragraphe – n'est pas pris en compte par 
+\family sans
+Diapo
 \family default
- (3.1),
+,
  
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-doublespace
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
- (3.1),
+,
  
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-onecolumn
+\family sans
+Note
 \family default
- (3.2),
+,
  
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-twocolumn
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
- (3.2)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Les choses qui ne peuvent pas être implantées
+ et 
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ l'ignore totalement.
+ En fait,
+ vous pouvez laisser ces cinq environnements complètement vides.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar ldots
-au moins d'une façon qui ait un sens,
- et que je suggère donc d'ignorer.
- Ce sont l'environnement 
-\family typewriter
-references
-\family default
- (2.12.3) et l'environnement 
-\family typewriter
-deluxetable
-\family default
- (2.14).
- Si vous avez vraiment,
- vraiment besoin d'utiliser 
-\family typewriter
-deluxetable
+Bien qu'il ne soit pas obligatoire de mettre du texte après ces marqueurs,
+ vous pouvez le faire.
+ Ça peut être une brève description du contenu de la 
+\family sans
+Diapo
 \family default
 ,
- je vous suggère de l'éditer avec un éditeur de texte dans un fichier séparé,
- puis de faire 
+ par exemple.
+ Dans ce cas,
+ entrez votre description et tapez 
 \family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sous-document
-\family default
- pour l'inclure dans votre document \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Voyez le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-aas_sample.lyx
+Entrée
 \family default
- pour voir un exemple de cela.
+ comme vous le feriez normalement.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-FAQs,
- conseils,
- trucs et autres astuces
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si,
+ par contre,
+ vous ne souhaitez pas entrer de texte descriptif,
+ vous allez rencontrer une autre subtilité de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ comme la nature,
+ a horreur du vide,
+ et ne vous laissera pas entamer un nouvel environnement de paragraphe si vous n'avez rien mis dans le précédent.
+ Vous ferez donc ainsi :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Faire coopérer \SpecialChar LyX
- et AAS\SpecialChar TeX
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Commencez à entrer le texte qui 
+\emph on
+suivra
+\emph default
+ le nouveau paragraphe 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ ou 
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il peut être un peu difficile de faire reconnaître à \SpecialChar LyX
- un nouveau format et une nouvelle classe de document.
- Quand tout le reste échoue,
- faites ceci :
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Placez-vous maintenant au début de ce paragraphe.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Assurez-vous que \SpecialChar LaTeX
- trouve AAS\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Tapez ensuite 
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\family default
 .
- Copiez 
-\family typewriter
-sample.tex
+ 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Changez enfin ce nouveau paragraphe vide en un 
+\family sans
+Diapo
 \family default
- (et peut-être 
-\family typewriter
-table.tex
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
-) de la distribution AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- vers un répertoire complètement indépendant de \SpecialChar LaTeX
- ou d'AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- et faites tourner \SpecialChar LaTeX
- sur 
-\family typewriter
-sample.tex
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ ou 
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
 .
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Assurez-vous qu'
-\family typewriter
-aastex.layout
-\family default
- apparaît bien dans le répertoire de formats (layout) de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Espérons qu'une future version de \SpecialChar LyX
+ résoudra cette bizarrerie\SpecialChar ldots
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Refaites 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Réaliser une présentation grâce à 
 \family sans
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Reconfigurer
+Diapo
 \family default
- dans \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- puis redémarrez celui-ci.
+ 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Note
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Ouvrez un nouveau fichier normal,
- pas avec un modèle.
- AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- apparaît-il dans 
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Utiliser l'environnement 
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Diapo
+\end_layout
 
-document
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous espérez apprendre dans cette section comment faire une présentation orale,
+ vous serez amèrement déçu.
+ Naturellement,
+ je vais vous décrire en quoi la classe 
+\family sans
+slides
 \family default
- ?
+ pourra vous aider à préparer les supports de la présentation.
+ En revanche,
+ le contenu de celle-ci est entièrement de votre ressort.
+ (C'est ça aussi,
+ la philosophie \SpecialChar LyX
+ !)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Si vous obtenez un avertissement provenant d'un document AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- existant vous disant qu'il n'arrive pas à trouver le format AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- ou un message du genre 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+Sélectionnez l'environnement 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ (de la manière décrite à la section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:subtilité-slides"
+nolink "false"
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- 
+) pour dire à \SpecialChar LyX
+ de commencer une nouvelle diapo (eh oui).
+ Le marqueur pour cet environnement / 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-Il ne faut pas mélanger les formats de titre avec les formats normaux.
+pseudo-commande
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ est une 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
+ligne ASCII
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+ en bleu,
+ suivie de l'indication 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-,
- c'est que les choses n'ont pas été installées correctement.
-\end_layout
+NewSlide:
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Erreur \SpecialChar LaTeX
- lors du traitement d'un tableau
+.
+ Tout texte ou paragraphe qui suivra cette dernière fera partie de la nouvelle diapo.
+ C'est aussi simple que ça.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
-,
- par défaut,
- tente de centrer la légende/titre du tableau.
- Ça semble produire une interférence négative dans AAS\SpecialChar TeX
-.
- Vous devez donc cliquer quelque part dans la légende/titre,
- puis faire 
+Les diapos sont sûrement les seules fois dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ où vous aurez à forcer la fin des pages (vous pouvez toujours le faire dans 
 \family sans
 Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
 Paramètres
@@ -10801,5221 +11802,4659 @@ de
 
 Paragraphe
 \family default
-,
- et régler l'
+).
+ En fait,
+ vous devrez le faire une fois vous aurez fini d'entrer le contenu d'une diapo.
+ Si vous avez entré plus de texte qu'un transparent ne peut physiquement en contenir,
+ le surplus débordera sur une nouvelle diapo.
+ Je vous déconseille de le faire,
+ cependant,
+ car la diapo 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+de surplus
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ ne présentera aucun numéro de page.
+ De plus,
+ elle peut interférer avec une 
 \family sans
-Alignement
+Surcouche
 \family default
- sur 
+ que vous aurez préparé pour accompagner la 
 \family sans
-Bloc
+Diapo
 \family default
-.
- Pour moi ça a résolu le problème.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Références
+ trop remplie.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Quelques petites choses :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-J'ai remarqué quelques espacements bizarres avec les entrées de bibliographie.
- Quand vous entrez les données de bibliographie,
- assurez-vous qu'il n'y a 
-\emph on
-pas
-\emph default
- d'espace entre le dernier auteur et la parenthèse indiquant l'année ;
- par exemple tapez 
-\family typewriter
-Ressler(1992)
+Les environnements 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
- et non 
-\family typewriter
-Ressler (1992)
+ et 
+\family sans
+Note
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Je suis vraiment malheureux de ne pas pouvoir rendre 
-\family typewriter
+ fonctionnent comme l'environnement 
+\family sans
+Diapo.
 
-\backslash
-citet
 \family default
+ Tous deux créent une 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+ligne ASCII
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ suivie par un marqueur (
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+NewOverlay:
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
  et 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-citep
-\family default
- plus automatiques,
- mais ça nécessiterait des changements au code source de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Pour le moment vous pouvez faire deux choses :
+NewNote:
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ respectivement).
+ La couleur n'est plus le bleu,
+ mais un magenta éclatant et la 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+ligne ASCII
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ se présente différemment,
+ dans son style et sa longueur.
+ Les trois marqueurs diffèrent par leur police.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-entrez toutes vos citations en utilisant le mécanisme prédéfini 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Comme pour l'environnement 
 \family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Citation
-\family default
- ;
- au moins vous pourrez tirer avantage des insertions automatiques.
- Puis éditez à la main le fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- exporté avant de le soumettre,
- en changeant les entrées 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-cite
+Diapo
 \family default
- en commandes 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-citet
+,
+ si le contenu d'une 
+\family sans
+Note
 \family default
- ou 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-citep
+ ou d'une 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
- appropriées (
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-cite
+ dépasse la taille physique d'un transparent ou d'une feuille de papier,
+ le surplus sera disposé sur une nouvelle page.
+ À nouveau,
+ je vous le déconseille,
+ les 
+\family sans
+Notes
 \family default
- est actuellement équivalent à 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-citet
+ et 
+\family sans
+Surcouches
 \family default
-,
- donc vous n'avez pas absolument besoin de changer ceux-là).
+ n'auraient plus aucune utilité.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-ou vous pouvez simplement entrer toutes vos citations en Vilain Texte Rouge en utilisant la même clef pour paramètre que celle que vous avez utilisée dans la fenêtre de bibliographie,
- par exemple 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-citet{clef}
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Utiliser des 
+\family sans
+Surcouches
 \family default
-.
+ avec des 
+\family sans
+Diapos
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Aucun des deux choix n'est plaisant,
- mais nous aurons à faire avec jusqu'à ce que le mécanisme de citation de \SpecialChar LyX
- ne comprenne 
-\family typewriter
-natbib
+L'idée d'une 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
-.
+ est de créer une diapo qui vienne se superposer à une autre.
+ Vous pouvez vouloir présenter une figure sur la 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ principale avant d'afficher le texte qui va avec.
+ Une façon de faire est de poser une feuille de papier noire sur la partie de la 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ que vous souhaitez cacher.
+ Cette méthode,
+ cependant,
+ n'est pas valable si vous voulez par exemple superposer un graphique à un autre.
+ Vous auriez alors à vous bagarrer,
+ tout en parlant,
+ avec les deux 
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\family default
+ pour que les graphiques se superposent.
+ L'utilisation des 
+\family sans
+Surcouches
+\family default
+ rend les choses bien plus faciles.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Rien qu'entrer les références n'est pas du tout évident.
- La façon la plus facile est de commencer à taper votre première référence à la fin du document,
- puis de la marquer comme 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Chaque 
 \family sans
-Citation
+Surcouche
 \family default
-.
- Ça mettra une petite boîte grise devant ce que vous venez de taper.
- Cliquez sur la boîte pour remplir le reste.
- Pour de nouvelles références,
- allez à la fin d'une référence existante et appuyez sur 
+ reçoit le numéro de page de la 
 \family sans
-Entrée
+Diapo
 \family default
-.
- Ça créera une nouvelle ligne avec sa propre boîte,
- etc.
-\end_layout
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Inclure des fichiers EPS
-\end_layout
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Avec tout le respect qui est dû à Chris Biemesderfer et aux autres qui ont contribué à écrire le paquetage AAS\SpecialChar TeX
 ,
- le mécanisme de gestion des figures est vraiment mal foutu.
- Vous pouvez insérer les commandes 
+ agrémenté d'un 
 \family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-plotone
-\family default
-,
- etc.
- en Vilain Texte Rouge dans une Figure Flottante,
- mais je n'ai jamais vraiment réussi à obtenir une apparence correcte.
- Mon conseil serait d'éviter toute inclusion de fichier EPS dans le manuscrit que vous soumettez au journal,
- mais d'utiliser le mécanisme d'inclusion de fichier EPS standard de \SpecialChar LyX
- quand vous voulez imprimer vos propres tirés à part.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- va insérer une commande 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-usepackage{graphics}
-\family default
- dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
- et gérer les figures de la façon habituelle dans \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
-.
- Ceux qui essaieront d'imprimer votre manuscrit AAS\SpecialChar TeX
- 5.0 doivent de toutes façons avoir une installation de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
-,
- donc pourquoi ne pas profiter du mécanisme infiniment meilleur de gestion de graphiques ?
- S'ils se plaignent du choix de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- ou du paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-graphics
-\family default
-,
- faites valoir qu'il apparaît dans la deuxième édition de Lamport (1994),
- et qu'il était temps de faire la mise à jour il y a bien longtemps.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Les choses qui auraient pu être faites,
- mais qui ne l'ont pas été
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il y a quelques choses 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-sympathiques
+-a
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- que j'aurais pu implémenter,
- mais que j'ai choisi de laisser de côté.
- Par exemple,
- je ne voyais pas l'utilité d'afficher le texte en double interligne dans la fenêtre de \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- même s'il l'est dans le manuscrit imprimé.
- J'ai aussi choisi de ne pas faire des formats séparés pour les styles 
-\family typewriter
-preprint
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Des 
+\family sans
+Surcouches
 \family default
- et 
+ multiples auront donc 
 \family typewriter
-preprint2
-\family default
-.
- Comme je suppose que vous passerez la plupart du temps en mode manuscrit simple,
- j'ai décidé de ne pas bouffer plus d'espace disque avec tout ça.
- Si vous pensez vraiment que je devrais écrire ces formats,
- je ne pourrai que suivre les règles édictées par l'Association de Lanceurs de Boomerangs de l'État du Wisconsin :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Quotation
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-Les décisions des juges seront sans appel sauf si elles sont conspuées par une majorité écrasante de l'assistance.
- Les réclamants ne doivent pas faire usage d'un vocabulaire obscène et injurieux envers les membres du jury,
- ni les membres du jury envers les réclamants (sauf s'ils viennent d'être frappés par un boomerang).
+-b
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Touche finale
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-J'ai maintenant eu des papiers publiés aussi bien dans Apj que dans AJ avec 98% du travail fait avec \SpecialChar LyX
- ;
- les 2% restants étant du post-traitement avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
- et un peu de nettoyage.
- Je n'ai rencontré aucun problème avec le processus de soumission,
- et je suis sûr que les journaux n'ont jamais eu conscience qu'il pouvait y avoir une différence.
- Donc,
- allez-y et publiez !
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Article A&A
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Peter Sütterlin
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette section décrit comment utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
- pour écrire des articles à soumettre au journal scientifique 
-\emph on
-\lang english
-Astronomy and Astrophysics
-\emph default
-\lang french
- (
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-https://www.aanda.org/
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-),
- avec la Version 5.01 de la classe de document 
-\family typewriter
-aa.cls
 \family default
-.
- Ce paquetage peut être téléchargé depuis le site ftp
-\end_layout
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html
-\end_layout
-
+-c
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
+\family default
+,
+ etc.
+ accolé au numéro de page.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Un manuel est fourni avec ce paquetage,
- et ce texte n'est pas censé remplacer le manuel d'origine mais est simplement un bref guide à la réalisation d'un papier dans un format correct.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notez que l'éditeur de ce journal a changé le 1er janvier 2001 :
- ce n'est plus Springer mais EDP Sciences.
- Ce changement a aussi entraîné quelques légères modifications aux fichiers de style,
- notamment la suppression de la commande thesaurus.
- La classe \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\family typewriter
-aa
 \family default
- supporte la dernière version de ces fichiers de style,
- V 5.01.
- Si vous avez une ancienne version installée,
- veuillez la mettre à jour.
- Par souci de compatibilité,
- l'ancien format (version 4) a été conservé sous le nom de 
+.
+ En effet,
+ vous voulez que la 
 \family sans
-article (A&A V4)
+Diapo
 \family default
-.
- Voyez les commentaires dans 
-\family typewriter
-\SpecialChar LyX
-Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout
+ et sa 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ paraissent n'en former plus qu'une !
+ Vous pouvez considérérer une 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
+\family default
+ comme 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Pour commencer
-\end_layout
+faisant partie
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il est recommandé de commencer à partir du modèle distribué avec \SpecialChar LyX
+ d'une 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
 .
- Si vous n'utilisez pas de modèle,
- jetez un œil aux réglages suivants :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Choisissez 
+ En fait,
+ la classe 
 \family sans
-article
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(A&A)
+slides
 \family default
- dans le champ 
+ le laisse voir :
+ le marqueur qui débute un environnement 
 \family sans
-Classe
+Surcouche
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+ est moins long que celui d'une 
 \family sans
-de
+Diapo
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+.
+ Enfin,
+ sur le document imprimé apparaîtront des marques d'alignement aux quatre coins de la 
 \family sans
-Document
+Surcouche
 \family default
- du dialogue 
+ et de la 
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
+Diapo
 \family default
 .
- (D'accord,
- c'est évident.)
+ Ces marques vous aideront à aligner les deux transparents.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ne changez pas l'option 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le principal problème de la superposition de transparents est d'aligner les contenus de ces diapos.
+ Quel espace devez-vous laisser pour le graphique sur la deuxième diapo ?
+ Pire encore :
+ que faire si sur le deuxième transparent vous voulez un graphique et du texte,
+ mais qu'une phrase du premier doit venir s'intercaler entre les deux ?
+ Vous pourriez essayer d'insérer un espace vertical de la bonne taille entre les deux,
+ mais le meilleur moyen est d'utiliser les environnements 
 \family sans
-Mise
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-en
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-page
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
- :
- laissez-la sur 
+ et 
 \family sans
-Défaut
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
 .
- La mise en page est prise en charge par les macros,
- vous n'avez rien à changer.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Le bloc d'en-tête
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La première chose à entrer est l'information d'en-tête.
- Elle consiste en sept entrées,
- dont certaines sont facultatives.
- Ce sont
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Comme leur nom l'indique,
+ 
 \family sans
-Titre
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
- (Title) :
- (nécessaire)
-\end_layout
+ et 
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ sont deux environnements de paragraphe,
+ qui rendent le texte respectivement visible et invisible.
+ Remarquez à la section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:subtilité-slides"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ que vous ne placez rien 
+\emph on
+dans
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph toggle
+ces environnements.
+ Lorsque vous créez un
+\emph default
+ 
 \family sans
-SousTitre
+\emph toggle
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
- (Subtitle) :
- (facultatif)
-\end_layout
+,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ insère un marqueur centré,
+ bleu clair,
+ indiquant 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+ <Invisible Text Follows> 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+.
+ Les paragraphes suivant ce marqueur ne seront pas affichés sur la diapo (ou la
+\emph default
+ 
 \family sans
-Auteur
+\emph toggle
+Surcouche
 \family default
- (Author) :
- (nécessaire)
+),
+ mais l'espace qu'ils auraient occupé sera laissé vide.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour 
 \family sans
-Adresse
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
- (Address) :
- (nécessaire)
-\end_layout
+,
+ l'étiquette centrée sera 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+ <Visible Text Follows> 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+,
+ en vert.
+ Les paragraphes qui suivent cette étiquette se comporteront normalement.
+ Remarquez qu'au début d'une nouvelle 
 \family sans
-Tirés_À_Part
+Diapo
 \family default
- (Tiré à part):
- (facultatif) Si plus d'un auteur :
- qui contacter pour demander des tirés à part.
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+ ou 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
+\family default
+,
+ la fonction 
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ est automatiquement désactivée.
+ Il n'est donc pas nécessaire d'utiliser 
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ à la fin d'une 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Maintenant,
+ voyons comment utiliser les commandes 
 \family sans
-Mail
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
- :
- (facultatif) Adresse mail pour les contacts.
+ et 
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ avec les environnements 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
+\family default
+ pour créer des diapos superposées :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Créez une 
 \family sans
-Date
+Diapo
 \family default
- :
- (nécessaire) Format suggéré 
-\family typewriter
-Received:
- <date>;
- Accepted <date>
+ (environnement 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+) avec tout ce qui devra apparaître autant sur la 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ elle-même que sur les 
+\family sans
+Surcouches
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il n'y a pas besoin de taper la commande 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-maketitle
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Avant chaque figure ou paragraphe qui ne devra apparaître que sur la 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
 ,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- le fait tout seul quand l'en-tête est fini.
- Bien que l'ordre des entrées d'en-tête n'ait pas d'importance il est conseillé de conserver la séquence ci-dessus,
- juste pour avoir un meilleur aspect visuel et correspondre au format du document réel.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous voulez placer des notes de bas de page dans le bloc d'en-tête,
- par exemple pour entrer votre adresse actuelle,
- utilisez les notes de bas de page standard avec 
+ insérez un environnement 
 \family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Note
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-en
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Bas
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Page
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
 .
- \SpecialChar LyX
- utilisera automagiquement 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-thanks{}
+ Si nécessaire,
+ insérez un environnement 
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
- dans ce cas.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Via 
+ là où le texte devra de nouveau apparaître sur la 
 \family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Style
+Diapo
 \family default
- de texte,
- vous trouverez deux marqueurs utiles pour le titrage:
+ principale.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Commencez un environnement 
 \family sans
-Institution
-\family typewriter
- 
+Surcouche
 \family default
-pour indiquer les couples auteur/institution.
- Les institutions sont numérotées séquentiellement comme elles apparaissent dans le champ
+ juste après l'environnement 
 \family sans
- Address
+Diapo
 \family default
-,
- vous devez donc mettre un marqueur pour chaque auteur.
- 
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Copiez le contenu de l'environnement 
 \family sans
-Email
+Diapo
 \family default
- pour indiquer une adresse électronique.
+ dans l'environnement 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-En plus de ces points,
- les macros utilisent une commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
- supplémentaire qui n'a pas d'équivalent dans \SpecialChar LyX
- :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-and
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Dans la 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
 \family default
- pour séparer les noms quand il y a plusieurs auteurs et plusieurs instituts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-La commande appropriée doit être tapée dans \SpecialChar LyX
- en mode \SpecialChar TeX
-.
- Voir les exemples.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-L'abstract
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-L'abstract devrait suivre immédiatement le bloc d'en-tête.
- Avec la version 5 l'abstract est devenu une commande,
- et il est maintenant limité à un seul paragraphe.
- En plus,
- il doit contenir une entrée avec les mots-clés.
- La seule chose spéciale à en dire est qu'il doit contenir une entrée avec les mots-clés.
- Ce se fait via le style de paragraphe 
+,
+ changez tous les 
 \family sans
-\lang english
-Keywords.
-
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
-\lang french
- Référez-vous au fichier d'exemple.
+ par des 
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ et vice versa.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Environnements supportés
+\begin_layout Standard
+C'est bon,
+ vous avez votre superposition.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le format 
+Il reste un problème avec la façon dont j'ai conçu la classe 
 \family sans
-paper
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(A&A)
+slides
 \family default
- supporte les environnements suivants pour structurer votre texte :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Standard
-\end_layout
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+ :
+ vous ne pouvez pas rendre invisible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe,
+ ni rendre visible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe invisible.
+ Pour ce faire,
+ vous devrez insérer du code \SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\family sans
-Section
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Les commandes en question sont :
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family sans
-SousSection
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+invisible ...}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family sans
-SousSousSection
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+visible ...}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-ListePuces
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+...
+ et devront être entrées en mode \SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Le texte dont vous voulez changer la 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+visibilité
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Énumération
-\end_layout
+ sera à l'intérieur des accolades,
+ derrière la commande 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\backslash
+invisible
+\family default
+ ou 
+\family typewriter
 
-\family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+visible
+\family default
+.
+ Si vous ne savez pas comment entrer du \SpecialChar TeX
+ sous \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ voyez la section appropriée dans le 
+\emph on
+Guide
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+l'Utilisateur
 \family sans
-Légende
+\emph toggle
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Abstract
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Utiliser des 
 \family sans
-Remerciement
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Notes
+\family default
+ avec des 
 \family sans
-Bibliographie
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Diapos
+\family default
 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:note-slides"
 
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Commandes non encore supportées par \SpecialChar LyX
 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Quelques commandes ne sont pas encore supportées par le format 
+Comme une 
 \family sans
-paper
-\begin_inset space ~
+Surcouche
+\family default
+,
+ une 
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ est toujours associée à une 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-(A&A)
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ici aussi,
+ la classe 
+\family sans
+slides
 \family default
  de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Quelques-unes ont déjà été mentionnées.
- Par souci d'exhaustivité,
- elles sont toutes listées ici :
-\end_layout
+ fournit des indices visuels.
+ Le marqueur d'une 
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ est magenta éclatant,
+ comme celui d'une 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
+\family default
+ ;
+ et en longueur,
+ il est intermédiaire entre celui d'une 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ (qui est plus long) et celui d'une 
+\family sans
+Surcouche
+\family default
+ (qui est plus court).
+ De plus,
+ une fois imprimée,
+ une 
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ aura le numéro de page de sa 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+ avec 
 \family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-and
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+-1
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-authorrunning
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\family default
+,
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-object{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+-2
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\family default
+,
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-titlerunning{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous voulez utiliser l'une de ces commandes,
- vous devez les taper vous-mêmes.
- 
-\series bold
-N'oubliez pas de les signaler comme code \SpecialChar LaTeX
- !
-\end_layout
+-3
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Figures et tableaux flottants
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- fournit le support pour les environnements de flottants 
-\family sans
-figure
 \family default
 ,
- 
+ etc.
+ accolé.
+ Vous pouvez avoir plusieures 
 \family sans
-figure*
+Notes
+\family default
+ associées à une seule 
+\family sans
+Diapo
 \family default
 ,
- 
+ et,
+ comme pour les 
 \family sans
-table
+Diapos
 \family default
- et 
+ et les 
 \family sans
-table*
+Surcouches
 \family default
 ,
- nous n'en dirons donc pas beaucoup plus.
- Référez-vous au 
-\emph on
-Guide
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-l'Utilisateur
-\emph default
-.
- Rappelez-vous juste que les tableaux devront être alignés à gauche.
- Pour cela,
- sélectionnez le tableau et changez l'alignement dans 
+ vous voudrez sûrement couper les longues 
 \family sans
-Format\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paragraphe
+Notes
 \family default
-.
+ de manière à ce qu'elles tiennent sur une seule page.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il y a une seule chose spéciale :
- les figures avec la légende à côté.
- Pour créer une telle figure,
- vous devez faire ceci :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Créez une grande figure flottante :
- faites 
+L'utilité d'une 
 \family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Flottants\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Figure
+Note
 \family default
-,
- puis un clic droit sur la figure et cochez 
+ est évidente :
+ elle contient toute sortes d'informations que vous voulez ajouter à propos d'une 
 \family sans
-Plusieurs
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-colonnes
+Diapo
 \family default
 .
+ Elle peut aussi servir d'aide-mémoire pour une 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ donnée.
+ Dans ce dernier cas,
+ vous serez peut-être intéressé par les marqueurs temporels.
+ Actuellement,
+ la classe 
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne supporte pas d'origine les marqueurs temporels,
+ qui sont une fonction 
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+T
+\noun on
+e
+\noun default
+X.
+ Il faudra donc passer par le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Entrez votre légende.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour utiliser des marqueurs temporels,
+ spécifiez avant tout l'option supplémentaire 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Tapez 
-\family sans
-Entrée
+
+\family typewriter
+clock
 \family default
- pour déplacer le curseur au dessus de la figure.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Insérez votre figure.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Positionnez le curseur derrière la figure et insérez un ressort horizontal :
- 
-\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Ressort
+ (voir la section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Horizontal
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Passez en mode \SpecialChar LaTeX
- :
- 
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:demarrer-slides"
+nolink "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
-t
+).
+ Cette option active les marqueurs temporels qui apparaîtront alors dans le coin inférieur gauche de toutes les 
+\family sans
+Notes
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ que vous générerez.
+ Pour choisir ce qui apparaîtra dans ces indicateurs,
+ utilisez les commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Entrez 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-parbox[b]{55mm}{
+settime{}
 \family default
-.
- 
-\series bold
-Ne fermez pas l'accolade !
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Positionnez le curseur derrière le texte de la légende,
- passez en mode \SpecialChar LaTeX
- et insérez l'accolade fermante :
- 
-\family sans
-M-c
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-t
-\family default
- 
+ et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+
 \family typewriter
-}
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Là encore,
- voyez les figures dans le papier exemple.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Le paramètre de chacune de ces commandes est un temps mesuré en secondes.
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Format de revue
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour la soumission,
- la communication doit être mise en forme dans un format spécial à double interligne.
- Pour ce faire,
- vous devez donner à la classe de document l'option 
 \family typewriter
-referee
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
 \family default
-.
- Il faut la mettre dans le champ 
-\family sans
-Réglable
-\family default
-,
- dans 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\family default
- rubrique 
-\family sans
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
+ sert à indiquer le temps voulu,
+ tandis que 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Options de classe
-\family default
-.
- Entrez-y juste le mot 
+
 \family typewriter
-referee
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Le fichier d'exemple
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le répertoire d'exemples contient un papier exemple écrit avec \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- C'est l'exemple venant du paquetage de macros d'origine,
- traduit pour \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Utilisez-le comme source d'inspiration,
- et comparez le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
- d'origine avec la façon de l'écrire avec \SpecialChar LyX
+ est utilisé pour ajouter une certaine durée.
+ En utilisant les 
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ et les marqueurs temporels,
+ vous pouvez vous rappeler combien de temps vous voulez passer sur chaque 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- AMS
-\end_layout
-
 \begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-David Johnson;
- 
-\noun default
-mise à jour par 
-\noun on
-Richard Kimberly Heck
+Il reste une fonction à décrire.
+ Vous voudrez forcément imprimer toutes vos 
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Surcouches
+\family default
+ sur des transparents et toutes vos 
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ sur des feuilles blanches.
+ Cependant,
+ une 
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ doit suivre la 
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ à laquelle elle est associée.
+ Comment faire ?
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+Heureusement il existe deux commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ qui vous permettent de sélectionner ce qu'il faut imprimer.
+ Toutes deux doivent être placées dans le préambule de votre document.
+ La commande 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Broadway
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\shape smallcaps
-Garst Reese
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Broadway est destiné à l'écriture de pièces de théâtre.
- Le format est plus décoratif que Hollywood,
- et beaucoup moins standardisé.
- Ce format devrait convenir à des ateliers.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Problèmes particuliers
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les mêmes que dans Hollywood.
-\end_layout
+ n'imprimera que les 
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\family default
+ et les 
+\family sans
+Surcouches
+\family default
+.
+ De même,
+ la commande 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fonctions particulières
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes puis faites des références croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom.
- La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Taille de papier et marges
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+onlynotes{notes}
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-USLetter,
- gauche 1,6
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-in,
- droite 0,75
-\begin_inset space ~
+ n'imprimera que les 
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+.
+ Je vous conseille de mettre les deux commandes en commentaire dans votre préambule et de 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-in,
- haut 0,5
-\begin_inset space ~
+décommenter
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-in,
- bas 0,75
-\begin_inset space ~
+ celle dont vous avez besoin à l'impression.
+ J'ai l'habitude de :
+ décommenter 
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-in.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Environnements
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les environnements suivants sont disponibles.
- Vous pouvez utiliser 
-\family typewriter
-broadway.bind
 \family default
- pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite.
-\end_layout
+,
+ imprimer dans un fichier dont le nom contient 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Standard
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+-slides
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
 \family default
-Vous ne devriez pas avoir à l'utiliser,
- mais il est là pour tout ce qui n'a pas sa place ailleurs.
-\end_layout
+,
+ la recommenter et décommenter 
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family sans
-Narrative
 \family default
-by
-\family sans
+ et imprimer dans un fichier 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-M-z n
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+*-notes
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
 \family default
-Utilisé pour décrire le décor et l'action.
- La première occurrence des noms des personnages en MAJUSCULES.
+.
+ Je peux ensuite envoyer l'un ou l'autre fichier à l'imprimante,
+ en mettant des transparents ou des feuilles blanches selon le cas.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez aussi donner d'autres paramètres à 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-ACT
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{}
 \family default
- (Acte)
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
 
-M
-\family sans
--z a
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
-Automatiquement numéroté.
- À l'écran sera en chiffres arabes,
- mais imprimé en chiffres romains.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\family typewriter
 
-\family sans
-ACT*
+\backslash
+onlynotes{}
 \family default
- (Acte*)
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
 
-M
-\family sans
--z S at
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
-Sous-titre pour 
-\family sans
-ACT
-\family default
 .
- C'est juste du texte centré.
+ Reportez-vous à un bon livre sur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ pour plus de détails.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Le fichier modèle pour la classe 
 \family sans
-SCENE
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+slides
+\end_layout
 
-M-z S-S
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+J'ai aussi créé un fichier modèle,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
 
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
 \family default
-Pas automatiquement numéroté.
- Vous donnez le numéro.
- C'est parce que je n'ai pas trouvé comment faire.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-AT_RISE (Lever de Rideau)
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-M
+ avec la classe 
 \family sans
--z S-R
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+slides
+\family default
+.
+ Pour l'utiliser,
+ créez votre document avec 
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Nouveau
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+avec
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+modèle
 \family default
-Un cas particulier de 
+.
+ Votre fichier de présentation \SpecialChar LyX
+ contiendra un exemple du triplet 
 \family sans
-Narrative
+Diapo – Surcouche – Note
 \family default
- pour décrire le décor et l'action quand le rideau se lève.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+.
+ De plus,
+ la 
 \family sans
-Speaker
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z s
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
+Diapo
 \family default
-Le nom du personnage,
- centré en MAJUSCULES.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+ et la 
 \family sans
-Parenthetical
+Surcouche
 \family default
- (Didascalies)
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M
+ contiennent un exemple de 
 \family sans
--z p
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
+Texte_Invisible
 \family default
-Instructions au personnage.
- Les () sont insérées automatiquement,
- mais seule la ( sera affichée dans \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Les deux seront imprimées.
- Cet environnement n'est utilisé qu'à l'intérieur de 
+ et de 
 \family sans
-Dialogue
+Texte_Visible
 \family default
 .
+ Enfin,
+ le préambule contient :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Dialogue
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z d
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\family default
-Ce que dit le personnage.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+NdT :
+ 
+\family typewriter
+Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les diapos et les sur-couches
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-CURTAIN
-\family default
- (Rideau)
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M
-\family sans
--z S-C
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-Le rideau tombe.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+%
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-Titre
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+%
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-M-z S-T
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+% Uncomment to print out only notes
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-M-z S-A
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+NdT :
+ 
+\family typewriter
+Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les notes
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right_Address
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
 \end_inset
 
-M-z r
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Salut tout le monde.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Dinbrief
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La classe de document 
-\family sans
-dinbrief
-\family default
- peut servir à taper des lettres selon les conventions allemandes.
- Un fichier modèle est inclus dans 
-\family typewriter
-.../lyx/share/templates
-\family default
- pour vous servir de point de départ.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+%
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Elsevier Journals
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+%
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Voir le fichier modèle 
-\family typewriter
-elsarticle.lyx
-\family default
-.
- Il contient toutes les informations nécessaires.
-\end_layout
+Un dernier point :
+ j'ai créé cette classe pour l'utilisation de la classe de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Diapos Foils (alias 
-\family sans
-Foil
-\family default
+émulation de 
 \noun on
-\SpecialChar TeX
+Sli\SpecialChar TeX
 
 \noun default
-)
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:foiltex"
 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+.
+ Ni moi ni le reste de l'Équipe \SpecialChar LyX
+ n'impose d'utiliser ou de ne pas utiliser cette classe.
+ Elle est là si vous en avez besoin.
+ Il y a d'autres classes de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+ pour créer des présentations,
+ comme la classe 
+\family sans
+Foils
+\family default
+ (cf.
+ la section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Allan Rae
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:foiltex"
+nolink "false"
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette section décrit comment utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
- pour préparer des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs.
- Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent :
- la classe par défaut 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- et la classe 
+) ou le paquetage 
 \family sans
-FoilteX
+seminar
 \family default
-.
- Cette section décrit la classe 
-\family sans
-FoilteX
-\end_layout
+\noun toggle
+ (présent sur certaines distributions \SpecialChar TeX
+).
+ Ce dernier n'est pas encore supporté par \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Redisons-le donc bien clairement :
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Si vous voulez vous y mettre...
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
 \end_inset
 
+.
 
+\noun default
+ Je ne connais rien à ces classes.
+ Essayez-les pour voir quelles alternatives elles représentent.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-
-\size large
-Cette section concerne la classe 
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-FoilTeX
-\family default
+\begin_layout Section
+Rapports
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
- uniquement.
+\lang english
+report
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
 
+\lang english
+Report classes are sort of a hybrid between book and article classes:
+ like book classes,
+ they provide parts,
+ chapters and sections but does not provide frontmatter,
+ mainmatter,
+ and backmatter;
+ like article classes,
+ they provide abstract paragraph styles and are one-sided by default.
+ Also,
+ they do not start a new chapter on the right hand page (even in two-side mode).
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Si vous voulez une documentation sur 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
 
+\lang english
+All externally maintained 
 \family sans
-slides
+report
+\family default
+ document classes that are officially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+ are described in the Collections (section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-(default)
-\family default
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Collections"
+nolink "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
+):
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\lang english
+For 
+\family sans
+Japanese Report (Standard Class,
+ vertical Writing)
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Japanese Report (Standard Class)
+\family default
 ,
- voyez la section
+ see section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
 
 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
 LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:slitex"
+reference "subsec:Japanese"
 nolink "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
 .
- Si votre machine n'a pas la classe 
-\family sans
-foils
-\family default
- installée 
-\family sans
-FoilTeX
-\family default
-,
- il vous faudra sûrement utiliser la classe 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- par défaut,
- qui n'est pas aussi bonne.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La classe 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\lang english
+For 
 \family sans
-foils
+KOMA-Script Report
 \family default
- est conçue pour être utilisée avec la version
+,
+ see section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-2.1 du fichier de classe \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
-\family sans
-foils.cls
-\family default
-.
- Celui-ci fait maintenant partie intégrante de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:KOMA-Script"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Pour commencer
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bien entendu,
- pour utiliser cette classe de document,
- il vous faut sélectionner 
-\family sans
-FoilTe
-\family default
-X dans le champ 
-\family sans
-Classe
-\family default
- de la fenêtre 
+\lang english
+For 
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
+Report (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes)
 \family default
-\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-Classe
+,
+ see section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes"
+nolink "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
-document
-\family default
 .
- Il y a quelques autres réglages qui ont une signification spéciale avec cette classe :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ne changez pas les options 
-\family sans
-Pagination
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Colonnes
-\family default
- dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\family default
-.
- Elles sont ignorées par la classe 
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+For 
 \family sans
-foils
+Polish Report (MW Bundle)
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-La taille par défaut est de 20
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+,
+ see section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-pt,
- les autres choix étant respectivement 17
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
 
-pt,
- 25
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+nolink "false"
 
-pt et 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-pt.
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-La police par défaut est 
-\family sans
-Sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Scripts
+\end_layout
 
-empattement
-\family default
- mais toutes les équations mathématiques restent formatées dans la police habituelle 
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+In the 
 \family sans
-Romain
+Scripts
 \family default
-.
+ category,
+ we assemble document classes that help to write drama or movie scripts.
+ The category is also open for other scripts,
+ such as lecture scripts,
+ for which no classes are officially supported yet by \SpecialChar LyX
+ though.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Broadway
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_layout Standard
+par 
+\shape smallcaps
+Garst Reese
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- accepte les formats de papier A4 et Letter,
- ainsi qu'un format particulier pour travailler avec des diapos 35mm.
- Les tailles A5,
- B5,
- 
-\emph on
-legal
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-ou
-\emph default
- 
-\emph on
-executive
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-ne sont pas supportées.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Introduction
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ne vous occupez pas de 
-\family sans
-Placement
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Broadway est destiné à l'écriture de pièces de théâtre.
+ Le format est plus décoratif que Hollywood,
+ et beaucoup moins standardisé.
+ Ce format devrait convenir à des ateliers.
+\end_layout
 
-des
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Problèmes particuliers
+\end_layout
 
-flottants
-\family default
- :
- l'option est de toute façon ignorée.
- Tous les flottants apparaîtront là où ils sont définis dans le texte.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les mêmes que dans Hollywood.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Les réglages 
-\family sans
-Mise
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Fonctions particulières
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes puis faites des références croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom.
+ La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Taille de papier et marges
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+USLetter,
+ gauche 1,6
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-en
+in,
+ droite 0,75
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-page
-\family default
- se comportent un peu différemment avec cette classe.
- 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- propose en effet des possibilités plus étendues pour les en-têtes et pieds de page,
- comme l'insertion d'un logo défini par l'utilisateur.
- Voyez la section
+in,
+ haut 0,5
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:foil-en-tetes"
-nolink "false"
-
+in,
+ bas 0,75
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- pour de plus amples détails.
- La page de titre est traitée différemment de toutes les autres pages du document et n'est 
-\emph on
-jamais
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-numérotée.
- L'éventuel logo y est
-\emph default
- 
-\emph on
-toujours
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-centré au bas de la page.
- Les différentes mises en page possibles sont les suivantes :
+in.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Environnements
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-\series bold
-vide
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les environnements suivants sont disponibles.
+ Vous pouvez utiliser 
+\family typewriter
+broadway.bind
 \family default
-\series default
- Les diapos ne présenteront ni numéro de page,
- ni en-tête ou pied de page (sauf évidemment les notes de bas de page).
+ pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-\series bold
-ordinaire
-\family default
-\series default
- Les diapos auront un numéro de page centré en bas de la page.
- Ni en-tête,
- ni pied de page (à part les notes).
-\end_layout
+Standard
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 
-\series bold
-foilheadings
-\series default
- Le numéro apparaît en bas à droite.
- Les en-têtes et pieds de page seront présents.
- C'est le choix par défaut.
+\family default
+Vous ne devriez pas avoir à l'utiliser,
+ mais il est là pour tout ce qui n'a pas sa place ailleurs.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\series bold
-sophistiqué
-\series default
- Vous donne accès au paquetage 
 \family sans
-fancyheadings
+Narrative
 \family default
-,
- et ce même si son utilisation est déconseillée par l'auteur de 
+by
 \family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z n
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
 
 \family default
- car certaines incompatibilités apparaissent.
+Utilisé pour décrire le décor et l'action.
+ La première occurrence des noms des personnages en MAJUSCULES.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Options supplémentaires
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les options suivantes peuvent être activées dans le champ 
 \family sans
-Options
+ACT
 \family default
- de la fenêtre 
+ (Acte)
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
+-z a
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
 \family default
-\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Automatiquement numéroté.
+ À l'écran sera en chiffres arabes,
+ mais imprimé en chiffres romains.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
+ACT*
+\family default
+ (Acte*)
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
 \end_inset
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
+M
+\family sans
+-z S at
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-document
+
+\family default
+Sous-titre pour 
+\family sans
+ACT
 \family default
 .
+ C'est juste du texte centré.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\series bold
-35mmSlide
-\series default
- Règle le format de page à 7,33
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family sans
+SCENE
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
 \end_inset
 
-pouces sur 11
-\begin_inset space ~
+M-z S-S
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-pouces,
- ce qui donne le même rapport largeur/hauteur qu'une diapo 35
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
 
-mm,
- facilitant ainsi le travail avec ce support.
+\family default
+Pas automatiquement numéroté.
+ Vous donnez le numéro.
+ C'est parce que je n'ai pas trouvé comment faire.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-headrule
-\series default
- Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page,
- au-dessous de l'en-tête,
- sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-
-\series bold
-footrule
-\series default
- Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page,
- au-dessus du pied de page,
- sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\begin_layout Itemize
+AT_RISE (Lever de Rideau)
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
 
-\series bold
-dvips
-\series default
- Cette option indique à 
+M
 \family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+-z S-R
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
 
 \family default
- d'utiliser le pilote dvips pour effectuer les rotations des pages en format paysage.
- (Elle est automatiquement activée à la création d'un nouveau document 
+Un cas particulier de 
 \family sans
-foils
+Narrative
 \family default
-).
- 
+ pour décrire le décor et l'action quand le rideau se lève.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\series bold
-landscape
-\series default
- Change simplement la taille des pages au format paysage,
- mais sans effectuer de rotation.
- Si vous utilisez cette option,
- vous aurez besoin d'un programme externe pour effectuer une rotation de chaque page,
- ou bien il vous faudra alimenter votre imprimante directement en format paysage.
- Remarquez que cette option renverse les rôles respectifs des environnements 
-\family sans
-En-tête_Diapo
-\family default
- et 
 \family sans
-En-tête_Diapo_Tourné
-\family default
- (ne vous inquiétez pas,
- ils sont décrits plus loin).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+Speaker
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
 
-\series bold
-leqno
-\series default
- Numéros des équations à gauche.
-\end_layout
+M-z s
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
 
-\series bold
-fleqn
-\series default
- Équations alignées à gauche.
+\family default
+Le nom du personnage,
+ centré en MAJUSCULES.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Environnements supportés
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La plupart des environnements courants sont supportés par la classe 
 \family sans
-foils
+Parenthetical
 \family default
-.
- Il y a des environnements supplémentaires fournis par 
+ (Didascalies)
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M
 \family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+-z p
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
 
 \family default
- ainsi que deux apportés par \SpecialChar LyX
+Instructions au personnage.
+ Les () sont insérées automatiquement,
+ mais seule la ( sera affichée dans \SpecialChar LyX
 .
- Les environnements suivants sont partagés avec d'autres classes :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+ Les deux seront imprimées.
+ Cet environnement n'est utilisé qu'à l'intérieur de 
 \family sans
-Standard
+Dialogue
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-ListePuces
-\end_layout
+Dialogue
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+M-z d
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Énumeration
+
+\family default
+Ce que dit le personnage.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+CURTAIN
+\family default
+ (Rideau)
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
 
+M
 \family sans
-Liste
-\end_layout
+-z S-C
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LyX
--Code
+\family default
+Le rideau tombe.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Vers
+Titre
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z S-T
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Cite
+Auteur
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z S-A
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Citation
+Right_Address
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z r
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+Salut tout le monde.
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-Titre
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hollywood (scripts d'Hollywood)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+par 
+\shape smallcaps
+Garst Reese
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-Auteur
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Introduction
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+Maîtriser le format d'un script d'Hollywood est un 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Date
-\end_layout
+rite de passage
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+.
+ Ce format est destiné à laisser le lecteur se concentrer sur le contenu et à être facile à lire et familier pour les acteurs.
+ Chaque page d'un script doit représenter une minute de film.
+ Il n'y a rien dans le script qui ne soit pas visible ou audible à l'écran.
+ La police courier 12
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Abstract
+pt doit être utilisée tout le long.
+ Pas d'italiques.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Bibliographie
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Problèmes particuliers
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les lignes de dialogue ne doivent JAMAIS être coupées au milieu d'une phrase.
+ Si le texte d'un personnage
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+NdT :
+ 
 \family sans
-Adresse
+Speaker
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Adresse_À_Droite
+ franchit un saut de page,
+ repétez le nom du personnage suivi de (Cont'd)
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+NdT :
+ (suite)
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Fonctions particulières
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-En gros,
- il s'agit de tous les environnements,
- mis à part ceux de section.
- En effet,
- dans un diaporama,
- les sections sont en fait les diapos elles-mêmes.
- 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes,
+ puis faites des références croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom.
+ La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages.
+ Vous pouvez utiliser cette méthode également pour insérer le nom d'un personnage dans les parties narratives.
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- propose des commandes pour commencer de nouvelles diapos :
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Taille de papier et marges
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+USLetter,
+ gauche 1,6
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-En-Tête_Diapo
-\family default
- (Foilhead)
-\end_layout
+in,
+ droite 0,75
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+in,
+ haut 0,5
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-En-Tête_Diapo_Tourné (RotateFoilhead)
-\end_layout
+in,
+ bas 0,75
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- a aussi des versions légèrement modifiées de ces deux environnements :
+in.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Environnements
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-En-tête_Diapo_Court
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les environnements suivants sont disponibles.
+ Vous pouvez utiliser 
+\family typewriter
+hollywood.bind
 \family default
- (ShortFoilhead)
+ pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné
+Standard
 \family default
- (ShortRotateFoilhead)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les différences seront expliquées dans une autre section.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-De plus,
- les diapos sont souvent utilisées pour exposer des idées,
- ou de nouveaux théorèmes.
- De ce fait,
  
 \family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- fournit aussi un ensemble d'outils pour les présenter :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family sans
-Théorème
+\family default
+Quand rien d'autre ne convient.
+ Essayez de l'éviter.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Lemme
+FADE_IN
+\family default
+ (Fondu
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+NdT :
+ Incertain.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Corollaire
-\end_layout
+):
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Proposition
-\end_layout
+M-z S-I
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Définition
-\end_layout
+Suivi en général de quelque chose comme 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+sur Sally qui se lève
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Preuve
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Théorème*
-\end_layout
+INT :
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+M-z i
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Lemme*
+
+\family default
+Introduit une nouvelle séquence INTÉRIEUR.
+ Toujours suivi par JOUR ou NUIT,
+ ou quelque chose d'approchant pour définir l'éclairage nécessaire.
+ Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Corollaire*
-\end_layout
+EXT :
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+M-z e
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Proposition*
+
+\family default
+Introduit une nouvelle séquence EXTÉRIEUR.
+ Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Définition*
-\end_layout
-
+Speaker
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
 \end_inset
 
+M-z s
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les versions sans étoile sont numérotées,
- tandis que celles avec étoile ne le sont pas.
- Il y a enfin des environnements de liste ajoutés par \SpecialChar LyX
- :
+\family default
+Le personnage qui parle.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-ListeCochés
+Parenthetical
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z p
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
 \family default
- (TickList)
+Instructions au personnage intervenant.
+ Les () sont insérées automatiquement.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-ListeCroix
-\family default
- (CrossList)
-\end_layout
+Dialogue
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+M-z d
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
 
 \family default
-offre aussi de nombreuses possibilités pour les en-têtes et pieds de pages,
- qu'il vaut mieux définir dans le préambule,
- bien que vous puissiez le faire à tout moment dans le document.
- Si vous souhaitez changer ces réglages en cours de document,
- il est préférable de le faire au tout début d'une diapo,
- donc juste après l'
-\family sans
-En-tête_Diapo
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour ces réglages,
- vous disposez des environnements suivants [
-\noun on
-Martin Vermeer
-\noun default
-] :
+Ce qui dit le personnage.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
-
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Mon_Logo
+Transition
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z t
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
 \family default
- (My_Logo)
+Instruction de mouvement de caméra.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Restriction
+FADE OUT:
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z S-I
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-Pied_Droite
-\family default
- (Right_Footer)
+Auteur
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z S-A
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-En-tête_Droite
-\family default
- (Right_Header)
+Titre
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+M-z S-T
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
 \family sans
-En-tête_Gauche
-\family default
- (Left_Header)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space ~
+Right_Address
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
 \end_inset
 
-
+M-z r
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Jargon de script
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+(O.S) – off screen (hors écran)
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+(V.O) – voice over (voix off)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Certaines commandes de 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_layout Itemize
+b.g.
+ – background (arrière-plan)
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- ne sont pas directement supportées par \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- mais vous pourrez tout de même les utiliser,
- comme l'explique la section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+C.U.
+ – close-up (plan rapproché)
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+PAN – mouvement de caméra
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:foil-non-supporte"
-nolink "false"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+INSERT – insérez un plan rapproché
+\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Chapter
 
-.
+\lang english
+Modules
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Création de diapos
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+Academic Field Specifics
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette section est une rapide introduction aux différents environnements qui permettent de construire un ensemble de diapos.
- Si vous voulez un exemple,
- ouvrez 
-\family typewriter
-Foils.lyx
-\family default
- qui se trouve dans le répertoire des 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-exemples
+\lang english
+Chemistry:
+ Hazard and Precautionary Statements 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This module provides two insets and a paragraph style to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical hazard and precautionary statements.
+ For a description see 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Hazard and Precautionary Statements
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Hazard and Precautionary Statements
+\family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Donner un titre de page
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\series bold
+\lang english
+Chemistry:
+ Risk and Safety Statements
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-À la différence des autres classes qui proposent les environnements 
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-,
+
+\lang english
+This module provides two insets,
  
 \family sans
-Auteur
+R-S number
 \family default
- et 
+ and 
 \family sans
-Abstract
+R-S phrase
 \family default
 ,
- la classe 
-\family sans
-foils
-\family default
- crée le titre sur une page à part.
- Si vous laissez l'environnement 
+ accessible via the menu 
 \family sans
-Date
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Insets
 \family default
- vide,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- lui substituera la date du jour (et ce,
- à chaque fois que vous générerez le rendu).
+ and an environment to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical risk and safety statements.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Débuter une nouvelle diapo
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Linguistics
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Comme il est dit plus haut,
- il existe quatre manières de commencer une nouvelle diapo.
- Pour les formats portrait,
- utilisez 
+
+\lang english
+This module provides specific environments useful for linguistics (numbered examples,
+ glosses,
+ semantic markup,
+ OT tableau floats).
+ You can obtain information about this module in 
 \family sans
-En-tête_Diapo
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+elp\SpecialChar menuseparator
+S
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+ecific
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+inguistics
 \family default
- ou 
+ and 
 \family sans
-En-tête_Diapo_Court
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Linguistics
 \family default
 .
- La différence entre ces deux environnements est la quantité d'espace entre le titre (l'
-\family sans
-En-tête_Diapo
-\family default
-) et le corps de la diapo.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+Accessibility
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Braille
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les diapos en position paysage seront créées via les environnements 
-\family sans
-En-tête_Diapo_Tourné
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné
+
+\lang english
+This module supports the Braille script.
+ It requires the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package 
+\family typewriter
+braille.sty
 \family default
 .
- À nouveau,
- la seule différence est l'espace entre le titre et le corps.
- Les deux versions courtes ont 0,5
+ This and its documentation can be obtained from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/braille"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ See 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+elp\SpecialChar menuseparator
+S
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+ecific
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-pouce de séparation en moins.
-\end_layout
+Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il vous faut 
-\family typewriter
-dvips
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+raille
 \family default
- pour générer des sorties PostScript de diapos en format paysage,
- sans quoi la rotation de ces diapos ne sera pas exécutée.
- Il vous sera possible d'obtenir des diapos en format paysage sans 
-\family typewriter
-dvips
+ and 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Braille
 \family default
-,
- mais il vous faudra introduire les feuilles en position couchée dans l'imprimante ;-)
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Théorèmes,
- lemmes,
- preuves et tutti quanti
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+Annotation & Revision
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+FiXme Notes
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Deux de ces environnements ne peuvent se suivre directement.
- Ils doivent être séparés par quelque chose.
- Si vous utilisez une rupture normale de paragraphe,
- vous allez juste allonger l'environnement précédent comme si vous aviez fusionné les deux environnements.
- Plutôt que de faire cela,
- vous devez insérer un 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-séparateur
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+This module provides “FiXme” (marginal) annotations for document revision purposes.
+ A list of annotations can be produced by using the “List of FIXMEs” paragraph style.
+ The annotations are customizable via the LaTeX preamble.
+ See the 
+\family typewriter
+fixme
+\family default
+ documentation which can be obtained from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fixme/fixme.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
 .
- Voyez la section intitulée 
-\emph on
-Emboîtements séparés
-\emph default
- dans le 
-\emph on
-Guide de l'utilisateur
-\emph default
-.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Listes
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+
+\lang english
+Note:
+\end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez profiter de tous les types de listes que l'on trouve dans les autres classes plus deux nouvelles.
- Je ne décrirai ici que ces dernières.
- Si vous voulez plus d'informations sur les autres environnements de liste,
- voyez le 
-\emph on
-Guide
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+by default,
+ the notes are only displayed in “draft” mode (if the option “draft” has been inserted in 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom
+\family default
+).
+ To display them always,
+ insert 
+\family typewriter
 
-l'Utilisateur
-\emph toggle
+\backslash
+fxsetup{draft}
+\family default
+ in 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Preamble
+\family default
 .
- Si vous voulez utiliser les listes à puce,
- lisez aussi le paragraphe sur le choix des puces,
- à la section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\emph default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:puces"
-nolink "false"
+ 
+\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-.
+\lang english
+PDF Comments
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les deux nouveaux environnements de liste,
- 
+
+\lang english
+This module provides various kinds of annotations for PDF output.
+ See 
 \family sans
-ListeCochés
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF comments 
 \family default
- et 
+and
 \family sans
-ListeCroix
+ File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF Comments
 \family default
-,
- ont pour but de faciliter l'utilisation de listes 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-À
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-faire
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-À
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
 
-éviter
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
- ou 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\lang english
+PDF Form
+\end_layout
 
-Oui
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+This module provides fields and buttons for PDF forms.
+ See the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "hyperref documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
-Non
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 ,
- bref,
- qui utilisent comme puces des coches ou des croix.
- Ces listes sont en fait des versions spécialisées de l'environnement 
+ 
 \family sans
-Itemize
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF forms 
 \family default
-.
- Elles nécessitent cependant que vous disposiez du paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-psnfss
+and
+\family sans
+ File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF Form
 \family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Figures et tableaux
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\series bold
+\lang english
+Ruby (Furigana)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
+\lang english
+This module defines an inset to typeset reading aids (ruby,
+ furigana) to Chinese characters.
+ It uses the 
+\family typewriter
+okumakro
 \family default
- redéfinit la notion de figures et tables flottantes afin qu'elles apparaissent exactement là où elles sont dans le texte plutôt qu'en haut des pages où en une quelconque autre position prédéfinie.
- En fait,
- si vous changez les réglages de positionnement des flottants,
- ces modifications ne seront pas prises en compte.
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+luatexja-ruby
+\family default
+ or 
+\family typewriter
+ruby
+\family default
+ package (depending on the TeX engine) or a fallback definition.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-En-têtes et pieds de pages 
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:foil-en-tetes"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
+\series bold
+\lang english
+TODO notes
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les deux commandes 
-\family sans
-Mon_Logo
+
+\lang english
+This module provides custom insets to insert TODO items in your document.
+ In order to generate a “List of TODOs,” the module provides a paragraph style.
+ Inserting 
+\family typewriter
+final
 \family default
- et 
+ in 
 \family sans
-Restriction
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom
 \family default
- servent à définir le texte en pied de page à gauche.
- La première vous permet d'insérer un logo sur vos diapos.
- Vous aurez par défaut comme logo 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
--Typeset by 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+) suppresses the output of TODO notes.
+ See the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "todonotes documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/todonotes/todonotes.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
-\family default
--
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 .
- La seconde sert à classifier des documents en fonction du type de public,
- par exemple 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-Confidentiel
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
 
-.
- Par défaut elle ne contient rien.
+\lang english
+Bibliography 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+APA Style with Natbib
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez remplir les autres coins de la page avec 
-\family sans
-Pied_Droite
+
+\lang english
+This module adds support for using natbib together with apacite (the bibliography style need not be 
+\family typewriter
+apacite
 \family default
- (qui par défaut contient le numéro de page),
- 
-\family sans
-En-tête_Droite
+ —
+ it could be 
+\family typewriter
+apacite
 \family default
- et 
-\family sans
-En-tête_Gauche
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+apacitex
 \family default
-.
+,
+ or any bibliography that works with both the natbib and apacite packages.) 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fonctions de 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- non-supportées
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:foil-non-supporte"
+\begin_layout Section
 
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Boxes
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
+\lang english
+Fancy Colored Boxes
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Toutes les commandes décrites ci-dessous doivent être entrées dans un environnement 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
+\lang english
+This module adds ten custom insets that support colored boxes via the 
+\family typewriter
+tcolorbox
+\family default
+ package.
+ See 
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Colored boxes
 \family default
 ,
- ou en mode 
+ 
 \family sans
-\SpecialChar TeX
-
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fancy Color Boxes
 \family default
- dans un autre environnement.
-\end_layout
+ and the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "tcolorbox documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tcolorbox/tcolorbox.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Longueurs
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Toutes les longueurs sont ajustées en utilisant la commande 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\backslash
-setlength\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{
-\family default
-\emph on
-nom_longeur
-\family typewriter
-\emph toggle
-}\SpecialChar softhyphen
-{
-\family default
-\emph on
-nouvelle_longeur
-\family typewriter
-\emph toggle
-}
+\lang english
+Graphic boxes
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+This provides the custom insets 
+\family sans
+Reflectbox
 \family default
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-où
-\emph default
- 
-\emph on
-nom_longeur
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-sera remplacé par le nom de la variable de longueur que vous voulez modifier,
- et
-\emph default
+,
  
-\emph on
-nouvelle_longeur
-\emph default
+\family sans
+Resizebox
+\family default
+,
  
-\emph toggle
-par la valeur de la variable.
- Toutes les variables de longueur doivent être indiquées dans des unités comme le pouce
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(
-\family typewriter
-in
+\family sans
+Rotatebox
 \family default
-),
- le millimètre
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(
-\family typewriter
-mm
+ and 
+\family sans
+Scalebox
 \family default
-) ou le point
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ to scale and rotate its content.
+\end_layout
 
-(
-\family typewriter
-pt
-\family default
-),
- ou bien dans une unité dépendant du document ou de la police employée,
- comme
-\emph default
- 
-\family typewriter
-\emph toggle
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\backslash
-textwidth
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Reflectbox
 \family default
-.
+ is a simple way of reversing text without any other enhancement:
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il est possible de changer l'espacement entre l'en-tête et le corps d'une diapo en ajustant la longueur spécifiée par 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-foilheadskip
-\family default
-.
- Par exemple,
- pour rendre 
-\emph on
-tous
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-les titres plus proches des corps de 0,5
-\begin_inset space ~
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Reflectbox
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Great Western Railway
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-pouce,
- mettez dans le préambule
-\emph default
- 
-\family typewriter
-\emph toggle
 
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
-\family default
-.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-L'espacement autour des flottants peut être modifié via 
-\emph toggle
-ces variables :
+
+\lang english
+(You will need to use Ctrl-R to see any of these examples.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Resizebox
+\family default
+ allows you to specify the dimensions of the text or image;
+ permissible units are em,
+ ex,
+ in,
+ pt,
+ pc,
+ cm,
+ mm,
+ dd,
+ cc,
+ nd,
+ nc,
+ bp,
+ or sp;
+ if you enter 
 \family typewriter
+!
 
-\backslash
-abovefloatskip
 \family default
- Séparation entre le texte et le haut du flottant ;
+ for 
+\family typewriter
+Height
+\family default
+ it scales by the width factor:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family typewriter
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Resizebox
+status open
 
-\backslash
-abovecaptionskip
-\family default
- Séparation entre le flottant et sa légende ;
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\backslash
-belowcaptionskip
-\family default
- Séparation entre la légende et le texte qui la suit ;
+\lang english
+48mm
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-captionwidth
-\family default
- Vous pouvez rendre les légendes plus étroites que le texte alentour en réglant cette valeur.
- Le mieux est sûrement de la définir en fonction de 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
 
-\backslash
-textwidth
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+!
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il y a aussi plusieurs variables de longueur relatives à la page de titre.
- Elles vous seront utiles dans le cas d'un titre long,
- ou de plusieurs auteurs :
+\end_inset
+
+Great Western Railway
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-abovetitleskip
-\family default
- Séparation entre les en-têtes et le titre (environnement 
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-) ;
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\backslash
-titleauthorskip
-\family default
- entre les environnements 
 \family sans
-Titre
+\lang english
+Rotatebox
 \family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Auteur
+ allows you to rotate its contents around the reference point of the box.
+ If you wish to rotate the box around a different origin,
+ place the cursor inside the box and select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Origin;
+ o
+\family typewriter
+rigin
 \family default
- ;
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-
+ is specified as 
 \family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-authorauthorskip
+c
 \family default
- entre différentes lignes de l'environnement 
-\family sans
-Auteur
+,
+
+\family typewriter
+ l
 \family default
- ;
- 
-\end_layout
+,
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\family typewriter
+ r
+\family default
+,
 
 \family typewriter
+ b
+\family default
+,
 
-\backslash
-authordateskip
+\family typewriter
+ t
 \family default
- entre l'auteur et la date ;
+ or meaningful combinations of these and the counterclockwise rotation angle is expressed in degrees.
+ For example:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family typewriter
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Rotatebox
+status open
 
-\backslash
-dateabstractskip
-\family default
- entre la date et le résumé (
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-La dernière des commandes d'ajustement de longueur agit sur tous les environnements de liste.
- Si vous placez 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\backslash
-zerolistvertdimens
-\family default
- 
-\emph on
-dans
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-un environnement de liste,
- tout l'espacement vertical entre les éléments de la liste est supprimé.
- Remarquez qu'il s'agit d'une commande et non d'une variable,
- donc on n'utilise pas ici
-\emph default
- 
-\family typewriter
-\emph toggle
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
 
-\backslash
-setlength
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-En-têtes et pieds de page
+\lang english
+origin=c
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les commandes 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-LogoOn
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
-LogoOff
-\family default
- permettent de préciser dans une page donnée si le logo de 
-\family sans
-Mon_Logo
-\family default
- apparaîtra ou non.
- Si vous mettez 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-LogoOff
-\family default
- dans le préambule,
- aucune des diapos n'aura de logo.
- Si c'est uniquement sur une diapo particulière que vous ne voulez pas de logo,
- mettez 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
 
-\backslash
-LogoOff
-\family default
- juste après le début de cette diapo et 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\backslash
-LogoOn
-\family default
- juste après le début de la suivante.
+\lang english
+30
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous voulez utiliser le style d'en-têtes 
-\family sans
-sophistiqué
-\family default
- dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Format de la page
-\family default
-,
- il vous faudra sûrement ajouter 
-\family typewriter
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-headwidth
-\backslash
-textwidth
-\family default
- à votre préambule.
- Ainsi,
- en format paysage,
- les en-têtes et les pieds de page seront positionnés correctement une fois les pages retournées.
- C'est obligatoire à cause d'incompatibilités entre le paquetage 
-\family sans
-fancyheadings
-\family default
- et la classe 
-\family sans
-foils
-\family default
-.
+Great Western Railway
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Diapos Slides (alias S
-\noun on
-li
-\noun default
-\SpecialChar TeX
-)
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:slitex"
-
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-John Weiss
-\noun default
-.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\lang english
+You can combine boxes as in:
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Cette section décrit comment utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
- pour préparer des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs.
- Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent :
- la classe par défaut 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- et la classe 
-\family sans
-FoilteX
-\family default
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Rotatebox
+status open
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Il y en a d'autres,
- comme 
-\family sans
-Beamer
-\family default
-,
- mais elle ne sont pas décrites dans ce document (NdT).
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+origin=c
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Cette section décrit la première.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Je le redis,
- clairement et distinctement,
- qu'il n'y ait pas de malentendu :
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+-15
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Flex Resizebox
+status open
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size large
-Cette section décrit 
-\emph on
-uniquement
-\emph default
- la classe 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-slides
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+48mm
+\end_layout
 
-(default)
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
+
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+!
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous cherchez une documentation sur 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family sans
-slides
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex Reflectbox
+status open
 
-(Foil\SpecialChar TeX
-)
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Great Western Railway
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-,
- voyez la section
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:foiltex"
-nolink "false"
+\end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- La classe 
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
 \family sans
-foils
+\lang english
+Scalebox
 \family default
- (pour 
-\family sans
-Foil\SpecialChar TeX
+ scales its contents;
+ select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+V-Factor to add a vertical factor.
+ If the vertical factor is omitted,
+ the horizontal is used.
+ Adding different horizontal and vertical values creates distortion as in 
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
-,
- vous l'aurez compris) est en fait un peu meilleure que la classe par défaut 
-\family sans
-slides
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family typewriter
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Scalebox
+status open
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-...
- enfin,
- c'est ce que m'ont dit et répété ses défenseurs.
- Ne l'ayant jamais utilisée,
- je n'ai aucune idée de la validité de cette affirmation.
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+2
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-,
 
-\family default
- dont parle cette section.
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+1.5
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette classe est l'évolution en \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- du vieux package S
-\noun on
-li
-\noun default
-T
-\noun on
-e
-\noun default
-X.
- Toutes les distributions de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- comprennent cette classe (qu'à partir de maintenant j'appellerais simplement 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family sans
-slides
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+Great Western Railway
+\end_layout
 
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
-),
- donc vous devez logiquement l'avoir.
- Comme je l'ai déjà dit,
- il existe d'autres classes qui produisent aussi des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs et font du meilleur boulot,
- comme 
-\family sans
-foils
-\family default
 .
- Cependant,
- il y a des choses que 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- fait et que les autres ne font pas,
- comme générer des sur-couches.
- Continuez la lecture pour en savoir plus !
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Pour commencer
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:demarrer-slides"
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+A negative horizontal value reverses the text on the horizontal axis,
+ a negative vertical value  on the vertical axis,
+ so that you get 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Scalebox
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\lang english
+-1
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Avant tout,
- pour utiliser cette classe de document,
- vous devez sélectionner 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family sans
-slides
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+1
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-(default)
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+Great Western Railway
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
+ and 
+\begin_inset Flex Scalebox
+status open
 
-\family default
- comme 
-\family sans
-Classe
-\family default
- dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\family default
-.
- Il y a quelques particularités qu'il faut connaître à propos de cette classe :
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+1
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Ne vous fatiguez pas à changer les options 
-\family sans
-Pagination
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Colonnes
-\family default
- dans 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\family default
- :
- de toute façon,
- elles ne sont pas supportées par la classe 
-\family sans
-slides.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+-1
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-L'option 
-\family sans
-Mise
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-en
-\begin_inset space ~
+Great Western Railway
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-page
-\family default
- de la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\family default
- a un comportement un peu différent pour cette classe.
- Voici les choix possibles et leurs effets :
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-ordinaire
-\family default
- Le rendu final contient des numéros de page dans le coin inférieur droit.
+\lang english
+Section Boxes
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-en-têtes
-\family default
- Comme ordinaire,
- mais imprime aussi tous les marqueurs temporels que vous aurez placés.
- C'est le choix implicite.
+\lang english
+This module defines Boxes with section header.
+ It is mainly intended for the SciPoster Document class.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-vide
-\family default
- Le rendu final ne contient pas de numéros de page,
- de marqueurs temporels ni de marqueurs d'alignement.
+\lang english
+Variable-width Minipages
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-La classe 
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+This module adds a 
 \family sans
-slides
+Minipage (Var.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+Width)
 \family default
- a une option supplémentaire :
- 
+ inset to 
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Inset
+\family default
+ using the 
 \family typewriter
-clock
+varwidth
 \family default
-.
- Pour l'utiliser,
- mettez 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ LaTeX package.
+ The 
 \family typewriter
-clock
+varwidth
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ package provides a variable-width minipage,
+ whose resulting width is the width of its contents (if this does not exceed the specified maximum width).
+ The inset has two optional arguments which can be added by placing the cursor inside the minipage and entering 
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Vert.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
- dans les 
-\family sans
-Options
+Adjustment
 \family default
- de la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
+ (
+\family typewriter
+c|t|b
 \family default
-\SpecialChar menuseparator
-
+) or 
 \family sans
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Max.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-document
+Width
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ (defaults to 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Utiliser cette option vous permet d'ajouter des marqueurs temporels aux 
+\backslash
+linewidth
+\family default
+).
+ See 
 \family sans
-Note
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Variable-width Minipages
 \family default
-s.
- Voir la section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+ 
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Section
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:note-slides"
-nolink "false"
+\lang english
+Fixes & Hacks
+\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
- pour plus de détails.
+\lang english
+Fix Computer Modern Fonts
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
 \begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le fichier modèle 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-slides.lyx
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
 
-\family default
- pour mettre en place automatiquement un document de la classe 
+\lang english
+This module uses the 
 \family sans
-slides
+fix-cm
 \family default
- (avec 
-\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Nouveau
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ package to improve the appearance of Computer Modern fonts and make them available with arbitrary sizes.
+ See the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "fix-cm documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
-avec
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-modèle
-\family default
- pour créer votre document).
- Le fichier modèle contient aussi quelques exemples d'environnements de paragraphe spéciaux utilisés par cette classe.
- Je vais maintenant décrire ces derniers.
+.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
-Environnements de paragraphe
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Environnements supportés
+\lang english
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Kernel Fixes (Obsolete)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La première chose que vous allez remarquer en commençant un nouveau document 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- est la taille et le type de police :
- il est équivalent à la taille 
-\family sans
-Grand
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
-(3)
+\lang english
+This module loads the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package 
+\family sans
+fixltx2e
 \family default
- dans la police 
+ which contains some bug fixes for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ If you use this module your typeset document may look different when you process it,
+ depending on the respective version of 
 \family sans
-Sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-empattement
+fixltx2e
 \family default
 .
- C'est aussi la police qui est utilisée pour le rendu final.
- Dites-vous que c'est un 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+ 
+\end_layout
 
-indice visuel
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Paragraph
 
- pour vous rappeler que c'est une diapositive.
- Vos transparents finaux utiliseront une grande police,
- donc vous aurez moins de place.
- Bien sûr,
- la police plus grande à l'écran n'est pas WYSIWYG,
- mais juste un aide-mémoire.
+\lang english
+Note:
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La deuxième chose qui frappe est le changement du menu des environnements (tout à gauche de la barre d'outils).
- La plupart des environnements de paragraphe que vous avez l'habitude d'y voir sont absents.
- Il y en a aussi cinq nouveaux.
- C'est parce que la classe 
+
+\lang english
+recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ kernels (as of 2015/01/01) include the functionality of 
 \family sans
-slides
+fixltx2e
 \family default
- elle-même ne supporte que certains environnements de paragraphe :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+,
+ so the 
 \family sans
-Standard
+fixltx2e
+\family default
+ module is obsolete with newer \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distributions.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-ListePuces
+\lang english
+Minimalistic Insets
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-Énumération
+\lang english
+This module redefines several insets (Index,
+ Branch,
+ URL) as being Minimalistic.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-Description
+\lang english
+Title and Preamble Hacks
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-Liste
+\lang english
+This module provides two new paragraph styles:
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
 \family sans
-Citation
+\lang english
+In Preamble
+\family default
+ which puts whatever is entered into it into the preamble.
+ This can be used,
+ if one wishes,
+ to include preamble code in the body of a LyX document.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
 \family sans
-Cite
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\lang english
+In Title
+\family default
+ which that will put its contents into the body of the LaTeX document,
+ but before 
+\family typewriter
 
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+ is issued.
+ This is useful for making branches and notes in title-related material.
+ (However,
+ if you put these in a 
 \family sans
-Vers
+Standard
+\family default
+ layout,
+ this signals to LyX to output 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+,
+ which may then come too early.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Section
 
-\family sans
-Légende
+\lang english
+Floats & captions
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LyX
--Code
+\lang english
+Algorithm2e Float
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Tous les autres environnements standard,
- comme les en-têtes de section,
- ne servent pas dans la classe 
+
+\lang english
+This module uses the 
 \family sans
-slides
+algorithm2e
 \family default
+ package for algorithm floats rather than LyX’s home-brewed algorithm floats.
+ Use the Algorithm paragraph style to enter and indent the algorithm.
+ See the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "algorithm2e documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/doc/algorithm2e.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-D'autre part,
- vous remarquerez de nouveaux environnements :
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Bilingual Captions AKA Multilingual Captions
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This module provides the paragraph style 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+Caption
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+setup
 \family default
- (
+ with which to typeset bilingual captions.
+ Within this paragraph style 
 \family sans
-Slide
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Language
 \family default
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+ allows you to enter the desired second language using one of the babel names.
+ See 
 \family sans
-Surcouche
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Multilingual Captions
 \family default
- (
+ and 
 \family sans
-Overlay)
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Multilingual Captions
+\family default
+ further information on its use.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-Note
+\lang english
+Number Figures by Section
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-InvisibleText
-\family default
-)
+\lang english
+This module resets the figure number at section start and prepends the section number to the figure number,
+ as in “Figure 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.) 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-Texte_Visible
-\family default
- (
-\family sans
-VisibleText
-\family default
-)
+\lang english
+Number Tables by Section
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ces cinq-là présentent des subtilités,
- dues à une 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-fonction
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- voyez-vous,
- ne vous autorise pas à inclure un environnement de paragraphe dans un environnement vide.
- C'est sympa et marrant,
- mais cela signifie que vous ne pourrez pas commencer une diapo par autre chose que du texte.
- Pour contourner cela,
- j'ai fait un peu de 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-magie \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
+\lang english
+This module resets the table number at section start and prepends the section number to the table number,
+ as in “Table 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.) 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Subtilités des nouveaux environnements
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:subtilité-slides"
+\begin_layout Section
 
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Foot- and Endnotes
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
+\lang english
+Endnotes (Basic)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les cinq nouveaux environnements de paragraphe présentent tous des bizarreries,
- dues aux limitations inhérentes à la version actuelle de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Comme je viens de le dire,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- interdit les environnements qui commencent par un autre environnement.
- Pour contourner ceci,
- l'environnement 
+
+\lang english
+This module adds an endnote inset,
+ in addition to footnotes.
+ This uses the 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+endnotes
 \family default
- n'en est pas vraiment un,
- si l'on se fie à la description du 
+ package,
+ which has some limitations but works with older \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distributions as well.
+ Use 
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Endnote
+\family default
+ to insert an endnote and 
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Endnotes
+\family default
+ to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
+ See also 
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Embedded Objects
+\family default
+,
+ section 
 \emph on
-Guide
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+4.2 Footnotes
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-l'Utilisateur.
+\lang english
+Endnotes (Extended)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il faut considérer 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-,
- 
+
+\lang english
+This module adds an endnote inset,
+ in addition to footnotes.
+ This uses the 
 \family sans
-Surcouche
+enotez
 \family default
- et 
+ package which is more powerful and customizable than the 
 \family sans
-Note
+endnotes
 \family default
- comme des 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-pseudo-environnements
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Ils ressemblent à des en-têtes de section ou à une 
+ package,
+ but requires a fairly modern \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution (with \SpecialChar LaTeX
+3).
+ Use 
 \family sans
-Légende
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Endnote
 \family default
-,
- mais en fait commencent un environnement de paragraphe (et terminent le précédent si nécessaire).
- De la même manière,
- considérez 
+ to insert an endnote and 
 \family sans
-Texte_Invisible
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Endnotes
 \family default
- et 
+ to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
+ See also 
 \family sans
-Texte_Visible
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Embedded Objects
 \family default
- comme des 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+,
+ section 
+\emph on
+4.2 Footnotes
+\emph default
+..
+\end_layout
 
-pseudo-commandes
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-.
- Ces deux objets réalisent en effet des actions.
+\lang english
+Footnotes as Endnotes (Basic)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Un propriété commune aux cinq environnements 
+
+\lang english
+This module sets all footnotes as endnotes.
+ This uses the 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+endnotes
 \family default
-,
- 
+ package,
+ which has some limitations but works with older \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distributions as well.
+ Use 
 \family sans
-Surcouche
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Endnotes
 \family default
-,
- 
+ to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
+ See also 
 \family sans
-Note
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Embedded Objects
 \family default
 ,
- 
+ section 
+\emph on
+4.2 Footnotes
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Footnotes as Endnotes (Extended)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+This module sets all footnotes as endnotes.
+ This uses the 
 \family sans
-Texte_Invisible
+enotez
 \family default
- et 
+ package which is more powerful and customizable than then 
 \family sans
-Texte_Visible
+endnotes
 \family default
- est un marqueur plutôt longuet.
- Le texte suivant ce marqueur – d'ordinaire le contenu de l'environnement de paragraphe – n'est pas pris en compte par 
+ package,
+ but requires a fairly modern \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution (with \SpecialChar LaTeX
+3).
+ Use 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Endnotes
 \family default
-,
- 
+ to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear.
+ See also 
 \family sans
-Surcouche
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Embedded Objects
 \family default
 ,
- 
+ section 
+\emph on
+4.2 Footnotes
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+Leisure,
+ Sports and Music
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Chess Board
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+This module provides support for the 
 \family sans
-Note
+chessboard
 \family default
-,
- 
+ package to print chess games.
+ See 
 \family sans
-Texte_Invisible
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Chess
 \family default
- et 
+ where you will find 
 \family sans
-Texte_Visible
+Game 1
 \family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Game 2
+\family default
+ and the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "chessboard documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/chessboard/chessboard.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
 .
- \SpecialChar LyX
- l'ignore totalement.
- En fait,
- vous pouvez laisser ces cinq environnements complètement vides.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bien qu'il ne soit pas obligatoire de mettre du texte après ces marqueurs,
- vous pouvez le faire.
- Ça peut être une brève description du contenu de la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-,
- par exemple.
- Dans ce cas,
- entrez votre description et tapez 
-\family sans
-Entrée
-\family default
- comme vous le feriez normalement.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Lilypond Music Notation
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Si,
- par contre,
- vous ne souhaitez pas entrer de texte descriptif,
- vous allez rencontrer une autre subtilité de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- comme la nature,
- a horreur du vide,
- et ne vous laissera pas entamer un nouvel environnement de paragraphe si vous n'avez rien mis dans le précédent.
- Vous ferez donc ainsi :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Commencez à entrer le texte qui 
-\emph on
-suivra
-\emph default
- le nouveau paragraphe 
+\lang english
+This module provides an inset via 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Lilypond
 \family default
-,
- 
+ in which to enter code for the LilyPond music editor.
+ It will then be processed in the output.
+ See 
 \family sans
-Surcouche
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Lilypond
 \family default
-,
- 
+ and 
 \family sans
-Note
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Lilypond Book
 \family default
-,
- 
+.
+ It cannot be used if the modules 
 \family sans
-Texte_Invisible
+Rnw
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+(knitr) 
 \family default
- ou 
+or
 \family sans
-Texte_Visible
+ Sweave
 \family default
-.
- 
+ have been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Placez-vous maintenant au début de ce paragraphe.
- 
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+List enhancements
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Tapez ensuite 
-\family sans
-Entrée
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Customizable Lists
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Customizable-Lists"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+This module uses the
+\family sans
+ enumitem
 \family default
-.
- 
+ package to enable the customization of various list environments.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Changez enfin ce nouveau paragraphe vide en un 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\lang english
+Custom Enumerate Lists
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\lang english
+The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+hort Title
 \family default
-,
- 
+) to the first item of each level in the list.
+ There you add the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
 \family sans
-Surcouche
+\lang english
+label=
+\backslash
+roman{enumi}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code (shortcut 
+\begin_inset Info
+type  "shortcut"
+arg   "ert-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+enumi
+\family default
+ is the first level counter of the enumeration.
+ To change the numbering for the list sublevels,
+ replace the “
+\family sans
+i
+\family default
+” in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (
+\family sans
+enumi
 \family default
 ,
  
 \family sans
-Note
+enumii
 \family default
 ,
  
 \family sans
-Texte_Invisible
+enumiii
 \family default
- ou 
+,
+ 
 \family sans
-Texte_Visible
+enumiv
 \family default
-.
- 
+).
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Espérons qu'une future version de \SpecialChar LyX
- résoudra cette bizarrerie\SpecialChar ldots
 
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+The command 
+\family sans
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Réaliser une présentation grâce à 
+\backslash
+roman
+\family default
+ outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral.
+ For capital Roman numerals replace 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+
+\backslash
+roman
 \family default
-,
- 
+ with 
 \family sans
-Surcouche
+
+\backslash
+Roman
 \family default
- et 
+ in the command above.
+ For Arabic numerals use 
 \family sans
-Note
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Utiliser l'environnement 
+\backslash
+arabic
+\family default
+.
+ To 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+number
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ items with capital or small Latin letters use 
 \family sans
-Diapo
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous espérez apprendre dans cette section comment faire une présentation orale,
- vous serez amèrement déçu.
- Naturellement,
- je vais vous décrire en quoi la classe 
+\backslash
+Alph
+\family default
+ or 
 \family sans
-slides
+
+\backslash
+alph
 \family default
- pourra vous aider à préparer les supports de la présentation.
- En revanche,
- le contenu de celle-ci est entièrement de votre ressort.
- (C'est ça aussi,
- la philosophie \SpecialChar LyX
- !)
+,
+ respectively.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Sélectionnez l'environnement 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- (de la manière décrite à la section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\noindent
 
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:subtilité-slides"
-nolink "false"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\lang english
+Note:
 
-) pour dire à \SpecialChar LyX
- de commencer une nouvelle diapo (eh oui).
- Le marqueur pour cet environnement / 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\series default
+ You can only number 26
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-pseudo-commande
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+items with Latin letters,
+ because this numbering is limited to single letters.
+\end_layout
 
- est une 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-ligne ASCII
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- en bleu,
- suivie de l'indication 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-NewSlide:
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-.
- Tout texte ou paragraphe qui suivra cette dernière fera partie de la nouvelle diapo.
- C'est aussi simple que ça.
+\lang english
+Here is a list with custom numbering:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les diapos sont sûrement les seules fois dans \SpecialChar LyX
- où vous aurez à forcer la fin des pages (vous pouvez toujours le faire dans 
-\family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
 
-Paragraphe
-\family default
-).
- En fait,
- vous devrez le faire une fois vous aurez fini d'entrer le contenu d'une diapo.
- Si vous avez entré plus de texte qu'un transparent ne peut physiquement en contenir,
- le surplus débordera sur une nouvelle diapo.
- Je vous déconseille de le faire,
- cependant,
- car la diapo 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-de surplus
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
 
- ne présentera aucun numéro de page.
- De plus,
- elle peut interférer avec une 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- que vous aurez préparé pour accompagner la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- trop remplie.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les environnements 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- fonctionnent comme l'environnement 
-\family sans
-Diapo.
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- Tous deux créent une 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-ligne ASCII
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- suivie par un marqueur (
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-NewOverlay:
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+Level 1
+\begin_inset Separator latexpar
 \end_inset
 
-NewNote:
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
-,
- respectivement).
- La couleur n'est plus le bleu,
- mais un magenta éclatant et la 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-ligne ASCII
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
- se présente différemment,
- dans son style et sa longueur.
- Les trois marqueurs diffèrent par leur police.
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Comme pour l'environnement 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-,
- si le contenu d'une 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- ou d'une 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- dépasse la taille physique d'un transparent ou d'une feuille de papier,
- le surplus sera disposé sur une nouvelle page.
- À nouveau,
- je vous le déconseille,
- les 
-\family sans
-Notes
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Surcouches
-\family default
- n'auraient plus aucune utilité.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Utiliser des 
-\family sans
-Surcouches
-\family default
- avec des 
-\family sans
-Diapos
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-L'idée d'une 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- est de créer une diapo qui vienne se superposer à une autre.
- Vous pouvez vouloir présenter une figure sur la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- principale avant d'afficher le texte qui va avec.
- Une façon de faire est de poser une feuille de papier noire sur la partie de la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- que vous souhaitez cacher.
- Cette méthode,
- cependant,
- n'est pas valable si vous voulez par exemple superposer un graphique à un autre.
- Vous auriez alors à vous bagarrer,
- tout en parlant,
- avec les deux 
-\family sans
-Diapos
-\family default
- pour que les graphiques se superposent.
- L'utilisation des 
-\family sans
-Surcouches
-\family default
- rend les choses bien plus faciles.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Chaque 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- reçoit le numéro de page de la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-parent
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
-,
- agrémenté d'un 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
--a
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+Level 2
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\lang english
+Level 2
+\begin_inset Separator latexpar
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset Foot
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Des 
-\family sans
-Surcouches
-\family default
- multiples auront donc 
-\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+bfseries{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\end_layout
 
--b
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
--c
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+Level 3
+\begin_inset Separator latexpar
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-,
- etc.
- accolé au numéro de page.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
-.
- En effet,
- vous voulez que la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- et sa 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- paraissent n'en former plus qu'une !
- Vous pouvez considérérer une 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- comme 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-faisant partie
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
- d'une 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-.
- En fait,
- la classe 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- le laisse voir :
- le marqueur qui débute un environnement 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- est moins long que celui d'une 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-.
- Enfin,
- sur le document imprimé apparaîtront des marques d'alignement aux quatre coins de la 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- et de la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-.
- Ces marques vous aideront à aligner les deux transparents.
+Level 4
 \end_layout
 
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le principal problème de la superposition de transparents est d'aligner les contenus de ces diapos.
- Quel espace devez-vous laisser pour le graphique sur la deuxième diapo ?
- Pire encore :
- que faire si sur le deuxième transparent vous voulez un graphique et du texte,
- mais qu'une phrase du premier doit venir s'intercaler entre les deux ?
- Vous pourriez essayer d'insérer un espace vertical de la bonne taille entre les deux,
- mais le meilleur moyen est d'utiliser les environnements 
-\family sans
-Texte_Visible
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
-.
+
+\lang english
+For this list these commands were used:
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Comme leur nom l'indique,
- 
+\noindent
+
 \family sans
-Texte_Visible
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
- sont deux environnements de paragraphe,
- qui rendent le texte respectivement visible et invisible.
- Remarquez à la section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:subtilité-slides"
-nolink "false"
-
+\lang english
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
- que vous ne placez rien 
-\emph on
-dans
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-ces environnements.
- Lorsque vous créez un
-\emph default
- 
-\family sans
-\emph toggle
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
-,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- insère un marqueur centré,
- bleu clair,
- indiquant 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
- <Invisible Text Follows> 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+label=
+\backslash
+bfseries{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Les paragraphes suivant ce marqueur ne seront pas affichés sur la diapo (ou la
-\emph default
- 
-\family sans
-\emph toggle
-Surcouche
-\family default
-),
- mais l'espace qu'ils auraient occupé sera laissé vide.
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Pour 
-\family sans
-Texte_Visible
-\family default
-,
- l'étiquette centrée sera 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
- <Visible Text Follows> 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
-,
- en vert.
- Les paragraphes qui suivent cette étiquette se comporteront normalement.
- Remarquez qu'au début d'une nouvelle 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
-,
- ou 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
-,
- la fonction 
-\family sans
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
- est automatiquement désactivée.
- Il n'est donc pas nécessaire d'utiliser 
+\lang english
+where the command 
 \family sans
-Texte_Visible
+
+\backslash
+emph{}
 \family default
- à la fin d'une 
+ makes the label emphasized and 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+
+\backslash
+bfseries{}
 \family default
-.
+ makes it bold.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Maintenant,
- voyons comment utiliser les commandes 
-\family sans
-Texte_Visible
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
- avec les environnements 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- pour créer des diapos superposées :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Créez une 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- (environnement 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-) avec tout ce qui devra apparaître autant sur la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- elle-même que sur les 
-\family sans
-Surcouches
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Avant chaque figure ou paragraphe qui ne devra apparaître que sur la 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
-,
- insérez un environnement 
-\family sans
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
-.
- Si nécessaire,
- insérez un environnement 
-\family sans
-Texte_Visible
-\family default
- là où le texte devra de nouveau apparaître sur la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- principale.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Commencez un environnement 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- juste après l'environnement 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+\lang english
+Note:
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Copiez le contenu de l'environnement 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- dans l'environnement 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
-.
+\series default
+ When you change the label of a list level,
+ it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dans la 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
-,
- changez tous les 
-\family sans
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
- par des 
-\family sans
-Texte_Visible
-\family default
- et vice versa.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-C'est bon,
- vous avez votre superposition.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il reste un problème avec la façon dont j'ai conçu la classe 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- de \SpecialChar LyX
- :
- vous ne pouvez pas rendre invisible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe,
- ni rendre visible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe invisible.
- Pour ce faire,
- vous devrez insérer du code \SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Les commandes en question sont :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
-{
 \backslash
-invisible ...}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family typewriter
-{
+renewcommand{
 \backslash
-visible ...}
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+thesection.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-...
- et devront être entrées en mode \SpecialChar TeX
-.
- Le texte dont vous voulez changer la 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-visibilité
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- sera à l'intérieur des accolades,
- derrière la commande 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-invisible
-\family default
- ou 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\backslash
-visible
-\family default
-.
- Si vous ne savez pas comment entrer du \SpecialChar TeX
- sous \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- voyez la section appropriée dans le 
-\emph on
-Guide
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Numbered Paragraphs in Reports
+\end_layout
 
-de
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\lang english
+Official reports often include numbered paragraphs;
+ you can achieve this with a variation on the approach outlined in  section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-l'Utilisateur
-\family sans
-\emph toggle
-.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:How-to-use"
 
 \end_inset
 
 .
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Utiliser des 
+ Replace 
 \family sans
-Notes
+item
 \family default
- avec des 
+ in each command with 
 \family sans
-Diapos
+enum
 \family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:note-slides"
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\lang english
+These numbered paragraphs were generated by inserting the \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code
+\begin_inset Separator latexpar
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_deeper
 \begin_layout Standard
-Comme une 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
-,
- une 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- est toujours associée à une 
+
 \family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
 
-parent
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+thesection.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}}
+\end_layout
 
-.
- Ici aussi,
- la classe 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- de \SpecialChar LyX
- fournit des indices visuels.
- Le marqueur d'une 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- est magenta éclatant,
- comme celui d'une 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- ;
- et en longueur,
- il est intermédiaire entre celui d'une 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- (qui est plus long) et celui d'une 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- (qui est plus court).
- De plus,
- une fois imprimée,
- une 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- aura le numéro de page de sa 
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+before the start of the section;
+ 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+
+\backslash
+thesection
 \family default
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+ uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ section counter to generate the first part of the number.
+\end_layout
 
-parent
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
- avec 
-\family typewriter
+\lang english
+I have ignored the subsection heading in this example because,
+ with paragraphs numbered in this way,
+ subsections are less likely to be used.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
--1
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Resumed Enumeration
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}}
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
--2
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}.
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
--3
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+first
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+goes back to default numbering
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-,
- etc.
- accolé.
- Vous pouvez avoir plusieures 
-\family sans
-Notes
-\family default
- associées à une seule 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-,
- et,
- comme pour les 
-\family sans
-Diapos
-\family default
- et les 
-\family sans
-Surcouches
-\family default
-,
- vous voudrez sûrement couper les longues 
-\family sans
-Notes
-\family default
- de manière à ce qu'elles tiennent sur une seule page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\lang english
+second
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-L'utilité d'une 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- est évidente :
- elle contient toute sortes d'informations que vous voulez ajouter à propos d'une 
+
+\lang english
+regular text
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
+
+\lang english
+resumed
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+To resume an enumeration,
+ use the style 
 \family sans
-Diapo
+Enumerate-Resume
 \family default
 .
- Elle peut aussi servir d'aide-mémoire pour une 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- donnée.
- Dans ce dernier cas,
- vous serez peut-être intéressé par les marqueurs temporels.
- Actuellement,
- la classe 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
- de \SpecialChar LyX
- ne supporte pas d'origine les marqueurs temporels,
- qui sont une fonction 
-\noun on
-Sli
-\noun default
-T
-\noun on
-e
-\noun default
-X.
- Il faudra donc passer par le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Pour utiliser des marqueurs temporels,
- spécifiez avant tout l'option supplémentaire 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
 
-\family typewriter
-clock
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\lang english
+Note:
+
+\series default
+ If there is no previous enumeration to resume,
+ you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ error.
+\end_layout
 
- (voir la section
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:demarrer-slides"
-nolink "false"
+\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-).
- Cette option active les marqueurs temporels qui apparaîtront alors dans le coin inférieur gauche de toutes les 
-\family sans
-Notes
-\family default
- que vous générerez.
- Pour choisir ce qui apparaîtra dans ces indicateurs,
- utilisez les commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one.
+ Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
+ This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration.
+ There,
+ insert the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\family sans
+\lang english
+start=number
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\backslash
-settime{}
+\lang english
+where 
+\family sans
+number
 \family default
+ is the number with which you want to resume the list.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+first item
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\family typewriter
+\lang english
+second item
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-addtime{}
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Enumeration starting at a given value:
+\end_layout
 
-.
- Le paramètre de chacune de ces commandes est un temps mesuré en secondes.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\backslash
-settime{}
-\family default
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+start=4
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- sert à indiquer le temps voulu,
- tandis que 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
+This enumeration starts at 4
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\backslash
-addtime{}
-\family default
+\lang english
+List Spacing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Lists !
+ Spacing
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- est utilisé pour ajouter une certaine durée.
- En utilisant les 
-\family sans
-Notes
-\family default
- et les marqueurs temporels,
- vous pouvez vous rappeler combien de temps vous voulez passer sur chaque 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
-.
+
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il reste une fonction à décrire.
- Vous voudrez forcément imprimer toutes vos 
-\family sans
-Diapos
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Surcouches
-\family default
- sur des transparents et toutes vos 
-\family sans
-Notes
-\family default
- sur des feuilles blanches.
- Cependant,
- une 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- doit suivre la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- à laquelle elle est associée.
- Comment faire ?
+
+\lang english
+In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list.
+ For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Heureusement il existe deux commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- qui vous permettent de sélectionner ce qu'il faut imprimer.
- Toutes deux doivent être placées dans le préambule de votre document.
- La commande 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\lang english
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-onlyslides{
-\backslash
-slides}
-\family default
+\lang english
+with standard spacing 
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
- n'imprimera que les 
-\family sans
-Diapos
-\family default
- et les 
+\lang english
+You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list.
+ Add there the command 
 \family sans
-Surcouches
+nolistsep
 \family default
-.
- De même,
- la commande 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+ to get no additional list space like in this example:
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family typewriter
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
 
-\backslash
-onlynotes{notes}
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
 
- n'imprimera que les 
-\family sans
-Notes
-\family default
-.
- Je vous conseille de mettre les deux commandes en commentaire dans votre préambule et de 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+nolistsep
+\end_layout
 
-décommenter
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- celle dont vous avez besoin à l'impression.
- J'ai l'habitude de :
- décommenter 
-\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-onlyslides{
-\backslash
-slides}
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\lang english
+without additional
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\lang english
+vertical space
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+To add space you can use several other commands provided by the 
+\family sans
+enumitem
 \family default
-,
- imprimer dans un fichier dont le nom contient 
-\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages !
+ enumitem
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
--slides
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ package.
+ For more information see the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "enumitem documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
-,
- la recommenter et décommenter 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\lang english
+There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation.
+ Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
+cm so that the number is in the page margin:
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+labelindent=
 \backslash
-onlynotes{
-\backslash
-notes}
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+parindent,
+ labelsep=2cm
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
- et imprimer dans un fichier 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-*-notes
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+An enumeration
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\family default
-.
- Je peux ensuite envoyer l'un ou l'autre fichier à l'imprimante,
- en mettant des transparents ou des feuilles blanches selon le cas.
+\lang english
+with negative indentation
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez aussi donner d'autres paramètres à 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
+\lang english
+Further Customization
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
+status collapsed
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\backslash
-onlyslides{}
-\family default
+\lang english
+Lists !
+ Customization
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\backslash
-onlynotes{}
-\family default
+\lang english
+You can also change the style of description lists.
+ The command
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-.
- Reportez-vous à un bon livre sur \SpecialChar LaTeX
- pour plus de détails.
+\family sans
+\lang english
+font=definition
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Le fichier modèle pour la classe 
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+changes the description label font,
+ the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
 \family sans
-slides
+\lang english
+style=definitio
+\family default
+\series bold
+n
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-J'ai aussi créé un fichier modèle,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
+\lang english
+sets the list style.
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-slides.lyx
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+An example where the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
 
- avec la classe 
-\family sans
-slides
-\family default
-.
- Pour l'utiliser,
- créez votre document avec 
 \family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Nouveau
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+font=
+\backslash
+itshape,
+ style=nextline
+\end_layout
 
-avec
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+is used:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\lang english
+Ionizing
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-modèle
-\family default
-.
- Votre fichier de présentation \SpecialChar LyX
- contiendra un exemple du triplet 
-\family sans
-Diapo – Surcouche – Note
-\family default
-.
- De plus,
- la 
-\family sans
-Diapo
-\family default
- et la 
-\family sans
-Surcouche
-\family default
- contiennent un exemple de 
-\family sans
-Texte_Invisible
-\family default
- et de 
-\family sans
-Texte_Visible
-\family default
-.
- Enfin,
- le préambule contient :
-\end_layout
+radiation:
+ 
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- 
-\family typewriter
-Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les diapos et les sur-couches
+
+labelindent=0pt,
+ labelsep=1cm,
+ font=
+\backslash
+itshape,
+ style=nextline
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -16023,3884 +16462,7075 @@ Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les diapos et les sur-couches
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-%
+\end_inset
+
+Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules,
+ therefore ionizing them.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-%
-\backslash
-onlyslides{
-\backslash
-slides}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\lang english
+Reference
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- 
+counting:
+ In computer science,
+ reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references,
+ pointers,
+ or handles to a resource such as an object,
+ block of memory,
+ disk space or other resource.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-% Uncomment to print out only notes
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+There are many more commands and features provided by the 
+\family sans
+enumitem
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+range none
+pageformat default
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- 
-\family typewriter
-Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les notes
+
+\lang english
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages !
+ enumitem
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ package.
+ For more information see the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "enumitem documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
 
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-%
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-%
-\backslash
-onlynotes{
-\backslash
-notes}
+\series bold
+\lang english
+Paragraph Lists
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Un dernier point :
- j'ai créé cette classe pour l'utilisation de la classe de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-émulation de 
-\noun on
-Sli\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\noun default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Ni moi ni le reste de l'Équipe \SpecialChar LyX
- n'impose d'utiliser ou de ne pas utiliser cette classe.
- Elle est là si vous en avez besoin.
- Il y a d'autres classes de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- pour créer des présentations,
- comme la classe 
+\lang english
+This module uses the package 
 \family sans
-Foils
+paralist
 \family default
- (cf.
- la section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:foiltex"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
-) ou le paquetage 
+ to provide nine new list environments.
+ Itemized and enumerated lists can be typeset within paragraphs,
+ as paragraphs and in a compact version.
+ Most environments have optional arguments to format the labels.
+ Additionally,
+ the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ list environments itemize and enumerate are extended to use a similar optional argument.
+ For further details see 
 \family sans
-seminar
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paragraph Lists (paralist)
 \family default
-\noun toggle
- (présent sur certaines distributions \SpecialChar TeX
-).
- Ce dernier n'est pas encore supporté par \SpecialChar LyX
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Si vous voulez vous y mettre...
-\end_layout
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paralist
+\family default
+ and the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "paralist documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/paralist.pdf"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
 .
-
-\noun default
- Je ne connais rien à ces classes.
- Essayez-les pour voir quelles alternatives elles représentent.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Section
-Hollywood (scripts d'Hollywood)
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\shape smallcaps
-Garst Reese
+\lang english
+Literate Programming
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+
+\lang english
+Noweb
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Maîtriser le format d'un script d'Hollywood est un 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-rite de passage
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+This module allows the use of Noweb as a literate programming tool.
+ The files and the documentation for Noweb can be obtained from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/noweb"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
 .
- Ce format est destiné à laisser le lecteur se concentrer sur le contenu et à être facile à lire et familier pour les acteurs.
- Chaque page d'un script doit représenter une minute de film.
- Il n'y a rien dans le script qui ne soit pas visible ou audible à l'écran.
- La police courier 12
+ Literate programming is described in section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-pt doit être utilisée tout le long.
- Pas d'italiques.
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and there are three example files:
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Noweb
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Noweb Listerrors
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Noweb2\SpecialChar LyX
+
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
-Problèmes particuliers
+
+\lang english
+Rnw (knitr)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les lignes de dialogue ne doivent JAMAIS être coupées au milieu d'une phrase.
- Si le texte d'un personnage
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\lang english
+This module uses the 
+\family typewriter
+knitr
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+includernw
+\family default
+ packages.
+ The
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- 
-\family sans
-Speaker
+
+\lang english
+knitr
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- franchit un saut de page,
- repétez le nom du personnage suivi de (Cont'd)
-\begin_inset Foot
+ package in R for dynamic report generation has to be installed for this module to work:
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- (suite)
+
+\lang english
+install.packages(“knitr”)
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
 .
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fonctions particulières
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Paragraph
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes,
- puis faites des références croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom.
- La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages.
- Vous pouvez utiliser cette méthode également pour insérer le nom d'un personnage dans les parties narratives.
+\lang english
+Note 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Taille de papier et marges
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-USLetter,
- gauche 1,6
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+it depends on R >= 2.14.1.
+ For more info see 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
-in,
- droite 0,75
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-in,
- haut 0,5
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+http://yihui.name/knitr
+\end_layout
 
-in,
- bas 0,75
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-in.
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Environnements
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les environnements suivants sont disponibles.
- Vous pouvez utiliser 
-\family typewriter
-hollywood.bind
+\lang english
+The package 
+\family sans
+includernw
 \family default
- pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite.
+ also has to be installed.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
 
+\lang english
+It cannot be used if the modules 
 \family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- 
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+LilyPond
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
+Book
 \family default
-Quand rien d'autre ne convient.
- Essayez de l'éviter.
+ or 
+\family sans
+Sweave
+\family default
+ are loaded.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+See 
 \family sans
-FADE_IN
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Knitr
 \family default
- (Fondu
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Rnw (knitr)
+\family default
+ and section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- Incertain.
-\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
+nolink "false"
 
-):
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
 \end_inset
 
+ for information about literate programming.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Sweave
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This module allows the use of the statistical language S/R as a literate programming tool.
+ It requires the 
 \family sans
-M-z S-I
+includernw
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+fancyvrb
 \family default
+ packages.
+ Both 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "includernw"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/includernw"
+literal "false"
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Suivi en général de quelque chose comme 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+ and 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "fancyvrb"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
-sur Sally qui se lève
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+ are available from CTAN.
+ It cannot be used if the module 
 \family sans
-INT :
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z i
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+LilyPond
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-
+Book
 \family default
-Introduit une nouvelle séquence INTÉRIEUR.
- Toujours suivi par JOUR ou NUIT,
- ou quelque chose d'approchant pour définir l'éclairage nécessaire.
- Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+ has been loaded.
+ See 
 \family sans
-EXT :
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z e
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sweave,
 
 \family default
-Introduit une nouvelle séquence EXTÉRIEUR.
- Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+ 
 \family sans
-Speaker
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z s
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sweave
 \family default
-Le personnage qui parle.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Parenthetical
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z p
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ and section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-Instructions au personnage intervenant.
- Les () sont insérées automatiquement.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Dialogue
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Literate-Programming"
+nolink "false"
 
-M-z d
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
-Ce qui dit le personnage.
+ for information about literate programming.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Transition
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z t
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Section
 
-\family default
-Instruction de mouvement de caméra.
+\lang english
+Maths
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-FADE OUT:
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-M-z S-I
+\lang english
+AMS Theorems
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This modules defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
+ Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
+ By default,
+ the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document.
+ This can be changed by loading one of the 
 \family sans
-Auteur
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-A
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+AMS Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots
+)
+\family default
+ modules.
+ It cannot be used if the modules 
 \family sans
-Titre
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z S-T
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Standard Theorems
+\family default
+ or 
 \family sans
-Right_Address
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-M-z r
+Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
+\family default
+ have been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
-Jargon de script
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-(O.S) – off screen (hors écran)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-(V.O) – voice over (voix off)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-b.g.
- – background (arrière-plan)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-C.U.
- – close-up (plan rapproché)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-PAN – mouvement de caméra
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-INSERT – insérez un plan rapproché
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-ijmpc et ijmpd
+\lang english
+AMS Theorems (Extended)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Panayotis Papasotiriou
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-En résumé
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-ijmpc
-\family default
- est un jeu de macros pour faciliter les soumissions électroniques de manuscrits à l'
-\emph on
-\lang english
-International Journal of Modern Physics C
-\emph default
-\lang french
- publié par 
 \lang english
-World Scientific
-\lang french
-.
- De la même manière 
-\family typewriter
-ijmpd
+This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems
 \family default
- est destiné à des manuscrits soumis à l'
-\emph on
-I
-\lang english
-nternational Journal of Modern Physics D
-\emph default
-\lang french
-.
- Les classes de document s'appellent respectivement 
-\family typewriter
-ws-ijmpc.cls
+ package (which must be loaded).
+ It includes 
+\family sans
+Criterion
 \family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-ws-ijmpd.cls.
-
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Algorithm
 \family default
- Vous pouvez télécharger ce fichier,
- ainsi que des recommandations aux auteurs,
- sur les sites 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpc/mkt/guidelines.shtml
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- et 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Ces deux paquetages sont des versions modifiées du paquetage standard 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-article
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
 ,
- et ils sont presques identiques (mais pas tout à fait).
- \SpecialChar LyX
- sait gérer la plupart de leurs fonctions.
- J'ai utilisé \SpecialChar LyX
- avec succès pour écrire des articles soumis à ces deux journaux.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Écrire un papier
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Comme d'habitude,
- la façon la plus simple d'écrire un papier est de commencer par un modèle.
- Faites 
+ 
 \family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Nouveau
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-avec
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Modèle
+Axiom
 \family default
 ,
- et choisissez le modèle 
-\family typewriter
-ijmpc.lyx 
+ 
+\family sans
+Condition
 \family default
-ou le modèle 
-\family typewriter
-ijmpd.lyx
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Note
 \family default
-.
- Ça vous donnera un document (presque) vide comprenant les parties les plus courantes d'un manuscrit.
- Vous n'avez qu'à écrire votre texte par dessus le texte existant (en effaçant aussi les crochets 
-\family typewriter
-<>
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Notation
 \family default
-).
- Veuillez juste garder ce qui suit présent à l'esprit.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\SpecialChar LyX
- ne vous laissera pas changer la taille de police ni la mise en page du document,
- car les deux paquetage ne permettent pas de telles modifications.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-La langue du document ne doit pas être modifiée.
- Avant de visionner votre papier,
- assurez-vous que vous n'utilisez pas le paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-babel
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Summary
 \family default
-.
- Pour cela,
- faites 
+,
+ 
 \family sans
-Documents\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Langue
+Conclusion
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Fact
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Assumption
 \family default
- et sélectionnez 
+,
+ 
 \family sans
-Aucun
+Case
 \family default
- en tant que 
+ and 
 \family sans
-Paquetage linguistique.
+Question
+\family default
+ in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Le style 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Mots clés
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
- doit être utilisé pour définir les mots clés.
+\lang english
+AMS Theorems (Extended,
+ Numbered by Type within Chapters)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Le paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-ijmpc
-\family default
- fournit un style nommé 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Code de classification
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-,
- qui peut être utilisé pour définir des codes de clasification comme les numéros PACS.
- Notez que cette fonction n'est pas disponible dans le paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-ijmpd
+\lang english
+This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Plusieurs nouveaux environnements sont disponibles :
+ module (which must be loaded).
+ It includes 
+\family sans
+Criterion
+\family default
+,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Définition
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+Algorithm
+\family default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Étape
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+Axiom
+\family default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Exemple
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+Condition
+\family default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Remarque
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
 Notation
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\family default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Théorème
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+Summary
+\family default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Preuve
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+Conclusion
+\family default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Assumption
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Case
+\family default
+ in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
+ 
+\end_layout
 
-Corollaire
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+Unlike the 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems (Extended)
+\family default
+ module,
+ the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter,
+ restarted with each new chapter (e.g.,
+ 
+\emph on
+Criterion 1.1
+\emph default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Lemme
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
+Criterion 1.2
+\emph default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Proposition
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
+Axiom 1.1
+\emph default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Prop
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
+Assumption 1.1
+\emph default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Question
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
+Criterion 2.1
+\emph default
 ,
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Affirmation
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Conjecture
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Leur utilisation est plus ou moins évidente.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- gère tous ces environnements ;
- il utilisera l'étiquette,
- le style de texte,
- et le schéma de numérotation qui convient pour chacun d'eux.
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+Criterion 2.2
+\emph default
+,
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Les deux paquetages utilisent des citations de base ;
- on ne doit pas utiliser le paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-natbib
-\family default
-.
- Dans \SpecialChar LyX
+\emph on
+ Axiom 2.1
+\emph default
 ,
- les citations s'affichent comme d'habitude ;
- dans la sortie,
- les citations apparaissent comme des exposants.
- Si vous voulez utiliser une citation en texte normal,
- vous devez utiliser la commande 
-\family typewriter
-refcite
-\family default
+ \SpecialChar ldots
 ,
- par exemple 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-See Ref.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-refcite{clé}
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Je ne traduis pas,
- vu que c'est un journal en anglais (NdT).
+ as opposed to 
+\emph on
+Criterion 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Criterion 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Axiom 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Assumption 4
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+).
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-.
+\lang english
+AMS Theorems (Extended,
+ Numbered by Type)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Il n'y a pas de section 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-Remerciements
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- dans les deux paquetages,
- utilisez simplement l'environnement 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Section*
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Vous pouvez ajouter des annexes au papier,
- 
-\emph on
-après 
-\emph default
-les remerciements et 
-\emph on
-avant 
-\emph default
-les Références.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- propose un marqueur spécial,
- via 
+\lang english
+This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the 
 \family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Début annexe(s) ici
+AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
 \family default
- qui indique le début des annexes.
- Dans \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- le mot 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Annexes
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- apparaît en lettres rouges,
- comme indication que toutes les sections qui suivent ce point sont des annexes,
- elles-mêmes encapsulées dans une zone encadrée en rouge.
- Pour écrire une annexe,
- créez simplement une section dans cette zone (le style 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Annexe
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- fait la même chose,
- il avait été créé dans les formats 
+ package (which must be loaded).
+ It includes 
 \family sans
-ijmp
+Criterion
 \family default
- à une époque où la fonctionnalité de création d'annexe était différente;
- vous pouvez l'ignorer).
- Une annexe peut contenir des 
+,
+ 
 \family sans
-SousSection
+Algorithm
 \family default
-s et 
+,
+ 
 \family sans
-SousSousSection
-\family default
-s.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Les paquetages 
-\family typewriter
-ijmpc
-\family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-ijmpd
+Axiom
 \family default
- utilisent la commande 
-\family typewriter
-tbl
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Condition
 \family default
- pour les légendes des tableaux.
- La conséquence en est qu'un tableau créé avec \SpecialChar LyX
- est affiché correctement,
- mais sans sa légende.
- Cependant,
- vous pouvez utiliser un peu de code \SpecialChar TeX
- pour contourner ce problème,
- de façon à ce que les légendes s'impriment comme prévu.
- Pour le faire,
- créez un flottant de tableau comme d'habitude,
- effacez la légende,
- et remplacez la par le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
  
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-tbl{votre légende de tableau}{ 
+\family sans
+Note
 \family default
-(sic) ;
- vous devez ensuite mettre le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
  
-\family typewriter
-}
+\family sans
+Notation
 \family default
- immédiatement après votre tableau.
- Étudiez l'exemple de tableau qui est inclus dans le fichier modèle pour voir comme cette astuce est utilisée.
- Une autre solution,
- si vous avez besoin de légendes de tableaux,
- est de construire tout le tableau dans un fichier 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Summary
 \family default
 ,
- puis inclure celui-ci dans le document \SpecialChar LyX
- (par 
+  
 \family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sous-document
+Conclusion
 \family default
-).
- Vous pouvez trouver des consignes pour la création d'un tableau flottant dans les fichier 
-\family typewriter
-ws-ijmpc.tex
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Assumption
 \family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-ws-ijmpd.tex
+ and 
+\family sans
+Case
 \family default
-,
- qui se trouve dans la distribution des paquetages correspondants.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre
+ in both numbered and unnumbered forms.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Avant de soumettre votre papier vous devez exporter le document \SpecialChar LyX
- en tant que fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- (
-\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
+\lang english
+Unlike the 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems (Extended)
 \family default
-),
- puis modifier le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- exporté comme suit
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-En fait,
- vous avez le choix entre \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(standard) et \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ module,
+ the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
+ 
+\emph on
+Criterion 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Criterion 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Axiom 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Assumption 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Criterion 3
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+,
+ as opposed to 
+\emph on
+Criterion 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Criterion 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Axiom 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Assumption 4
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+).
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-(pdflatex).
- Si vous prévoyez d'utiliser pdflatex pour préparer votre papier,
- vous devez utiliser l'option pdflatex pour que les graphiques soient convertis au format PDF,
- prêts à être utilisés par pdflatex.
+\lang english
+AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters) 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
- :
+\lang english
+This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
+ Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Enlevez les lignes de commentaires avant la commande 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\backslash
-documentclass
+\lang english
+Unlike the 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems
 \family default
-.
+ module,
+ the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1.1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1.2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 1.1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 1.1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1.3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 1.2
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+,
+ as opposed to 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 4
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ The numbering restarts for each chapter:
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1.1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2.1
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Enlevez tout ce qui se trouve entre les commandes 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\backslash
-makeatletter
+\lang english
+It cannot be used if the modules 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems
 \family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-makeatother
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems
 \family default
- comprises,
- sauf les commandes que vous avez vous-même ajoutées dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
-\end_layout
+,
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous devez maintenant sauvegarder le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
+\family sans
+ Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
 \family default
- ainsi modifié,
- et lancer \SpecialChar LaTeX
- dessus autant de fois que nécessaire.
- Vous pouvez alors contrôler l'aspect du document 
-\family typewriter
-.dvi
+ or
+\family sans
+ Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
 \family default
- correspondant.
+ have been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-iopart
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Uwe Stöhr
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-En résumé
+\lang english
+This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery.
+ Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided.
+ Unlike the 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems
+\family default
+ module,
+ the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 2
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+,
+ as opposed to 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 4
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ The numbering’s scope is the whole document.
+ For chapter- and section-wide numbering,
+ use one of the ‘within Sections’/‘within Chapters’ modules,
+ respectively.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le paquetage 
-\family typewriter
-iopart
+
+\lang english
+It cannot be used if the modules 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems
 \family default
- fournit une classe de document pour créer un manuscrit adapté pour une soumission électronique à un des journaux publiés par l'IoP
-\emph on
- (Institute of Physics)
-\emph default
-.
- Les instructions aux auteurs pour créer un papier en utilisant la classe 
-\family typewriter
-iopart
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems
 \family default
- peuvent être téléchargées en même temps que le paquetage iopart à partir du site 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+,
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+ Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+ Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
+\family default
+ have been loaded.
+\end_layout
 
-ftp://ftp.iop.org/pub/journals/latex2e
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Number Equations by Section
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This module resets the equation number at section start and prepends the section number to the equation number,
+ as in 
+\emph on
+(2.1)
+\emph default
 .
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
-Écrire un papier
+
+\lang english
+Standard Theorems
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La manière la plus simple pour écrire un papier est de commencer avec le modèle 
-\shape italic
-IOP-article.lyx
-\shape default
- qui est disponible via 
-\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Nouveau
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-avec
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
-Modèle
+\lang english
+This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
+ By default,
+ the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document.
+ This can be changed by loading one of the 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots
+)
 \family default
-.
- Le modèle explique comment utiliser les environnements spéciaux.
- Voici les conseils les plus importants :
+ modules.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Pour pouvoir compiler votre document en PDF,
- PS ou DVI,
- vérifiez qu'aucun paquetage AMS n'est chargé dans 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Option
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-mode
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-math!
+\lang english
+It cannot be used if the modules 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+ Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
+\family default
+ have been loaded.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-L'environnement de titre définit le type de document.
- Vous devez donc utiliser un des environnements suivants pour le titre :
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Standard Theorems (Nameable)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This module facilitates the use of named theorems.
+ The name of the theorem can be inserted via 
 \family sans
-Titre
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Additional Theorem Text
 \family default
- pour un papier (Paper)
+.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Review
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-Je ne l'ai pas trouvé (NdT)
+\lang english
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This module numbers theorems and the like by chapter (i.e.,
+ the counter is reset at each chapter start).
+ Use this module only with document classes that provide a chapter environment.
  
-\family default
-pour une revue (Review)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+One of the modules 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems
+\family default
+ or 
 \family sans
-Topical
+Standard Theorems
 \family default
- pour une revue thématique (Topical review)
+ must be loaded.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+It cannot be used if the module
 \family sans
-Commentaire
+ Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
 \family default
- pour un commentaire (Comment)
+ has been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- pour une note
+\lang english
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This module numbers theorems and the like by section (i.e.,
+ the counter is reset at each section start).
+ One of the modules 
 \family sans
-Paper
+AMS Theorems
 \family default
- pour un papier ( comme titre)
+ or 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems
+\family default
+ must be loaded.
+ It cannot be used if the module
+\family sans
+ Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter)
+\family default
+ has been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-CommPrelim
-\family default
- pour une communication préliminaire
+\lang english
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters) 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
+ Unlike the
+\family sans
+ AMS Theorems
+\family default
+ and 
 \family sans
-CommRapid
+Standard Theorems
 \family default
- pour une communication rapide
+ modules,
+ the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 2
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+,
+ as opposed to 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 4
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ The numbering is reset at each chapter start.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+One of the modules 
 \family sans
-Lettre
+AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
 \family default
- pour une lettre aux éditeurs (Letter)
+ or 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
+\family default
+ must be loaded.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Tous les environnements de titre,
- sauf 
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+It cannot be used if any of the modules
 \family sans
-Lettre,
+ AMS Theorems
+\family default
+,
  
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems
 \family default
-peuvent avoir un titre court facultatif.
-\end_layout
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
+\family default
+,
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Il y a un environnement de titre général 
 \family sans
-Article
+ Standard Theorems (Numbered by Sections)
 \family default
- qui n'est pas géré par \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Il peut être utilisé en code \SpecialChar TeX
- si votre document ne correspond pas à l'un des autres types de titres.
+ or 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections)
+\family default
+ have been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour plus d'information comme des astuces pour des mises en formes spéciales pour les tableaux et les formules,
- voyez les instructions aux auteurs de l'IoP.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Kluwer
+\lang english
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections) 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Panayotis Papasotiriou
+
+\lang english
+This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
+ Unlike the
+\family sans
+ AMS Theorems
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems
+\family default
+ modules,
+ the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 2
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+,
+ as opposed to 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 4
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ The numbering is reset at each section start.
+ 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+One of the modules 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
+\family default
+ or 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
+\family default
+ must be loaded.
+ 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+It cannot be used if any of the modules
+\family sans
+ AMS Theorems
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
+\family default
+,
+
+\family sans
+ Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapters)
+\family default
+ or 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters)
+\family default
+ have been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
-En résumé
+
+\lang english
+Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le paquetage Kluwer est un jeu de macros produit par les éditions Kluwer Academic Publishers,
- qui permet de soumettre sous format électronique des manuscrits destinés à leurs publications.
- Les plus connues d'entre elles (au moins dans mon domaine d'intérêt) sont 
+
+\lang english
+This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes.
+ Unlike the 
+\family sans
+AMS Theorems
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems
+\family default
+ modules,
+ the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g.,
+ 
 \emph on
-Astrophysics and Space Science
+Theorem 1
 \emph default
- et 
+,
+ 
 \emph on
-Solar Physics
+Theorem 2
 \emph default
 ,
- mais il y en a beaucoup d'autres (voyez la liste complète à l'adresse 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 2
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+,
+ as opposed to 
+\emph on
+Theorem 1
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Theorem 2
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Lemma 3
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+Proposition 4
+\emph default
+,
+ \SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ The numbering’s scope is the whole document.
+ For chapter- and section-wide numbering,
+ use one of the “within Chapters”/“within Sections” modules,
+ respectively.
+ 
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME
+\lang english
+It cannot be used if any of the modules
+\family sans
+ AMS Theorems
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family sans
+Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+ AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type)
+\family default
+ have been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-).
- On peut télécharger le paquetage Kluwer sur le site 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+\lang english
+Standard Theorems (Unnumbered)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES
+\lang english
+This module defines only unnumbered theorem environments and the proof environment,
+ using the extended AMS machinery.
+ It cannot be used if either of the modules
+\family sans
+ AMS Theorems
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+ Standard Theorems
+\family default
+ have been loaded.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-.
- Ce paquetage contient un guide de l'utilisateur complet (qui peut également être téléchargé séparément).
+\lang english
+Subequations
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supporte de nombreuses fonctions de ce paquetage mais pas tout.
- Cependant,
- le Texte Rouge nécessaire se résume à quelques commandes 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-particulières
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- du paquetage (voir 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:particularités_kluwer"
-nolink "false"
+\lang english
+This module provides a straightforward way to segregate subequations in LyX.
+ See 
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Subnumbering
+\family default
+.
+ 
+\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
 
-).
- J'ai récemment utilisé \SpecialChar LyX
- pour écrire un article soumis à 
-\emph on
-Astrophysics and Space Science
-\emph default
- sans aucun problème.
+\lang english
+Page Layout
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
-Écrire un papier
+
+\lang english
+Custom Header/Footer Text
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La façon la plus simple d'écrire un papier est de partir du fichier modèle Kluwer.
- Faites 
+
+\lang english
+This module requires the 
 \family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Nouveau
+Page
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-avec
+
+\bar under
+s
+\bar default
+tyle
+\family default
+ option in the 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Page
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Modèle
+Layout
 \family default
-,
- et choisissez 
+ dialog to be set to 
 \family typewriter
-kluwer.lyx
+fancy
 \family default
 .
- Ça vous donnera un document (presque) vide qui comprend les champs les plus couramment utilisés dans un manuscrit avec une courte description de leur emploi.
- Comme dans la plupart des modèles,
- vous n'avez qu'à remplacer le texte existant (y compris les crochets,
- 
+ It adds six environments to document classes which support the 
 \family typewriter
-<>
+fancyhdr
 \family default
-) par l'information correcte.
+ package:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Comme pour le paquetage AAS\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- avant de soumettre votre papier à la publication,
- vous devez le 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Left Header
+\end_layout
 
-post-traiter
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
- comme suit.
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Center Header
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Exportez votre papier comme fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- Pour cela,
- faites 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
 \family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX
-\family default
-.
+\lang english
+Right Header
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Éditez avec un éditeur de texte le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- obtenu,
- et faites les changements suivants
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-documentclass
-\family default
-,
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Left Footer
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-enlevez tout ce qui se trouve entre les commandes 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-makeatletter
-\family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\backslash
-makeatother
-\family default
- comprises,
- sauf celles que vous avez explicitement incluses dans le préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Center Footer
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Enregistrez le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- obtenu.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Right Footer
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Lancez \SpecialChar LaTeX
- sur ce fichier 
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- autant de fois que nécessaire (d'habitude jusqu'à trois fois).
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\lang english
+Fancy Headers and Footers
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Visualisez le document 
-\family typewriter
-.dvi
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+The default page layout is rather plain;
+ for an 
+\family sans
+Article (Standard Class)
 \family default
- obtenu avec,
- par exemple,
- 
+ document class,
+ all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page.
+ This document uses the 
 \family sans
-xdvi
+KOMA-Script Book
 \family default
-,
- et vérifiez si tout va bien (ce qui devrait être le cas si vous n'avez pas fait d'erreur).
+ class;
+ so it appears to be a bit fancier.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Particularités
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- du paquetage Kluwer
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:particularités_kluwer"
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+Once the 
+\family sans
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\bar under
+s
+\bar default
+tyle
+\family default
+ in 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le paquetage Kluwer présente les 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Page Layout
+\family default
+ is set to 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-particularités
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+fancy
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- suivantes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Il est possible d'écrire plusieurs articles dans le même fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ you will find that the page header is divided into three fields,
+ not surprisingly labeled 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+left
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Je ne vois aucune bonne raison de le faire.
-\end_layout
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
+center
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Chaque article doit être compris dans l'environnement 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+,
+ and 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-article
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+right
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
 .
- Malheureusement,
- cet environnement ne peut pas être omis,
- même si vous n'écrivez qu'un seul article.
- Ainsi,
- chaque article commence par la commande 
+ The footer is also divided into these three fields.
+ The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-begin{article}
+lhead
 \family default
- et,
- bien sûr,
- se termine par la commande 
+,
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-end{article}
+chead
 \family default
-.
- Bien que cela puisse être implémenté dans \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- je ne l'ai pas fait car ce n'est pas beau,
- et peut prêter à confusion pour l'utilisateur novice.
- Vous devez donc les entrer directement et les marquer comme code \SpecialChar LaTeX
- (le fameux 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Texte Rouge
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-L'information donnée au début de l'article (c'est-à-dire le titre,
- le sous-titre,
- l'auteur,
- l'institution,
- le titre courant,
- l'auteur courant,
- l'abstract et les mots-clés) doit être comprise dans un environnement appelé 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-opening
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Ce n'est pas implémenté dans \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- vous devez donc entrer le titre,
- le sous-titre,
- etc.
- entre deux lignes de Texte Rouge (
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-begin{opening}
+rhead
 \family default
- et 
+,
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-end{opening}
+lfoot
 \family default
-).
+,
+ etc.
+ Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page.
+ Simply insert the following command in the preamble:
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-D'après le manuel utilisateur,
- l'étiquette de chaque élément de bibliographie doit être écrite ainsi :
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\lang english
 
 \backslash
-protect
-\backslash
-citeauthoryear{
-\family default
-\emph on
-auteur(s)
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
-}{
-\family default
-\emph on
-année
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
-}
-\family default
-.
+lhead{John Q.
+ DocWriter}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le modèle 
-\family typewriter
-kluwer.lyx
-\family default
- tient compte de toutes ces 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-particularités
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+You will now see your name in the upper left.
+ If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command with a blank argument,
+ e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Si vous commencez un nouveau papier à partir de ce modèle vous n'aurez rien besoin de faire de spécial.
- Simplement
+g.:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-n'effacez pas le code \SpecialChar TeX
- qui se trouve dans le modèle,
- et
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-pour entrer de nouveaux éléments de bibliographie,
- copiez l'exemple d'élément fourni et modifiez-le.
-\end_layout
+\lang english
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Koma-Script
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-par
-\noun on
- Bernd Rellermeyer
+
+\lang english
+There is,
+ however,
+ an easier way to make simple changes.
+ If you load the 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Page Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Header/Footer Text
+\family default
+ module,
+ you will find you have six new environments corresponding to the six fields described above.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-En résumé
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+Let's get really fancy:
+ lets put the section number with the word 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Section
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+Section 3) in the upper left,
+ the page number (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+Page 4) in the upper right,
+ your name in the lower left,
+ and the date in the lower right.
+ Use your newly enabled environments to add these entries:
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les classes de document \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+header:
+
+\family default
+\series bold
  
-\emph on
-book
-\emph default
+\family roman
+\series default
+Section
+\family typewriter
  
-\emph on
-(koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- et 
-\emph on
-letter
-\emph default
- 
-\emph on
-(koma-script)
-\emph default
- correspondent respectivement aux classes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+\family default
+
+\backslash
+thesection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Center header:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Right header:
+
+\family default
  
+\family roman
+Page
 \family typewriter
-scrartcl.cls
+ 
 \family default
-,
+
+\backslash
+thepage
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Left footer:
+
+\family default
+ 
+\family roman
+John Q.
+ DocWriter
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Center footer:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Right footer:
+
+\family default
+\series bold
  
+\series default
+
+\backslash
+today
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+Make sure you enter the commands 
 \family typewriter
-scrreprt.cls
+
+\backslash
+thesection
 \family default
 ,
  
 \family typewriter
-scrbook.cls
+
+\backslash
+thepage
 \family default
- et 
+ and 
 \family typewriter
-scrlettr.cls
+
+\backslash
+today
 \family default
-,
- de la famille Koma-Script.
- Elles forment des alternatives aux classes standard,
- respectivement 
+ as \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code commands
+\series bold
+.
+
+\series default
+ The commands 
 \family typewriter
-article.cls
+
+\backslash
+thesection
 \family default
-,
- 
+ and
 \family typewriter
-report.cls
-\family default
-,
  
-\family typewriter
-book.cls
+\backslash
+thepage
 \family default
- et 
+ access \SpecialChar LaTeX
+’s section and page counters,
+ and so print out the current section and page numbers.
+ 
 \family typewriter
-letter.cls
+
+\backslash
+today
 \family default
- et sont plus proches des conventions typographiques européennes en un certain nombre de points :
+ simply prints out today’s date.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-la taille de caractère standard est de 11
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-pt dans 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- et 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- et de 12
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-pt dans 
-\emph on
-letter (koma-script);
+\lang english
+The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified.
+ If you don't want one of the rules,
+ set its thickness to 0.
+ The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt,
+ the footer rule is 0pt.
+ For this you will need to use \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code commands like 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-les en-têtes,
- les marqueurs de l'environnement 
-\family sans
-Description
-\family default
- et d'autres éléments de la classe 
-\emph on
-letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
- sont en police grasse sans empattement
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Il y a une grande différence entre les anciennes polices cm grasses sans empattement et les nouvelles polices ec,
- particulièrement pour les en-têtes.
- En comparaison,
- les polices grasses sans empattement ec semblent un peu plus fines.
- Le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
 \family typewriter
-cmsd.sty
-\family default
- de 
-\shape smallcaps
-Walter Schmidt
-\shape default
- permet de reproduire l'apparence 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-habituelle
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\lang english
 
-,
- tout en utilisant les polices ec.
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
+\family default
+ and 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
- La numérotation des en-têtes de chapitre est rendue de la même manière que celle des en-têtes de section,
- c'est-à-dire sans la ligne supplémentaire 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-Chapitre...
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+\lang english
 
-.
- En outre,
- l'apparence des en-têtes peut être modifiée par un certain nombre d'options (à entrer dans le champ 
-\family sans
-Options
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
 \family default
- de la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ to set the thicknesses.
+\end_layout
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-document
-\family default
-).
- Une description détaillée de ces options,
- en allemand,
- est disponible dans le 
+\lang english
+You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code commands like 
 \family typewriter
-scrguide
-\family default
- de la documentation Koma-script
-\family sans
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{empty}
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La version en anglais est le 
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{plain}
+\family default
+,
+ and 
 \family typewriter
-scrguien
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{fancy}
 \family default
 .
+ Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as \SpecialChar TeX
+ code.
+ In fact,
+ title pages are marked as plain by default,
+ while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-.;
+\lang english
+If you want a header or footer to be on the outer side of a two sided document,
+ you need to use something like:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-la principale méthode utilisée dans les classes de cocuments pour modifier le type 
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-je n'arrive pas à traduire 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
 
-type area options
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\lang english
 
+\backslash
+fancyfoot{}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
 
+\lang english
+
+\backslash
+fancyfoot[LE,RO]{
+\backslash
+thepage}
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-sont les options 
-\family sans
-BCOR
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-DIV
-\family default
- ( dans \SpecialChar LyX
- elles doivent être entrées dans le champ d'
-\family sans
-Options
-\family default
- du dialogue 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+The first command clears all existing footers avoiding any conflicts with your new command.
+\end_layout
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-document
-\family default
-).
- Elles permettent une modification plus claire des marges de page que celle du dialogue 
+\lang english
+You can enter any of these commands,
+ the simpler ones in any of your new environments,
+ the more complex ones as \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code commands,
+ at any point in your document and they will take effect on the next page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+As a final example,
+ it is possible to include an image in the header or footer.
+ Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper left hand corner.
+ You might try something like this in 
 \family sans
 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres.
-
-\family default
- Une description détaillée de ces options,
- en allemand,
- est disponible dans le 
-\family typewriter
-scrguide
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX Preamble
 \family default
- de la documentation Koma-script;
+:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-les classes de document \SpecialChar LaTeX
- de la famille Koma-Script définissent un certain nombre de commandes supplémentaires.
- Celles d'entre elles qui ont une signification dans \SpecialChar LyX
- sont implémentées par des types de paragraphes y correspondant.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\lang english
+
+\backslash
+lhead{
+\backslash
+resizebox{1in}{!}{
+\backslash
+includegraphics{logo.png}}}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Une description détaillée,
- en allemand,
- des classes de document \SpecialChar LaTeX
- de la famille Koma-Script se trouve dans le 
-\family typewriter
-scrguide
-\family default
- de la documentation Koma-Script
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\noindent
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Il y en a une traduction en anglais,
- incomplète,
- 
+\lang english
+You may need to preface this with 
 \family typewriter
-screnggu
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
 \family default
+ if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Note Note
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+For more information on fancy headers,
+ you can get the 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-ou scrguien (NdT) qui ne semble pas si incomplète que ça !
+
+\lang english
+fancyhdr
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
+ documentation from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CTAN"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
 .
- Les sections qui suivent décrivent seulement les aspects de ces classes qui ont un sens dans \SpecialChar LyX
-.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsection
 
-\family sans
-article (koma-script)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-report (koma-script)
-\family default
-,
- et 
-\family sans
-book (koma-script)
+\lang english
+Landscape Document Parts
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les classes de document 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
- et book 
-\emph on
-(koma-script)
-\emph default
- sont implémentées respectivement dans les fichiers de format 
-\family typewriter
-scrartcl.layout
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-scrreprt.layout
-\family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-scrbook.layout
-\family default
-.
- Ils contiennent tous les types de paragraphe correspondant aux classes standard respectives 
-\emph on
-article
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-report
-\emph default
-,
- et 
-\emph on
-book
-\emph default
- mais partiellement modifiés,
- à l'exception du type 
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
-,
- spécifique à \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- qui est remplacé par le nouveau type 
+
+\lang english
+This module outputs parts of the document in landscape mode using 
 \family sans
-Marquage
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Landscape
 \family default
- (Labeling) qui a les mêmes fonctions.
- En plus du type 
+ or 
 \family sans
-Marquage
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Landscape (Floating)
 \family default
-,
- il y d'autres nouveaux types de paragraphe.
- Ceux-ci cependant 
-\emph on
-n'apparaissent pas
-\emph default
- dans la classe 
-\emph on
-letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Multi-colonnes
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette fonctionnalité est indépendante de l'option 
 \family sans
-AjoutPartie
+Document sur deux colonnes
 \family default
- (AddPart),
- 
+ du menu 
 \family sans
-AjoutChap
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
 \family default
- (Addchap),
- 
+ dans la rubrique 
 \family sans
-AjoutSec
+Format du texte
 \family default
- (Addsec) :
- sont les équivalents respectifs de 
+.
+ Si vous désirez une présentation sur deux colonnes dans tout le document,
+ vous devez utiliser l'option 
 \family sans
-Partie*
+Document sur deux colonnes
 \family default
-,
- 
+.
+ Pour tous les aures cas,
+ utisez la fonctionnalité décrite ici.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour activer les colonnes multiples dans votre document,
+ vous devez charger le module 
 \family sans
-Chapter*
+Multi-colonnes
 \family default
- et 
+ (menu 
 \family sans
-Section*
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules
 \family default
-,
- ajoutant de plus une entrée dans la table des matières.
+) et vous devez avoir installé le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
  
 \family sans
-AjoutPartie
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-AjoutChap
+multicol
 \family default
- n'existent pas dans 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Dans chaque colonne,
+ vous pouvez insérer ce que vous voulez,
+ avec une limitation:
+ pour les flottants,
+ vous devez utiliser l'option 
 \family sans
-AjoutChap*
+Plusieurs colonnes.
+
 \family default
-,
+ Les notes de bas de page provenant de colonnes multiples seront placées sur toute la largeur de la page et non pas sous chaque colonne.
  
-\family sans
-AjoutSec*
-\family default
- :
- ont le même role que,
- respectivement 
-\family sans
-AjoutChap
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-AjoutSec
-\family default
-,
- mais sans indiquer de numéro de chapitre ou de section.
- 
-\family sans
-AjoutChap*
-\family default
- n'est pas disponible dans 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Il y a aussi une commande 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Les bases
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-addpart*
-\family default
- dans 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
- et dans 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- mais comme elle fait la même chose que 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous souhaitez présenter un texte sur deux colonnes,
+ insérez un insert multi-colonnes via
 \family sans
-Partie*
+ Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Inserts personnalisables\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Multi-colonnes 
 \family default
-,
- elle n'a pas été implémentée dans \SpecialChar LyX
-.
+là où les colonnes doivent débuter.
+ Saisissez tout le texte qui doit être affiché sur deux colonnes dans cet insert.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Voici un exemple:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
 
-\family sans
-MiniSec
-\family default
- :
- génère un en-tête écrit avec des caractères de taille standard,
- juste au-dessus du paragraphe suivant et sans modifier la structure du document.
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\noindent
+
+\series bold
+\size small
+\lang english
+The Adventure of the Empty House
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-Légende_Dessus
-\family default
- (Captionabove) et 
-\family sans
-Légende_Dessous
-\family default
- (Captionbelow) :
- sont des légendes spéciales qui respectent les différents réglages d'espacement nécessaires pour des légendes placées au-dessus ou au-dessous d'un élément (si vous suivez strictement les règles typographiques,
- vous mettez toujours les légendes au-dessus des tableaux).
- Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option de classe 
-\family typewriter
-tablecaptionsabove
-\family default
-,
- qui transformera 
-\family sans
-Légende
-\family default
- en 
-\family sans
-Légende_Dessus
-\family default
- pour les tableaux et en 
-\family sans
-Légende_Dessous
-\family default
- pour les figures.
- Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q pour avoir cette fonction.
+\size small
+\lang english
+It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested,
+ and the fashionable world dismayed,
+ by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
+ The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation,
+ but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion,
+ since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
+ Only now,
+ at the end of nearly ten years,
+ am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
+ The crime was of interest in itself,
+ but that interest was as nothing to me compared to the inconceivable sequel,
+ which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
+ Even now,
+ after this long interval,
+ I find myself thrilling as I think of it,
+ and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy,
+ amazement,
+ and incredulity which utterly submerged my mind.
+ Let me say to that public,
+ which has shown some interest in those glimpses which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very remarkable man,
+ that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge with them,
+ for I should have considered it my first duty to do so,
+ had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips,
+ which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Dicton
-\family default
- (Dictum) :
- sert à mettre une citation ou un proverbe,
- par exemple au début d'un chapitre.
- Si vous utilisez le paramètre optionnel (
-\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\lang english
-Auteur du dicton
-\family default
-\lang french
-),
- vous pouvez y mettre l'auteur du dicton.
- Dicton et auteur sont séparés par une ligne.
- Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q.
- 
-\family sans
-Maxime
-\family default
- n'est pas présent dans 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les types qui sont présentés ci-dessous forment en compagnie des types 
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\family default
- et 
+Pour avoir 3 colonnes ou plus,
+ positionnez le curseur dans l'insert multi-colonnes et utilisez le menu 
 \family sans
-Date
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Nombre de colonnes
 \family default
-,
- la zone de titre du document.
- Ils doivent être entrés au-dessus du premier paragraphe 
+.
+ Le nombre de colonnes est saisi dans cet insert (pour 3 colonnes,
+ saisir 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-normal
+3
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+).
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Voici un exemple avec 3 colonnes:
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Les commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- correspondantes doivent apparaître avant la commande 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-maketitle
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\size footnotesize
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-.
- Lorsqu'un tel type est utilisé plusieurs fois,
- la dernière instance annule les précédentes,
- donc pour chaque type,
- seule compte la dernière occurrence.
- L'ordre des différents types n'a,
- lui,
- aucune importance,
- tout comme celui des 
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-.
+3
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
+It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime,
+ and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public.
+ And I even attempted,
+ more than once,
+ for my own private satisfaction,
+ to employ his methods in their solution,
+ though with indifferent success.
+ There was none,
+ however,
+ which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald Adair.
+ As I read the evidence at the inquest,
+ which led up to a verdict of willful murder against some person or persons unknown,
+ I realized more clearly than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the death of Sherlock Holmes.
+ There were points about this strange business which would,
+ I was sure,
+ have specially appealed to him,
+ and the efforts of the police would have been supplemented,
+ or more probably anticipated,
+ by the trained observation and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
+ All day,
+ as I drove upon my round,
+ I turned over the case in my mind and found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
+ At the risk of telling a twice-told tale,
+ I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez avoir jusqu'à 10 colonnes si vous le désirez,
+ mais ça risque de ne pas être agréable à la lecture\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Des colonnes dans des colonnes
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez également créer des colonnes dans des colonnes:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size footnotesize
+\lang english
+The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
+ at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
+ Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract,
+ and she,
+ her son Ronald,
+ and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size footnotesize
+\lang english
+The youth moved in the best society
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– had,
+ so far as was known,
+ no enemies and no particular vices.
+ He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley,
+ of Carstairs,
+ but the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent some months before,
+ and there was no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
+ For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
+ for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
+ Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came,
+ in most strange and unexpected form,
+ between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30,
+ 1894.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size footnotesize
+\lang english
+Ronald Adair was fond of cards
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– playing continually,
+ but never for such stakes as would hurt him.
+ He was a member of the Baldwin,
+ the Cavendish,
+ and the Bagatelle card clubs.
+ It was shown that,
+ after dinner on the day of his death,
+ he had played a rubber of whist at the latter club.
+ He had also played there in the afternoon.
+
+\size default
+ 
+\size footnotesize
+The evidence of those who had played with him
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– Mr.
+ Murray,
+ Sir John Hardy,
+ and Colonel Moran
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– showed that the game was whist,
+ and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
+ Adair might have lost five pounds,
+ but not more.
+ His fortune was a considerable one,
+ and such a loss could not in any way affect him.
+ He had played nearly every day at one club or other,
+ but he was a cautious player,
+ and usually rose a winner.
+ It came out in evidence that,
+ in partnership with Colonel Moran,
+ he had actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting,
+ some weeks before,
+ from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
+ So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Exemples plus compliqués
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les exemples proposés dans cette section illustrent quelques fonctionnalités plus particulières de l'insertion de colonnes multiples.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour découvrir d'autres fonctionnalités,
+ référez-vous à le 
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "documentation"
+target "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ 
+\lang french
+du paquetage 
+\family sans
+multicol
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Préface
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour ajouter un texte en préface pour plusieurs colonnes,
+ positionnez le curseur dans l'insert multi-colonnes et appelez le menu 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préface
+\family default
+.
+ Saisissez votre texte de préface dans cet insert.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Voici un exemple avec un texte en préface:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+And the story continues and continues and continues and continues\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+On the evening of the crime,
+ he returned from the club exactly at ten.
+ His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
+ The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
+ generally used as his sitting-room.
+ She had lit a fire there,
+ and as it smoked she had opened the window.
+ No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
+ the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
+ Desiring to say good-night,
+ she attempted to enter her son's room.
+ The door was locked on the inside,
+ and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
+ Help was obtained,
+ and the door forced.
+ The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
+ His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
+ but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez également utiliser une en-tête de section en tant que préface si vous insérez une commande de section en code \SpecialChar TeX
+:
+ par exemple,
+ la commande
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\lang english
+
+\backslash
+subsection{subsection title}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+crée une sous-section.
+ Et dans l'exemple suivant,
+ la préface est une sous-sous-section:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+subsubsection{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+This is a subsubsection heading as a preface
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complex.
+ In the first place,
+ no reason could be given why the young man should have fastened the door upon the inside.
+ There was the possibility that the murderer had done this,
+ and had afterwards escaped by the window.
+ The drop was at least twenty feet,
+ however,
+ and a bed of crocuses in full bloom lay beneath.
+ Neither the flowers nor the earth showed any sign of having been disturbed,
+ nor were there any marks upon the narrow strip of grass which separated the house from the road.
+ Apparently,
+ therefore,
+ it was the young man himself who had fastened the door.
+ But how did he come by his death?
+ No one could have climbed up to the window without leaving traces.
+ Suppose a man had fired through the window,
+ he would indeed be a remarkable shot who could with a revolver inflict so deadly a wound.
+ Again,
+ Park Lane is a frequented thoroughfare;
+ there is a cab stand within a hundred yards of the house.
+ No one had heard a shot.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+S'il reste un espacement vertical inférieur à 6 lignes de texte avant le début de la zone multi-colonnes,
+ un saut de page sera inséré automatiquement.
+ Vous voudrez peut-être changer ce réglage en fonction de du nombre de lignes du texte en préface:
+ ceci peut se faire en positionnant le curseur dans l'insert multi-colonnes après la préface (si elle existe) et en appelant le menu 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Espacement avant saut de page
+\family default
+.
+ Saisissez alors l’espacement désiré,
+ e.g.
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+5cm
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\lang french
+Dans l’exemple qui suit,
+ l'espacement est réglé à 7 lignes de texte en saisissant 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+7
+\backslash
+baselineskip
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ (où la commande 
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+baselineskip
+\family default
+ doit âtre insérée en code \SpecialChar TeX
+):
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 3
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+7
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+baselineskip
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+On the evening of the crime,
+ he returned from the club exactly at ten.
+ His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
+ The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
+ generally used as his sitting-room.
+ She had lit a fire there,
+ and as it smoked she had opened the window.
+ No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
+ the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
+ Desiring to say good-night,
+ she attempted to enter her son's room.
+ The door was locked on the inside,
+ and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
+ Help was obtained,
+ and the door forced.
+ The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
+ His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
+ but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Espacements environnants
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+L’espacement avant et après un bloc de colonnes multiples peut être réglé via la longueur
+\family sans
+ 
+\lang english
+
+\backslash
+multicolsep
+\family default
+.
+ 
+\lang french
+Par exemple la commande en code \SpecialChar TeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+multicolsep}{3cm}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+règle la valeur à 3cm.
+ La modification doit être faite avant le début de l'insert multi-colonnes.
+ La valeur prédéfinie est 13pt.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ici 
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+multicolsep
+\family default
+ est réglé à 2.5
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+cm:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+multicolsep}{2.5cm}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+All day I turned these facts over in my mind,
+ endeavouring to hit upon some theory which could reconcile them all,
+ and to find that line of least resistance which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigation.
+ I confess that I made little progress.
+ In the evening I strolled across the Park,
+ and found myself about six o'clock at the Oxford Street end of Park Lane.
+ A group of loafers upon the pavements,
+ all staring up at a particular window,
+ directed me to the house which I had come to see.
+ A tall,
+ thin man with coloured glasses,
+ whom I strongly suspected of being a plain-clothes detective,
+ was pointing out some theory of his own,
+ while the others crowded round to listen to what he said.
+ I got as near him as I could,
+ but his observations seemed to me to be absurd,
+ so I withdrew again in some disgust.
+ As I did so I struck against an elderly,
+ deformed man,
+ who had been behind me,
+ and I knocked down several books which he was carrying.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Nota:
+
+\series default
+ les valeurs réglées via 
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+setlength
+\family default
+ seront utilisées pour tous les environnements multi-colonnes suivants jusqu'à la prochaine modification de la valeur.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+multicolsep}{13pt}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+go back to the default
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Sauts de colonne
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Un saut de colonne peut être forcé en insérant la commande 
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+columnbreak{}
+\family default
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ là où la colonne doit être interrompue.
+ Notez bien que des zones vides seront créées la plupart du temps lorsque cette commande est utilisée.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Voici un exemple:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+You're surprised to see me,
+ sir,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ said he,
+ in a strange,
+ croaking voice.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+I acknowledged that I was.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Well,
+ I've a conscience,
+ sir,
+ and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
+ as I came hobbling after you,
+ I thought to myself,
+ I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
+ and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
+ and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+You make too much of a trifle,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ said I.
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+May I ask how you knew who I was?
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ APRÈS CETTE PHRASE UN SAUT DE COLONNE EST IMPOSÉ.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+columnbreak{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Well,
+ sir,
+ if it isn't too great a liberty,
+ I am a neighbour of yours,
+ for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
+ and very happy to see you,
+ I am sure.
+ Maybe you collect yourself,
+ sir.
+ Here's 
+\noun on
+British
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Birds
+\noun default
+,
+ and 
+\noun on
+Catullus
+\noun default
+,
+ and 
+\noun on
+The Holy War
+\noun default
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– a bargain,
+ every one of them.
+ With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
+ It looks untidy,
+ does it not,
+ sir?
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Séparation entre colonnes
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+La largeur des colonnes est calculée automatiquement,
+ mais vous pouvez modifier l'espacement entre colonnes.
+ Ceci est possible grâce à la longueur
+\family sans
+ 
+\backslash
+columnsep
+\family default
+.
+ Sa valeur implicite est 10pt.
+ Voici un exemple dans lequel l'espacement est fixé à 3cm:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+columnsep}{3cm}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+My observations of No.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested.
+ The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing,
+ the whole not more than five feet high.
+ It was perfectly easy,
+ therefore,
+ for anyone to get into the garden,
+ but the window was entirely inaccessible,
+ since there was no water pipe or anything which could help the most active man to climb it.
+ More puzzled than ever,
+ I retraced my steps to Kensington.
+ I had not been in my study five minutes when the maid entered to say that a person desired to see me.
+ To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector,
+ his sharp,
+ wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair,
+ and his precious volumes,
+ a dozen of them at least,
+ wedged under his right arm.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+columnsep}{10pt}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+go back to the default
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Filets verticaux
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Entre les colonnes est placé un filet de largeur 
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+columnseprule
+\family default
+.
+ Si cette largeur est fixée à 0pt (c'est la valeur implicite),
+ le filet n'apparaît pas.
+ Dans l'exemple suivant,
+ le filet a une largeur de 2pt:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+columnseprule}{2pt}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+You're surprised to see me,
+ sir,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ said he,
+ in a strange,
+ croaking voice.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+I acknowledged that I was.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Well,
+ I've a conscience,
+ sir,
+ and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
+ as I came hobbling after you,
+ I thought to myself,
+ I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
+ and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
+ and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+You make too much of a trifle,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ said I.
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+May I ask how you knew who I was?
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Well,
+ sir,
+ if it isn't too great a liberty,
+ I am a neighbour of yours,
+ for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
+ and very happy to see you,
+ I am sure.
+ Maybe you collect yourself,
+ sir.
+ Here's 
+\noun on
+British
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Birds
+\noun default
+,
+ and 
+\noun on
+Catullus
+\noun default
+,
+ and 
+\noun on
+The Holy War
+\noun default
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– a bargain,
+ every one of them.
+ With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
+ It looks untidy,
+ does it not,
+ sir?
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le filet peut être mis en couleur en redéfinissant la commande 
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+columnseprulecolor
+\family default
+.
+ Ceci est fait en insérant la commande
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+columnseprulecolor}{
+\backslash
+color{red}}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ avant l'insert multi-colonnes.
+ Remplacez dans cette commande 
+\family sans
+red
+\family default
+ par la couleur de votre choix.
+ Vous pouvez utiliser les couleurs prédéfinies ou celles que vous avez définies vous-même,
+ voyez le 
+\emph on
+Manuel des objets insérés
+\emph default
+,
+ section 
+\emph on
+Tableaux colorés
+\emph default
+ pour les détails sur la définition des couleurs.
+ Pour revenir à la couleur implicite,
+ insérez la commande
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+columnseprulecolor}{
+\backslash
+normalcolor}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Dans l'exemple qui suit,
+ sont définis un filet magenta et une séparation de colonnes de 1cm:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+columnsep}{1cm}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+columnseprulecolor}{
+\backslash
+color{cyan}}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+You're surprised to see me,
+ sir,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ said he,
+ in a strange,
+ croaking voice.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+I acknowledged that I was.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Well,
+ I've a conscience,
+ sir,
+ and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
+ as I came hobbling after you,
+ I thought to myself,
+ I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
+ and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
+ and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+You make too much of a trifle,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ said I.
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+May I ask how you knew who I was?
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\size small
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Well,
+ sir,
+ if it isn't too great a liberty,
+ I am a neighbour of yours,
+ for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
+ and very happy to see you,
+ I am sure.
+ Maybe you collect yourself,
+ sir.
+ Here's 
+\noun on
+British
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Birds
+\noun default
+,
+ and 
+\noun on
+Catullus
+\noun default
+,
+ and 
+\noun on
+The Holy War
+\noun default
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– a bargain,
+ every one of them.
+ With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
+ It looks untidy,
+ does it not,
+ sir?
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+columnseprule}{0pt}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+columnseprulecolor}{
+\backslash
+normalcolor}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+go back to the default
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Styles de paragraphe
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paragraphes de forme inhabituelle
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ à l'instar des autres générateurs de texte,
+ utilise implicitement des paragraphes rectangulaires.
+ Pour des cas particuliers comme des affiches,
+ des cartes d'invitation ou des poèmes,
+ vous pouvez modifier la forme des paragraphes à volonté.
+ Ceci est possible grâce au paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
+\family sans
+shapepar
+\family default
+ qui est chargé en utilisant dans les paramètres du document le module 
+\family sans
+Formes de paragraphe paramétrable
+\family default
+s.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Formes prédéfinies
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\lang english
+shapepar
+\series default
+\lang french
+ fournit les formes suivantes:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="13" columns="3">
+<features booktabs="true" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="16col%">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="40col%">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="35col%">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Nom
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Description
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Annotation
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+CDlabel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Disque avec un trou circulaire (à la taille d'un CD/DVD)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Pas de mise à l'échelle possible.
+ Attention,
+ quantité de texte limitée
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Circle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Disque
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Fragile,
+ le calcul peut échouer
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Diamond
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Rhomboïde (symbolisant un 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+diamant
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Heart
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Forme en cœur
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Hexagon
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hexagone
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Nut
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Écrou (hexagone avec un trou circulaire)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Square
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Carré
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Star
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Étoile à 5 branches
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Candle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Chandelle allumée
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Drop down/up
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Goutte de pluie normale/inversée
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Fragile,
+ le calcul peut échouer
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Le logo \SpecialChar TeX
+ 
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Triangle up/down/
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+left/right
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Triangles avec des orientations différentes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour utiliser une forme pour votre paragraphe,
+ sélectionnez simplement la forme souhaitée dans le menu déroulant des styles.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Voici un exemple de paragraphe en forme d'écrou:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Nut
+
+\lang latin
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+ At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+ Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+ no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+\lang english
+Not
+\series default
+a:
+ les paragraphes mis en forme via 
+\family sans
+shapepar
+\family default
+ ne peuvent pas franchir une limite de page.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+shapepar
+\family default
+\lang french
+ prend soin de préserver la forme,
+ quelle que soit la quantité de texte du paragraphe.
+ De ce fait la taille du paragraphe change avec cette quantité.
+ Ceci peut conduite à des paragraphes qui empiètent dans les marges.
+ Pour illustrer cette mise à l'échelle,
+ voici le même paragraphe avec deux fois plus de texte:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Nut
+
+\lang latin
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+ At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+ Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+ no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+ At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+ Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+ no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+La forme 
+\family sans
+CDlabel
+\family default
+ est une exception:
+ elle ne peut pas être mise à l'échelle puisqu'elle doit correspondre à une étiquette de CD/DVD.
+ De ce fait,
+ la quantité de texte que l'on peut mettre en forme est limitée.
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\lang french
+Les formes 
+\family sans
+drop
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+circle
+\family default
+ sont fragiles,
+ ce qui veut dire que le calcul de la taille peut échouer,
+ en fonction de la quantité de texte.
+ Vous aurez alors une erreur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Arithmetic overflow
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Dans ce cas,
+ essayez d'ajouter ou d'enlever du texte;
+ si rien ne fonctionne,
+ vous devez utiliser une autre forme\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour les formes pointues,
+ vous verrez peut-être un échec de l'algorithme de césure de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ dans les coins.
+ Il est alors souvent nécessaire d'ajouter des points de césure explicites 
+\family sans
+(
+\begin_inset Info
+type  "shortcut"
+arg   "specialchar-insert hyphenation"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) dans les parties de texte correspondantes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les paragraphes mis en forme par shapepar sont toujours ou bien centrés ou bien alignées au fer à gauche.
+ Le menu de dialogue des paragraphes ne peut donc pas être utilisé pour aligner ce type de paragraphe.
+ Une solution consiste à mettre le paragraphe en forme dans une minipage ou une parbox et à aligner la boîte.
+ Le problème est alors de trouver la bonne largeur pour la boîte,
+ parce que si elle est trop large et que vous la centrez,
+ le paragraphe n'est pas centré parce qu'il est au fer à gauche dans la boîte.
+ Vous devrez alors jouer un peu avec la largeur de la boîte jusqu’à satisfaction.
+ Voici deux paragraphes en forme de cœur,
+ le premier est non aligné,
+ le second est aligné à droite:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Heart
+\noindent
+
+\lang latin
+Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
+rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+ At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+ Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+ no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\align right
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 1
+use_makebox 0
+width "42col%"
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Heart
+\noindent
+
+\lang latin
+Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
+rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+ At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+ Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+ no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Formes personnalisées
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez définir vos propres formes.
+ Le faire à la main demande beaucoup de travail parce qu'il faut spécifier chaque coordonnée,
+ mais il est possible de confier le travail à l'ordinateur:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Installer le programme 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Jpgfdraw"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/jpgfdraw"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Dans 
+\family sans
+Jpgfdraw
+\family default
+ ,
+ aller au menu 
+\family sans
+TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Set Normal Size
+\family default
+ et sélectionner la taille de police utilisée dans le document.
+ Par exemple,
+ le présent document utilise un police 12pt.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Tracer une forme.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Utiliser le menu 
+\family sans
+TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Shapepar
+\family default
+ pour exporter la forme en coordonnées.
+ Dans le menu de dialogue qui s'ouvre,
+ utiliser soit le squelette,
+ soit le chemin proprement dit
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Pour plus d'information voir 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://www.dickimaw-books.com/apps/jpgfdraw/manual/shapepar.html"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les coordonnées ont copiées dans un fichier \SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Pour l'utiliser avec le document:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Placer le curseur avant le premier caractère du paragraphe concerné (ou dans un nouveau paragraphe vide).
+ 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Ouvrir dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ le menu 
+\family sans
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sous-document
+\family default
+,
+ sélectionner le fichier exporté par 
+\family sans
+Jpgfdraw
+\family default
+ et utiliser 
+\family sans
+Inclus (include).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Not
+\series default
+a:
+ le changement de forme ne s'applique qu’au paragraphe concerné;
+ tout redevient normal pour le paragraphe suivant.
+ De ce fait la définition de forme doit être répétée pour chaque paragraphe dont on veut imposer la forme personnalisée.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Voici un exemple:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset CommandInset include
+LatexCommand input
+filename "../SpecialParagraphShape.tex"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\lang latin
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+ At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
+ Stet clita kasd gubergren,
+ no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+ consetetur sadipscing elitr,
+ sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
+ sed diam voluptua.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Une astuce:
+
+\series default
+ pour tracer des formes vraiment complexes avec 
+\family sans
+Jpgfdraw
+\family default
+ ,
+ vous pouvez tracer la forme à l'aide d'un logiciel de votre choix et importer l'image correspondante dans 
+\family sans
+Jpgfdraw
+\family default
+.
+ Il vous suffit ensuite de tracer une ligne ou un spline le long du squelette de l'image.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le module 
+\family sans
+Formes de paragraphe paramétrables
+\family default
+ fournit également les deux styles 
+\family sans
+shapepar
+\family default
+ et 
+\family sans
+Shapepar
+\family default
+ ,
+ qui peuvent être utilisés pour définir de nouvelles formes coordonnée par coordonnée
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ces commandes sont utilisées de manière interne pour toutes le formes décrites ici,
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Pour en savoir plus quant à l'utilisation de ces styles et à d'autres possibilités de personnalisation,
+ voir la 
+\lang ngerman
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/shapepar/shapepar.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\lang french
+ du paquetage 
+\family sans
+shapepar
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Hanging Paragraphs
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Hanging
+
+\lang english
+This module adds the 
+\family sans
+Hanging
+\family default
+ paragraph style,
+ that is,
+ one where all but the first line of the paragraph is indented.
+ This may not appear in your \SpecialChar LyX
+ document but will appear in the final output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Initials"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Initials (Drop Caps)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Initial
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Argument 2
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+T
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Argument 3
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+his
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ module adds a drop capitals paragraph style 
+\family sans
+Initials
+\family default
+ for paragraph environments which you can use wherever you want to have drop capitals.
+ You then have three more items in the 
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Initial
+\family default
+ which creates an inset for the drop capital
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Rest of initial
+\family default
+ which creates an inset for the rest of the word
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Options
+\family default
+ which allow you configure the formatting of the drop capital.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+To customize the appearance of the style,
+ see 
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Embedded Objects\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Objects Surrounded by Text\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Initials
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\lang english
+Text Markup
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Hyphenatable Text Markup (Soul)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+This modul defines text styles to highlight,
+ space-out,
+ strike-through,
+ underline and capitalize/small-cap text by means of the 
+\family sans
+soul
+\family default
+ package.
+ 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+As opposed to the markup provided by the Text Properties dialog,
+ words marked-up with 
+\family sans
+soul
+\family default
+ are hyphenated.
+ See the 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "soul documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/generic/soul/soul.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\lang english
+Logical Markup
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+This module defines some character styles for logical markup:
+ 
+\noun on
+
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\noun on
+\lang english
+noun
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\noun default
+,
+ 
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Flex Emph
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+\lang english
+emph
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Strong
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+strong
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ and 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+code
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ which are accessed via the 
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tyles
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Personnaliser une bibliographie avec Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ ou Biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+L'essentiel des bases de l'utilisation de Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ ou 
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ sont décrites dans le paragraphe 
+\emph on
+Les bases de données bibliographiques 
+\emph default
+du 
+\emph on
+Guide de l'utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ Les paragraphes qui suivent détaillent les fonctionnalités bibliographiques particulières qui sont accessibles depuis \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Autres styles de citation
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le style standard de Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ utilise des nombres (par exemple 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+[12]
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+) pour faire référence à un ouvrage cité.
+ Cependant,
+ dans de nombreuses disciplines scientifiques,
+ on utilise d'autres styles de citations.
+ Le plus courant et le style auteur-année (par exemple 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Knuth 1984a
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ gère trois paquetages qui fournissent ce style,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+natbib
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+jurabib
+\family default
+.
+ Chacun de ces paquetages a ses avantages et ses inconvénients qui ne peuvent être listés ici en détail.
+ Si vous voulez seulement avoir un simple style auteur-année (ou auteur-nombre) ou si vous voulez utiliser un des innombrables fichiers de styles pour natbib,
+ alors vous choisirez probablement le paquetage 
+\family typewriter
+natbib
+\family default
+ qui est réputé.
+ Si vous cherchez des styles de citation adaptés aux documents juridiques,
+ vous pouvez envisager d'utiliser le paquetage plus récent 
+\family typewriter
+jurabib
+\family default
+.
+ Si vous voulez contrôler complètement la mise en forme ou si vous cherches des fonctionnalités sophistiquées comme ibidem,
+ citations en notes de bas de page,
+ citations plein titre,
+ formats de dates évolués (comme 400 AC) ou une internationalisation complète dans d'autres langues que l'anglais,
+ vous devriez vraiment utiliser 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ qui surpasse tous les autres paquetages en termes de fonctionnalités,
+ mais qui est également assez lourd et consommateur de ressources.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+L'utilisation de ces paquetages avec \SpecialChar LyX
+ est sensiblement la même.
+ Allez dans le menu 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+ et choisissez dans la rubrique 
+\family sans
+Bibliographie
+\family default
+ le 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Format du style
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Basique (BibTeX)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Biblatex (mode Natbib)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Natbib (BibTeX)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Jurabib (BibTeX)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (voir la section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+6.5.3 du 
+\emph on
+Guide de l'utilisateur
+\emph default
+ pour les détails au sujet de ces choix).
+ Avec ces tous ces paquetages,
+ vous aurez des options supplémentaires dans le dialogue 
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+ et vous pourrez choisir le style de la référence (
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Knuth 1984
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Knuth (1984),
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Knuth,
+ 1984
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+1984
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ etc.).
+ Notez que chaque paquetage nécessite des fichiers de style spécifiques (ils sont tous fournis avec leur propres fichiers,
+ mais on peut trouver beaucoup de fichiers de style supplémentaires et même un programme interactif pour construire des fichiers de style
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Voyez 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ pour 
+\family typewriter
+natbib
+\family default
+).
+ 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliographies subdivisées
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Parfois vous avez besoin de diviser votre bibliographie en plusieurs sections.
+ Si par exemple,
+ vous êtes un historien,
+ la possibilité de séparer les sources et les travaux scientifiques est vraisemblablement une possibilité 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+indispensable
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Malheureusement,
+ Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ ne vous permet pas lui-même de faire cela.
+ La bonne nouvelle :
+ Avec l'aide de quelques paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ on peut étendre Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ pour satisfaire vos besoins historiques.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ fournit un support natif d'un de ces paquetages,
+ 
+\family typewriter
+bibtopic
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Disponible sur 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ L'avantage de ce paquetage (comparé à d'autres comme 
+\family typewriter
+multibib
+\family default
+) est que n'avez pas besoin de définir de nouvelles commandes de citation.
+ À la place,
+ vous aurez à préparer des bases de données bibliographiques différentes pour les différentes sections de votre bibliographie.
+ Par exemple,
+ si vous voulez diviser votre bibliographie en deux sections 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+sources
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+travaux scientifiques
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ vous devez d'abord créer deux bases de données,
+ par exemple 
+\family typewriter
+sources.bib
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+scientifique.bib
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Dans \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ allez dans le menu 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres
+\family default
+ dans la rubrique 
+\family sans
+Bibliographie
+\family default
+.
+ Activez l'option 
+\family sans
+Bibliographie
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+subdivisée
+\family default
+.
+ Vous pouvez maintenant insérer plusieurs bibliographies Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ une par section de votre bibliographie.
+ Pour revenir à notre exemple :
+ insérez une bibliographie Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ pour la base de donnée 
+\family typewriter
+sources.bib
+\family default
+ et une deuxième pour la base de données 
+\family typewriter
+scientifique.bib
+\family default
+.
+ Vous êtes libres d'utiliser le même style ou un style différent pour chaque section.
+ En plus,
+ vous pouvez choisir que votre section bibliographique contienne 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+toutes les références citées
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ de la base de données utilisée (ce qui est le comportement implicite),
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+toutes les références non citées
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ ou encore 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+toutes les références
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ceci put être utile si vous voulez séparer votre bibliographie en trois sections :
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Sources citées
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Sources non citées
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Travaux scientifiques
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Les titres des sections peuvent être ajoutés comme des entêtes de section ou de sous-section ordinaires.
+ Puisque 
+\family typewriter
+bibtopic
+\family default
+ supprime le titre de la bibliographie,
+ vous devez aussi le remettre manuellement ( comme un chapitre* ou une section*,
+ par exemple).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Avec 
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+,
+ la procédure est un peu différente.
+ Puisque 
+\family typewriter
+bibtopic
+\family default
+ ne fonctionne pas avec 
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+,
+ l'option 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bbibliographie subdivisée
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ est désactivée si vous utilisez 
 \family sans
-Sujet
-\family default
- (Subject) :
- introduit au-dessus du titre ordinaire (
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
+Biblatex
 \family default
-) un paragraphe centré pour indiquer le sujet du document.
+.
+ Cependant,
+ 
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ inclut ses moyens propres pour créer des bibliographies subdivisées.
+ Vous pouvez:
+ soit ajouter des mots-clés aux entrées bibliographiques à l'aide de l'entrée 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+keywords
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ puis filtrer les sections bibliographiques par mot-clé (en ajoutant 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+keyword=monMotClé
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ au champ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Options
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ de la fenêtre de dialogue qui apparaît si vous faites un clic gauche sur le bouton 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliographie Biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+);
+ soit filtrer par type d'entrée (comme book ou article) en saisissant par exemple 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+type=book
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+nottype=collection
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ au champ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Options
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ mentionné ci-dessus;
+ soit créer des 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+catégories bibliographiques
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ auxquelles vous pouvez affecter des entrées bibliographiques individuelles.
+ Voyez le manuel Biblatex,
+ subsection 
+\emph on
+Subdivided Bibliographies
+\emph default
+ de la section 
+\emph on
+Usage Notes
+\emph default
+,
+ pour les détails.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliographies multiples
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Bibliographies-multiples"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les bibliographies multiples,
+ par exemple une bibliographie pour chaque partie,
+ chapitre,
+ section,
+ sous-section or sous-document du document,
+ sont également possibles avec \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Pour les activer,
+ allez à 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliographie
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ et sélectionnez le sectionnement requis (e.g.
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+par section
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+) dans le sous-menu 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliographies multiples
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Puis ajoutez une bibliographie Bib(la)\SpecialChar TeX
+ à chaque élément (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+ section) de votre document.
+ Dans le résultat imprimable,
+ une bibliographie séparée ne contenant que les références du sectionnement considéré sera créée.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous utilisez Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ Le paquetage 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+chapterbib
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ou le paquetage 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bibtopic
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ est utilisé pour créer des bibliographies multiples.
+ Le premier est utilisé si vous sélectionnez 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+par sous-document
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ et si vous 
+\emph on
+ne
+\emph default
+ sélectionnez 
+\emph on
+pas
+\emph default
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliographie subdivisée
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Dans tous les autres cas,
+ c'est 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bibtopic
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ qui est utilisé
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Une autre approche,
+ si vous êtes prêt à utiliser un peu de 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Code \SpecialChar TeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (voir section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Insérer-du-code-LaTeX"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+),
+ consiste à utiliser le paquetage 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bibunits
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Éditeurs
-\family default
- (Publishers) :
- introduit au-dessous du titre ordinaire (
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-) un paragraphe centré indiquant le nom de l'éditeur.
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Dédicace
-\family default
- (Dedication) :
- dans 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
- et 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- dispose un paragraphe centré,
- sur une page à part après la page de titre,
- pour la dédicace.
- Dans 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- dispose un paragraphe centré,
- en-dessous du titre normal (
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Éditeurs
-\family default
-) pour la dédicace.
+ .Avec 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bibtopic
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-En-tête_Titre
-\family default
- (Titlehead) :
- produit un paragraphe aligné à gauche au-dessus du titre normal (
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
 ,
- 
-\family sans
-Sujet
-\family default
-) pour un en-tête de document.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ encapsule les entités spécifiées entre les commandes 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+begin{btUnit}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Verso_Titre_Haut
-\family default
- (Uppertitleback) :
- dans un document 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
- imprimé recto-verso,
- dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche,
- en haut du verso de la page de titre.
- N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script).
+ et 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+end{btUnit}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Verso_Titre_Bas
-\family default
- (Lowertitleback) :
- dans un document 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
- imprimé recto-verso,
- dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche,
- en bas du verso de la page de titre.
- N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script).
+ pour créer les bibliographies.
+ Notez que cette approche a quelques limitations.
+ D'abord,
+ chaque référence de citation doit se trouver dans une 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+btUnit
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Titre_Suppl.
+.
+ Les citations en-dehors d'une entité défini (par exemple,
+ avant la première section si vous utilisez 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- (Extratitle) :
- introduit une page 
+par section
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+) apparaîtront comme 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-moche
+???
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- qui précède le document réel,
- comprenant un paragraphe sans formatage spécial.
+.
+ Vous pouvez cependant créer vos propres entités en saisissant 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+begin{btUnit}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les fichiers de configuration correspondant aux classes 
-\emph on
-article (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-report (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
+\end_inset
+
  et 
-\emph on
-book (koma-script)
-\emph default
- comprennent le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-scrmacros.inc
-\family default
-.
- C'est là que vous définirez vos propres types.
- Copiez 
-\family typewriter
-scrmacros.inc
-\family default
- dans votre répertoire personnel de formats,
- et éditez-le !
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+end{btUnit}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ (par exemple pour contourner la présente limitation).
+ Notez bien que les 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+btUnit
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+s ne peuvent inclure d'autres 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+btUnit
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-letter (koma-script)
+s.
+ Une seconde limitation vient du fait que 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bibtopic
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Nota:
- Cette décrit la classe obsolète 
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script-Letter (v.
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-1)
-\family default
-,
- qui n'est même plus incluse dans les publications KOMA récentes.
- Voyez plutôt la section suivante pour la classe courante KOMA-Script-Letter (v.
-\begin_inset space ~
+ parcourt toujours toutes les références d'une base bibliographique,
+ même celles qui ne sont pas citées.
+ Ceci peut créer des citations bizarres (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Martin 2014b
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-2)!
+ si deux œuvres de cet auteur publiées en 2014 sont dans la base,
+ alors qu'une seule est citée).
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La classe de document 
-\emph on
-letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
- est implémentée dans le fichier 
-\family typewriter
-scrlettr.layout
-\family default
-.
- Elle contient tous les paragraphes de la classe standard 
-\emph on
-letter
-\emph default
- correspondante,
- partiellement modifiés,
- à l'exception des types 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LyX
--Code
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Commentaire
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Liste
-\family default
-,
- spécifiques à \SpecialChar LyX
- et qui sont remplacés par le nouveau type 
-\family sans
-Marquage
-\family default
-.
- En plus par rapport à la classe standard,
- elle contient les types connus 
-\family sans
-Citation
-\family default
-,
- 
+Si vous utilisez 
 \family sans
-Cite
+Biblatex
 \family default
 ,
- et 
-\family sans
-Vers
-\family default
-.
- En outre,
- il y a un certain nombre de nouveaux types spécifiques aux lettres.
+ l'option 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+refsection
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-L'apparence de la lettre produite par cette classe de document peut-être contrôlée par des commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- que vous pouvez insérer dans le préambule du document
-\begin_inset Foot
+\end_inset
+
+ est utilisée à la place du choix déroulant.
+ Si vous avez besoin d'entités spécifiques,
+ vous pouvez insérer au début 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-On obtient un en-tête 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-ordinaire
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\backslash
+newrefsection
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-,
- comportant le nom et l'adresse,
- avec les commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- suivantes dans le préambule :
-\end_layout
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \backslash
-firsthead{
-\backslash
-parbox[b]{
-\backslash
-textwidth}
+newrefsegment
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  {
-\backslash
-ignorespaces 
-\backslash
-fromname
-\backslash
+\end_inset
+
+ respectivement,
+ en code\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Si vous voulez aussi préciser la fin de l'entité,
+ utilisez l'environnement 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \backslash
+begin{refsection}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar ldots
  
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
 \backslash
-ignorespaces 
-\backslash
-fromaddress}}
+end{refsection}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-nexthead{
-\backslash
-parbox[b]{
-\backslash
-textwidth}
+ à la place.
+ Notez cependant que les 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+refsection
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  {
-\backslash
-ignorespaces 
-\backslash
-fromname 
-\backslash
-hfill 
-\backslash
-ignorespaces 
-\backslash
-pagename
-\backslash
- 
-\backslash
-thepage}}
+\end_inset
+
+s ne peuvent contenir d'autres 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+refsection
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Une description détaillée de ces commandes se trouve en langue allemande dans la documentation de Koma-Script 
+s.
+ En plus de la bibliographie individuelle de l'entité considérée,
+ 
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ permet aussi d'émettre toutes le bibliographies,
+ les unes après les autres,
+ à un endroit particulier (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+ à la fin du document).
+ Sélectionnez 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+toutes les entités de références
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ dans le menu déroulant 
 \emph on
-scrguide
+Contenu
 \emph default
-.
- Grâce à elles,
- l'auteur de la lettre peut créer son propre format.
+ de la fenêtre de dialogue de l'insert de bibliographie pour obtenir ceci.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les types 
-\family sans
-Lettre
-\family default
- et 
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Choix de puces dans 
 \family sans
-Ouverture
+ListePuces
 \family default
- définissent le début de la lettre et doivent être présents dans toute lettre.
- Pour les identifier dans \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- les lettres 
-\emph on
-L
-\emph default
- et 
-\emph on
-O
-\emph default
- apparaissent dans la marge.
- Il est possible d'écrire plusieurs lettres en un seul fichier.
- Un type 
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:puces"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+par
+\noun on
+ Allan Rae
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Introduction
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ fournit 216 motifs de puces qui sont accessibles par une simple fenêtre.
+ Vous pouvez facilement y sélectionner la puce souhaitée pour chaque niveau de profondeur dans l'environnement 
 \family sans
-Ouverture
+ListePuces
 \family default
- provoque le passage à une nouvelle lettre au même destinataire,
- et le type 
+.
+ Ces choix sont valables pour tout le document,
+ donc vous ne pouvez pas spécifier différents types de puces pour différents paragraphes
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+En fait,
+ c'est possible mais il faut le faire à la main.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+À quoi elles ressemblent
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Allez dans la rubrique 
 \family sans
-Lettre
+Puces
 \family default
- permet de changer de destinataire.
- Les types 
+ de la fenêtre 
 \family sans
-Fermeture
-\family default
-,
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+La fenêtre vous présente un tableau avec des formes de puces.
+ À gauche du tableau,
+ une colonne de boutons vous donne accès aux six panneaux possibles.
+ La rangée de boutons du haut sert à choisir le niveau de profondeur sur lequel vous agissez.
  
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+If you select 
 \family sans
-PS
+Custom bullet
 \family default
 ,
- 
-\family sans
-CC
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-P.J.
+ a text entry under the table will be activated in which you can enter a bullet shape's \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ equivalent.
+ If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble.
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- sont des types de paragraphe ordinaires et peuvent aussi être utilisés plusieurs fois dans une même lettre.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les six panneaux sont répartis selon les paquetages qu'ils nécessitent.
+ Le tableau suivant vous montre la correspondance entre le nom des boutons et les paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
-\family sans
-Lettre
-\family default
- (Letter) :
- introduit un paragraphe pour le destinataire et définit implicitement le début d'une lettre.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bouton
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
-\family sans
-Ouverture
-\family default
- (Opening) :
- introduit un paragraphe pour la formule de politesse initiale et produit implicitement une nouvelle lettre.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paquetages Requis
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \family sans
-Fermeture
-\family default
- (Closing
-\family sans
-)
-\family default
- :
- introduit un paragraphe pour la formule de politesse finale.
+Standard
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
-\family sans
-PS
-\family default
- :
- introduit un post-scriptum.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de base
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \family sans
-CC
-\family default
- :
- introduit un paragraphe pour les co-destinataires.
+Maths
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
-\family sans
-P.J.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family default
- (Encl) :
- introduit un paragraphe pour les pièces jointes.
+\family typewriter
+amssymb.sty
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les types 
-\family sans
-N
-\family default
-om,
- 
-\family sans
-Signature
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Adress
-\family default
-e,
- 
-\family sans
-Téléphone
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Lieu
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Adresse_Retour
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Courrier_Spécial
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Emplacement
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
-,
- et 
-\family sans
-Sujet
-\family default
- sont des types qui présentent une invite et qui servent à entrer des renseignements qui seront utilisés par la classe de document.
- Nous les appellerons 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+Ding1
+\end_layout
 
-types à invite
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- Mais si quelqu'un a une meilleure idée pour traduire 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+
+\family sans
+Ding2
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_layout
 
-input type
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
-,
- je ne dis pas non.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+Ding3
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-On pourrait considérer que les types 
-\family sans
-Letter
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Opening
-\family default
- devraient être des types à invite.
- Cependant,
- à cause de la signification particulière de ces types,
- je les ai implémentés comme des types de paragraphe ordinaires marqués d'une lettre dans la marge.
- En plus,
- cela choquerait mon sens de la symétrie si les types 
-\family sans
-Opening
-\family default
- et 
+
 \family sans
-Closing
-\family default
- avaient une apparence très différente.
+Ding4
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ne vous empêche pas d'utiliser les puces correspondant à des paquetages que vous n'avez pas.
+ Si vous obtenez des erreurs \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ lorsque vous essayez de visionner ou d'imprimer le fichier,
+ c'est sûrement qu'il vous manque un paquetage.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne vous empêche pas d'agir car vous pourriez vouloir éditer quelque part et imprimer avec un autre système.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Ces types doivent être présents avant le type 
-\family sans
-Ouverture
-\family default
- correspondant.
+\begin_layout Section
+Comment s'en servir
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Une implantation de ces types dans une logique WYSIWYG n'aurait pas de sens,
- car l'aspect réel de la lettre produite ne dépendra pas seulement de l'utilisation d'un type donné,
- mais aussi d'autres facteurs.
- Par exemple,
- dans le comportement par défaut,
- une signature entrée avec le type 
-\family sans
-Signature
-\family default
- n'apparaîtra dans la lettre que si celle-ci contient aussi le type 
-\family sans
-Fermeture
-\family default
-.
- La valeur indiquée pour 
-\family sans
-Téléphone
-\family default
- n'apparaîtra même pas dans la lettre.
- Nous avons déjà signalé plus haut la possibilité de décrire son propre environnement de lettre.
+Sélectionnez le niveau de profondeur sur lequel vous voulez agir,
+ puis le motif de puce et la taille.
+ Les changements ne seront pas visibles dans \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ mais seulement lors du visionnement..
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les types à invite peuvent être utilisés comme des paragraphes vides.
- Cela a un sens par exemple pour le type 
-\family sans
-Signature
-\family default
- :
- si ce type n'est pas présent du tout,
- c'est par défaut la valeur spécifiée dans 
-\family sans
-Name
-\family default
- qui est prise comme signature,
- tandis que si l'on utilise un paragraphe 
-\family sans
-Signature
-\family default
- vide,
- il n'y a réellement pas de signature spécifiée.
+Vous pouvez remettre une puce à sa valeur par défaut,
+ en cliquant avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la profondeur de la puce en question.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il est possible en utilisant ces types à invite de créer un patron de lettre contenant des types pré-remplis avec vos coordonnées personnelles (nom,
- adresse,
- etc.) et des types vides pour d'autres données que vous entrerez.
+Si vous voulez réellement avoir des paragraphes avec des puces différentes dans chacun d'eux,
+ vous devez mettre les mains dans le cambouis.
+ La fenêtre dont nous venons de parler est cependant utile car elle montre en même temps l'aspect de la puce et son code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ ceci pour un grand nombre de puces.
+ Pour personnaliser vos paragraphes,
+ vous avez le choix :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Nom
-\family default
- (Name) :
- nom de l'expéditeur.
- Par défaut,
- apparaît comme un paragraphe centré,
- en petites majuscules,
- dans l'en-tête de la lettre.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-Signature
-\family default
- :
- signature de l'expéditeur.
- Par défaut,
- apparaît en dessous du type 
-\family sans
-Fermeture.
 
-\family default
- Si le type 
-\family sans
-Signature
-\family default
- est absent,
- c'est la valeur du type 
-\family sans
-Nom
-\family default
- qui apparaît.
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+
 
-\family sans
-Adresse
-\family default
- (Address) :
- adresse de l'expéditeur.
- Par défaut,
- apparaît dans un paragraphe centré,
- dans l'en-tête de la lettre,
- en dessous du nom de l'expéditeur.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-Téléphone
-\family default
- (Telephone) :
- numéro de téléphone de l'expéditeur.
- Par défaut,
- correspond à la variable 
-\family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-telephonenum
-\family default
- de \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Lieu
-\family default
- (Place) :
- lieu d'écriture de la lettre.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
- :
- date d'écriture de la lettre.
- 
-\family sans
-Lieu
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
- disposent par défaut le lieu et la date sur une ligne alignée à droite,
- en dessous du destinataire.
- Si le paragraphe 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
- est vide,
- ni date,
- ni lieu n'apparaissent,
- et ce quelle que soit la valeur de 
-\family sans
-Lieu
-\family default
-.
- S'il n'y a pas de paragraphe 
-\family sans
-Date
-\family default
-,
- la date du jour est utilisée.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
+Utilisez la commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\family sans
-Adresse_Retour
+\backslash
+renewcommand{}{}
 \family default
- (Backaddress) :
- adresse pour le retour du courrier.
- Par défaut,
- apparaît au-dessus du destinataire,
- en petits caractères sans empattement.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+ pour spécifier un nouveau format de puce pour une profondeur donnée.
+ Vous aurez aussi besoin d'enregistrer le format actuel pour le restaurer plus tard.
+ Dans cette liste à puces,
+ le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ suivant a été utilisé pour changer les puces de profondeur 1 :
+\family typewriter
 
-\family sans
-Courrier_Spécial
-\family default
- (Specialmail) :
- informations spéciales sur le courrier.
- Par défaut,
- apparaît souligné au-dessus du destinataire,
- en dessous de l'adresse de retour du courrier.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family sans
-Emplacement
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
 \family default
- (Location) :
- informations supplémentaires.
- Par défaut,
- apparaît à droite en dessous du champ du destinataire.
-\end_layout
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Titre
-\family default
- :
- le titre de la lettre.
- par défaut,
- apparaît en grands caractères gras sans empattement,
- au-dessus du sujet.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
 
-\family sans
-Sujet
 \family default
- :
- le sujet de la lettre.
- Par défaut,
- apparaît en caractères gras au-dessus du paragraphe 
-\family sans
-Ouverture
+Remarquez que la profondeur de puce est donnée en chiffres romains comme partie intégrante de la commande 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelitem
 \family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les types 
-\family sans
-Votre_réf
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Votre_courrier
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Notre_réf
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Client
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Facture
-\family default
- génèrent comme dans les lettres commerciales,
- au-dessus de la ligne de titre,
- une ligne qui contient les champs 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-Votre réf.
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Argument item:1
+status open
 
-Votre courrier du
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
 
-Notre réf.
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-Numéro de Client
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)
+\end_layout
 
-,
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-Numéro de Facture
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-Date
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Pour le champ 
+ Agissez sur chaque entrée individuellement en écrivant le motif de la puce dans un insert 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-Date
+Élément paramétrable
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- reprend la valeur donnée dans 
+ (accessible via 
 \family sans
-Date
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Élément paramétrable
 \family default
+) et en code \SpecialChar TeX
 .
- Si l'un quelconque de ces types 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-pour lettre commerciale
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- est utilisé,
- la valeur donnée pour 
-\family sans
-Place
-\family default
- n'apparaîtra pas,
- seule est définie la variable \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
+ Par exemple,
+ cet élément a commencé par 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-fromplace
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)
 \family default
 .
- L'affichage normal du lieu et de la date (une ligne alignée à droite sous le champ du destinataire) est supprimée.
- Les types sont implémentés comme des types à invite,
- avec les invites correspondantes,
- et doivent être utilisés avant le type 
-\family sans
-Ouverture
-\family default
- correspondant.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
 
-\family sans
-Votre_réf
-\family default
- (Yourref) :
- Votre référence
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\family sans
-Votre_courrier
-\family default
- (Yourmail) :
- Votre courrier du
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Notre_réf
-\family default
- (Myref) :
- Notre référence
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-Client
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous aurez besoin de remettre le 
+\family typewriter
+labelitem
 \family default
- (Customer) :
- Numéro de client
-\end_layout
+ à sa valeur d'origine pour que les autres puces retrouvent les réglages globaux.
+ Nous avons donc ici :
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Facture
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
 \family default
- (Invoice) :
- Numéro de facture
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-La nouvelle classe lettre :
- 
-\family sans
-letter (koma-script v.2)
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Outils supplémentaires
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Jürgen Spitzmüller
+\begin_layout Section
+Documents en plusieurs fichiers
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Généralités
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Koma-Script version 2.8 a introduit une nouvelle classe de lettres 
-\family typewriter
-scrlttr2
-\family default
- qui remplace 
-\family typewriter
-scrlettr
-\family default
-,
- désormais périmée.
- Elle a – du côté \SpecialChar LaTeX
- – une interface complètement nouvelle et n'est pas compatible avec l'ancienne classe.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- supporte les deux,
- mais il est recommandé d'utiliser la nouvelle.
-\end_layout
+Quand on travaille sur un gros fichier avec de nombreux chapitres,
+ il est souvent pratique de diviser le document en plusieurs fichiers ;
+ par ailleurs,
+ il arrive qu'un élément comme un tableau soit susceptible de modifications ultérieures,
+ alors que le reste du texte ne changera plus.
+ Dans ces cas-là,
+ il est judicieux d'utiliser les possibilités de segmentation de documents.
+ Ainsi,
+ les communications scientifiques ont souvent cinq chapitres principaux :
+ introduction,
+ observations,
+ résultats,
+ discussion,
+ conclusion.
+ Chacun d'entre eux peut constituer un fichier \SpecialChar LyX
+ séparé,
+ avec un fichier 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette classe recouvre les mêmes fonctionnalités que 
-\emph on
-letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
-,
- plus quelques autres.
- Les éléments de base sont 
-\family sans
-Adresse
-\family default
- (adresse du destinataire,
- comme 
-\family sans
-Lettre
-\family default
- dans le précédent format),
- 
+maître
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ qui contient le titre,
+ les auteurs,
+ le résumé,
+ les références,
+ etc.
+ Il convient de noter que chacun des fichiers est un fichier \SpecialChar LyX
+ en lui-même,
+ qui peut aussi bien être mis en page et imprimé seul,
+ qu'être inclus dans le document maître.
+ Tous ces fichiers doivent cependant avoir la même classe de document – n'essayez pas de mélanger la classe 
 \family sans
-Ouverture
+book
 \family default
- et 
+ avec la classe 
 \family sans
-Fermeture
+article
 \family default
 .
- 
-\family sans
-Adresse_Suivante
-\family default
- (NextAddress) démarre une nouvelle lettre (vous pouvez donc écrire plusieurs lettres dans un même document).
- Les nouveaux éléments concernent l'expéditeur,
- ce sont :
- 
-\family sans
-E-Mail
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-URL
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Fax
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Banque
-\family default
- et la possibilité de mettre un 
-\family sans
-Logo
-\family default
- (par 
-\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Graphique/image
-\family default
-) dans l'en-tête.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-La plus grande amélioration est la possibilité de configurer la mise en page de la lettre pour s'adapter à presque tous les besoins,
- soit dans le préambule (
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\family default
-) soit avec un fichier de style spécial (Option de la Classe Lettre,
- d'extension 
+ Il est également possible d'inclure des fichiers \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ :
+ cependant,
+ ces fichiers doivent alors être sans leur préambule (c'est-à-dire sans la partie jusqu'à la ligne 
 \family typewriter
-.lco
-\family default
-),
- qui sera lu comme une option de classe
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Le paquetage KOMA est livré avec quelques fichiers 
-\family typewriter
-.lco
-\family default
- par défaut.
- Il y a par exemple un fichier 
-\family typewriter
-DIN.lco
-\family default
- qui suit les règles typographiques allemandes,
- et un 
-\family typewriter
-KOMAold.lco
-\family default
- qui permet de retrouver la mise en page par défaut de l'ancienne classe 
-\family typewriter
-scrlettr
+\backslash
+begin{document}
 \family default
-.
- Vous pouvez charger cette dernière avec l'option de classe 
+ incluse,
+ et sans la ligne 
 \family typewriter
-KOMAold
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
 \family default
-,
- mise dans le champ 
+) pour éviter des erreurs à la création du fichier DVI.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ permet l'inclusion de fichiers en sélectionnant 
 \family sans
-Options
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sous-document
 \family default
- dans 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+,
+ ce qui positionne une balise à l'endroit du curseur.
+ Un clic sur cette balise ouvre une fenêtre qui permet de saisir le nom du fichier et la méthode d'inclusion.
+\end_layout
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les trois méthodes d'inclusion sont 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-document
+
+\family sans
+inclus (include)
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Jetez donc un œil sur le modèle 
-\emph on
-koma-letter2
-\emph default
- fourni avec \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- qui vous donnera des exemples.
- Vous trouverez une description détaillée dans la documentation de Koma-Script (
-\emph on
-scrguide
-\emph default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Problèmes
-\end_layout
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Avec \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- la visualisation d'un document de classe Koma-Script peut poser quelques problèmes :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-le numéro de chapitre pour un type 
 \family sans
-Chapitre
+incorporé (input)
 \family default
- apparaît sur une ligne à part,
- au-dessus de l'en-tête de chapitre,
- au lieu d'être sur la même ligne juste avant.
- C'est causé par le comportement interne de \SpecialChar LyX
- face au marqueur de type 
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+
 \family sans
-Counter_Chapter
+Verbatim
 \family default
- dans le fichier de format;
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-les en-têtes des types 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Les méthodes 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+
 \family sans
-AjoutChap
+inclus (include)
 \family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
  et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+
 \family sans
-AjoutSec
+incorporé (input)
 \family default
- sont uniquement dans la 
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ se ressemblent sur de nombreux points,
+ mais diffèrent notablement sur d'autres:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+les fichiers 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-vraie
+inclus
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- table des matières \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- et pas dans la table des matières \SpecialChar LyX
- (
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Plan
-\family default
-);
-\end_layout
+ commenceront sur une nouvelle page,
+ alors que ceux 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-les paragraphes avec la classe de document 
-\emph on
-letter
-\emph default
- apparaissent séparés par de l'interligne supplémentaire,
- et non par une indentation.
- C'est le comportement par défaut,
- qui se passe de commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
- spécifique.
- Mais dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\family default
- le bouton à cocher correspondant indique 
-\family sans
-Indentation
-\family default
-.
- Cocher 
-\family sans
-Interligne
-\family default
- insère toujours des commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- supplémentaires dans le document pour causer cet espacement,
- ce qui ne serait pas le comportement désiré dans ce cas.
+incorporés
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ commenceront sur la page en cours.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Article (mwart),
- book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+les fichiers 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Les classes 
 \family sans
-mw
-\end_layout
+inclus (include)
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ ne peuvent pas eux-mêmes 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
+inclure
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Tomasz Luczak
-\end_layout
+ d'autre fichiers (sous-sous-documents).
+ Avec 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les classes de document \SpecialChar LyX
- 
-\emph on
-article (mwart)
-\emph default
-,
- 
-\emph on
-report (mwrep)
-\emph default
- et 
-\emph on
-book (mwbk)
-\emph default
- correspondent aux classes de document \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
-\family typewriter
-mwart.cls
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family typewriter
-mwrep.cls
-\family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-mwbk.cls
-\family default
- respectivement.
- Elles remplacent les classes de document standard 
-\family typewriter
-article.cls
+
+\family sans
+incorporé (input)
 \family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
 ,
- 
-\family typewriter
-report.cls
-\family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-book.cls
+ en revanche,
+ la sous incorporation est illimitée.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+inclus (include)
 \family default
- et sont mieux adaptées en bien des aspects aux conventions typographiques polonaises.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ permet l'émettre la sortie imprimable d'un sous-ensemble de fichiers 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+inclus
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ tout en conservant la valeur correcte des compteurs (pagination et autres) et des références (voyez la section 
+\emph on
+Sous-documents
+\emph default
+ du manuel des 
+\emph on
+Objets insérés
+\emph default
+ pour les détails).
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les différences principales sont :
-\end_layout
+De ce fait,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Les titres non numérotés (avec une étoile,
- comme 
 \family sans
-Section*
+inclus (include)
 \family default
-) sont présents dans la table des matières.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Des styles de mise en page supplémentaires :
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-uheadings en-têtes sur plusieurs lignes,
-\end_layout
+ est la méthode appropriée pour des chapitres rédigés à part comme des sous-documents,
+ alors que 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Description
-myheadings en-têtes personnalisés,
- définis par les commandes 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-markright
+\family sans
+incorporé (input)
 \family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
 
-\backslash
-markboth
-\family default
-,
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Description
-myuheadings en-têtes personnalisés sur plusieurs lignes
+ convient mieux pour un héritage de fichiers arbitraires.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-outer le numéro de page est placé du côté extérieur de la page
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Un fichier inclus en 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Options
-\end_layout
+verbatim
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-rmheadings titres avec empattement – par défaut,
+ vous permet d'insérer un texte mis en forme exactement comme il apparaît dans le fichier d'origine.
+ Normalement,
+ les espaces dans ce fichier sont invisibles,
+ cependant,
+ deux espaces consécutives sont conservées,
+ a contrario des règles habituelles de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Cependant,
+ cocher l'option 
+\family sans
+Marquer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+les
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+espaces
+\family default
+ résout toute incertitude en matérialisant chaque espace par un symbole.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-sfheadings titres sans empattement,
+\begin_layout Standard
+D'une manière générale,
+ le fichier maître est converti en un seul fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ avant la typographie,
+ alors que les fichiers inclus sont convertis en fichiers \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ dépourvus de préambule.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-authortitle sur la page de titre,
- d'abord l'auteur puis le titre – par défaut,
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Références croisées entre fichiers
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-titleauthor sur la page de titre,
- d'abord le titre puis l'auteur,
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "100col%"
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ce paragraphe est quelque peu obsolète.
+ Il faudrait décrire les documents maîtres implicites et comment les sous-documents s'ouvrent en même temps que le document maître.
+ [[AFAIRE]]
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-withmarginpar réserver de la place sur la page pour les marges.
+\end_inset
+
+Il est possible de faire des références croisées entre différents fichiers.
+ D'abord,
+ il faut ouvrir tous les fichiers concernés :
+ appelons-les A et B pour un exemple avec deux fichiers,
+ avec B inclus dans A.
+ Supposons que nous ayons inséré une étiquette dans A,
+ à laquelle nous voulons faire référence dans B.
+ Il faut ouvrir la fenêtre de référence croisée à partir de B,
+ et il est alors possible de choisir le 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+tampon
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ à utiliser.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Section
-Memoir
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Listes bibliographiques dans tous les sous-documents
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Par 
-\noun on
-Jürgen
-\noun default
- 
-\noun on
-Spitzmüller
+Lorsque vous travaillez avec un sous-document,
+ vous pouvez préférer avoir une seule bibliographie principale à la fin,
+ tout en conservant la possibilité d'avoir une bibliographie sélectionnée pour le sous-document si vous affichez la sortie de ce sous-document seul.
+ Voici comment procéder.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_layout Standard
+Dans le document maître,
+ vous insérez simplement un insert bibliographique là où la bibliographie principale doit apparaître,
+ que ce soit dan sle document maître ou dans un sous-document.
+ Si la bibliographie est dans le document maître,
+ les références seront héritées par tous les sous-documents:
+ elles sont donc disponibles dans la fenêtre de dialogue des citations dans chacun d'entre eux.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
+Pour le bibliographies particulières aux sous-documents,
+ saisir des inserts bibliographiques là où la bibliographie doit apparaître quand le sous-document est compilé à part.
+ Cependant,
+ l'astuce consiste à la saisir dans une branche (
 \family sans
-Memoir
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Branche\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Insérer une nouvelle branche
 \family default
- est une classe très puissante et en constante évolution.
- Elle a été conçue pour la littérature de fiction comme de non-fiction.
- Son but est de donner à l'utilisateur le maximum de contrôle sur la mise en forme de son document.
- 
+),
+ appelée par exemple 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+SousDocSeul
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Dans le sous-document,
+ activer la branche (
 \family sans
-Memoir
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Branches
 \family default
- est basée sur la classe standard 
+).
+ Dans le document maître,
+ désactiver la branche (
 \family sans
-book
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Branches
 \family default
+).
+ La bibliographie du sous-document sera alors ignorée dans le document maître,
+ mais présente dans le sous-document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+S'il vous faut des bibliographies multiples (une par sous-document dans le 
+\emph on
+document maître
+\emph default
 ,
- mais elle peut aussi émuler la classe 
-\family sans
-article
-\family default
- (voir plus loin).
+ par exemple),
+ voyez la section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Bibliographies-multiples"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Archives \SpecialChar LyX
+
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Les utilisateurs ont parfois besoin de 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\noun on
-Peter Wilson
-\noun default
-,
- le développeur de 
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
- est connu comme l'auteur de nombreux et utiles paquetages dans le monde \SpecialChar LaTeX
- .
- La plupart ont été rassemblés avec 
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
-.
- Il est donc beaucoup plus facile de mettre en forme la table des matières,
- les annexes,
- les chapitres et autres.
+relier
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ un fichier \SpecialChar LyX
+ avec toutes les images (et d'autres fichiers dont il dépend,
+ soit pour l'envoyer à un éditeur,
+ soit pour le partager avec un co-auteur.
  \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- ne gère pas de façon native la plupart de ces fonctionnalités.
- Quelque-unes pourront être ajoutées dans de prochaines versions
-\begin_inset Foot
+ inclut un script Python (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Vous êtes invités à faire des suggestions à 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+lyxpak.py
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+) qui automatise le processus.
+ Pour l'utiliser,
+ il faut que l'un des modules Python 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
+zipfile
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tarfile
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-,
- beaucoup ne le seront probablement jamais,
- à cause des limitations de la structure de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Bien sûr,
- vous pouvez quand même utiliser toutes les fonctions avec l'aide de quelques commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
- (en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ soit installé sur votre système.
+ Implicitement,
+ le script préfère l'archive 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tar
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ compressée par 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Voir la section
-\begin_inset space ~
+gzip
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
+ sur les systèmes Unix et le format 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Insérer-du-code-LaTeX"
-nolink "false"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+zip
+\end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- pour plus de détails.
+ sur Windows.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+La procédure de configuration de \SpecialChar LyX
+ positionne le script pour qu'il exporte une 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- ).
- Dans cette section,
- nous ne listerons que les fonctions qui sont gérées par \SpecialChar LyX
- de façon native.
- Pour une description détaillée (et pour le reste des fonctions) nous recommandons de jeter un œil au manuel détaillé de la classe 
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
+Archive \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Voir 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+,
+ et ce format sera disponible via 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exporter
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -19908,3508 +23538,3419 @@ CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
 .
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Indépendamment du système d'exploitation,
+ la création d'un format d'archive particulier peut être imposée en ajoutant soit l'option 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-,
- qui est non seulement un manuel de l'utilisateur de la classe,
- mais aussi à la fois une description complète de la bonne manière de typographier et un superbe exemple de bonne typographie en lui-même.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-t
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fonctions de base et restrictions
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-À la base,
- 
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
- accepte toutes les fonctions de la classe standard 
-\family sans
-book
-\family default
-.
- Il y a pourtant quelques différences,
- comme celles qui suivent :
+ (pour le format 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tar
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Taille
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-des
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ ) soit l'option 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-z
+\end_layout
 
-polices
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-:
- memoir a une gamme plus large de taille de polices :
- 9,
- 10,
- 11,
- 12,
- 14,
- 17
+ (pour le format 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+zip
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Style
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
+) au convertisseur 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ \SpecialChar menuseparator
+Archive \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
+ dans 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Convertisseurs
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-:
- le style de page 
+ (veillez bien à ajouter l'option après le nom du script,
+ pas avant).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+En-têtes et pieds de page sur mesure
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le format de page implicite est assez banal :
+ pour un document avec la classe article,
+ tout ce que vous obtenez se limite au numéro de page en bas de la feuille.
+ Ce document-ci est de la classe 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-sophistiqué
+book (KOMA script)
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- n'est pas géré,
- à cause d'un conflit de commandes entre 
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
- et le paquetage 
-\family sans
-fancyhdr
-\family default
- (ils définissent tous les deux une commande avec le même nom,
- ce qui perturbe \SpecialChar LaTeX
-).
- À la place,
- Memoir est fourni avec un paquet de ses propres styles de pages (voir 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Format
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (livre),
+ donc il est un peu plus fourni,
+ mais pour réellement en mettre plein la vue,
+ il faut choisir le style d'en-têtes 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
+sophistiqué
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-la
+,
+ comme l'explique le 
+\emph on
+Guide
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-page
-\family default
-).
- Si vous voulez les utiliser pour les pages de chapitre,
- vous devez utiiser la commande 
-\family typewriter
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-chapterstyle
-\family default
- dans le corps du texte ou dans le préambule (par exemple 
-\family typewriter
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ Cette section décrit les codes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ qu'il vous faudra insérer dans votre préambule \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ou dans le texte pour obtenir les effets désirés.
+ Pour plus d'information sur les en-têtes sophistiqués,
+ voir la documentation du paquetage 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\backslash
-chapterstyle{companion}
-\family default
-).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fancyhdr
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Sectionnement
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-:
- les sections (chapitres,
- sections,
- sous-sections etc.) ont un paramètre facultatif dans les classes standard.
- Avec ce dernier,
- vous pouvez donner une version alternative du titre pour la table des matière et les entêtes (par exemple,
- quand le titre est trop long).
- Dans \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- vous pouvez le faire avec 
-\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Titre
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-court
-\family default
- au début de la section/chapitre.
  
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
- a un deuxième paramètre facultatif qui permet de séparer la table des matières et les entêtes.
- Vous pouvez donc définir trois variantes d'un titre :
- un pour le corps du texte,
- un pour la table des matières et un pour les entêtes.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- rend ceux-ci accessibles via des variantes particulières de
-\family sans
- Titre
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+(
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
-court
-\family default
- dans le menu 
-\family sans
-Insertion.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-TdM/LdT/LdF
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-:
- dans les classes standard (et dans beaucoup d'autres classes),
- la table des matières,
- la liste des tableaux et la liste des figures commencent automatiquement une novelle page.
- 
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
- ne suit pas cette règle.
- Vous devez insérer un saut de page vous-même,
- si vous en voulez un.
+).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+L'en-tête est divisé en trois champs,
+ appelés logiquement 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
+gauche
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-titre
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-:
- pour quelque raison inconnue,
- Memoir utilise une pagination sur la page de titre (dans les classes standard,
- les pages de titres sont 
+centre
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ et 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-vides
+droit
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+.
+ Le bas de page aussi a ces trois divisions.
+ Les commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ pour éditer ces champs de la manière la plus simple sont 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead
+\family default
 ,
- c'est-à-dire sans numérotation).
- Si vous voulez une page de titre vide,
- tapez 
+ 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-aliaspagestyle{title}{empty}
+chead
 \family default
- dans le préambule.
-\end_layout
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Article
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+rhead
+\family default
+,
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-:
- avec l'option de classe 
-\emph on
-article
-\emph default
- (à ajouter dans 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+lfoot
+\family default
+,
+ etc.
+ Si vous voulez mettre votre nom dans le coin en haut à gauche de chaque page,
+ insérez simplement cette commande dans le préambule :
+ 
+\end_layout
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Options de classe\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Réglable
-\family default
-),
- vous pouvez imiter le style 
-\family sans
-article
-\family default
-.
- C'est-à-dire que les compteurs (notes de bas de page,
- figures,
- tableaux etc.) ne seront pas réinitialisés à chaque nouveau chapitre,
- les chapitres ne commenceront pas sur une nouvelle page (mais –
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
 
-contrairement à la 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+lhead{Jean D.
+ Rédacteur}
+\end_layout
 
-vraie
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous verrez désormais votre nom dans le coin supérieur gauche.
+ Si un champ a une entrée par défaut que vous souhaitez supprimer (comme le numéro de page apparaissant en bas,
+ centré),
+ insérez simplement une commande avec un paramètre vide,
+ par exemple :
+\end_layout
 
- classe 
-\family sans
-article
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
 
-– ils sont encore autorisés),
- les parties cependant utilisent leur propre page comme dans 
-\family sans
-book
-\family default
-.
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Anciennes
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Maintenant,
+ plus dur :
+ mettons le mot 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-commandes
-\begin_inset space ~
+Section
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-de
+ et le numéro de la section en cours (par exemple Section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-polices
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+3) dans le coin supérieur gauche,
+ le numéro de page en haut à droite,
+ votre nom en bas à gauche et la date en bas à droite.
+ Les commandes suivantes doivent donc apparaître dans votre préambule :
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-:
- par défaut,
- Memoir n'autorise pas l'utilisation des commandes de changement de police supprimées,
- qui étaient utilisée par l'ancienne version \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 2.09 (par exemple 
 \family typewriter
 
 \backslash
-rm,
- 
+lhead{Section 
 \backslash
-it
-\family default
-).
- Il produit une erreur et arrête \SpecialChar LaTeX
- dès qu'une commande de ce genre apparaît.
- L'option de classe 
-\emph on
-oldfontcommands
-\emph default
- autorise de nouveau ces commandes et set contente d'émettre un avertissement (qui au moins ne stoppe pas \SpecialChar LaTeX
-).
- Puisque beaucoup de paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
- et en particulier les fichiers de style Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- utilisent encore ces commandes,
- nous avons décidé d'utiliser cette option par défaut.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fonctions supplémentaires
+thesection}
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Nous n'allons décrire que les fonctions qui sont gérées par \SpecialChar LyX
- (ce qui ne fait pas beaucoup pour l'instant).
- veuillez consulter le manuel de 
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
 
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Voir 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+chead{}
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rhead{Page 
+\backslash
+thepage}
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-.
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lfoot{Jean D.
+ Rédacteur}
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
- pour plus de détails.
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Abstract
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-:
- Vous pouvez vous demander pourquoi un abstract est une fonctionnalité supplémentaire.
- Hé bien,
- c'est une classe book.
- En principe,
- les classes book n'ont pas d'abstract.
- Memoir,
- lui,
- en a une.
- Vous pouvez l'utiliser quand vous le voulez et autant des fois que vous le voulez.
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rfoot{
+\backslash
+today}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Chapterprecis
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les codes 
+\family typewriter
 
-:
- Vous avez peut-être déja vu cela dans la littérature :
- Le contenu d'un chapitre est brièvement décrit sous le titre et aussi dans la table des matières (par exemple :
- 
-\emph on
-Notre héros arrive à Troie ;
- il perd quelques amis ;
- il s'en fait des nouveaux
-\emph default
-).
- Chapterprecis fait exactement cela.
- Cela n'a donc de sens qu'après un début de chapitre.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+thesection
+\family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Epigraph
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+thepage
+\family default
+ permettent d'accéder aux compteurs \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de section et de page,
+ et d'afficher ainsi les numéros de la section et de la page en cours.
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
-:
- Une épigraphe est un joli slogan ou une devise placée au début d'un chapitre.
- L'environnement 
-\family sans
-epigraph
+\backslash
+today
 \family default
- fournit un moyen élégant de mettre en forme une telle devise.
- Le texte de la devise (texte) et son auteur (facultatif) ou source sont séparés par une petite ligne.
- L'auteur (source) peut être saisi via Insérer
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Source épigraphique.
+ affiche simplement la date d'aujourd'hui.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Poemtitle
+\begin_layout Standard
+L'épaisseur de la barre horizontale dessinée au dessous de l'en-tête et au dessus du pied de page peut elle aussi être modifiée.
+ Si vous n'en voulez pas,
+ mettez sa largeur à 0.
+ Par défaut,
+ la barre d'en-tête a une épaisseur de 0,4
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-:
- Memoir offre de nombreuses possibilités pour mettre en forme de la poésie (jusqu'à de très complexes poèmes figuratifs).
- \SpecialChar LyX
- n'en gère que quelques-uns.
- L'un d'eux est 
-\family sans
-poemtitle
+pt,
+ et celle de pied de page une épaisseur de 0.
+ Pour régler l'épaisseur,
+ utilisez les commandes 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{0.4pt}
 \family default
-,
- qui est un titre centré pour les poèmes,
- qui sera aussi ajouté à la table des matières (l'environnement standard pour les poèmes est 
-\family sans
-vers
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{
+\backslash
+footrulewidth}\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{0.4pt}
 \family default
 .
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez activer ou désactiver les paramètres d'en-tête et de pied de page pour une page donnée avec,
+ par exemple :
  
-\family sans
-Memoir
-\family default
- a plusieurs versions améliorées de 
-\family sans
-vers
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{empty}
 \family default
 ,
- mais vous aurez besoin d'utiliser du code \SpecialChar TeX
+ 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{plain}
+\family default
 ,
- puisqu'ils doivent être emboîtés à l'intérieur d'environnements 
-\family sans
-vers
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle\SpecialChar softhyphen
+{fancy}
 \family default
- ordinaires,
- ce qui n'est pas possible avec \SpecialChar LyX
-).
-\end_layout
+.
+ Insérez simplement ces commandes dans le texte de la page que vous voulez modifier,
+ et mettez-les en mode \SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ En fait,
+ par défaut,
+ si vous utilisez le style global 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Description
-Poemtitle*
-\begin_inset space ~
+fancy
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-:
- Comme 
-\family sans
-poemtitle
-\family default
 ,
- mais il n'ajoute pas une entrée à la table des matières.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Papier
-\end_layout
+ les pages de titre sont en 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La classe de document 
-\family sans
-paper
-\family default
- (publication,
- 
+plain
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ alors que les autres sont en 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-papier
+fancy
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-) offre une alternative à la classe standard 
-\family sans
-article
-\family default
 .
- Elle a les mêmes fonctionalités,
- mais vous pouvez préférer ce format,
- avec des sections et en-têtes en police sans empattement,
- ainsi que d'autres particularités.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Publications Springer(
-\family sans
-svjour
-\family default
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Martin Vermeer
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Description
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ce sont les fichiers de format pour certains types de journaux édités par Springer Verlag et dont la liste apparaît à 
+Il existe des commandes plus complexes qui vous permettent d'introduire des choses dans le coin gauche des pages impaires,
+ etc.,
+ mais nous vous renvoyons à la documentation du paquetage 
+\family typewriter
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ pour plus de précisions.
+ (
 \begin_inset Flex URL
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-,
- où vous devrez aussi aller récupérer les fichiers de classe (eh oui,
- c'est maintenant du \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- !).
- C'est un système modulaire :
- ce qui est commun à tous les journaux est implémenté dans 
-\family typewriter
-svjour.inc
-\family default
-,
- et les fichiers de format particuliers à un journal (comme,
- par exemple,
- 
-\family typewriter
-svjog.layout
-\family default
- pour le 
-\emph on
-Journal of Geodesy
-\emph default
-) peuvent l'inclure.
+)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ça veut dire qu'ajouter le support de n'importe quel autre journal Springer présent dans cette liste n'est rien d'autre qu'écrire votre propre fichier 
-\family typewriter
-sv<
-\family default
-mon_journal
-\family typewriter
->.layout
-\family default
- en suivant le schéma donné dans 
-\family typewriter
-svjog.layout
-\family default
-.
+Enfin,
+ il est possible d'insérer une image dans l'en-tête ou le pied de page.
+ Si vous voulez insérer un logo dans le coin supérieur gauche,
+ vous pouvez essayer quelque chose comme :
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ce n'a raisonnablement bien été testé que pour le 
-\emph on
-Journal of Geodesy
-\emph default
-.
- 
-\family typewriter
-svjour
-\family default
- et 
+
 \family typewriter
-svjog
+
+\backslash
+lhead{
+\backslash
+resizebox{1in}{!}{
+\backslash
+includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
 \family default
- sont fournis avec la distribution standard de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Installez le fichier de classe correspondant (téléchargé chez Springer) dans un répertoire approprié,
- reconfigurez \SpecialChar LaTeX
- (en lançant 
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+(il vous faudra peut-être pré-ajouter 
 \family typewriter
-texhash
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
 \family default
- dans le cas de te\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- en tant que super-utilisateur si nécessaire – \SpecialChar LyX
- ne s'occupe-t-il pas tout seul de ça ?),
- reconfigurez \SpecialChar LyX
- et ça devrait fonctionner.
+ avant si aucun autre fichier EPS n'est inséré dans votre document).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nouveaux styles
+\begin_layout Chapter
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ et le Web
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Un grand nombre de styles de type théorème – 
-\family sans
-Affirmation
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Conjecture
-\family default
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ inclut depuis longtemps l'exportation de documents vers divers formats appropriés au monde du Web,
+ comme HTML.
+ Avant la version 2.0,
+ le format HTML était obtenu par l'utilisation de convertisseurs externes
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Pour les détails sur l'utilisation des convertisseurs externes depuis \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- \SpecialChar ldots
+ voir la section 
+\emph on
+Convertisseurs
+\emph default
+ de manuel de 
+\emph on
+Personnalisation
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Théorème
-\family default
 .
+ Ceux-ci se divisent en deux groupes principaux:
+ certains convertisseurs utilisent \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ comme format intermédiaire,
+ comme 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+htlatex
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Note_En_Tête
-\family default
- (Headnote
-\family sans
-)
-\family default
 ,
  
-\family sans
-Dédicace
-\family default
- (Dedication),
- 
-\family sans
-SousTitre
-\family default
- (Subtitle
-\family sans
-)
-\family default
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+html2latex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
 ,
- 
-\family sans
-Titre_\SpecialChar LaTeX
-_Courant
-\family default
- (Running_\SpecialChar LaTeX
-_Title
-\family sans
-)
-\family default
+ et 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+plastex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
 ,
- 
-\family sans
-Auteur_Courant
-\family default
- (Author_Running),
- 
-\family sans
-Institut
-\family default
- (Institute),
- 
-\family sans
-Mail
-\family default
+ en créant le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ à partir de \SpecialChar LyX
+;
+ et il existe un convertisseur qui travaille directement sur le code \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
  
-\family sans
-Tirés_À_Part
-\family default
- (Tiré à parts),
- 
-\family sans
-Mots-Clés
-\family default
- (Keywords),
- 
-\family sans
-Remerciements
-\family default
- (Acknowledgements),
- 
-\family sans
-Remerciement
-\family default
- (Acknowledgement).
- Voir la documentation du fichier de classe de Springer pour les détails.
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+e\SpecialChar LyX
+er
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Publications supportées
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Chacun d'eux présente des avantages et des inconvénients.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les convertisseurs fondés sur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ présentent l'avantage qu'il connaissent (en principe) les mêmes informations que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ concernant le document exporté.
+ Il ne sont pas concernés par le fait qu'un morceau de code soit créé par \SpecialChar LyX
+ ou par un insert de code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Ils comprennent les fichiers 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\emph on
-Journal of Geodesy
-\emph default
- :
- 
-\family typewriter
-svjog.layout
-\family default
- – 
-\noun on
-Martin Vermeer
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+aux
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ les compteurs et les références,
+ et peuvent souvent tirer parti des fichiers 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bbl
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
 
+ engendrés par Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ En contrepartie,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ est un langage vraiment difficile à analyser —
+ on dit souvent que seul \SpecialChar TeX
+ comprend \SpecialChar TeX
+ —
+ et les convertisseurs fondés sur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ échouent souvent sur des constructions apparemment simples;
+ des constructions compliqués peuvent les faire avorter totalement,
+ et actuellement par exemple,
+ le manuel des 
 \emph on
-Probability Theory and Related Fields
+Objets insérés
 \emph default
- :
- 
-\family typewriter
-svprobth.layout
-\family default
- – 
-\noun on
-Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
-\end_layout
+ ne s'exporte pas via 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ajoutez le vôtre,
- ce n'est pas si dur !
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+htlatex
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Crédits
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ces fichiers sont partiellement basés sur l'ancien 
-\family typewriter
-ejour2.layout
-\family default
 ,
- qui était lui-même basé sur une version bricolée d'un vieux fichier de style \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 2.09 de Springer.
- Tout ceci,
- ainsi que le format 
-\family typewriter
-ejour2
-\family default
+ bien que les autres le fassent.
+ L'autre préoccupation provient de la manière dont les formules mathématiques sont traitées:
+ ces convertisseurs traduisent habituellement les formules en petites images qui sont liées dans le document HTML.
+ Puisque celles-ci sont créées par \SpecialChar LaTeX
 ,
- est maintenant dépassé.
- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes a été d'un grand secours pour me guider dans le mécanisme des fichiers de format \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bogues
+ la typographie est précise.
+ mais elles ne se mettent pas à l'échelle facilement,
+ et la tâche de les faires s'insérer harmonieusement dans le document comme si elles en faisaient partie nativement —
+ avec des polices de taille similaire —
+ peut être à elle seule un défi.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Sans doute.
- Mais probablement moins que dans l'ancien 
-\family typewriter
-ejour2
-\family default
- bricolé.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-4
-\end_layout
+Le logiciel 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Amir Karger
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+e\SpecialChar LyX
+er
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
 \end_inset
 
+ (
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
+target "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/"
+literal "false"
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-La classe de texte 
-\family sans
-Revtex
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-4
-\family default
- marche avec la classe Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0 (version 
-\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
-\end_inset
+) créé par Alex Fernandez résout certaines de ces problèmes.
+ En particulier,
+ les formules produites se mettent parfaitement à l'échelle,
+ car il traduit les mathématiques en utilisant une combinaison de HTML et CSS plutôt que de convertir les formules en images.
+ mais même les formules modérément compliquées sont moins bien rendues qu'avec 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
- de mai 1999) de l'American Physical Society.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+htlatex
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- a une classe de texte 
-\family sans
-Revtex
-\family default
-,
- qui marche avec Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 3.1.
- Cependant,
- la version 3.1 est périmée,
- car elle fonctionne avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 2.09.
- Ce qui signifie qu'elle n'interagit pas très bien avec \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- qui a besoin de \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
-,
- même si on l'a trafiqué pour qu'elle marche.
- Comme Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0 a été étudiée pour marcher beaucoup mieux avec \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
-,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- avec la classe de texte 
-\family sans
-Revtex
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-4
-\family default
- devrait être assez facile à utiliser.
-\end_layout
+:
+ ceci révèle les limitations de HTML
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette documentation est censée servir en 
-\emph on
-plus
-\emph default
- de la documentation de Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0,
- nous ne décrirons donc aucune des macros spéciales Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- et supposerons que vous savez ce qu'il faut mettre dans le préambule si besoin.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ceci dit,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Installation
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+e\SpecialChar LyX
+er
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Tout ce que vous avez à faire est d'installer Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4,
- comme c'est décrit dans le fichier README du paquetage.
- Le paquetage est disponible sur le site de Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+\end_inset
+
+ peut également utiliser
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
+ jsMath
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Installez-le quelque part où \SpecialChar LaTeX
- puisse le voir.
- Testez-le en essayant de \SpecialChar LaTeX
-er un court document Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 dans un répertoire au hasard (c'est-à-dire pas dans celui où vous avez installé le fichier de classe).
- Ensuite,
- si vous reconfigurez \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- il trouvera le fichier de classe et vous laissera utiliser la classe de texte 
-\family sans
-Revtex4
-\family default
-.
+ et 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+MathJax
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Probablement la façon la plus simple de démarrer est soit d'importer un document Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 avec 
-\family typewriter
-tex2lyx
-\family default
-,
- soit d'utiliser le modèle 
-\family sans
-Revtex
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-4
-\family default
-,
- qui se trouve dans le répertoire de modèles.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Dans le préambule
+ pour les équations,
+ mais ce réglage ne peut être que global et nécessite l'accès à un serveur qui exécute le code de conversion.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les paramètres optionnels de 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-documentclass
-\family default
-,
- comme 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-preprint
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+.
+ Plus important (du moins pour la version 1.1.1),
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+e\SpecialChar LyX
+er
+\end_layout
 
-aps
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-,
- vont dans le champ d'
-\family sans
-Options
-\family default
- de la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\family default
-\SpecialChar menuseparator
+ ne comprend pas bien les macros mathématiques et pas du tout les styles de paragraphes définis par l'utilisateur et les styles de caractères.
+ Ces limitations rendent 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\family sans
-Classe
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+e\SpecialChar LyX
+er
+\end_layout
 
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-document
-\family default
-,
- comme d'habitude.
- Rappelez-vous que dans Rev\SpecialChar TeX
+ peu approprié pour de nombreux documents créés par les utilisateurs de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ En principe,
+ ces problèmes peuvent bien sûr être résolus,
+ mais les développeurs de Lyx ont choisi une autre voie et ont rendu \SpecialChar LyX
+ lui-même capable d'écrire en XHTML,
+ de la même façon qu'il peut écrire en \SpecialChar LaTeX
 ,
- il faut au moins un paramètre optionnel !
+ en DocBoook ou en texte brut.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le reste de ce qui va dans le préambule,
- comme 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-draft
-\family default
- etc.,
- va comme d'habitude dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Préambule
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
+A l'heure actuelle,
+ l'exportation XHTML est encore en développement et doit probablement être considérée comme 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+expérimentale
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\family default
 .
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Champs
 \begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Le fichier 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- Dans la section sur Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- j'ai traduit 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+development/
+\lang english
+HTML/
+\lang french
+HTML.notes
+\end_layout
 
-layout
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- par 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+,
+ qui se trouve dans l'arborescence des sources \SpecialChar LyX
+ ou qui peut être 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "consultée en ligne"
+target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxgit/development/HTML/HTML.notes?rev=master"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
-champ
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ (en anglais),
+ contient normalement des informations à jour sur l'état de développement de l'exportation XHTML.
+ Voir également la liste des bogues sur le 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "suivi de bogues"
+target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/query?status=reopened&status=assigned&status=new&max=0&component=xhtml+export&order=id&col=id&col=summary&col=reporter&col=keywords&keywords=%21%7Efixedintrunk&desc=1"
+literal "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
- à de nombreux endroits.
- Ce que l'auteur indiquait était peut-être un environnement,
- mais ressemble de toute façon à un champ à remplir.
- N'ayant pas Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- je ne peux pas aller vérifier.
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+ Cependant,
+ les développeurs ont chois cette approche car elle possède plusieurs avantages potentiels sur les deux autres.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Les champs correspondent basiquement aux commandes dans Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0.
- Par exemple,
- le champ 
-\family sans
-Email
-\family default
- correspond à 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-email{}
-\family default
+Les avantages sont dus principalement au fait que les fonctions d'exportation en XHTML,
+ comme elles font partie de Lyx,
+ connaissent du document considéré les mêmes choses que \SpecialChar LyX
 .
- Notez que (au moins pour Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4.0 Beta),
- les champs 
-\family sans
-Adresse
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Affiliation
-\family default
- sont exactement équivalents,
- vous n'avez donc pas besoin d'utiliser les deux
 \begin_inset Foot
-status open
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Au cas où ça vous intéresse,
- les deux sont inclus pour que 
-\family typewriter
-tex2lyx
-\family default
- puisse traduire à la fois 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-address
-\family default
- et 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-affiliation
-\family default
-.
+Un autre avantage réside dans le fait que,
+ puisque ces fonctions sont internes à Lyx,
+ elle sont insensibles aux changements de format des fichiers \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ ou aux modifications de la sémantique des inserts existants.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Notes importantes
-\end_layout
+ Elles connaissent donc la table des matières (telle qu'affichée dans le plan),
+ les compteurs associés aux différents styles de paragraphes standard et aux styles de paragraphe définis par l'utilisateur.
+ Les fonctions d'exportation XHTML connaissent les mêmes choses que \SpecialChar LyX
+ du point de vue de l'internationalisation également,
+ et elles traduiront 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il y a un ou deux aspects spécifiques de Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 qui peuvent causer des erreurs qui sont encore plus troublantes dans \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
+Chapter 1
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dans Rev\SpecialChar TeX
-,
- la commande 
-\family typewriter
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-thanks
-\family default
- va 
-\emph on
-en dehors
-\emph default
- de la commande 
-\family typewriter
+Kapitel 1
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-author
-\family default
-.
- L'équivalent \SpecialChar LyX
- en est qu'il y a un champ 
-\family sans
-Remerciements
-\family default
- séparé.
- N'écrivez 
-\emph on
-pas
-\emph default
- de notes de bas de page dans le champ 
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\family default
-,
- ou des choses étranges apparaîtront.
- Voyez la documentation de Rev\SpecialChar TeX
- 4 pour plus de détails.
- 
+ en fonction de la langue définie localement.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Également,
- les champs 
-\family sans
-Email_Auteur
-\family default
- (Author_Email
-\family sans
-)
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-URL_Auteur
-\family default
- (Author
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-URL) et 
-\family sans
-Remerciements
-\family default
- (Thanks) doivent être placés 
+D'un manière générale,
+ les fonctions d'exportation connaissent le format du document,
+ c'est-à-dire la manière d'afficher le document à l'écran:
+ cette information est exploitée pour l'exportation en XHTML.
+ En particulier,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ engendre 
 \emph on
-entre
+automatiquement
 \emph default
- le champ 
-\family sans
-Auteur
-\family default
- et le champ 
-\family sans
-Adresse
-\family default
- correspondant (ou son équivalent 
-\family sans
-Affiliation
-\family default
-).
- Si vous mettez les 
-\family sans
-Remerciements
-\family default
- après l'
-\family sans
-Adresse
-\family default
+ les informations CSS correspondant aux informations de format utilisées pour l'affichage à l'écran:
+ si les en-têtes de section sont supposées êtres sans empattement et gras dans \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ ils seront implicitement sans empattement et gras dans un navigateur Web.
+ Et ceci est vrai non seulement pour les styles prédéfinis,
+ comme Section,
+ mais pour tout style,
+ y compris défini par l'utilisateur,.
+ De fait,
+ les procédures d'exportation en XHTML ne font pas de distinction entre les paragraphes et les styles de texte définis par l'utilisateur et ceux prédéfinis par \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- la compilation \SpecialChar LaTeX
- échouera.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-\SpecialChar LyX
- et applications externes
+ puisque dans tous les cas,
+ tout ce que connaît \SpecialChar LyX
+ se trouve dans les fichiers de format.
+ Ceci s'applique également aux inserts textuels comme les notes de bas de page et divers inserts personnalisés.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Correcteur \SpecialChar TeX
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+De ce fait,
+ le résultat XHTML peut être adapté et étendu exactement de la même façon que le résultat \SpecialChar LaTeX
+:
+ au moyen des fichiers de format et des modules;
+ voir le chapitre 5 du manuel de 
+\emph on
+Personnalisation
+\emph default
+ pour les détails.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-par 
-\noun on
-Asger Alstrup
+Le reste de ce chapitre décrit plus en détail l'exportation XHTML,
+ ses limitations et les moyens de contourner celles-ci.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_layout Section
+Formules mathématiques en XHTML
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Vous trouverez dans le menu 
-\family sans
-Outils
-\family default
- la commande 
-\family sans
-Correction
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ propose quatre méthodes d'affichages des formules mathématiques,
+ qui ont divers avantages et inconvénients:
+\end_layout
 
-\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_layout Itemize
+MathML
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
-.
- Cette fonctionnalité requière le programme 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
-\lang english
+MathML est in dialecte de XML développé spécifiquement pour afficher les formules mathématiques sur le web,
+ et il offre un excellent rendu dans les navigateurs qui le reconnaissent.
+ L'inconvénient est que tous les navigateurs ne reconnaissent pas MathML,
+ et que le support est incomplet même dans les navigateurs fondés sur Gecko comme Firefox.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Foot
+Si \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne sait pas afficher un formule en MathML —
+ par exemple,
+ la formule utilise le paquetage 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
- n'est pas encore disponible avec la distribution MiK\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\lang english
-.
+xymatrix
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ ou du code \SpecialChar TeX
+ —
+ il affichera la formule sous la forme d'une image.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang french
- et la commande est donc grisée si celui-ci n'est pas installé.
- Vous pouvez vous le procurer de CTAN,
+\begin_layout Itemize
+HTML
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
+Comme on l'a vu plus haut,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chktex.html"
-literal "false"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+elyxer
+\end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
+ exporte les formules mathématiques en HTML,
+ mis en forme par CSS
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ a emprunté à 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+elyxer
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le paquetage 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- est un programme qui a été écrit par 
-\noun on
-Jens T.
- Berger Thielemann
-\noun default
- qui se plaignait que certaines commandes de \SpecialChar LaTeX
- n'étaient pas naturelles et s'oubliaient facilement.
- Ce programme parcourt votre fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- et en vérifie la bonne écriture.
- C'est donc l'équivalent de 
-\family typewriter
-Lint
-\family default
-\noun toggle
-,
- mais pour \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
+ quelques unes des feuilles de style CSS utilisées dans son exportation HTML.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La question est donc :
- mais que vient faire ce logiciel sous \SpecialChar LyX
- alors que \SpecialChar LyX
- est déjà censé produire du \SpecialChar LaTeX
- exempt de fautes ?
- La réponse est simple :
- tout comme 
-\family typewriter
-Lint
-\family default
- ne vérifie pas seulement la 
-\emph on
-syntaxe
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-d'un fichier C,
- mais aussi la bonne utilisation des types,
+\end_inset
 
-\emph default
- 
-\family sans
-\emph toggle
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Pour des formules simples,
+ ceci fonctionne correctement,
+ mais a tendance à échouer pour des formules plus compliquées.
+ Cette méthode a cependant l'avantage d'être largement reconnue et peut donc être utilisée pour des documents contenant peu de formules,
+ et qui soient suffisamment simples.
+\lang english
 
-\family default
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-détecte en plus des erreurs syntaxiques quelques erreurs typographiques.
- Entre autres,
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\emph default
- 
-\family sans
-\emph toggle
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\family default
-\emph default
- 
-\emph toggle
-est à même de détecter des erreurs courantes comme
-\begin_inset Foot
+\lang french
+Si Lyx ne sait pas afficher un formule en HTML —
+ par exemple,
+ la formule utilise le paquetage 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- Certaines de ces règles me sont totalement inconnues.
- Il est possible qu'elles ne s'appliquent pas à la langue française.
- 
-\emph on
-– of
+xymatrix
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- :
+ ou du code \SpecialChar TeX
+ —
+ il affichera la formule sous la forme d'une image.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_deeper
 \begin_layout Itemize
-de mauvais points de suspension :
+Images
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Utiliser \SpecialChar ldots
- et non pas ...;
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-des espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses :
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+Comme 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-( mauvais espacement );
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+htlatex
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-l'utilisation d'espaces normaux dans des abréviations courantes :
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Par exemple il y a ici trop d'espaces dans l'abréviation C.
- N.
- R.
- S.;
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-l'utilisation d'un mauvais espacement à la fin d'une phrase dont la dernière lettre est une majuscule :
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+,\SpecialChar LyX
+ exportera les formules comme des images,
+ les mêmes images en fait que celles utilisées par la fonction d'aperçu sur le vif
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-Voici un TEST.
- Et l'espacement n'est pas bon;
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+L'aperçu sur le vif n'a 
+\emph on
+pas
+\emph default
+ besoin d'être actif pour que les images soient créées,
+ cependant.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-l'insertion d'une espace avant une étiquette ou un autre objet de ce type :
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-L'étiquette ou la note doit être collée au texte,
- sans quoi elle risque d'apparaître sur une mauvaise page.
+.
+ Comme indiqué plus haut,
+ l'avantage de cette méthode réside dans la grande précision des images puisqu'elles sont engendrées par \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ En contrepartie,
+ ces images ne sont pas vectorielles,
+ et par conséquent elles ne se mettent pas bien à l'échelle,
+ elles ne peuvent pas être copiées,
+ etc.
  
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:chktex"
-
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
+La taille des images peut être réglée via le paramètre 
+\emph on
+Mise à l'échelle des images
+\emph default
  
+\emph on
+mathématiques
+\emph default
+ dans le menu 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Sortie
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\family default
+HTML
 \begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cette note peut apparaître sur une mauvaise page,
- car son appel (le petit numéro dans le texte) n'est pas collé au mot le précédant.
+Pour ceux que cela intéresse,
+ la résolution est définie en points par pouce et vaut implicitement 75 dpi.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
 .
- L'étiquette est ici trop séparée;
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Si \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne peut créer un image d'une formule pour une raison ou une autre (e.g.,
+ si un paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ requis n'est pas installé),
+ alors il émettra le code latex brut de la formule.
 \end_layout
 
+\end_deeper
 \begin_layout Itemize
-l'utilisation d'espaces simples au lieu d'espaces insécables devant des références :
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Si vous n'avez pas de chance,
- le saut de ligne aura lieu exactement entre le mot 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+Enfin,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ peut heureusement émettre les formules en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ Bien que l'on ait recours à cette méthode qu'en dernier ressort,
+ elle peut être utilisée avec des outils externes comme 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "jsMath"
+target "http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/"
+literal "false"
 
-section
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- et le numéro,
- et ça ferait le plus mauvais effet...
- :
- voyez la section 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:chktex"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
+,
+ qui utilise JavaScript pour afficher le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ inclus dans les documents HTML.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ encapsule le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ soit dans un insert de type 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-;
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+span
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-l'utilisation d'un 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-x
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- au lieu du symbole 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+ (pour les formules en ligne) soit dans un insert de type 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+div
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Formula $\times$
 \end_inset
 
+ (pour les formules hors ligne) marqué par 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- entre deux nombres :
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class='math'
+\end_layout
 
-2x2 rend beaucoup moins bien que 
-\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
 \end_inset
 
-
+,
+ comme requis par jsMath.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-et bien plus encore...
- C'est un outil très utile pour le 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-polissage final
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- du document avant son impression,
- et vous devriez l'utiliser après l'inévitable correction de l'orthographe et avant d'affiner la typographie.
-\end_layout
+Une des ces méthodes d'affichage doit être sélectionnée dans la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Comment l'utiliser
+\family default
+Sortie.
+ Implicitement,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ émet en MathML.
+ Ceci est un réglage global pour le document.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Si le programme est installé,
- l'employer est un jeu d'enfant :
- faites
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ offre également le choix d'une méthode différente pour un insert particulier,
+ s'il est par exemple mal affiché via MathML.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\family sans
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Correction
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ceci dit,
+ puisque \SpecialChar LyX
+ se rabat sur les images quand la formule contient du code \SpecialChar TeX
+,
+ il est possible de forcer l'affichage par une image en insérant un code \SpecialChar TeX
+ innocent,
+ par exemple 
+\begin_inset Formula $a=b\relax$
 \end_inset
 
-\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
 .
- \SpecialChar LyX
- générera alors une version \SpecialChar LaTeX
- de votre document,
- lancera 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- pour la corriger,
- puis insérera des 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-boîtes d'erreurs
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- avec les avertissements de 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
-,
- s'il y en a.
- Ces avertissements seront placés au plus près de l'erreur,
- et vous pourrez facilement les trouver avec 
-\family sans
-Navigation\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Erreur
-\family default
-,
- ou par le raccourci clavier 
-\family sans
-C-g
-\family default
- (d'après le fichier de raccourcis implicites 
-\family typewriter
-cua
-\family default
-).
- Ouvrez les boîtes d'erreur en cliquant dessus,
- ou par le raccourci 
-\family typewriter
-cua
-\family default
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliographie et citations
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+L'exportation XHTML traduit parfaitement les bibliographies et les citations.
  
-\family sans
-C-i
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les étiquettes de citation sont créées par le même mécanisme qui produit le étiquettes apparaissant dans l'écran \SpecialChar LyX
+:
+ les citations se présenteront donc aussi bien que dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ si ce n'est mieux.
+ Si vous utilisez des citations numériques,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ émettra des étiquettes numériques,
+ comme [1] ou [17],
+ plutôt que d'afficher simplement la clé de la citation comme à l'écran.
+ Si vous utilisez des citations auteur-année,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ ajoutera des lettres en bas de casse à l'année,
+ comme le fait Bib\SpecialChar TeX
 ,
- ou le raccourci 
-\family typewriter
-emacs
-\family default
- 
-\family sans
-C-o
-\family default
-.
- Lisez l'avertissement,
- et corrigez l'erreur si c'en est bien une.
- Si vous ne comprenez pas l'avertissement,
- ignorez-le.
- En effet,
- il y a des différences entre ce qu'il y a à l'écran et les détails techniques que 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+ s'il trouve plus d'une citation du même auteur dans le même année.
+ Les étiquettes seront imprimées avec les entrées bibliographiques.
+ Notez cependant qu'il n'est pas actuellement possible de modifier l'apparence des étiquettes,
+ en choisissant par exemple entre parenthèses et crochets.
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- vérifie,
- et ça peut amener certains de ses avertissements à paraître mystérieux ou même stupides.
+\begin_layout Standard
+L'affichage de la bibliographie est régie par le même mécanisme que celui qui gère le présentation des références dans la fenêtre de dialogue des citations,
+ vous verrez donc dans le résultat XHTML à peu près les mêmes choses que ce que vous voyez en consultant un entrée dans cette fenêtre.
+ La présentation peut être personnalisée dans le fichier de format,
+ ou de préférence dans un module,
+ voyez le manuel de 
+\emph on
+Personnalisation
+\emph default
+ pour les détails.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ce document est un excellent terrain d'entraînement,
- et sa vérification lèvera sûrement quelques avertissements.
- Les ordinateurs sont idiots:
- la plupart de ces avertissements seront donc des fausses alertes.
+Le plus gros défaut actuel réside dans l'affichage des informations croisées dans chaque entrée à laquelle elles sont associées,
+ vous pouvez donc voir ceci:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Réglages fins
+\begin_layout Quote
+
+\lang english
+Jason Stanley,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Context and Logical Form
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ in 
+\emph on
+Language in Context:
+ Selected Essays
+\emph default
+ (Oxford:
+ Oxford University Press,
+ 2007),
+ pp.
+ 30–68.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous trouverez parfois que 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_layout Quote
 
-\family default
- est plus bavard qu'il ne devrait l'être.
- Vous pouvez alors choisir de ne pas l'utiliser,
- ou alors le configurer à vos propres goûts.
+\lang english
+Jason Stanley,
  
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Semantics in Context
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ in 
+\emph on
+Language in Context:
+ Selected Essays
+\emph default
+ (Oxford:
+ Oxford University Press,
+ 2007),
+ pp.
+ 201–30.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Mais,
- même si 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
- est vraiment configurable et extensible,
- vous ne pourrez pas résoudre tous les problèmes de 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+Ceci devrait être corrigé rapidement.
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- dans \SpecialChar LyX
- de cette manière.
- En effet,
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il n'y a actuellement aucun support pour les les bibliographies par sections.
+ Si vous avez des bibliographies multiples,
  \SpecialChar LyX
- génère un fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- un peu particulier pour être ensuite capable de faire correspondre les numéros de lignes indiqués par 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+ exportera la même bibliographie partout.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Index
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ exporte heureusement les index ne XHTML,
+ avec quelques limitations pour le moment.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+L'exportation des index sera fiable si vous n'essayez pas d'utiliser les constructions sophistiquées décrites dans le paragraphe consacré aux index dans le 
+\emph on
+Guide de l'utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
 \begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Vous pouvez trouver toutes les indications de 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
- en faisant 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Fichier
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Journal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\family default
- après avoir lancé 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
+Le principal problème ici vient du fait que \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne gère pas vraiment ces entrées d'index,
+ il se contente de vous laisser saisir le code \SpecialChar LaTeX
 .
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
- avec la structure interne du document.
- De ce fait,
- certains avertissements ne sembleront pas apparaître correctement.
- Vous pouvez faire deux choses contre cela :
+ Nous décrivons ici comment elles sont gérées en utilisant les en-têtes de sous-section de cette section.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
-Paramétrez l'appel à 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+Rassembler les entrées d'index (c'est-à-dire,
+ sous-entrées):
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ essaye de les traduire,
+ mais les entrées doivent être séparées par 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- dans 
-\family sans
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sorties\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ !
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
 ,
- ou alors dans le fichier de configuration de l'installation de 
-\family sans
-Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+ il doit y avoir des espaces autour du point d'exclamation.
+ Ceci est dû au fait qu'il est difficile autrement de les différencier des points d'exclamation affectés d'un échappement,
+ de ceux des expressions mathématiques,
+ etc.
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- (souvent,
- le fichier
-\family typewriter
- chktexrc
-\family default
-).
- Voyez ci-dessous pour savoir quels avertissements peuvent être activés ou désactivés à la ligne de commande.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Ensembles de pages consécutives:
+ il n'y a aucune traduction possible pour ces ensembles,
+ puisqu'ils n'ont aucun sens en XHTML.
+ À la place,
+ vous obtiendrez deux entrées d'index,
+ une à chaque extrémité.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Itemize
-Exportez votre document en tant que fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- normal par 
-\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+Références croisées:
+ les références croisées ne sont APA traduites.
+ Si \SpecialChar LyX
+ trouve une entrées contenant 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+|
+\lang english
+see
+\lang french
+\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- et lancer manuellement 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
- dessus.
- S'il est invoqué de cette façon,
- ça peut être pénible de trouver l'endroit correspondant dans le document \SpecialChar LyX
 ,
- mais avec un peu de patience,
- vous devriez y arriver.
+ il l'ignore cette indication,
+ et le reste est traité comme une entrée ordinaire.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Voici maintenant les messages d'avertissement qui peuvent être activés ou désactivés dans 
-\family sans
-Préférences
-\family default
-.
- Utilisez 
-\family typewriter
--n#
-\family default
- pour désactiver un avertissement,
- et 
-\family typewriter
--w#
-\family default
- pour l'activer.
- Les entrées en italiques sont désactivées par défaut,
- car le réglage de base est 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Ordre des entrées d'index:
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ essaie de gérer l'ordre de tri.
+ Il prend ce qui est avant le premier 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+@
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ qu'il trouve et l'utilise pour trier,
+ en considérant ce qui est après le premier 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- 
-\family typewriter
-chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
-\family default
- 
+@
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Remarquez que vous ne devriez toucher qu'à ces options d'activation et de désactivation d'avertissements,
- et pas aux autres.
- En effet,
+ comme l'entrée effective.
+ Pour le moment,
  \SpecialChar LyX
- utilise les autres options à sa convenance pour dialoguer avec 
-\family typewriter
-chktex
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ ne vérifie pas si 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+@
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-\emph on
-Command terminated with space.
- (La commande se termine par une espace.)
+ fait l'objet d'un échappement,
+ n'essayez donc pas de trier des adresses électroniques.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Non-breaking space (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Format des entrées d'index:
+ vous pouvez mettre les entrées en forme en utilisant la fenêtre de choix des styles de caractères,
+ ou par une autre méthode proposée par \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Les constructions telles que 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family typewriter
-~
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+entrée|textbf
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-) should have been used.
- (Il faut utiliser ici une espace insécable (
-\family typewriter
-
+ ne sont pas traduites.
+ En fait,
+ si \SpecialChar LyX
+ trouve un caractère tube (
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-~
+|
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
-).)
+) dans une entrée,
+ il l'ignore ainsi que tout ce qui le suit.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Index multiples:
+ les index multiples ne sont pas traduits,
+ toutes les entrées d'index seront considérées comme un seul grand index.
+ Pour éviter d'exporter plusieurs versions du même index,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ n'exporte que l'index principal,
+ assurez-vous d'en créer un.
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
-\emph on
-You should enclose the previous parenthesis with 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Nomenclatures et glossaires
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il n'y a actuellement pas d'exportation des glossaires.
+ Il serait trivial de les ajouter,
+ et ce serait bienvenu.
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-{}
-\family default
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Exportation DocBook
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+En plus de XHTML,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ peut créer des documents avec le vocabulaire XML de Docbook.
+ Avec les versions 2.3 et antérieures,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne disposait que de modèles sélectifs pour engendrer des documents DocBook (version 4 seulement).
+ À partir de la version 2.4 de \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ la plupart des formats peuvent créer des documents DocBook valides (version 5 uniquement).
+ Cette fonctionnalité est intégrée à \SpecialChar LyX
+ et ne requiert pas l'usage d'outils externes.
+\end_layout
 
-.
- (Vous devriez entourer les parenthèses précédentes par
-\emph default
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
+De ce fait,
+ les exportations DocBook peuvent être personnalisées et enrichies exactement de la même façon que le résultat de la compilation \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ peut être personnalisé et enrichi:
+ via les fichiers de format et les modules.
+ Voir le chapitre 
 \emph on
 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-{}
+Installer de nouvelles classes
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
 \emph default
- 
+ du 
 \emph on
-.)
+Manuel de Personnalisation
+\emph default
+ pour les détails.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+La plupart des fonctionnalités de \SpecialChar LyX
+ sont accessibles poue DocBook:
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
-Italic correction (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Itemize
+les affichages mathématiques sont obtenus essentiellement en MathML (avec comme exception principale les constructions qui ne sont pas reconnues par \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ comme les ERT).
+ Toutes les formules sont également disponibles en \SpecialChar TeX
+ natif dans le résultat DocBook pour un traitement ultérieur;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+les bibliographies et les citations sont interprétées,
+ y compris avec un fichier BibTeX externe.
+ Les entrées bibliographiques ne sont pas pré-affichées quand une information détaillée est disponible,;
+ mais plutôt exportées avec les constructions standard DocBook.
+ Le processeur externe DocBook est supposé gérer le rendu des entrées;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+les index sont interprétés,
+ y compris les index multiples.
+ Les regroupements (avec 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+),
+ les portées de pages et les références croisés (avec
+\family typewriter
+ |see
+\family default
+) sont reconnus,
+ en exceptant l'évitement des symboles identiques.
+ L'ordre d'affichage (
 \family typewriter
+@
+\family default
+) et les types de caractères (
+\family typewriter
+|mathbf
+\family default
+) ne sont pas reconnus.
+ Il n'y a pas de support pour l'échappement des entrées d'index;
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-/
+\begin_layout Itemize
+les glossaires sont interprétés.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Deux paramètres essentiels peuvent être réglés au niveau du document:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+le format des tableaux:
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ peut déclarer les tableaux soit en HTML (réglage implicite),
+ soit au format CALS,
+ en fonction des desiderata de l'utilisateur.
+ La plupart des processeurs DocBook acceptent les deux formats.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+le préfixe MathML:
+ avec DocBook,
+ MathML est inclus au sein des son propre espace-nom,
+ au contraire de HTML.
+ En conséquence,
+ il doit uy avoir une indication des balises appartenant au standard MathML.
+ Trois possibilités sont offertes:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+en ligne:
+ l'espace-nom MathML est défini pour chaque formule (en utilisant l'attribut 
+\family typewriter
+xmlns
 \family default
+ pour chacune);
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+avec le préfixe 
+\family typewriter
+m
+\family default
+ (implicite):
+ l'espace-nom MathML est défini au niveau du document (en utilisant l'attribut 
+\family typewriter
+xmlns:m
+\family default
+ à la racine).
+ Chaque MathML reçoit le préfixe 
+\family typewriter
+m
+\family default
+:,
+ par exemple 
+\family typewriter
+m:math
+\family default
+;
+\end_layout
 
-) found in non-italic buffer.
- (Une correction d'italique (
+\begin_layout Itemize
+avec le préfixe
+\family typewriter
+ mml
+\family default
+:
+ comme l'option 
+\family typewriter
+m
+\family default
+,
+ mais avec
 \family typewriter
+ mml.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-/
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette option est particulièrement utile si vous voulez que \SpecialChar LyX
+ se conforme à votre style personnel ou si vous avez à travailler avec un logiciel véreux qui n'accepte qu'un seul préfixe pour MathML.
+\end_layout
 
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Le Serveur \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\family default
-) est dans un groupe qui n'est pas en italique.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Section
+Introduction
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
-Italic correction (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+serveur \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-/
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-) found more than once.
- (Il y a plus d'une correction d'italique (
-\family typewriter
-
+ est une méthode implantée dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ qui permet à d'autres programmes de dialoguer avec \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ d'invoquer des commandes \SpecialChar LyX
+ et d'obtenir de l'information à propos de son état interne.
+ Tout ceci n'est destiné qu'aux utilisateurs avancés,
+ qui devraient le trouver utile.
+ C'est grâce au serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ par exemple,
+ que des gestionnaires de bibliographies comme JabRef peuvent permettre de 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-
-\backslash
-/
+pousser
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
-) .)
+ des citations dans \SpecialChar LyX
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Section
+Démarrer le Serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Démarrer-le-Serveur"
 
-\size small
-\emph on
-No italic correction (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-/
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+ fonctionne par l'intermédiaire d'une paire de tubes.
+ Ils sont habituellement disposés dans votre répertoire utilisateur 
+\family typewriter
+MonRép 
 \family default
+(sauf sur Windows,
+ ou des tubes nominatifs 
+\emph on
+locaux
+\emph default
+ sont des objets spéciaux localisés dans 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
 
-) found.
- (Il n'y a pas de correcteur d'italique (
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\family default
+) et portent les noms 
 \family typewriter
 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-
-\backslash
-/
+.lyxpipe.in
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
 \family default
-\emph default
- 
-\emph on
-) .)
-\end_layout
+ et 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-Accent command 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.lyxpipe.out
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
+\family default
+.
+ Les programmes externes écrivent dans 
 \family typewriter
-cmd
+.lyxpipe.in
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- needs use of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ et lisent les données dans 
+\family typewriter
+.lyxpipe.out
+\family default
+.
+ La racine de ces deux noms peut être définie dans la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Entrées\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Répertoires
+\family default
+,
+ par exemple 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
 
 \family typewriter
-cmd
+/home/mon_home/.lyxpipe
 \family default
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- (La commande 
+,
+ ou 
 \family typewriter
 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-cmd
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
+\backslash
 
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\backslash
+lyxpipe
 \family default
- requière l'utilisation de 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-cmd
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ avec Windows (ou n'importe quel chemin admissible peut être utilisé à la place de lyxpipe,
+ par exemple 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+"
+\backslash
 
-\family default
-.)
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\backslash
+my
+\backslash
+lyx
+\backslash
+pipe"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-Wrong length of dash may have been used.
- (Il se peut que le tiret ne soit pas de la bonne longueur.)
+ fonctionnerait également).
+ Vous devez configurer ceci 
+\emph on
+manuellement
+\emph default
+ pour que le serveur puisse démarrer.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ajoutera les suffixes 
+\family typewriter
 
-\size small
-\emph on
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+.in
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family typewriter
-%s
 \family default
+ et 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- expected,
- found 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.out
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family typewriter
-%s
 \family default
+ pour créer les tubes.
+ Si l'un des ces tubes existe déjà,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supposera qu'un autre processus \SpecialChar LyX
+ est déjà en route et ne démarrera pas le serveur.
+ Sur les systèmes POSIX (similaires à Unix),
+ si pour d'autres raisons un tube inutilisé et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+dormant
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ existe à la fermeture de \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ essaiera de le supprimer.
+ Si ceci échoue pour une raison ou une autre,
+ vous devrez supprimer les tubes à la main et redémarrer \SpecialChar LyX
 .
- (Attendait
-\emph default
- 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-
+ Sur Windows,
+ les tubes sont supprimés par le système à la fermeture du programme ou après un crash,
+ ainsi les tubes 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-%s
+dormants
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ ne peuvent exister.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour faire tourner plusieurs processus \SpecialChar LyX
+ avec des serveurs en même temps,
+ vous devez utiliser différentes configurations,
+ peut-être en utilisant des répertoires utilisateurs différents,
+ avec leurs propres 
+\family typewriter
+préférences
 \family default
 ,
- a trouvé
-\emph default
+ pour chaque processus.
  
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-%s
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous développez un programme client,
+ il vous sera peut-être utile d'activer les informations de déboguage du serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Pour cela,
+ démarrez \SpecialChar LyX
+ avec la commande 
+\family typewriter
+lyx -dbg 8192
 \family default
-.)
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Solo 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous pouvez trouver un exemple complet de client écrit en C++ dans la distribution source sous le nom 
 \family typewriter
-%s
+development/server_monitor.c
 \family default
+pp.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- found.
- (Un seul
-\size default
- 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Un autre outil utile est un client en ligne de commande que vous trouverez dans 
 \family typewriter
+src/client/lyxclient
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Section
+Communication normale
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
-%s
-\size default
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour émettre un appel \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ le client écrit une ligne de texte ASCII dans le tube d'entrée,
+ selon le format suivant :
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+LYXCMD:
+\emph on
+nom_client
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+fonction
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+paramètre
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Description
 
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+nom_client
 \family default
-\size small
- a été trouvé.)
+\emph default
+ est un nom que le client peut choisir arbitrairement.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ rappelle ce nom s'il envoie une réponse – un client peut donc répartir les réponses aux différentes requêtes.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should use 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Description
 
 \family typewriter
-%s
+\emph on
+fonction
 \family default
+\emph default
+ est la fonction que vous voulez faire exécuter à \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ C'est la commande que vous auriez entrée dans le minibuffer.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
 
- to achieve an ellipsis.
- (Vous devriez utiliser 
 \family typewriter
-
+\emph on
+paramètre
+\family default
+\emph default
+ est un paramètre optionnel qui n'est utile que pour certaines fonctions (par exemple,
+ le LFUN 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-%s
+self-insert
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
- pour une ellipse (points de suspension).)
+ qui insère le paramètre comme du texte à la position du curseur).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Inter-word spacing (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+La réponse de \SpecialChar LyX
+ arrive dans le tube de sortie sous la forme :
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+INFO:
+\emph on
+nom_client
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+fonction
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+données
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+où 
 \family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-
+\emph on
+nom_client
 \family default
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-) should perhaps be used.
- (Une espace d'entre mots (
+\emph default
+ et 
 \family typewriter
-
+\emph on
+fonction
+\family default
+\emph default
+ sont les mêmes que dans la requête,
+ tandis que 
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+données
+\family default
+\emph default
+ contient des informations plus ou moins utiles selon la façon avec laquelle la commande s'est exécutée.
+ Certaines commandes renvoient des informations à propos de l'état interne de \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ comme 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+font-state
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
+,
+ tandis que d'autres ne renvoient rien.
+ Ça signifie alors que l'exécution s'est bien passée.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+En cas d'erreurs,
+ la réponse de \SpecialChar LyX
+ aura la forme :
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ERROR:
+\emph on
+nom_client
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+fonction
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+message_d'erreur
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+où le 
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+message_d'erreur
 \family default
+\emph default
+ doit expliquer pourquoi la commande a échoué.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
-) devrait peut-être être utilisé.)
+\begin_layout Standard
+Exemples :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
-Inter-sentence spacing (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family typewriter
-
-\backslash
-@
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+read a <~/.lyxpipe.out
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-) should perhaps be used.
- (Une espace d'entre phrases (
-\family typewriter
+echo $a
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Notification
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ peut notifier aux clients les événements qui se produisent de manière asynchrone.
+ Pour l'instant il ne le fait que si l'utilisateur associe une séquence de touches à la fonction 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-
-\backslash
-@
+notify
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
-) devrait peut-être être utilisé.)
+.
+ Voici le format de ce que \SpecialChar LyX
+ envoie :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Could not find argument for command.
- (N'a pas trouvé de paramètre à la commande.)
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+NOTIFY:
+\emph on
+séquence_touches
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-No match found for 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+où 
 \family typewriter
-%s
+\emph on
+séquence_touches
 \family default
+\emph default
+ est la représentation imprimée de la séquence de touches réellement tapée par l'utilisateur.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- (Aucune occurrence de 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ce mécanisme peut servir pour étendre l'ensemble des commandes \SpecialChar LyX
+ et implémenter des macros :
+ associez certaines séquences de touches à 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- 
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
- 
+notify
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- n'a été trouvée.)
+,
+ démarrez un client qui écoute le tube de sortie,
+ traite la commande selon la séquence et démarre une fonction qui peut utiliser des appels et des requêtes \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour envoyer une commande ou une série de commandes à \SpecialChar LyX
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Section
+Le protocole serveur \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\size small
-Math mode still on at end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
- file.
- (Le fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- se termine dans le mode Math.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Number of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ implémente un protocole simple qui peut servir à la gestion de session.
+ Tous les messages sont de la forme :
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+LYXSRV:
+\emph on
+nom_client
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+message_protocole
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+où 
 \family typewriter
-char
+\emph on
+message_protocole
 \family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\emph default
+ peut être 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- doesn't match the number of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+hello
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
-char
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+bye
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 .
- (Le numéro de 
-\family typewriter
-
+ Si un client reçoit 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-char
+hello
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
- ne correspond pas à celui de 
-\family typewriter
-
+,
+ c'est que \SpecialChar LyX
+ l'informe qu'il écoute ses messages,
+ s'il reçoit 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-char
+bye
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family default
-.)
+,
+ c'est que \SpecialChar LyX
+ est en train de s'arrêter.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should use either 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- or 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- as an alternative to 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Recherche inversée DVI/PDF
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Quelques visionneuses DVI/PDF
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\family typewriter
-"
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Les visionneuses suivantes proposent la fonction de recherche inversée en PDF:
+ Okular sur KDE/Linux,
+ Qpdfview sur Unix,
+ Skim sur Mac OSX et SumatraPDF sur Windows.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
+ assurent la fonction de 
+\emph on
+recherche inversée
+\emph default
 .
- (Vous devriez utiliser 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- ou 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- plutôt que 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-"
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
+ Ceci signifie que vous pouvez demander à \SpecialChar LyX
+ de positionner le curseur sur une ligne particulière en cliquant sur la même ligne dans le résultat imprimable DVI/PDF.
+ Pour que ceci soit possible,
+ il faut que la visionneuse puisse communiquer avec \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ C'est la cas par le serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+ soit par un tube nommé (
+\emph on
+lyxpipe
+\emph default
+),
+ soit par un connecteur de domaine (
+\emph on
+lyxsocket
+\emph default
+) créé par \SpecialChar LyX
+ dans son répertoire temporaire (c'est comme ceci que le programme 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\family default
-.)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+lyxclient
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-You should use "
-\family typewriter
-'
-\family default
-" (ASCII 39) instead of "´" (ASCII 180).
- (Vous devriez utiliser 
-\family typewriter
+ communique avec \SpecialChar LyX
+).
+ Dans certains cas,
+ vous aurez besoin d'un script auxiliaire qui interface la visionneuse et \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ dans d'autres cas,
+ la visionneuse peut communiquer directement avec \SpecialChar LyX
+:
+ ceci dépend de la visionneuse sélectionnée et de votre système d'exploitation.
+ La même considération s'applique pour la configuration des visionneuses et pour le méthode d'implantation de la recherche inversée.
+ Dans ce qui suit,
+ nous allons donc décrire comment configurer la recherche inversée pour des visionneuses particulières.
+ mais auparavant,
+ nous allons expliquer d'une manière générale ce qu'il faut faire pour activer la recherche inversée depuis le résultat imprimable DVI/PDF.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Activation-automatique"
 
-'
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+Activation automatique
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- (ASCII 39) au lieu de 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le plus souvent,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ démarrera le serveur pour vous en appuyant sur le bouton
+\lang english
+ 
+\begin_inset Info
+type  "icon"
+arg   "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
 \end_inset
 
 
+\lang french
+ de la barre des outils.
+ Une alternative consiste à activer la fonctionnalité en cochant
+\family sans
+ Synchroniser avec la sortie imprimable
 \family default
-´
+ dans 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sortie\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+.
+ Dans ce cas,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ insérera automatiquement la macro Sync\SpecialChar TeX
+ (pour PDF) ou chargera le paquetage 
 \family typewriter
+srcltx
+\family default
+ (pour DVI).
+ Cette option peut être facilement atteinte depuis la barre d'outils 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Visionner/Mettre à jour
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+S'il vous faut un réglage différent,
+ vous pouvez sélectionner ou saisir une macro personnalisée dans la liste déroulante située juste à côté de 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sortie\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Synchroniser avec la sortie imprimable
 \family default
- (ASCII 180).)
-\end_layout
+.
+ Notez que la méthode 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
-User-specified pattern found.
- (A trouvé un format défini par l'utilisateur.)
+\backslash
+synctex=1
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-This command might not be intended.
- (Cette commande n'est peut-être pas volontaire.)
-\end_layout
+ active la compression 
+\family sans
+gzip
+\family default
+.
+ Si votre visionneuse ne la supporte pas,
+ vous devez utiliser à la place
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
-\emph on
-Comment displayed.
- (Un commentaire est affiché.)
+\backslash
+synctex=-1
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-Either 
-\family typewriter
-''
-\backslash
-,'
-\family default
- or 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\backslash
-,''
-\family default
- will look better.
- (
-\family typewriter
-''
-\backslash
-,'
-\family default
- ou 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\backslash
-,''
-\family default
- présentera mieux.)
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notez également que la l'inclusion des paquetages 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\size small
-Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
- (Enlevez cette espace pour avoir une pagination correcte.)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+srcltx
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\emph on
-You might wish to put this between a pair of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\family typewriter
-{}
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+src-specials
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- (Ce serait peut-être mieux entre deux accolades
-\emph default
- 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
+ a quelquefois un impact imprévu sur la typographie.
+ Vous devrez donc supprimer la synchronisation avec la sortie imprimable pour la compilation finale du document si vous utilisez 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+srcltx
+\end_layout
 
-{}
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\family default
-.)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+src-specials
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
- (Il n'y a pas d'espace devant cette ponctuation.)
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-Could not execute \SpecialChar LaTeX
- command.
- (Ne peut pas exécuter la commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.)
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous avez besoin de réglages particuliers qui ne sont pas couverts par la réglage automatique,
+ lisez les paragraphes suivants consacrés à la synchronisation manuelle.
+ Si la configuration automatique vous convient,
+ allez directement au paragraphe
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\size small
-Don't use 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Configuration-et-utilisation"
+nolink "false"
 
-\backslash
-/
-\family default
- in front of small punctuation.
- (N'utilisez pas 
-\family typewriter
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-/
-\family default
- devant la ponctuation basse.)
+,
+ où sont décrites les étapes de la configuration dans votre visionneuse,
+ – que la mise en œuvre soit automatique ou manuelle.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family typewriter
-\size small
-$
-\backslash
-times$
-\family default
- may look prettier here.
- (
-\family typewriter
-$
-\backslash
-times$
-\family default
- serait mieux ici.)
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Activation manuelle
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ fournit plusieurs méthodes pour la recherche inversée.
+ Certaines sont inhérentes au programme 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\size small
-\emph on
-Multiple spaces detected in output.
- (La sortie affiche ici plusieurs espaces.)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+latex/pdflatex
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-This text may be ignored.
- (Ce texte ne sera peut-être pas pris en compte.)
+,
+ d'autres sont fournies par des paquetages externes.
+ Votre choix dépendra du fait que votre distribution \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ fournisse déjà une méthode donnée (les méthodes inhérentes sont assez récentes) et du fait que votre visionneuse puisse le gérer.
+ Les méthodes disponibles dont décrites dans la suite.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Recherche
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-Use 
-\family typewriter
+inversée
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+inhérente
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- to begin quotation,
- not 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\family default
-.
- (Utilisez 
-\family typewriter
+via
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+src-specials
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+(DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- pour ouvrir une citation et non 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\family default
-.)
+uniquement) 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette méthode équipe le fichier DVI de l'information nécessaire pour la recherche inversée.
+ Elle est disponible en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ depuis quelque temps (n'importe quelle distribution suffisamment récente devrait l'inclure) et elle est fiable.
+ Pour l'activer,
+ modifier la commande dans le convertisseur 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
-\size small
-Use 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\family default
- to end quotation,
- not 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX (standard)->DVI
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
+ ou le convertisseur 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
-\family default
-.
- (Utilisez 
-\family typewriter
-'
-\family default
- pour clore une citation et non 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX (standard)->DraftDVI
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-
+ dans 
+\family sans
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Convertisseurs
 \family default
-.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+ comme ceci:
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\size small
-Don't mix quotes.
- (Ne mélangez pas les différents types de guillemets.)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+latex -src-specials $$i
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should perhaps use 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
+.
+ Si cela ne fonctionne pas,
+ vérifiez les options votre moteur \SpecialChar TeX
+ (la syntaxe peut différer dans quelques distributions).
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-cmd
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Paquetages
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- instead.
- (Il vaudrait peut-être mieux utiliser 
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+externes
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-cmd
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+(PDFSync
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+et
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
-.)
+scrltx) 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
- (Il faut des espaces à l'extérieur des parenthèses.)
+\begin_layout Standard
+Les paquetages 
+\emph on
+pdfsync
+\emph default
+ and 
+\emph on
+scrltx
+\emph default
+ fournissent la fonctionnalité de recherche inversée pour les sorties imprimables PDF (via pdflatex) et DVI,
+ respectivement.
+ Pour l'activer,
+ charger les paquetages dans le préambule \SpecialChar LyX
+:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
- (Ne mettez pas d'espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses.)
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
-\emph on
-You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
- (La ponctuation ne doit pas apparaître derrière les guillemets.)
+\backslash
+usepackage{pdfsync}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-Double space found.
- (Double espace !)
+ pour la recherche inversée depuis le PDF;
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
- (La ponctuation devrait se trouver à l'extérieur du mode mathématique.)
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
-You ought to not use primitive \SpecialChar TeX
- in \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code.
- (Vous ne devez pas utiliser de primitives \SpecialChar TeX
- dans du code \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.)
+\backslash
+usepackage[active]{srcltx}
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-You should remove spaces in front of 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
+ pour la recherche inversée depuis le DVI.
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous souhaitez effectuer la recherche inversée depuis les deux formats,
+ vous pouvez saisir les lignes suivantes dans le préambule:
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{ifpdf}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-.
- (Ne mettez pas d'espaces devant 
-\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-%s
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+  
+\backslash
+usepackage{pdfsync}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\size small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\backslash
+else
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-
-\family typewriter
-%s
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+  
+\backslash
+usepackage[active]{srcltx}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
- is normally not followed by 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
 
+\backslash
+fi
+\end_layout
 
-\family typewriter
-%c
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+De cette façon,
+ vous pourrez visionner les fichiers soit en DVI,
+ soit en PDF (pdflatex) et le paquetage adéquat sera chargé.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notez bien que PDFSync peut affecter la mise en page du document,
+ il vaut mieux le désactiver lors des passes finales de compilation du document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Recherche
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
- (
-\family typewriter
+inversée
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-%s
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+inhérente
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+via
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- n'est normalement pas suivi de 
-\family typewriter
+Sync\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-%c
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+(DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+et
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
-.)
+PDF) 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Nous espérons fournir dans les versions futures de \SpecialChar LyX
- une interface plus complète à cet outil (ainsi qu'à son petit cousin 
-\family typewriter
-lacheck
-\family default
-) pour pouvoir en exploiter toute la puissance.
- Mais,
- ,
- il est dès maintenant utilisable :
- lancez-le sur l'un de vos documents de bonne taille,
- et voyez le résultat.
+Les versions récentes de 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+(pdf)latex
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Contrôle de version sous \SpecialChar LyX
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
+ offrent un support inhérent pour la recherche inversé en PDF et DVI.
+ Cette fonctionnalité dénommée 
+\emph on
+Sync\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-par
-\noun on
- Lars Gullik Bjønnes,
+\emph default
+ résulte à la base de l'intégration du paquetage PDFSync dans le programme 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\noun default
- mise à jour par 
-\noun on
-Pavel sanda
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pdftex
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- accepte la plupart des commandes simples de RCS/CVS/SVN.
- Si vous devez utiliser des fonctions plus sophistiquées,
- il vous faudra cependant encore passer par un terminal de commande.
+ et de sa fusion avec l'approche 
+\emph on
+scr-specials
+\emph default
+.
+ Il vous faut au moins \SpecialChar TeX
+Live 2008 ou une distribution Mik\SpecialChar TeX
+ récente pour pouvoir l'utiliser.
+ Notez également que seules quelques visionneuses (comme Okular et Qpdfview sur Unix,
+ Skim sur Mac,
+ SumatraPDF sur Windows;
+ voir la section suivante pour les détails) supportent actuellement Sync\SpecialChar TeX
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Notez également que le support de CVS n'est pas aussi bon que celui de Subversion,
- que nous vous conseillons donc.
- Un bon document de départ pour Subversion est le Manuel SVN
-\begin_inset Foot
+Pour activer Sync\SpecialChar TeX
+ pour le résultat imprimable DVI,
+ modifier le convertisseur 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://svnbook.red-bean.com/"
-literal "false"
+LaTeX (standard) -> DVI
+\end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ ou le convertisseur 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX (standard) -> DraftDVI
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Pour RCS,
- lisez d'abord 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-rcsintro
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- (c'est un fichier man :
- lisez-le avec 
-\family typewriter
-man rcsintro
-\family default
-).
- Ce fichier décrit toutes les fonctions de base de RCS\SpecialChar endofsentence
- Voyez particulièrement le paragraphe sur le répertoire RCS,
- et la notion de fichier RCS maître (le fichier finissant par 
-\family typewriter
-,v
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Avant de vous lancer dans l'utilisation du contrôle de version sous \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- vous devrez connaître l'utilisation de RCS/CVS/SVN.
- Le support assuré dans \SpecialChar LyX
- a été réalisé pour des versions récentes des paquetages GNU RCS ou CVS/SVN il n'est pas garanti que cela fonctionne avec des versions plus anciennes.
- En général,
- les messages de contrôle ne sont pas affichés après chaque opération vous pouvez les vérifier dans la console de lancement de \SpecialChar LyX
- si vous doutez.
- Les utilisateurs réguliers du contrôle de version apprécieront la barre d'outils correspondante,
- qui peut être activée via 
+ dans 
 \family sans
-Affichage\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Barre d'outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Contrôle de version
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Convertisseurs
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour créer vos propres commandes externes,
- consultez 
+ en 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-vc-command
+latex -synctex=1 $$i
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- dans le manuel des 
-\emph on
-Fonctions \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ et pour le résultat imprimable PDF,
+ modifier le convertisseur 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
-\emph default
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il est fortement recommandé d'enregistrer les documents en mode non compressé lors de l'utilisation du contrôle de version (décochez
-\family sans
- Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Compressé
-\family default
- si la case est cochée):
- les documents LyX non compressées sont des fichiers textuels qui peuvent être fusionnés par le contrôle de version.
- Mes documents compressés sont des fichiers binaires qui ne peuvent p
-\emph on
-a
-\emph default
-s être fusionnés.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Les commandes RCS sous \SpecialChar LyX
+ en 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les sections suivantes décrivent les commandes RCS supportées par \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Vous pouvez les trouver dans 
-\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Contrôle
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Version
-\family default
 .
- Lyx a été testé avec RCS 5.7/5.8.
-\end_layout
+ Si votre visionneuse n'est pas décrite dans ce qui suit,
+ ou en cas d'échec,
+ vérifiez la documentation de votre visionneuse pour ce qui concerne la configuration pour Sync\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\family sans
-Initialiser le contrôle de version
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+L'option 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si votre document n'est pas sous le mode 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-synctex=1
+\end_layout
 
-contrôle de version
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-,
- c'est le seul choix qui vous soit proposé.
- Si vous êtes déjà sous ce mode,
- l'élément 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+ active la compression gzip.
+ Si votre visionneuse ne la comprend pas,
+ vous devez saisir à la place 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-S'inscrire
+-synctex=-1
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- est grisé et inaccessible.
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette commande intialise le contrôle de version avec RCS\SpecialChar endofsentence
- Il vous est alors demandé de donner une description initiale du document.
- Le document est alors mis en mode 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-lecture seule
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
 
- et il vous faudra faire 
-\family sans
-Nouvelle
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Configuration et utilisation de visionneuses particulières
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Configuration-et-utilisation"
 
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Modifiable
-\family default
- avant de le modifier.
- Un document sous contrôle de version a dans le minibuffer 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-[RCS:<version><locker>]
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
- accolé au nom de fichier.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Xdvi (toutes plate-formes)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-En arrière-plan,
- la commande RCS qui a été lancée est
+Si vous utilisez 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+xdvi
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\end_inset
 
-\family typewriter
-ci -q -u -i -t-\SpecialChar softhyphen
-"<description_\SpecialChar softhyphen
-initiale>" <nom_fichier>.
-\end_layout
+,
+ vous n'avez rien de plus à faire pour utiliser la recherche inversée,
+ puisque \SpecialChar LyX
+ fournit les ancres nécessaires pour l'utilisation automatisée de 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Lisez 
-\family typewriter
-man ci
-\family default
- pour comprendre le sens des paramètres.
- 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+lyxclient
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Enregistrer
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-les
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-changements
+.
+ Il vous suffit de paramétrer votre document comme indiqué plus haut (la recherche inversée est déclenchée par Ctrl-clic ou Alt-clic sur Mac OSX,
+ respectivement).
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Lorsque vous avez fini de modifier un fichier,
- vous figez vos modifications
+Cependant,
+ si pour quelque raison vous préférez utiliser le tube nommé au lieu du connecteur pour la communication avec \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ modifiez simplement la visionneuse DVI dans 
+\family sans
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Convertisseurs
+\family default
+ en
 \begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- check-in
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- par 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+Sur Mac OSX vous devez utiliser 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-\shape up
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Contrôle
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-de
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+DISPLAY=:0.0 xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
+\end_layout
 
-Version\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Enregistrer
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-les
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
-changements..
-\family default
-\shape default
-.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Il vous sera alors demandé une description de ceux-ci.
- Cette information est conservée dans le fichier d'historique.
- Le numéro de version est alors incrémenté,
- vos modifications sont appliquées au fichier RCS maître et le document est déverrouillé et remis en mode 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l"
+\end_layout
 
-lecture seule
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
+,
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Commande RCS :
- 
-\family typewriter
-ci -q -u -m"<description>" <nom_fichier>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+lyxeditor.sh
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Nouvelle version modifiable
+ est un script approprié.
+ Par exemple,
+ un script minimal est le suivant:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-En utilisant cette commande,
- vous verrouillez le document de manière à ce que vous soyez le seul à pouvoir l'éditer.
- Vous seul en possédez les droits d'écriture.
- Vous continuez donc à éditer le fichier un moment,
- puis vous figez vos changements.
- La ligne d'état est modifiée pour indiquer que le fichier est verrouillé.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#!/bin/sh
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Commande RCS :
- 
-\family typewriter
-co -q -l <nom_fichier>
-\end_layout
+LYXPIPE="/path/to/lyxpipe"
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+COMMAND="LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:$1 $2"
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Revenir à la version du dépôt
-\end_layout
+echo "$COMMAND" > "${LYXPIPE}".in || exit
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ceci annule tous les changements réalisés sur le document depuis que le document a été figé la dernière fois.
- Une demande de confirmation apparaît alors,
- avant que tous les changements soient perdus.
+read TMP < "${LYXPIPE}".out || exit
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Commande RCS :
- 
-\family typewriter
-co -f -u<version> <nom_fichier>
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+ou 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
 \lang english
-Copy
+/path/to/lyxpipe
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ceci va créer une copie du document.
- Du fait que RCS ne prévoit pas à l'origine de gérer les opérations de copie,
- l'historique de version n'est pas préservé et la copie est ajoutée comme un nouveau fichier.
- Elle suppose un document propre sans modifications depuis le dernier enregistrement.
- On vous demande un nom de fichier et une description de l'opération de copie.
- Ensuite la copie est créée,
- à la fois localement et dans le dépôt.
- Si les répertoires parents de la copie et du document original sont différents,
- tous les chemins relatifs des fichiers inclus sont corrigés (comme avec 
+\end_inset
+
+ est le chemin d'accès au tube LyXServer spécifié dans 
 \family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Enregistrer sous
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paths
 \family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Enfin,
- la copie est chargée à la place du document original.
-\end_layout
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Commandes RCS:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dans le répertoire 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+development/tools
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Copy 
+ de la distribution des sources \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ vous trouverez un script 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+
+\lang english
+lyxeditor
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+,
+ capable de trouver 
+\emph on
+le lyxpipe
+\emph default
+ de vos préférences.
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+MacDviX (Mac OSX)
+\end_layout
 
- to 
+\begin_layout Standard
+À la fin du script 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
 
+\lang english
+/Applications/MacDviX_Folder/calleditor.script
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+,
+ ajoutez les lignes suivantes:
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+/Applications/LyX.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor "$2" $1
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
+exit 1
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Adaptez ces lignes si vous installez \SpecialChar LyX
+ ailleurs que dans le répertoire 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-ci -q -u -i 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
+Applications
+\end_layout
 
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+La recherche inversée est déclenchée par Alt-clic (OPTION-clic).
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Skim (Mac OSX)
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Saisir 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+open -a Skim.app $$i
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
 
+ dans le réglage de la visionneuse 
 \family sans
-Annuler le dernier enregistrement
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Fait comme si la dernière modification n'avait jamais été faite.
- Aucune modification n'apparaît sur le document \SpecialChar LyX
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formats de fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF
+\family default
+ 
+\family sans
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
 ,
- mais la dernière version est effacée du fichier maître RCS.
-\end_layout
+ et ensuite dans 
+\family sans
+Skim\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sync choisissez la présélection custom et saisissez la commande 
+\family default
+\lang english
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Commande RCS :
- 
-\family typewriter
-rcs -o<version> <nom_fichier>
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+/Applications/\SpecialChar LyX
+.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-Visionner historique
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Montre l'historique complet du document RCS.
- La sortie de 
-\family typewriter
-rlog <nom_fichier>
-\family default
- est ainsi affichée dans une fenêtre.
- Voyez 
-\family typewriter
-man rlog
-\family default
- pour plus d'informations.
+La recherche inversée est déclenchée par COMMAND-SHIFT-clic.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Informations de révision
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Evince (GNOME)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Lyx ne connaît que le numéro de version RCS,
+La recherche inversée ne fonctionne pas directement avec evince,
+ mais elle peut être obtenue à l'aide de scripts auxiliaires externes:
  voir 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
-nolink "false"
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
-pour les détails.
+ pour les détails.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\lang english
-CVS commands in \SpecialChar LyX
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Okular (KDE)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+\begin_layout Standard
+Aller à 
+\family sans
+Configuration\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configurer Okular\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Editeur
+\family default
+ et sélectionner \SpecialChar LyX
+ en tant qu'éditeur.
+ Ceci insère la commande appropriée (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Le reste de ce chapitre reste à traduire (JPChrétien,
- juin 2011)
+
+\lang english
+lyxclient -g %f %l
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+).
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+La recherche inversée est déclenchée par SHIFT-clic.
+ Notez que ceci ne fonctionne que si Okular est en mode 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-A subset of CVS operations is supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- You can find the commands in the 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
+Navigation
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-Control
-\family default
- submenu.
- The version control system SVN is more powerful,
- so please use it instead of CVS if possible.
+ (i.e.
+ le symbole de main est cliqué).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Qpdfview (Unix)
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Qpdfview fonctionne avec Sync\SpecialChar TeX
+ depuis la version 0.3.5.
+ Allez à 
 \family sans
-\lang english
-General CVS usage
+Modifier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Comportement
+\family default
+,
+ cliquer dans le champ de l'
+\emph on
+Éditeur de source
+\emph default
+ et ajoutez la commande 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+lyxclient -g %1 %2
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+La recherche inversée est activée par un clic double.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-If you start from scratch with CVS you have to create your repository and checkout the working copy with external tools.
- If you're using a client-server setup you may need to login before doing the first repository checkout.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+YAP (Windows)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
+Activer Yap,
+ choisir le menu 
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Options
+\family default
+ et sélectionner l'onglet 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Recherche inversée DVI
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Cliquer sur le bouton 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+New\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ et,
+ dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre,
+ saisir 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ Editor
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-If your documents are under revision control and others are using the same repository problems arise when different changes to the same document at the same location happen.
- Standard CVS repositories don't operate with a file locking mechanism.
- This may be surprising,
- but conflicts only occur if people disagree on the proper content of the same part of a document.
- So,
- if co-workers are used to communicate regularly,
- these conflicts occur rarely.
- If they don't communicate they have a fundamental problem anyway.
- Nevertheless some people like to work with so called 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ (ou un autre nom de votre choix) dans le champ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-reserved checkouts
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Name:
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 .
- If they do so the working copy of all files is readonly when checked out first and the user starts editing after using a special command to make the working copy writable.
- When the changes are checked in the working copy returns to readonly state.
- With \SpecialChar LyX
- one has to edit the 
+ Maintenant cliquer sur le bouton identifié par 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ pour ouvrir une fenêtre de choix de fichier et aller jusqu'au répertoire contenant le fichier exécutable 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-.cvsrc
+lyxeditor.bat
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- file and add the line 
+ (voir ci-dessous).
+ Sélectionner 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-cvs -r
+lyxeditor.bat
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- to work with reserved checkouts.
- The benefit is the possibility to see who is using a writable copy of some document.
- It's not guaranteed only one user makes a copy writable.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-\SpecialChar LyX
- tries to guess if you're using reserved or non-reserved checkouts.
- If your working copy is readonly or it is writable and an additional copy of your document exists in the CVS/Base sub-directory a reserved otherwise a non-reserved checkout is assumed.
- When a reserved checkout is detected you have to use 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+ et spécifier les arguments du programme comme suit:
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-Check Out
+%f %l
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- to make your working copy writable if it's readonly.
- After doing so the 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+.
+ Le conteneur 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-Check In
+lyxeditor.bat
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- operation is possible and that makes your working copy readonly again after transferring your changes to the repository.
+ est utilisé pour communiquer avec \SpecialChar LyX
+ via 
+\emph on
+lyxpipe
+\emph default
+ et se présente ainsi
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+@echo off
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-More information about CVS can be found here 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+echo LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:%~1 %2> 
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\backslash
+lyxpipe.in
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+type 
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\backslash
+lyxpipe.out
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vérifier que le chemin d'accès au tube \SpecialChar LyX
+Server spécifié dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ est bien 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-http://www.nongnu.org/cvs
+\lang english
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\backslash
+lyxpipe
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- and here 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+,
+ sinon adapter le conteneur 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-http://ximbiot.com/cvs
+\lang english
+lyxeditor.bat
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -23418,2440 +26959,2700 @@ http://ximbiot.com/cvs
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-Read 
-\family typewriter
-man cvs
-\family default
- to understand the sub-commands and the switches mentioned below.
+Avec Yap,
+ la recherche inversée est déclenchée par double-clic.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Register
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+SumatraPDF (Windows)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Pour utiliser SumatraPDF en recherche inversée,
+ saisir 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-If your document is not under revision control,
- this is the only item shown in the menu.
- And if it is under revision control,
- the 
-\family sans
-Register
-\family default
- item is not visible.
- 
+SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor.bat "%f" %l"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-This command registers in CVS your document 
-\begin_inset Flex Strong
+ dans les réglages de la visionneuse dans 
+\family sans
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formats de fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF (pdflatex)
+\family default
+,
+ ou 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\emph on
 \lang english
-only
+lyxeditor.bat
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- in the case you have already the documents directory under CVS control (in particular 
-\family typewriter
-CVS/Entries
-\family default
- file exists).
- This means you have to create or checkout the archive by yourself using external tools.
- (In case you forget that step \SpecialChar LyX
- registers the document with RCS.)
+ est le conteneur indiqué ci-dessus.
+ Si 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+SumatraPDF.exe
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
- Don't forget that registered file is not yet checked in.
+ ne figure pas dans la liste des chemins des commandes,
+ utiliser le nom complet.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+La recherche inversée est déclenchée par double-clic.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-CVS command that is run:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q add -m"<entered message>" "<file-name>"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+YAP (Cygwin)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-The term 
-\family typewriter
-"<file-name>"
+D'abord,
+ vérifier que Yap est la visionneuse DVI implicite de l'environnement Windows,
+ puis le lancer,
+ choisir le menu 
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Options
 \family default
- above and for all other CVS commands is an abbreviation for 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ et sélectionner l'onglet 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Recherche DVI inversée
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Cliquer sur le bouton 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+New\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ et,
+ dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre,
+ saisir 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+Éditeur \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-change the current working directory to file location and use the file name without path component as argument
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ (ou un autre nom de votre choix) dans le champ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
+Name:
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+.
+ Maintenant cliquer sur le bouton identifié par 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Check In Changes
-\end_layout
+\SpecialChar ldots
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-When you are finished editing a file,
- you commit your changes.
- When you do this and you had changed the document,
- you are asked for a description of the changes.
- After that changes are written to the repository.
- In case you didn't change the document and a reserved checkout is detected the reservation made on 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+ pour ouvrir une fenêtre de choix de fichier et aller jusqu'au répertoire contenant le fichier exécutable 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-Check Out
+lyxeditor.exe
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- is undone.
-\end_layout
+ (qui est implicitement installé dans Cygwin avec l'exécutable \SpecialChar LyX
+) .
+ Sélectionner 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-CVS
-\begin_inset space ~
+lyxeditor.exe
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-command:
+ et spécifier les arguments du programme comme suit:
  
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\lang english
+-g %f %l
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-
+.
+ De cette façon,
+ vous utiliserez le 
+\emph on
+lyxsocket 
+\emph default
+pour communiquer avec \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Si pour quelque raison,
+ vous souhaitez utiliser 
+\emph on
+lyxpipe
+\emph default
+,
+ omettez l'option 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-cvs 
-\family typewriter
--q commit -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
+-g
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- or
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+ et spécifiez le chemin d'accès au tube \SpecialChar LyX
+Server dans les préférences.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Avec Yap,
+ la recherche inversée est déclenchée par double-clic.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+SumatraPDF (Cygwin)
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour utiliser SumatraPDF en recherche inversée,
+ saisir 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-cvs -q unedit 
-\family typewriter
-"<file-name>"
+SumatraPDF.sh
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
+ dans les réglages de la visionneuse dans 
 \family sans
-\lang english
-Check Out Changes
-\end_layout
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formats de fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF (pdflatex)
+\family default
+,
+ ou
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-When you are sharing a repository with others,
- you may have to incorporate their changes into your working copy.
+SumatraPDF.sh
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-CVS command:
+ est le script suivant (à rendre accessible dans le chemin d'accès aux commandes,
  
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q update "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-If a readonly checkout is detected the working copy is made writable and reserved.
+/usr/local/bin
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-CVS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q edit "<file-name>"
+ étant le meilleur choix):
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#!/bin/bash
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Revert To Repository Version
+cd $(dirname $1)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor -g %f %l" $(basename $1)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Ce conteneur et nécessaire parce que SumatraPDF est une application Windows native et ne comprend pas les chemins POSIX utilisés par la version Cygwin de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Si 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\lang english
-This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
- You get a warning before changes are discarded.
- Firstly the file is deleted,
- secondly CVS update command is run.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+SumatraPDF.exe
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-CVS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q update "<file-name>"
+ n'est pas dans votre chemin d'accès,
+ utiliser le chemin complet dans le script ci-dessus.
+ L'option 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-g
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-If a reserved checkout is detected and the working copy has no changes only the reservation is undone.
+ active la communication via 
+\emph on
+lyxsocket
+\emph default
+.
+ De nouveau,
+ l'omettre 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-g
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-CVS command:
- 
-\family typewriter
-cvs -q unedit "<file-name>"
+ pour utiliser 
+\emph on
+lyxpipe
+\emph default
+,
+ et spécifier le chemin d'accès au tube \SpecialChar LyX
+Server dans les préférences \SpecialChar LyX
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Standard
+La recherche inversée est déclenchée par double-clic.
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Copy
+\begin_layout Section
+Recherche directe
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+La recherche directe est,
+ comme son nom l'indique,
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-This will create a copy of the current document.
- Since CVS does not support copy operations natively,
- the version history is not preserved,
- and the copy is added as a new file.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
- After that the copy is created,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
- all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in 
+l'opposé
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ de la recherche inversée.
+ Elle vous permet de positionner le curseur dans la visionneuse directement depuis \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Si le recherche inversé est active (comme décrit ci-après),
+ vous pouvez positionner le curseur où vous voulez dan le document \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ et sélectionner 
+\family sans
+Navigation\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Recherche directe
+\family default
+ (ou sélectionner 
 \family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
+Recherche directe
 \family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
+  dans le menu contextuel par un clic droit),
+ et la visionneuse sera positionnée au même emplacement.
+ Ce suppose bien entendu que la visionneuse interprète cette fonctionnalité.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\lang english
-CVS
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour rendre la recherche directe active,
+ vous devez d'abord créer le fichier PDF/DVI avec les informations supplémentaires concernant les source \SpecialChar TeX
+:
+ ceci peut être fait par les méthodes décrites dans la section
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Activation-automatique"
+nolink "false"
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Copy 
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+De plus,
+ vous devez configurer \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour utiliser les visionneuses dans 
+\family sans
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sortie\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Général
+\family default
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ fournit une série de configurations validées pour quelques visionneuses,
+ que vous pouvez sélectionner dans le menu déroulant.
+ Si aucune de ces configurations ne vous convient,
+ vous devrez chercher et trouver une configuration appropriée vous-même.
+ La syntaxe utilise les marqueurs suivants:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\noindent
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\lang ngerman
-"
-\lang english
-<file-name>
-\lang ngerman
-"
+$$n
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- to 
+:
+ numéro de ligne;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\noindent
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\lang ngerman
-"
-\lang english
-<new-file-name>
-\lang ngerman
-"
+$$t
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
+:
+ nom du fichier 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-cvs -q add 
-\family typewriter
-\lang ngerman
-"
-\lang english
-<new-file-name>
-\lang ngerman
-"
+.tex
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ (temporairement) créé;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\noindent
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$o
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Rename
+:
+ nom du fichier de sortie (soit dvi,
+ soit pdf,
+ en fonction de celui qui existe dans le répertoire temporaire).
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Notez que seules quelques visionneuses présentent une fonctionnalité de recherche directe complète,
+ parmi lesquelles 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
-\lang english
-This will rename the current document.
- Since CVS does not support rename operations natively,
- the version history is not preserved,
- the renamed document is added as a new file,
- and the original document is deleted.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
- After that the document is renamed,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
- all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the document is reloaded using the new name.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+yap
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\lang english
-CVS
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-commands:
+,
  
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+xdvi
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Rename 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family typewriter
-\lang ngerman
-"
-\lang english
-<file-name>
-\lang ngerman
-"
+okular
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- to 
+
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Vous pouvez saisir 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family typewriter
-\lang ngerman
-"
 \lang english
-<new-file-name>
-\lang ngerman
-"
+okular --unique
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ dans 
+\family sans
+\lang french
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formats de ficheirs
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\lang french
+,
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-cvs -q add 
-\family typewriter
-\lang ngerman
-"
-\lang english
-<new-file-name>
-\lang ngerman
-"
+qpdfview
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ et 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Sumatra PDF
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-cvs -q remove 
-\family typewriter
-\lang ngerman
-"
-\lang english
-<file-name>
-\lang ngerman
-"
-\end_layout
+SumatraPDF peut aussi utiliser les commandes DDE via le programme externe CMCDDE —
+ téléchargeable depuis 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://www.istri.fr/spip/zip/CMCDDE.zip"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\lang english
-Update of the local directory checkout from repository
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Once your documents gets more complex,
- containing sub-documents and pictures,
- including external 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+.
+ d'autres,
+ comme evince
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-.tex
-\end_layout
+\paragraph_spacing single
+La recherche directe avec evince peut être obtenue via des programmes externes auxiliaires.
+ Voir 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX"
+literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
- files and so on using version control becomes more complicated.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document.
- This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither have detailed knowledge about CVS usage nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
- You have to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
- It's good practice anyway to store multipart documents in an extra directory.
+ pour les détails.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-The 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+,
+ nécessitent des outils supplémentaires.
+ Alors que beaucoup des visionneuses PDF largement diffusées (parmi lesquelles on remarquera Adobe Reader) ne comprennent pas du tout la recherche directe,
+ d'autre visionneuses,
+ comme 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-Update local directory from repository
+xpdf
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- command updates the whole directory.
- If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
- In case of merge conflicts both versions of the conflicting document parts are placed in the final document.
- You have to review and correct the result of the merge.
- You'll find the conflicts enclosed in pairs of 
+,
+ permettent au moins de recharger le document et de sauter à une page donnée:
+ vous pouvez au moins naviguer à proximité du point visé.
+ Cette dernière fonctionnalité est activée par un appel externe à 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-<<<<<<<
+synctex
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- and 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+ (voir les configurations prédéfinies).
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+La recherche directe fonctionne simultanément avec les sorties DVI et PDF.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ vérifie simplement quel format vous avez utilisé (c'est-à-dire,
+ quel format est déjà résident dans le répertoire temporaire) et choisit la configuration adéquate.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
->>>>>>>
+\begin_layout Chapter
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ et applications externes
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Correcteur \SpecialChar TeX
 
- separated by 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+par 
+\noun on
+Asger Alstrup
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-=======
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous trouverez dans le menu 
+\family sans
+Outils
+\family default
+ la commande 
+\family sans
+Correction
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\family default
 .
- The first part is your version as before the update operation with the document name prepended.
- The second one is the repository version with the version number after the sequence of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+ Cette fonctionnalité requière le programme 
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ n'est pas encore disponible avec la distribution MiK\SpecialChar TeX
+
 \lang english
->
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- signs.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\lang english
-CVS
-\begin_inset space ~
+\lang french
+ et la commande est donc grisée si celui-ci n'est pas installé.
+ Vous pouvez vous le procurer de CTAN,
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chktex.html"
+literal "false"
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le paquetage 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\lang english
-cd $path;
- cvs diff 
+\family default
+ est un programme qui a été écrit par 
+\noun on
+Jens T.
+ Berger Thielemann
+\noun default
+ qui se plaignait que certaines commandes de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ n'étaient pas naturelles et s'oubliaient facilement.
+ Ce programme parcourt votre fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ et en vérifie la bonne écriture.
+ C'est donc l'équivalent de 
 \family typewriter
-"."
+Lint
+\family default
+\noun toggle
+,
+ mais pour \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+La question est donc :
+ mais que vient faire ce logiciel sous \SpecialChar LyX
+ alors que \SpecialChar LyX
+ est déjà censé produire du \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ exempt de fautes ?
+ La réponse est simple :
+ tout comme 
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+ ne vérifie pas seulement la 
+\emph on
+syntaxe
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph toggle
+d'un fichier C,
+ mais aussi la bonne utilisation des types,
 
- (Ask if changes are detected.)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\emph default
+ 
+\family sans
+\emph toggle
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
 
+\family default
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph toggle
+détecte en plus des erreurs syntaxiques quelques erreurs typographiques.
+ Entre autres,
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\emph default
+ 
+\family sans
+\emph toggle
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\family default
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph toggle
+est à même de détecter des erreurs courantes comme
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
+NdT :
+ Certaines de ces règles me sont totalement inconnues.
+ Il est possible qu'elles ne s'appliquent pas à la langue française.
+ 
+\emph on
+– of
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-cd $path;
- cvs -q update 
-\family typewriter
-"."
+\end_inset
+
+ :
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+de mauvais points de suspension :
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
+Utiliser \SpecialChar ldots
+ et non pas ...;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+des espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses :
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
+( mauvais espacement );
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
+l'utilisation d'espaces normaux dans des abréviations courantes :
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+Par exemple il y a ici trop d'espaces dans l'abréviation C.
+ N.
+ R.
+ S.;
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+l'utilisation d'un mauvais espacement à la fin d'une phrase dont la dernière lettre est une majuscule :
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-$path
+Voici un TEST.
+ Et l'espacement n'est pas bon;
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+l'insertion d'une espace avant une étiquette ou un autre objet de ce type :
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
- stands for the path to the document.
-\end_layout
+L'étiquette ou la note doit être collée au texte,
+ sans quoi elle risque d'apparaître sur une mauvaise page.
+ 
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:chktex"
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Show History
+ 
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Cette note peut apparaître sur une mauvaise page,
+ car son appel (le petit numéro dans le texte) n'est pas collé au mot le précédant.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-This shows the complete history of the CVS document.
- The output of 
-\family typewriter
-cvs log "<file-name>"
-\family default
- is shown in a browser.
+.
+ L'étiquette est ici trop séparée;
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Itemize
+l'utilisation d'espaces simples au lieu d'espaces insécables devant des références :
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Revision info
-\end_layout
+Si vous n'avez pas de chance,
+ le saut de ligne aura lieu exactement entre le mot 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+section
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports CVS version number,
- author name,
- date and time of last commit.
- All those are extracted from 
-\family typewriter
-cvs log -r <file-name>
-\family default
-.
- See 
+ et le numéro,
+ et ça ferait le plus mauvais effet...
+ :
+ voyez la section 
 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
 LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
+reference "sec:chktex"
 nolink "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
- for details.
+;
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_layout Itemize
+l'utilisation d'un 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-SVN commands in \SpecialChar LyX
+x
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
+ au lieu du symbole 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang english
-SVN is now partially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- You can find the commands in the 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
 \end_inset
 
-Control
-\family default
- submenu.
- Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh,
- you will be asked in terminal window.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- was tested against SVN 1.5,
- 1.6,
- 1.7 and 1.8
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Most of the commands will work with 1.4 too,
- see 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
-nolink "false"
+ entre deux nombres :
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
+2x2 rend beaucoup moins bien que 
+\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
 \end_inset
 
-.
- There seems to be currently unresolved permissions problem under SVN 1.8 with reverting changes when file is locked.
+
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+et bien plus encore...
+ C'est un outil très utile pour le 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+polissage final
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+ du document avant son impression,
+ et vous devriez l'utiliser après l'inévitable correction de l'orthographe et avant d'affiner la typographie.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Register
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Comment l'utiliser
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Si le programme est installé,
+ l'employer est un jeu d'enfant :
+ faites
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
 
-\lang english
-If your document is not under revision control,
- this is the only item shown in the menu.
- And if it is under revision control,
- the 
 \family sans
-Register
-\family default
- item is not visible.
-\end_layout
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Correction
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\lang english
-This command registers in SVN your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under SVN control (in particular 
-\family typewriter
-.svn/entries
 \family default
- file exists).
- This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
- Don't forget that registered file is not yet commited.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ générera alors une version \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de votre document,
+ lancera 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\lang english
-SVN command that is run:
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn add -q 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\family default
+ pour la corriger,
+ puis insérera des 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+boîtes d'erreurs
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ avec les avertissements de 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-Read 
+\family default
+,
+ s'il y en a.
+ Ces avertissements seront placés au plus près de l'erreur,
+ et vous pourrez facilement les trouver avec 
+\family sans
+Navigation\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Erreur
+\family default
+,
+ ou par le raccourci clavier 
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+ (d'après le fichier de raccourcis implicites 
 \family typewriter
-man svn
+cua
+\family default
+).
+ Ouvrez les boîtes d'erreur en cliquant dessus,
+ ou par le raccourci 
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+ 
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+,
+ ou le raccourci 
+\family typewriter
+emacs
+\family default
+ 
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+.
+ Lisez l'avertissement,
+ et corrigez l'erreur si c'en est bien une.
+ Si vous ne comprenez pas l'avertissement,
+ ignorez-le.
+ En effet,
+ il y a des différences entre ce qu'il y a à l'écran et les détails techniques que 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+
 \family default
- to understand the switches.
+ vérifie,
+ et ça peut amener certains de ses avertissements à paraître mystérieux ou même stupides.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ce document est un excellent terrain d'entraînement,
+ et sa vérification lèvera sûrement quelques avertissements.
+ Les ordinateurs sont idiots:
+ la plupart de ces avertissements seront donc des fausses alertes.
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Check In Changes
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Réglages fins
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Vous trouverez parfois que 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\lang english
-When you are finished editing a file,
- you commit your changes.
- When you do this,
- you are asked for a description of the changes.
- After that changes are commited.
+\family default
+ est plus bavard qu'il ne devrait l'être.
+ Vous pouvez alors choisir de ne pas l'utiliser,
+ ou alors le configurer à vos propres goûts.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Mais,
+ même si 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\family default
+ est vraiment configurable et extensible,
+ vous ne pourrez pas résoudre tous les problèmes de 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\family default
+ dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ de cette manière.
+ En effet,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ génère un fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ un peu particulier pour être ensuite capable de faire correspondre les numéros de lignes indiqués par 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
 
-\lang english
-SVN command:
 \begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
+Vous pouvez trouver toutes les indications de 
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ en faisant 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fichier
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-In case locking is not enabled.
- See Section 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
-nolink "false"
-
+Journal
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\family default
+ après avoir lancé 
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
 .
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
+
+\family default
+ avec la structure interne du document.
+ De ce fait,
+ certains avertissements ne sembleront pas apparaître correctement.
+ Vous pouvez faire deux choses contre cela :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Paramétrez l'appel à 
+\family sans
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\family default
+ dans 
+\family sans
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sorties\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
+\family default
+,
+ ou alors dans le fichier de configuration de l'installation de 
 \family sans
-\lang english
-Check Out For Edit
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\family default
+ (souvent,
+ le fichier
+\family typewriter
+ chktexrc
+\family default
+).
+ Voyez ci-dessous pour savoir quels avertissements peuvent être activés ou désactivés à la ligne de commande.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Exportez votre document en tant que fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ normal par 
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-\lang english
-Updates the changes of this file from the repository.
- Be sure you understand SVN merging and conflicts resolving before using this function,
- because all conflicts has to be resolved manually by you!
+\family default
+ et lancer manuellement 
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ dessus.
+ S'il est invoqué de cette façon,
+ ça peut être pénible de trouver l'endroit correspondant dans le document \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ mais avec un peu de patience,
+ vous devriez y arriver.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Voici maintenant les messages d'avertissement qui peuvent être activés ou désactivés dans 
+\family sans
+Préférences
+\family default
+.
+ Utilisez 
+\family typewriter
+-n#
+\family default
+ pour désactiver un avertissement,
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+-w#
+\family default
+ pour l'activer.
+ Les entrées en italiques sont désactivées par défaut,
+ car le réglage de base est 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-SVN command:
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ 
+\family typewriter
+chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
+\family default
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-Ditto.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Remarquez que vous ne devriez toucher qu'à ces options d'activation et de désactivation d'avertissements,
+ et pas aux autres.
+ En effet,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ utilise les autres options à sa convenance pour dialoguer avec 
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\size small
+\emph on
+Command terminated with space.
+ (La commande se termine par une espace.)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-svn update --non-interactive 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\size small
+Non-breaking space (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+
+\family typewriter
+~
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
+) should have been used.
+ (Il faut utiliser ici une espace insécable (
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+~
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
+\family default
+).)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Revert To Repository Version
-\end_layout
+\size small
+\emph on
+You should enclose the previous parenthesis with 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang english
-This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
- You get a warning before changes are discarded.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-SVN command:
+.
+ (Vous devriez entourer les parenthèses précédentes par
+\emph default
  
 \family typewriter
-svn revert -q 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+{}
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
+\family default
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Copy
-\end_layout
+\size small
+Italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang english
-This will create a copy of the current document including the version history.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
- After that the copy is created,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
- all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
 
-\lang english
-SVN
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
+) found in non-italic buffer.
+ (Une correction d'italique (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\backslash
+/
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family default
+) est dans un groupe qui n'est pas en italique.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\size small
+Italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-svn copy -q 
 \family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
 
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+) found more than once.
+ (Il y a plus d'une correction d'italique (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+
+\backslash
+/
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
+\family default
+) .)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\size small
+\emph on
+No italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
 
-\lang english
-svn commit
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
+) found.
+ (Il n'y a pas de correcteur d'italique (
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Rename
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+/
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang english
-This will rename the current document including the version history.
- It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
- You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
- After that the document is renamed,
- both locally and in the repository.
- If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
- all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in 
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Save As
 \family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Finally,
- the document is reloaded using the new name.
+\emph default
+ 
+\emph on
+) .)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-SVN
-\begin_inset space ~
+\size small
+Accent command 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
+ needs use of 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-svn move -q 
 \family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
+.
+ (La commande 
+\family typewriter
 
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-<new-file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+cmd
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ requière l'utilisation de 
+\family typewriter
 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+cmd
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family default
+.)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-svn commit
+\size small
+Wrong length of dash may have been used.
+ (Il se peut que le tiret ne soit pas de la bonne longueur.)
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
+ expected,
+ found 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-Update of the local directory checkout from repository
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+.
+ (Attendait
+\emph default
+ 
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Note that this command will work only with subversion 
-\begin_inset Formula $\geqq1.5$
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\family default
+,
+ a trouvé
+\emph default
+ 
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
+\family default
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-All the commands above have one shortcoming – they deal with the current document only.
- Once your document contains pictures,
- includes external 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\size small
+Solo 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-.tex
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- files and so on administration becomes more complicated.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- now supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-One need to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
+ found.
+ (Un seul
+\size default
  
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-.
- This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither know about subversion management nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
- 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\size small
+%s
+\size default
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-Update local directory from repository
+\family default
+\size small
+ a été trouvé.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
- command updates the whole directory and in case of merge conflicts local version of the files are left,
- so no unintended data loss occurs.
- If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
-\end_layout
+\size small
+You should use 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\lang english
-SVN
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
 
-commands:
- 
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
+ to achieve an ellipsis.
+ (Vous devriez utiliser 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-svn diff $path
+\family default
+ pour une ellipse (points de suspension).)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
- (Ask if changes are detected.)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\size small
+Inter-word spacing (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
 
-\lang english
-svn update --accept mine-full $path
-\end_layout
+\backslash
 
+\family default
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
+) should perhaps be used.
+ (Une espace d'entre mots (
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang english
-where 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\backslash
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-$path
-\end_layout
 
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- stands for the path to the document.
+) devrait peut-être être utilisé.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\family sans
-\lang english
-Show History
-\end_layout
+\size small
+Inter-sentence spacing (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang english
-This shows the complete history of the SVN document.
- The output of 
 \family typewriter
-svn log 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
 
-<file-name>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+@
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
- is shown in a browser.
-\end_layout
+) should perhaps be used.
+ (Une espace d'entre phrases (
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-File Locking
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
 
+\backslash
+@
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
+\family default
+) devrait peut-être être utilisé.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-The file exchange through various revision control systems brings the problem of merge conflicts in case two different users try to edit the same (parts of) document.
- When such a conflict happens it needs manual resolving and one reasonable alternative is to provide some kind of locking mechanism,
- which guarantees that only one user is allowed to edit file at the given time.
+\size small
+Could not find argument for command.
+ (N'a pas trouvé de paramètre à la commande.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-SVN has two such mechanisms to provide mutual exclusivity for file access – locks and automatic setting of write permissions (see sec.
- 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
-nolink "false"
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\size small
+No match found for 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-) based on 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-svn:needs-lock
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- file svn property
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+.
+ (Aucune occurrence de 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ 
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
+ n'a été trouvée.)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.2/svn.advanced.locking.html
+\size small
+Math mode still on at end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ file.
+ (Le fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ se termine dans le mode Math.)
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\size small
+Number of 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+char
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- If this property is detected for a given document \SpecialChar LyX
- starts to use SVN locks for document editing automatically and the whole check-in/out mechanism switches to the same regimen as for RCS.
- This in particular means there are two different modes of file use in \SpecialChar LyX
-:
-\end_layout
+ doesn't match the number of 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\lang english
-Unlocked state.
- The loaded file is in the read-only mode.
- For editing on needs to check-out.
- 
-\emph on
-Check-out
-\emph default
- consists of updating from the repository and gaining write lock.
- If the lock is not possible to obtain,
- we remain in unlocked state.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+char
+\family default
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Locked state.
- The loaded file is in the 
-\begin_inset Quotes els
+.
+ (Le numéro de 
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-normal
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
+char
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- edit mode.
- No other user is allowed to edit the file.
- 
-\emph on
-Check-in
-\emph default
- consists of commiting changes and releasing write-lock.
- If no changes have been made to the document,
- no commit will be produced
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family default
+ ne correspond pas à celui de 
+\family typewriter
 
-\lang english
-Don't be puzzled by the fact that you will be asked for commit message anyway.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+char
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- and only the write-lock will be released.
+
+\family default
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-SVN commands:
-\end_layout
+\size small
+You should use either 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Check-in:
 
+\family default
+ or 
 \family typewriter
- svn commit -q -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-svn unlock "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family default
+ as an alternative to 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
 
-\lang english
-Check-out:
- 
 \family typewriter
-svn update "<file-name>"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+"
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-svn lock "<file-name>"
-\end_layout
+.
+ (Vous devriez utiliser 
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
+\family default
+ ou 
 \family typewriter
-\lang english
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
 
 \family default
-Automatic Locking Property
-\end_layout
+ plutôt que 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-The above mentioned automatic setting of write permissions of the .lyx file can be set through
-\family sans
- File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
+"
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Use Locking Property
+
 \family default
-.
- This command is active only when the file is not locked on the svn server (i.e.
- you need to check-out before proceeding).
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-SVN
-\begin_inset space ~
+\size small
+You should use "
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+" (ASCII 39) instead of "´" (ASCII 180).
+ (Vous devriez utiliser 
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-commands:
-\end_layout
+'
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\lang english
-Set:
+\family default
+ (ASCII 39) au lieu de 
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+
+\family default
+´
 \family typewriter
- svn propset svn:needs-lock ON "<file-name>"
+
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ (ASCII 180).)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-Unset:
- 
-\family typewriter
-svn propdel svn:needs-lock "<file-name>"
+\size small
+User-specified pattern found.
+ (A trouvé un format défini par l'utilisateur.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
+\size small
+This command might not be intended.
+ (Cette commande n'est peut-être pas volontaire.)
+\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-Revision Information in Documents
+\size small
+\emph on
+Comment displayed.
+ (Un commentaire est affiché.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-There are more possibilities how to activate revision information in our document.
+\size small
+Either 
+\family typewriter
+''
+\backslash
+,'
+\family default
+ or 
+\family typewriter
+'
+\backslash
+,''
+\family default
+ will look better.
+ (
+\family typewriter
+''
+\backslash
+,'
+\family default
+ ou 
+\family typewriter
+'
+\backslash
+,''
+\family default
+ présentera mieux.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports directly:
+\size small
+Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
+ (Enlevez cette espace pour avoir une pagination correcte.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\lang english
-tree revision information (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-vcs-tree-revision
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\size small
+\emph on
+You might wish to put this between a pair of 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-).
- The result is the output of the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-svnversion
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- command,
- the following table gives you an idea,
- how to read the results.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\lang english
-Output
-\end_layout
+.
+ (Ce serait peut-être mieux entre deux accolades
+\emph default
+ 
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\lang english
-Meaning
-\end_layout
 
+{}
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-4123:4168
+\family default
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-mixed revision working copy
+\size small
+You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
+ (Il n'y a pas d'espace devant cette ponctuation.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-4168M
+\size small
+Could not execute \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command.
+ (Ne peut pas exécuter la commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\size small
+Don't use 
+\family typewriter
 
-\lang english
-modified working copy
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+ in front of small punctuation.
+ (N'utilisez pas 
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+ devant la ponctuation basse.)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-4123S
+\family typewriter
+\size small
+$
+\backslash
+times$
+\family default
+ may look prettier here.
+ (
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+times$
+\family default
+ serait mieux ici.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-switched working copy
+\size small
+\emph on
+Multiple spaces detected in output.
+ (La sortie affiche ici plusieurs espaces.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-4123P
+\size small
+This text may be ignored.
+ (Ce texte ne sera peut-être pas pris en compte.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-partial working copy,
- from a sparse checkout
-\end_layout
+\size small
+Use 
+\family typewriter
 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-4123:4168MS
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ to begin quotation,
+ not 
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+.
+ (Utilisez 
+\family typewriter
 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-mixed revision,
- modified,
- switched working copy
+\family default
+ pour ouvrir une citation et non 
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\size small
+Use 
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+ to end quotation,
+ not 
+\family typewriter
 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\lang english
-file revision information.
- The result comes from parsing the output of 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-svn
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family default
+.
+ (Utilisez 
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+ pour clore une citation et non 
+\family typewriter
 
-info
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
---xml
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
-file.lyx
+\family default
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-.
- Supported flags are:
+\size small
+Don't mix quotes.
+ (Ne mélangez pas les différents types de guillemets.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-version number of the last commit (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\size small
+You should perhaps use 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-vcs-revision
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-)
-\end_layout
+ instead.
+ (Il vaudrait peut-être mieux utiliser 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-author of the last commit (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+cmd
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-vcs-author
+\family default
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-)
+\size small
+You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
+ (Il faut des espaces à l'extérieur des parenthèses.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\lang english
-date of the last commit (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-vcs-date
+\size small
+You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
+ (Ne mettez pas d'espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-)
+\size small
+\emph on
+You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
+ (La ponctuation ne doit pas apparaître derrière les guillemets.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-time of the last commit (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\size small
+Double space found.
+ (Double espace !)
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-vcs-time
+\size small
+You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
+ (La ponctuation devrait se trouver à l'extérieur du mode mathématique.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-)
+\size small
+You ought to not use primitive \SpecialChar TeX
+ in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ code.
+ (Vous ne devez pas utiliser de primitives \SpecialChar TeX
+ dans du code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-You can obtain this info via InsetInfo (
-\family sans
-\lang american
-Insérer\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Champ\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\lang english
-Révision du contrôle de version
-\family default
-).
- The information will be available only when you have the file stored under svn managment (i.e.
- the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\size small
+You should remove spaces in front of 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-.svn
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
 
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- directory is available with your document).
-\end_layout
+.
+ (Ne mettez pas d'espaces devant 
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Another—
-a hacking one—
-possibility is to use svn keywords
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html
+\family default
+.)
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\size small
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-.
- In short – you set file keywords property (e.g.
- 
-\family sans
-svn propset svn:keywords 'Rev' file.lyx
-\family default
-) and then paste keyword \SpecialChar TeX
- code
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
 
-\lang english
-This is an easy way how to ensure that \SpecialChar LyX
- won't break the line in the middle of keyword tag.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
 
+ is normally not followed by 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
- tag in your document (e.g.
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
+%c
+\family default
 
-\lang english
-$Rev$
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (
+\family typewriter
 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-).
- This way svn client will automatically substitute revision number (e.g.
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-$Rev:
- 59 $
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ n'est normalement pas suivi de 
+\family typewriter
 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-) after each update and commit.
- There are more problems with this approach.
- Firstly,
- the '$' character is used in \SpecialChar TeX
- world for math equations,
- so any occurence of math formula 
-\begin_inset Formula $Rev$
+%c
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
- become 
-\begin_inset Formula $Rev:59$
-\end_inset
 
- in your \SpecialChar LyX
- document.
- Similarly for other keywords like Id,
- Date,
- Author,
- etc.
- Secondly svn output is dependent on your locales,
- so its very easy that svn would produce some problematic strings once Date is used.
- Thirdly you get the whole 'Rev:
- 59' string in your document instead of the plain number.
- Until subversion implements user's custom keywords it will be hard to use this approach reliably or let \SpecialChar LyX
- to support it directly.
+\family default
+.)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-
-\lang english
-SVN and Windows Environment
+\begin_layout Standard
+Nous espérons fournir dans les versions futures de \SpecialChar LyX
+ une interface plus complète à cet outil (ainsi qu'à son petit cousin 
+\family typewriter
+lacheck
+\family default
+) pour pouvoir en exploiter toute la puissance.
+ Mais,
+ ,
+ il est dès maintenant utilisable :
+ lancez-le sur l'un de vos documents de bonne taille,
+ et voyez le résultat.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Quote
+\begin_layout Section
+Contrôle de version sous \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\lang english
-My inclination is to say that if the user cannot figure out the command line operations on their own fairly quickly,
- they would be well advised to use TortoiseSVN.
- —
-P.
- A.
- Rubin
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Standard
+par
+\noun on
+ Lars Gullik Bjønnes et
+\noun default
+ 
+\noun on
+Pavel sanda
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-Preparation
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ accepte la plupart des commandes simples de RCS/CVS/SVN.
+ Si vous devez utiliser des fonctions plus sophistiquées,
+ il vous faudra cependant encore passer par un terminal de commande ou votre client favori.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-In addition to installing \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- and having access to a Subversion repository,
- the user will need to install the Subversion client program.
- A Windows installer for the client program is available from 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "CollabNet"
-target "http://www.collab.net/nonav/downloads/subversion/"
-literal "false"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notez également que le support de CVS n'est pas aussi bon que celui de Subversion,
+ que nous vous conseillons donc.
+ Un bon document de départ pour Subversion est le Manuel SVN
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-.
- The user may also want to install 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 \begin_inset CommandInset href
 LatexCommand href
-name "TortoiseSVN"
-target "http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/"
+target "http://svnbook.red-bean.com/"
 literal "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
-,
- which integrates Subversion operations into the context (rightclick) menu of Windows Explorer.
- Operations done outside \SpecialChar LyX
- will typically be more convenient using the Explorer context menu.
- Note that TortoiseSVN is not a replacement for the client program,
- which is what \SpecialChar LyX
- itself will use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\lang english
-Bringing a document under Subversion control
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Before a \SpecialChar LyX
- document can be brought under version control in Subversion,
- its parent directory needs to be under version control.
- If the document is being added to a project already in the repository,
- this is accomplished by checking the project out to the directory where the new document will be placed.
- If the project itself is not yet under version control (for instance,
- if this document starts a new project),
- the directory must be imported into the repository.
- This is done outside \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Both import and checkout are easily accomplished from the Explorer context menu using TortoiseSVN,
- or alternatively can be done using the command line client at a DOS prompt.
- The procedure for importing the project using TortoiseSVN is described below,
- assuming an existing repository and a new project being started in 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project
-\family default
 .
- For information on using the Subversion client program,
- run 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-svn --help
-\end_layout
-
+ Pour RCS,
+ lisez d'abord 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
- in a DOS shell.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+rcsintro
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Locate 
+ (c'est un fichier man :
+ lisez-le avec 
 \family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project 
+man rcsintro
 \family default
-in Windows Explorer,
- right click it,
- and select 
+).
+ Ce fichier décrit toutes les fonctions de base de RCS\SpecialChar endofsentence
+ Voyez particulièrement le paragraphe sur le répertoire RCS,
+ et la notion de fichier RCS maître (le fichier finissant par 
+\family typewriter
+,v
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Avant de vous lancer dans l'utilisation du contrôle de version sous \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ vous devrez connaître l'utilisation de RCS/CVS/SVN.
+ Le support assuré dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ a été réalisé pour des versions récentes des paquetages GNU RCS ou CVS/SVN il n'est pas garanti que cela fonctionne avec des versions plus anciennes.
+ En général,
+ les messages de contrôle ne sont pas affichés après chaque opération vous pouvez les vérifier dans la console de lancement de \SpecialChar LyX
+ si vous doutez.
+ Les utilisateurs réguliers du contrôle de version apprécieront la barre d'outils correspondante,
+ qui peut être activée via 
 \family sans
-TortoiseSVN\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Repo-browser
+Affichage\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Barre d'outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Contrôle de version
 \family default
 .
- If necessary,
- adjust the URL for the repository,
- then click OK.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour créer vos propres commandes externes,
+ consultez 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\lang english
-Right click the level of the repository under which you want to place the new project folder (typically the top level) and click 
-\family sans
-Create folder
-\family default
- Supply a name for the project folder and click OK.
- Add a message for the log file if desired,
- then click OK again.
- The new project folder should appear in the repository.
- Finally,
- click OK again to exit the repository browser.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+vc-command
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Once again right click 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project
-\family default
-,
- this time selecting SVN Checkout\SpecialChar ldots
- Select the URL of the project folder you just created in the repository,
- and set the checkout directory to 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project.
+ dans le manuel des 
+\emph on
+Fonctions \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\family default
- Click OK.
- You will be warned about a non-empty folder;
- click OK to proceed.
- You should now have a 
-\family typewriter
-.svn
-\family default
- directory under 
-\family typewriter
-C:
-\backslash
-new project.
+\emph default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\lang english
-Create or open your document in \SpecialChar LyX
- and click 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il est fortement recommandé d'enregistrer les documents en mode non compressé lors de l'utilisation du contrôle de version (décochez
 \family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Compressé
+\family default
+ si la case est cochée):
+ les documents LyX non compressées sont des fichiers textuels qui peuvent être fusionnés par le contrôle de version.
+ Mes documents compressés sont des fichiers binaires qui ne peuvent p
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+s être fusionnés.
+ En outre pour éviter des conflits de fusion nous vous invitons à désactiver 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sortie\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Enregistrer les propriétés temporaires si plusieurs utilisateurs travaillent sur le même document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Les commandes RCS sous \SpecialChar LyX
 
-Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Register.
- 
-\family default
-Add a log message and click OK to commit the document to version control.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-From this point onward,
- you should have full functionality in the 
+Les sections suivantes décrivent les commandes RCS supportées par \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Vous pouvez les trouver dans 
 \family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Version
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Contrôle
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Control
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Version
 \family default
- menu.
- You also have the option of checking the document in and out,
- viewing its history,
- etc.
- using the TortoiseSVN context menu in Windows Explorer or the Subversion client program from a command prompt.
+.
+ Lyx a été testé avec RCS 5.7/5.8/5.10.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\lang english
-SSH tunnel used with SVN under Windows
+\family sans
+Initialiser le contrôle de version
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Si votre document n'est pas sous le mode 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Compared with Linux setting up an svn client to communicate over ssh under Windows is a rather troublesome task.
- We will at least offer some hints how to setup the client side but prior knowledge about ssh and the Windows command line is needed,
- also be prepared for a great deal of frustration\SpecialChar ldots
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+contrôle de version
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Get an svn client for windows,
- as described in the previous sections.
- When it is a fresh install run some svn command (e.g.
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+,
+ c'est le seul choix qui vous soit proposé.
+ Si vous êtes déjà sous ce mode,
+ l'élément 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-svn --version
+S'inscrire
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-) to create config files,
- which you will need to change later on.
+ est grisé et inaccessible.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette commande intialise le contrôle de version avec RCS\SpecialChar endofsentence
+ Il vous est alors demandé de donner une description initiale du document.
+ Le document est alors mis en mode 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Choose an ssh client for Windows.
- There are several possibilities,
- we will use the one from Putty tools
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+lecture seule
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ et il vous faudra faire 
+\family sans
+Nouvelle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+Version
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Modifiable
+\family default
+ avant de le modifier.
+ Un document sous contrôle de version a dans le minibuffer 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html
+[RCS:<version><locker>]
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ accolé au nom de fichier.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+En arrière-plan,
+ la commande RCS qui a été lancée est
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
 
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -i -t-\SpecialChar softhyphen
+"<description_\SpecialChar softhyphen
+initiale>" <nom_fichier>.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Lisez 
+\family typewriter
+man ci
+\family default
+ pour comprendre le sens des paramètres.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Enregistrer
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
- You will need to set the connection up so that the client doesn't ask for any password from you.
- To keep things easy we will use only keys without any additional password protection etc.
-\end_layout
+les
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+changements
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-Generate keys by 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\begin_layout Standard
+Lorsque vous avez fini de modifier un fichier,
+ vous figez vos modifications
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-puttygen
+NdT :
+ check-in
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Save your private .ppk key file and put the public one on the server side.
- If the SVN server runs on Linux,
- note that the format of the public key is not compatible with Linux openssh and you will need to direcly copy-paste the key from the “
-\emph on
-Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file
-\emph default
-:” edit field into the server's 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+ par 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-~/.ssh/authorized_keys
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\shape up
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Contrôle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+de
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- / 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+Version\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Enregistrer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+les
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-authorized_keys2
+changements..
+\family default
+\shape default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+.
+ Il vous sera alors demandé une description de ceux-ci.
+ Cette information est conservée dans le fichier d'historique.
+ Le numéro de version est alors incrémenté,
+ vos modifications sont appliquées au fichier RCS maître et le document est déverrouillé et remis en mode 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Get the Putty's 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+lecture seule
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-plink
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Commande RCS :
+ 
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -m"<description>" <nom_fichier>
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-.
- In the SVN config file
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Nouvelle version modifiable
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+En utilisant cette commande,
+ vous verrouillez le document de manière à ce que vous soyez le seul à pouvoir l'éditer.
+ Vous seul en possédez les droits d'écriture.
+ Vous continuez donc à éditer le fichier un moment,
+ puis vous figez vos changements.
+ La ligne d'état est modifiée pour indiquer que le fichier est verrouillé.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-Exact path depends on Windows version,
- usually somewhere around 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Commande RCS :
+ 
+\family typewriter
+co -q -l <nom_fichier>
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\lang english
-c:
-\backslash
-Documents and Settings
-\backslash
-user
-\backslash
-Application Data
-\backslash
-Subversion
-\backslash
-config
+\family sans
+Revenir à la version du dépôt
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ceci annule tous les changements réalisés sur le document depuis que le document a été figé la dernière fois.
+ Une demande de confirmation apparaît alors,
+ avant que tous les changements soient perdus.
+\end_layout
 
- / 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Commande RCS :
+ 
+\family typewriter
+co -f -u<version> <nom_fichier>
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
+\family sans
 \lang english
-AppData
-\backslash
-Roaming
-\backslash
-Subversion
+Copy
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ceci va créer une copie du document.
+ Du fait que RCS ne prévoit pas à l'origine de gérer les opérations de copie,
+ l'historique de version n'est pas préservé et la copie est ajoutée comme un nouveau fichier.
+ Elle suppose un document propre sans modifications depuis le dernier enregistrement.
+ On vous demande un nom de fichier et une description de l'opération de copie.
+ Ensuite la copie est créée,
+ à la fois localement et dans le dépôt.
+ Si les répertoires parents de la copie et du document original sont différents,
+ tous les chemins relatifs des fichiers inclus sont corrigés (comme avec 
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Enregistrer sous
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ Enfin,
+ la copie est chargée à la place du document original.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Commandes RCS:
+ 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
 
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-,
- section [tunnels],
- setup ssh command,
- e.g.
- 
+Copy 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+<file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
 
-\lang english
-ssh=c:/path/plink.exe -i c:/path/private_key.ppk
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
+ to 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-It will usually take a lot of time to get exact command right and it depends on many things.
- For example do not have some remote server saved as a default session in Putty etc.
- If things fail,
- try to connect via plink without SVN first.
-\end_layout
-
+<new-file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\lang english
-Checkout the SVN archive,
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-g.
+
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
@@ -25860,81 +29661,90 @@ g.
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
+ci -q -u -i 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+<new-file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
 
-\lang english
-svn co svn+ssh://user@server/repository_path
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
+
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\lang english
-End-of-Line Conversions
+\family sans
+Annuler le dernier enregistrement
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
-When the collaborators are mixing Linux and Windows environments,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will use different line endings inside the .lyx files.
- This is not a problem as far as \SpecialChar LyX
- functionality is concerned,
- but the commit diffs will be huge and merge-conflicts prone.
- Fortunately SVN itself knows
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.file-portability.html
+Fait comme si la dernière modification n'avait jamais été faite.
+ Aucune modification n'apparaît sur le document \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ mais la dernière version est effacée du fichier maître RCS.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Commande RCS :
+ 
+\family typewriter
+rcs -o<version> <nom_fichier>
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
- how to deal with CR/LF problems when switching .lyx files to the 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Visionner historique
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Montre l'historique complet du document RCS.
+ La sortie de 
+\family typewriter
+rlog <nom_fichier>
+\family default
+ est ainsi affichée dans une fenêtre.
+ Voyez 
+\family typewriter
+man rlog
+\family default
+ pour plus d'informations.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-native
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Informations de révision
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Lyx ne connaît que le numéro de version RCS,
+ voir 
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
+nolink "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
- mode.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+pour les détails.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
 \lang english
-For the lazy guys:
- 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+CVS commands in \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
 
-\lang english
-svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Le reste de ce chapitre reste à traduire (JPChrétien,
+ juin 2011)
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -25942,262 +29752,283 @@ svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME
 
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+A subset of CVS operations is supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ You can find the commands in the 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Version
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+Control
+\family default
+ submenu.
+ The version control system SVN is more powerful,
+ so please use it instead of CVS if possible.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Les commandes GIT sous \SpecialChar LyX
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
+\family sans
+\lang english
+General CVS usage
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Un sous-ensemble minimal des commandes GIT est reconnu par LyX.
- Les commandes se trouvent dans le sous-menu
-\family sans
- Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Contrôle de version
-\family default
-.
- Notez bien que si vous utilisez un accès ssh au dépôt protégé par mot de passe,
- l'authentification sera requise dans un terminal.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- a été testé vis à vis de GIT 1.7
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Les utilisateurs de Windows devront s'assurer que git est bien dans le chemin d’accès aux exécutables.
- Ceci peut être réglé depuis \SpecialChar LyX
- via 
-\family sans
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Répertoires\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préfixe PATH
-\family default
-.
+\lang english
+If you start from scratch with CVS you have to create your repository and checkout the working copy with external tools.
+ If you're using a client-server setup you may need to login before doing the first repository checkout.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+If your documents are under revision control and others are using the same repository problems arise when different changes to the same document at the same location happen.
+ Standard CVS repositories don't operate with a file locking mechanism.
+ This may be surprising,
+ but conflicts only occur if people disagree on the proper content of the same part of a document.
+ So,
+ if co-workers are used to communicate regularly,
+ these conflicts occur rarely.
+ If they don't communicate they have a fundamental problem anyway.
+ Nevertheless some people like to work with so called 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
+reserved checkouts
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Une différence importante entre GIT et les autres systèmes de contrôle de version reconnus réside dans la nature distribuée de GIT.
- Avec les systèmes traditionnels,;
- il y a un serveur central qui héberge le dépôt.
- Les utilisateurs soumettent leurs modifications au serveur,
- et récupèrent les mises à jour des autres auteurs depuis le serveur.
- Avec GIT,
- les utilisateurs soumettent à un dépôt local.
- Le dépôt local peut être synchronisé avec un dépôt distant ou plusieurs en utilisant les commandes GIT 
+.
+ If they do so the working copy of all files is readonly when checked out first and the user starts editing after using a special command to make the working copy writable.
+ When the changes are checked in the working copy returns to readonly state.
+ With \SpecialChar LyX
+ one has to edit the 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-pull
+
+\lang english
+.cvsrc
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- et 
+ file and add the line 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-push
+
+\lang english
+cvs -r
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- n’interagit en aucune manière avec les dépôts distants,
- il ne travaille qu'avec le dépôt local de manière similaire à ce qui est fait avec un dépôt central CVS ou SVN.
- Si vous utilisez des dépôts GIT distants,
- vous devez exécuter les opérations 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+ to work with reserved checkouts.
+ The benefit is the possibility to see who is using a writable copy of some document.
+ It's not guaranteed only one user makes a copy writable.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ tries to guess if you're using reserved or non-reserved checkouts.
+ If your working copy is readonly or it is writable and an additional copy of your document exists in the CVS/Base sub-directory a reserved otherwise a non-reserved checkout is assumed.
+ When a reserved checkout is detected you have to use 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-pull
+
+\lang english
+Check Out
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+ to make your working copy writable if it's readonly.
+ After doing so the 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-push
+
+\lang english
+Check In
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- avec votre client GIT habituel.
+ operation is possible and that makes your working copy readonly again after transferring your changes to the repository.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-Initialiser le contrôle de version
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+More information about CVS can be found here 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si votre document n'est pas sous le mode 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://www.nongnu.org/cvs
+\end_layout
 
-contrôle de version
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-,
- c'est le seul choix qui vous soit proposé.
- Si vous êtes déjà sous ce mode,
- l'élément 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+ and here 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-S'inscrire
+
+http://ximbiot.com/cvs
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- est grisé et inaccessible.
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Cette commande initialise le contrôle de version de votre document sous GIT UNIQUEMENT si le répertoire du document est déjà sous contrôle de GIT (en particulier le fichier
+
+\lang english
+Read 
 \family typewriter
- .git/index
+man cvs
 \family default
- existe).
- Ceci signifie que vous devez créer l'archive vous-même.
+ to understand the sub-commands and the switches mentioned below.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-On vous demandera ensuite une description initiale du document.
- N'oubliez pas que la version initialisée n'est pas encore enregistrée.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Register
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La commande GIT exécutée:
+
+\lang english
+If your document is not under revision control,
+ this is the only item shown in the menu.
+ And if it is under revision control,
+ the 
+\family sans
+Register
+\family default
+ item is not visible.
  
-\family typewriter
-git add 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
 
-<nom-de-fichier>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+This command registers in CVS your document 
+\begin_inset Flex Strong
+status collapsed
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Consulter 
-\family typewriter
-man git
-\family default
- pour comprendre les options.
+\emph on
+\lang english
+only
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Enregistrer
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-les
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-changements
+ in the case you have already the documents directory under CVS control (in particular 
+\family typewriter
+CVS/Entries
+\family default
+ file exists).
+ This means you have to create or checkout the archive by yourself using external tools.
+ (In case you forget that step \SpecialChar LyX
+ registers the document with RCS.)
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Lorsque vous avez fini de modifier un fichier,
- vous figez vos modification
-\lang english
-s.
- 
-\lang french
-Il vous sera alors demandé une description de ceux-ci.
 
 \lang english
- 
-\lang french
-Les modifications sont soumises ensuite.
+Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
+ Don't forget that registered file is not yet checked in.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La commande GIT exécutée:
+
+\lang english
+CVS command that is run:
  
 \family typewriter
-git commit -q -m"<description>" <nom-de-fichier>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Revenir à la version du dépôt
+cvs -q add -m"<entered message>" "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ceci annule tous les changements réalisés sur le document depuis que le document a été figé la dernière fois.
- Une demande de confirmation apparaît alors,
- avant que tous les changements soient perdus.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La commande GIT exécutée
 \lang english
-:
- 
+The term 
 \family typewriter
-git checkout -q 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+"<file-name>"
+\family default
+ above and for all other CVS commands is an abbreviation for 
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
 \end_inset
 
-<nom-de-fichier>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
+change the current working directory to file location and use the file name without path component as argument
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
-
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsubsection
-Renommer
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Check In Changes
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Cette commande va renommer le document courant,
- historique de versions inclus.
- Elle requiert un document propre sans modifications depuis le dernier enregistrement.
- Elle vous demande un nom de fichier et une description de l'opération de renommage.
- Le document est renommé ensuite,
- à la fois localement et dans le dépôt.
- Si les répertoires parents de l’ancien et du nouveau fichier diffèrent,
- tous les chemins relatifs des fichiers inclus sont rectifiés (comme avec 
-\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Enregistrer sous
-\family default
-\SpecialChar ldots
-).
- Enfin,
- le ficher est rechargé sous le nouveau nom.
+
+\lang english
+When you are finished editing a file,
+ you commit your changes.
+ When you do this and you had changed the document,
+ you are asked for a description of the changes.
+ After that changes are written to the repository.
+ In case you didn't change the document and a reserved checkout is detected the reservation made on 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Check Out
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is undone.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Labeling
 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Les commandes GIT exécutées:
+
+\lang english
+CVS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+command:
  
 \begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
@@ -26211,28 +30042,16 @@ Les commandes GIT exécutées:
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-git mv 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<nom-de-fichier>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
-<nouveau-nom-de-fichier>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
-
 
+\lang english
+cvs 
+\family typewriter
+-q commit -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+ or
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
@@ -26241,7 +30060,11 @@ git mv
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-git commit
+
+\lang english
+cvs -q unedit 
+\family typewriter
+"<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -26250,132 +30073,183 @@ git commit
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsubsection
-Afficher l'historique
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Check Out Changes
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Cette commande affiche l'historique complet du document sous GIT.
- Le résultat de 
-\family typewriter
-git log 
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
 
-<nom-de-fichier>
-\begin_inset Quotes qld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+When you are sharing a repository with others,
+ you may have to incorporate their changes into your working copy.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family default
- est affiché dans un navigateur.
+\lang english
+CVS command:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+cvs -q update "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Infos de version
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+If a readonly checkout is detected the working copy is made writable and reserved.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- reconnaît l'empreinte de validation GIT de la dernière soumission du fichier,
- sa forme abrégée,
- le nom de son auteur,
- la date et l'heure.
- Toutes ces informations sont extraites via 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-git log -n 1 --pretty=format:%H%n%an%n%ai
+\lang english
+CVS command:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+cvs -q edit "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-.
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Revert To Repository Version
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-L'information sur la version de l'arborescence peut être obtenue via 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-git describe --abbrev --dirty --long
+\lang english
+This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
+ You get a warning before changes are discarded.
+ Firstly the file is deleted,
+ secondly CVS update command is run.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-.
+\lang english
+CVS command:
  
+\family typewriter
+cvs -q update "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Voir 
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
-nolink "false"
-
-\end_inset
-
- pour d'autres détails.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Personnalisation avancée
+\lang english
+If a reserved checkout is detected and the working copy has no changes only the reservation is undone.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Avec l'implantation de la commande 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vc-command
+\lang english
+CVS command:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+cvs -q unedit "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-,
- les utilisateurs avancés de \SpecialChar LyX
- peuvent créer leurs propres commandes de contrôle de version.
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Copy
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Par exemple,
- vous pouvez voir comment deux commandes TortoiseSVN pourraient être directement intégrées:
+
+\lang english
+This will create a copy of the current document.
+ Since CVS does not support copy operations natively,
+ the version history is not preserved,
+ and the copy is added as a new file.
+ It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
+ You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
+ After that the copy is created,
+ both locally and in the repository.
+ If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
+ all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Save As
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ Finally,
+ the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
 \lang english
-Commit:
+CVS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+commands:
  
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Copy 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\family typewriter
+\lang ngerman
+"
 \lang english
-vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:commit /path:$$p"
+<file-name>
+\lang ngerman
+"
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ to 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\family typewriter
+\lang ngerman
+"
+\lang english
+<new-file-name>
+\lang ngerman
+"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
 
-\lang english
-Revert:
- 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p"
+cvs -q add 
+\family typewriter
+\lang ngerman
+"
+\lang english
+<new-file-name>
+\lang ngerman
+"
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -26383,2169 +30257,1908 @@ vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p"
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Contrôle de version et comparaison de documents
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Rename
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Une des utilisations caractéristiques du contrôle de version consiste à mettre en évidence les modifications entre versions,
- usuellement en créant des fichiers 
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-diff
+\lang english
+This will rename the current document.
+ Since CVS does not support rename operations natively,
+ the version history is not preserved,
+ the renamed document is added as a new file,
+ and the original document is deleted.
+ It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
+ You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
+ After that the document is renamed,
+ both locally and in the repository.
+ If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
+ all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Save As
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ Finally,
+ the document is reloaded using the new name.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\lang english
+CVS
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Alors que ceci est utilisé pour les fichiers textuels ordinaires,
- ça l'est beaucoup moins dans le cas des fichiers LyX,
- dont la structures est plus complexe.
- Nous fournissons donc un lien vers la fonctionnalité \SpecialChar LyX
- de comparaison de documents.
- Il y a deux façons d'invoquer cette comparaison,
- soit par un appel direct de la fonction \SpecialChar LyX
+commands:
  
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vc-compare
-\end_layout
 
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
- (voir le manuel des fonctions \SpecialChar LyX
- pour les détails),
- soit par l'icône de la barre d'outils 
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "icon"
-arg   "vc-compare"
-\end_inset
+Rename 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
- ou l'entrée de menu 
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "menu"
-arg   "vc-compare"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
- Il est possible de comparer deux révisions particulières du document,
- ou plus simplement la version courante en cours de modification avec une version antérieure (où la révision «0» est simplement la dernière révision enregistrée).
+\family typewriter
+\lang ngerman
+"
+\lang english
+<file-name>
+\lang ngerman
+"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette fonctionnalité est disponible avec SVN et RCS,
- bien que dans ce dernier cas il y ait une contrainte due au schéma de versionnement plus compliqué:
- lorsque que l'on désigne une révision,
- les chiffres pointent toujours sur le dernier élément du numéro de révision,
- c'est-à-dire «35» dans 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-1.2.35
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- En ce qui concerne GIT,
- la fonctionnalité n'est pas disponible,
- il est juste possible de comparer un document modifié avec une révision antérieure de X étapes,
- où X est défini par 
+ to 
 \begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-HEAD~X
+
+\family typewriter
+\lang ngerman
+"
+\lang english
+<new-file-name>
+\lang ngerman
+"
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Programmation littéraire
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mise à jour par 
-\noun on
-Kayvan Sylvan
-\noun default
- (kayvan@sylvan.com),
- document d'origine écrit par 
-\noun on
-Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
 
-\noun default
- (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+cvs -q add 
+\family typewriter
+\lang ngerman
+"
+\lang english
+<new-file-name>
+\lang ngerman
+"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le but principal de cette documentation est de montrer comment utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
- pour la programmation littéraire.
- Nous supposerons que vous êtes familiers de cette technique de programmation,
- et savez donc ce que 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-tangling
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- et 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-weaving
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- signifient
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-NdT :
- Respectivement la génération du code et de la documentation.
- – ar
+
+\lang english
+cvs -q remove 
+\family typewriter
+\lang ngerman
+"
+\lang english
+<file-name>
+\lang ngerman
+"
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Si ce n'est pas le cas,
- veuillez lire les pages web dont les adresses sont indiquées un peu plus loin.
- Vous y trouverez une bonne documentation,
- allant de l'histoire du développement aux derniers trucs et astuces.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Nous supposerons aussi que vous êtes assez familiarisés avec \SpecialChar LyX
- pour pouvoir changer vos préférences,
- et le fichier de ressources X.
- Si ce n'est pas le cas,
- voyez le reste de la documentation de \SpecialChar LyX
- qui couvre ces domaines.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-La programmation littéraire
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Extrait de la FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire :
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\begin_layout Quotation
-La programmation littéraire est la combinaison de la documentation et des sources en une forme lisible par un être humain.
- En fait,
- la programmation littéraire doit être agréable à lire,
- et même aguicheuse !
- (Désolé,
- Bob,
- je n'ai pas pu résister...) En général,
- la programmation littéraire combine la source et la documentation dans un seul et unique fichier.
- Des outils de programmation littéraire permettent ensuite de produire séparément le fichier source et la documentation.
- Le style WEB de programmation littéraire fut créé par D.E.
- Knuth lors du développement de son logiciel de typographie,
- \SpecialChar TeX
-.
+\lang english
+Update of the local directory checkout from repository
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Un autre extrait :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-
-\emph on
-En quoi la programmation littéraire diffère-t-elle du commentaire ?
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Il y a trois signes distinctifs qui sont,
- dans l'ordre d'importance :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-un ordre d'élaboration flexible 
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+Once your documents gets more complex,
+ containing sub-documents and pictures,
+ including external 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-le support automatique pour la visualisation
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-une documentation mise en forme,
- notamment les diagrammes et les mathématiques 
+\lang english
+.tex
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Maintenant que j'ai éveillé votre curiosité,
- voyons les références :
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Références
+ files and so on using version control becomes more complicated.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document.
+ This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither have detailed knowledge about CVS usage nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
+ You have to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
+ It's good practice anyway to store multipart documents in an extra directory.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La FAQ complète de la Programmation Littéraire se trouve à :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Quote
-FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+\lang english
+The 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-http://www.xmarks.com/site/shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html
+\lang english
+Update local directory from repository
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ command updates the whole directory.
+ If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
+ In case of merge conflicts both versions of the conflicting document parts are placed in the final document.
+ You have to review and correct the result of the merge.
+ You'll find the conflicts enclosed in pairs of 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-La FAQ dénombre 23 (vingt-trois !) outils différents pour la programmation littéraire.
- Certains sont spécialisés pour certains langages de programmation,
- d'autre ont une portée plus générale.
- J'ai sélectionné 
-\family typewriter
-NoWeb
-\family default
-\noun toggle
- pour mon usage personnel pour plusieurs raisons :
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Il sait générer la documentation aussi bien en \SpecialChar LaTeX
- qu'en HTML.
+\lang english
+<<<<<<<
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Il a une architecture ouverte,
- c'est-à-dire qu'il est facile d'y ajouter de nouveaux filtres
-\lang english
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Foot
+ and 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\emph on
 \lang english
-Filters 
-\emph default
-are programs that read a given data stream and output a manipulated data stream.
- That way,
- a WEB file (consisting of literate code) can be turned into a file consisting only of C program code or \SpecialChar LaTeX
- code.
+>>>>>>>
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ separated by 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\lang french
- et de réaliser des opérations spéciales au besoin.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Un grand nombre de filtres est déjà disponible (dont celui pour le HTML).
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Il est libre.
+\lang english
+=======
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La page web de Noweb se trouve à :
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Quote
-Page d'accueil de Noweb 
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+.
+ The first part is your version as before the update operation with the document name prepended.
+ The second one is the repository version with the version number after the sequence of 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-https://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/
+\lang english
+>
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+ signs.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-À partir de là,
- vous trouverez de nombreux liens intéressants et mêmes quelques exemples de programmation littéraire.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\SpecialChar LyX
- et la Programmation Littéraire avec Noweb
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+CVS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supporte la Programmation Littéraire par l'intermédiaire du mécanisme de gestion des convertisseurs.
- Ce support est 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+commands:
+ 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-indépendant de Noweb
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-,
- c'est-à-dire que vous pourrez utiliser cette nouvelle fonction de \SpecialChar LyX
- avec un autre outil de programmation littéraire de votre choix,
- en changeant juste vos préférences \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Génération des documents et du code (weaving and tangling)
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Using the noweb module
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous avez installé Noweb et \SpecialChar LyX
- avec succès,
- chaque fois que vous ouvrez un nouveau document,
- après avoir choisi sa classe,
- utilisez le menu
-\family sans
- Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres...
+\lang english
+cd $path;
+ cvs diff 
+\family typewriter
+"."
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- pour ajouter le module 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-noweb
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ (Ask if changes are detected.)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Vous le verrez en cliquant sur 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
- Modules
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
- dans le liste des modules disponibles.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+cd $path;
+ cvs -q update 
+\family typewriter
+"."
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Ajout de code
+\end_inset
+
+
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- vous permet d'entrer du code par l'intermédiaire d'un insert paramétrable nommé 
-\lang english
 
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
+\lang english
+where 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-Chunk
+$path
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\lang french
-.
- Noweb délimite les 
-\lang english
-chunks
-\lang french
- ainsi :
+ stands for the path to the document.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<<Mon code>>=
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  code
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Show History
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  encore du code
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  toujours du code
+\lang english
+This shows the complete history of the CVS document.
+ The output of 
+\family typewriter
+cvs log "<file-name>"
+\family default
+ is shown in a browser.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  @
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\lang english
+Revision info
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le problème est que tout ce qui est compris entre le 
-\family typewriter
-<<
-\family default
- et l'arobase 
+
+\lang english
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports CVS version number,
+ author name,
+ date and time of last commit.
+ All those are extracted from 
 \family typewriter
-@
+cvs log -r <file-name>
 \family default
- doit être pris tel quel,
- c'est-à-dire que \SpecialChar LyX
- ne doit faire aucune interprétation de ce qui a été écrit.
- C'est aussi géré par le environnement 
-\lang ngerman
-
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
+.
+ See 
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
+nolink "false"
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
 
-\lang ngerman
-Chunk
+ for details.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
+\lang english
+SVN commands in \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\lang french
-,
- qui fonctionne comme un insert des texte normal mais qui présente une totale liberté en ce qui concerne l'espacement.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Il est à noter que vous pouvez aussi utiliser la construction 
-\family typewriter
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\lang english
+SVN is now partially supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ You can find the commands in the 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Version
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Control
+\family default
+ submenu.
+ Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh,
+ you will be asked in terminal window.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ was tested against SVN 1.5,
+ 1.6,
+ 1.7 and 1.8
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Most of the commands will work with 1.4 too,
+ see 
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
+nolink "false"
+
 \end_inset
 
-%def
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+.
+ There seems to be currently unresolved permissions problem under SVN 1.8 with reverting changes when file is locked.
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
- de Noweb dans vos 
-\lang english
-chunks
-\lang french
- pour ajouter des éléments de référence croisée :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<<Mon scrap>>=
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-def une_fonction(param):
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-   "C'est la documentation de cette fonction."
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Register
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-   print "Mes paramètres :
- ",
- param
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-@ %def une_fonction
+\lang english
+If your document is not under revision control,
+ this is the only item shown in the menu.
+ And if it is under revision control,
+ the 
+\family sans
+Register
+\family default
+ item is not visible.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Pour avoir un exemple de cette construction et des références croisées engendrées,
- regardez le programme littéraire python dans 
+
+\lang english
+This command registers in SVN your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under SVN control (in particular 
 \family typewriter
-\emph on
-LIBDIR
-\emph default
-/examples/listerrors.lyx
+.svn/entries
 \family default
- qui devrait clarifier tout ça.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Génération de la documentation
+ file exists).
+ This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Arrivé ici,
- vous avez déjà un nouveau fichier avec sa propre classe de document,
- et vous avec tapé un peu de code et de texte dedans.
- Bien ;
- et maintenant,
- comment je l'imprime ?
- La réponse est simple :
- vous faites 
-\family sans
-Affichage\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
-,
- etc.
- comme vous le feriez pour un document quelconque.
- Il n'y a aucune procédure particulière.
+
+\lang english
+Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document.
+ Don't forget that registered file is not yet commited.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Pour vous aider à vous y retrouver,
- je vais vous expliquer ce qui se passe à l'intérieur de \SpecialChar LyX
- :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Quand vous choisissez 
-\family sans
-Affichage\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Mise
-\begin_inset space ~
+\lang english
+SVN command that is run:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+svn add -q 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-à
-\begin_inset space ~
+<file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-Jour\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
-,
- un fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- est généré.
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
 \begin_layout Standard
-Si le document est d'un type littéraire,
- le fichier généré sera nommé avec l'extension définie par le format 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-littéraire
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
- (défini dans la fenêtre de 
-\family sans
-Préférences
-\family default
-),
- sinon le fichier aura l'extension habituelle 
+\lang english
+Read 
 \family typewriter
-.tex
+man svn
 \family default
-.
+ to understand the switches.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Remarquez que la seule différence est cette extension :
- \SpecialChar LyX
- n'a rien de particulier à faire.
- Tant que vous avez utilisé l'insert 
-\lang english
-
-\begin_inset Flex Noun
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
+\family sans
 \lang english
-Chunk
+Check In Changes
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang french
- en entrant le texte,
- tout se passera sans problème.
+\lang english
+When you are finished editing a file,
+ you commit your changes.
+ When you do this,
+ you are asked for a description of the changes.
+ After that changes are commited.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Si le document est d'une classe littéraire,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- utilisera ensuite le convertisseur interne \SpecialChar LyX
- vers Noweb,
- suivi par le convertisseur Noweb vers \SpecialChar LaTeX
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\lang english
+SVN command:
 \begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Les convertisseurs sont définis dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion de fichiers
-\family default
-,
- dans l'onglet 
-\family sans
-Convertisseurs
-\family default
+
+\lang english
+In case locking is not enabled.
+ See Section 
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
+nolink "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
 .
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
- pour générer le fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
-
+ 
+\family typewriter
+svn commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sinon,
- il saute simplement cette étape.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Enfin,
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- est invoqué et le processus continue comme s'il s'agissait d'un document quelconque.
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Check Out For Edit
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Vous êtes donc indépendant d'un 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-outil littéraire
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
-
- donné,
- car vous pouvez changer les commandes correspondant aux différents convertisseurs.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Génération du code
+\lang english
+Updates the changes of this file from the repository.
+ Be sure you understand SVN merging and conflicts resolving before using this function,
+ because all conflicts has to be resolved manually by you!
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Quand on demande de 
-\family sans
-Compiler
-\family default
- dans les menus,
- ou quand on appuie sur le bouton correspondant de la barre d'outils,
- un fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
- est généré comme dans l'étape
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-1 ci-dessus.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- invoque ensuite le convertisseur 
-\family typewriter
-NoWeb->Program
-\family default
-.
- Celui-ci (comme tout convertisseur) est invoqué en deux parties :
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Le programme de conversion proprement dit.
- Ce programme procède à la conversion d'un format à un autre (ici,
- du format 
-\family typewriter
-NoWeb
-\family default
- au pseudo-format 
-\family typewriter
-Program
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+SVN command:
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Le filtre de messages d'erreur.
- C'est un programme dont le seul rôle est de réécrire les messages d'erreur dans un format compréhensible par \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Ça permet à \SpecialChar LyX
- de placer des boîtes d'erreur au bon endroit dans le tampon du fichier.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+Ditto.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La première partie,
- déterminée par le champ 
-\family sans
-Convertisseur
-\family default
-,
- doit contenir
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\lang english
+svn update --non-interactive 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-build-script $$i
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+<file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-.
- Ça signifie que \SpecialChar LyX
- va appeler 
-\family typewriter
-build-script
-\family default
- (un programme ou un script) avec le nom du fichier Noweb (en général un fichier dans le répertoire temporaire de \SpecialChar LyX
-).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Voici une implémentation de 
-\family typewriter
-build-script
-\family default
- que vous pouvez mettre dans un répertoire de votre chemin d'accès par défaut :
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-#!/bin/sh
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
 \family sans
-#
+\lang english
+Revert To Repository Version
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR=$2 sh
+\lang english
+This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in.
+ You get a warning before changes are discarded.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le prochain élément du réglage du convertisseur est le
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\lang english
+SVN command:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+svn revert -q 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-Drapeau
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+<file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
- qui doit être mis à
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ceci filtrera par le programme 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
-
-listerrors
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
- toute erreur créée par le 
 \family sans
-build-script
-\family default
-.
+\lang english
+Copy
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La construction prendra normalement place dans le répertoire temporaire de \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- les fichiers produits seront donc normalement dans ce répertoire.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- exportera ce qui concerne le fichier principal,
- mais le programme de conversion
-\family typewriter
- Noweb->Program
+
+\lang english
+This will create a copy of the current document including the version history.
+ It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
+ You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation.
+ After that the copy is created,
+ both locally and in the repository.
+ If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ,
+ all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Save As
 \family default
- peut produire d'autres fichiers,
- qui seront perdus quand \SpecialChar LyX
- sera fermé.
- C'est pourquoi nous transmettons la variable d'environnement NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR pour que les éléments de la conversion puissent être copiés à cet endroit.
+\SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ Finally,
+ the copy is loaded instead of the original document.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Instructions de compilation dans le document
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La dernière partie de l'interface entre \SpecialChar LyX
- et noweb est le 
 \lang english
-chunk
-\lang french
+SVN
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+commands:
  
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-build-script
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-.
- En général,
- les instructions de compilation de votre programme doivent être regroupées dans un 
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
 \lang english
-chunk
-\lang french
- à part.
- Le 
-\family typewriter
-build-script
-\family default
- vu plus haut est spécifique à noweb et utilise la commande 
+svn copy -q 
 \family typewriter
-notangle
-\family default
- pour rechercher ce 
-\lang english
-chunk
-\lang french
- (appelé 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-build-script
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+<file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-) et passer son contenu dans 
-\family typewriter
-sh
-\family default
-.
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+<new-file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Typiquement,
- un tel 
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
 \lang english
-chunk
-\lang french
- ressemble à ceci :
+svn commit
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<<build-script>>=
+\end_inset
+
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#!/bin/sh
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Rename
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+This will rename the current document including the version history.
+ It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin.
+ You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation.
+ After that the document is renamed,
+ both locally and in the repository.
+ If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ,
+ all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Save As
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ Finally,
+ the document is reloaded using the new name.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\lang english
+SVN
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+commands:
+ 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
+
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-then
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+svn move -q 
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-fi
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+<file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-[...
- code to extract files ...
- use NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR here ...]
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-[...
- code to compile files ...]
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+<new-file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-@
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Voyez dans 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-LIBDIR
-\emph default
-/examples/listerrors.lyx
-\family default
- ou dans
+\end_inset
+
+
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-LIBDIR
-\emph default
-/examples/Literate.lyx
-\family default
- qui implémentent deux versions du programme 
-\family typewriter
-listerrors
-\family default
- pour avoir des exemples de comment tout cela va ensemble.
- Vous pouvez encore consulter 
-\family typewriter
-\emph on
-LIBDIR
-\emph default
-/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx
-\family default
-.
- Il est intéressant de constater que ces trois fichiers démontrent l'indépendance de \SpecialChar LyX
- relativement au langage de programmation littéraire adopté car ils sont écrits respectivement en Python,
- C et Perl.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\lang english
+svn commit
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Configurer \SpecialChar LyX
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez configurer ce qui concerne la Programmation Littéraire dans l'onglet 
-\family sans
-Convertisseurs
-\family default
- de la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences
-\family default
-.
- Les parties importantes sont :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-le
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update"
 
-format
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+Update of the local directory checkout from repository
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-littéraire
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+Note that this command will work only with subversion 
+\begin_inset Formula $\geqq1.5$
 \end_inset
 
- Choisi dans l'onglet 
-\family sans
-Formats
-\family default
-,
- où vous mettez ce qui est spécifique à Noweb.
- Le 
-\family sans
-Nom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
 
-d'interface
-\family default
- est 
-\family typewriter
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-NoWeb
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
 
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
-,
- l'
-\family sans
-Extension
-\family default
- est 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+All the commands above have one shortcoming – they deal with the current document only.
+ Once your document contains pictures,
+ includes external 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-nw
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+.tex
+\end_layout
 
+\end_inset
 
-\family default
-.
+ files and so on administration becomes more complicated.
  \SpecialChar LyX
- créera donc un fichier d'extension 
-\family typewriter
-.nw
-\family default
- lors de la première étape du processus de conversion.
+ now supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+One need to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
+ 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Description
-le
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-format
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+ This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither know about subversion management nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository.
+ 
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\family sans
-Programme
-\family default
- C'est un format fictif dont le seul but est d'être le point d'arrivée d'une conversion (ce qui permet ainsi de mettre en place un convertisseur pointant vers lui).
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
-NoWeb
-\family default
-->
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+\lang english
+Update local directory from repository
+\end_layout
 
-\family default
- Ce convertisseur assure la génération de la documentation (
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-weaving
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+ command updates the whole directory and in case of merge conflicts local version of the files are left,
+ so no unintended data loss occurs.
+ If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
+\end_layout
 
-).
- Pour Noweb,
- il faut mettre 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\lang english
+SVN
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+commands:
+ 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Description
 
-\family sans
-NoWeb
-\family default
-->
-\family sans
-Program
-\family default
- Celui-ci assure la génération du code (
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-tangling
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-).
- Comme vu plus haut,
- il faut mettre 
-\family typewriter
+\lang english
+svn diff $path
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-build-script $$i
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+ (Ask if changes are detected.)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-,
- avec comme 
-\family sans
-Autres
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-Options
-\family default
- 
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+svn update --accept mine-full $path
+\end_layout
 
-originaldir,parselog=listerrors
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Fonctions pour le déboguage
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Une nouvelle fonction est aussi implémentée dans le serveur \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- la fonction 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-serveur va à la bonne ligne
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+where 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+$path
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
- que l'on utilisera avec 
-\family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-gdb
-\family default
- ou un autre débogueur.
+ stands for the path to the document.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Lorsque vous déboguez du code avec 
-\family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-gdb
-\family default
-,
- il est possible d'appeler un éditeur de texte à la position actuelle d'exécution,
- avec un seul appui clavier.
- La configuration par défaut de 
-\family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
- est 
-\family sans
-Shift-Ctrl-V
-\family default
-.
- Il se trouve que vous pouvez choisir l'éditeur appelé par 
-\family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
- dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formats de fichier
-\family default
- en changeant l'entrée 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
 \family sans
-Éditeur
-\family default
-.
+\lang english
+Show History
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-J'ai trouvé avantageux d'utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
- avec 
+
+\lang english
+This shows the complete history of the SVN document.
+ The output of 
 \family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
- en réglant 
-\family sans
-Éditeur
+svn log 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+<file-name>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
+
+
 \family default
- sur :
+ is shown in a browser.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\lang english
+File Locking
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
+
+\end_inset
+
 
-\family typewriter
-echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Ainsi,
- quand vous utilisez 
-\family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
- et que vous vous apercevez qu'il faut modifier le code,
- vous pressez juste 
-\family sans
-Shift-Ctrl-V
-\family default
- (dans la fenêtre 
-\family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
-),
- et 
-\family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
- renvoie cette information à \SpecialChar LyX
- via le serveur \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- La fenêtre \SpecialChar LyX
- montrera le fichier en question,
- avec le curseur pile poil là où se trouvait 
-\family typewriter
-ddd
-\family default
-.
- Plus besoin de jouer aux devinettes ou de faire défiler tout le document pour savoir où se situait le problème !
+
+\lang english
+The file exchange through various revision control systems brings the problem of merge conflicts in case two different users try to edit the same (parts of) document.
+ When such a conflict happens it needs manual resolving and one reasonable alternative is to provide some kind of locking mechanism,
+ which guarantees that only one user is allowed to edit file at the given time.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Notez cependant qu'il vous faut activer cette fonction du serveur \SpecialChar LyX
-,
- inactive par défaut.
- La section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
 
+\lang english
+SVN has two such mechanisms to provide mutual exclusivity for file access – locks and automatic setting of write permissions (see sec.
+ 
 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
 LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Démarrer-le-Serveur"
+reference "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
 nolink "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
- explique comment procéder.
-\end_layout
+) based on 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Ajouts à la barre d'outils
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Il y a six nouveaux boutons qui peuvent être ajoutés à la barre d'outils de \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- Quatre de ces boutons sont des raccourcis vers les styles 
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-Section
-\family default
-,
- 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
-\family default
-et 
-\family sans
-\SpecialChar LyX
--Code
-\family default
-,
- pour l'insert paramétrable 
-\family sans
 \lang english
-Chunk
-\family default
-\lang french
-.
- Le dernier bouton est un raccourci vers la commande 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+svn:needs-lock
+\end_layout
 
-Compiler
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
+ file svn property
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.2/svn.advanced.locking.html
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- a tout une série de boutons qui peuvent être intégrés dans la barre d'outils.
- Personnellement,
- j'ai combiné les six raccourcis ci-dessus avec deux autres :
- un pour 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Mise
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-à
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
-Jour\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
- et un autre pour 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
 .
- Voilà comment cela se présente :
+ If this property is detected for a given document \SpecialChar LyX
+ starts to use SVN locks for document editing automatically and the whole check-in/out mechanism switches to the same regimen as for RCS.
+ This in particular means there are two different modes of file use in \SpecialChar LyX
+:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Toolbar
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Layouts
+\lang english
+Unlocked state.
+ The loaded file is in the read-only mode.
+ For editing on needs to check-out.
+ 
+\emph on
+Check-out
+\emph default
+ consists of updating from the repository and gaining write lock.
+ If the lock is not possible to obtain,
+ we remain in unlocked state.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "layout Standard"
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "layout Section"
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+Locked state.
+ The loaded file is in the 
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "layout \SpecialChar LaTeX
-"
-\end_layout
+normal
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "layout \SpecialChar LyX
--Code"
-\end_layout
+ edit mode.
+ No other user is allowed to edit the file.
+ 
+\emph on
+Check-in
+\emph default
+ consists of commiting changes and releasing write-lock.
+ If no changes have been made to the document,
+ no commit will be produced
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "flex.insert Chunk"
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Separator
+\lang english
+Don't be puzzled by the fact that you will be asked for commit message anyway.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "buffer-view"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "buffer-typeset"
+ and only the write-lock will be released.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Icon "build-program"
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-  Separator
+\lang english
+SVN commands:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-.
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+Check-in:
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-.
+\family typewriter
+ svn commit -q -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+svn unlock "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-End
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\lang english
+Check-out:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+svn update "<file-name>"
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+svn lock "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Subsubsection
-Couleurs personnalisées
+
+\family typewriter
+\lang english
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+Automatic Locking Property
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Un certain nombre de couleurs de \SpecialChar LyX
- peuvent être personnalisées dans la fenêtre 
-\family sans
-Préférences
-\family default
-.
- Une des choses qui ennuient nombre d'entre nous est la couleur du code \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- La couleur par défaut est le rouge,
- or les 
-\lang english
-chunks
-\lang french
- utilisent la police \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- et comme il y a beaucoup de 
+
 \lang english
-chunks
-\lang french
- dans un document de programmation littéraire,
- vous en aurez sûrement marre de tout voir en rouge.
- Vous pouvez la changer dans l'onglet 
+The above mentioned automatic setting of write permissions of the .lyx file can be set through
 \family sans
-Apparence\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Couleurs
+ File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Version
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Use Locking Property
 \family default
 .
+ This command is active only when the file is not locked on the svn server (i.e.
+ you need to check-out before proceeding).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le problème suivant est la présence visible des caractères 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-nouvelle ligne
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+SVN
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
- sur l'écran.
- Vous pouvez aussi choisir la couleur de ces caractères particuliers et donc les faire se confondre avec le fond.
- Je vous conseille de choisir une couleur qui est proche de celle du fond,
- mais pas la même :
- vous pourrez toujours les voir,
- mais ils ne vous dérangeront plus.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\SpecialChar LyX
- et knitr/Sweave
+commands:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les fonctionnalités de 
-\family sans
-knitr
-\family default
- et 
-\family sans
-Sweave
-\family default
- sont documentées dans le fichier d'exemple 
-\emph on
-knitr.lyx
-\emph default
- et dans le manuel 
-\emph on
-Sweave
-\emph default
- (menu 
-\family sans
-Aide\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Manuels Spécifiques
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Fonctionnalités particulières
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+Set:
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez faire avec \SpecialChar LyX
- tout ce que vous pouvez faire avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- Cependant,
- \SpecialChar LyX
- ne peut inclure directement toutes les fonctionnalités de \SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- mais vous pouvez toujours utiliser le code \SpecialChar TeX
-;
- Ce chapitre vous montre quelques points particuliers qui peuvent vous intéresser.
- Pour d'autre fonctionnalités spécifiques concernant les figures,
- les tableaux,
- les flottants,
- les boîtes et les notes,
- voyez le manuel des 
-\emph on
-Objets insérés
-\emph default
-.
+\family typewriter
+ svn propset svn:needs-lock ON "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Multi-colonnes
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cette fonctionnalité est indépendante de l'option 
-\family sans
-Document sur deux colonnes
-\family default
- du menu 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres
-\family default
- dans la rubrique 
-\family sans
-Format du texte
-\family default
-.
- Si vous désirez une présentation sur deux colonnes dans tout le document,
- vous devez utiliser l'option 
-\family sans
-Document sur deux colonnes
-\family default
-.
- Pour tous les aures cas,
- utisez la fonctionnalité décrite ici.
+\lang english
+Unset:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+svn propdel svn:needs-lock "<file-name>"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour activer les colonnes multiples dans votre document,
- vous devez charger le module 
-\family sans
-Multi-colonnes
-\family default
- (menu 
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Modules
-\family default
-) et vous devez avoir installé le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
-\family sans
-multicol
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\lang english
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Revision Information in Documents
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Dans chaque colonne,
- vous pouvez insérer ce que vous voulez,
- avec une limitation:
- pour les flottants,
- vous devez utiliser l'option 
-\family sans
-Plusieurs colonnes.
 
-\family default
- Les notes de bas de page provenant de colonnes multiples seront placées sur toute la largeur de la page et non pas sous chaque colonne.
- 
+\lang english
+There are more possibilities how to activate revision information in our document.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Les bases
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\lang english
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports directly:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous souhaitez présenter un texte sur deux colonnes,
- insérez un insert multi-colonnes via
-\family sans
- Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Inserts personnalisables\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Multi-colonnes 
-\family default
-là où les colonnes doivent débuter.
- Saisissez tout le texte qui doit être affiché sur deux colonnes dans cet insert.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\lang english
+tree revision information (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+vcs-tree-revision
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Voici un exemple:
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The result is the output of the 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+svnversion
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ command,
+ the following table gives you an idea,
+ how to read the results.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
+\align center
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-\noindent
 
 \series bold
-\size small
 \lang english
-The Adventure of the Empty House
-\series default
+Output
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
-by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+\lang english
+Meaning
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+4123:4168
 \end_layout
 
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested,
- and the fashionable world dismayed,
- by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
- The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation,
- but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion,
- since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
- Only now,
- at the end of nearly ten years,
- am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
- The crime was of interest in itself,
- but that interest was as nothing to me compared to the inconceivable sequel,
- which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
- Even now,
- after this long interval,
- I find myself thrilling as I think of it,
- and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy,
- amazement,
- and incredulity which utterly submerged my mind.
- Let me say to that public,
- which has shown some interest in those glimpses which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very remarkable man,
- that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge with them,
- for I should have considered it my first duty to do so,
- had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips,
- which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
+mixed revision working copy
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\lang english
+4168M
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour avoir 3 colonnes ou plus,
- positionnez le curseur dans l'insert multi-colonnes et utilisez le menu 
-\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Nombre de colonnes
-\family default
-.
- Le nombre de colonnes est saisi dans cet insert (pour 3 colonnes,
- saisir 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+modified working copy
+\end_layout
 
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+4123S
+\end_layout
 
-).
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
-Voici un exemple avec 3 colonnes:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+switched working copy
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+4123P
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size footnotesize
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Argument 1
-status open
+partial working copy,
+ from a sparse checkout
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+4123:4168MS
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-3
+\lang english
+mixed revision,
+ modified,
+ switched working copy
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-
-It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime,
- and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public.
- And I even attempted,
- more than once,
- for my own private satisfaction,
- to employ his methods in their solution,
- though with indifferent success.
- There was none,
- however,
- which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald Adair.
- As I read the evidence at the inquest,
- which led up to a verdict of willful murder against some person or persons unknown,
- I realized more clearly than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the death of Sherlock Holmes.
- There were points about this strange business which would,
- I was sure,
- have specially appealed to him,
- and the efforts of the police would have been supplemented,
- or more probably anticipated,
- by the trained observation and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
- All day,
- as I drove upon my round,
- I turned over the case in my mind and found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
- At the risk of telling a twice-told tale,
- I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
 
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez avoir jusqu'à 10 colonnes si vous le désirez,
- mais ça risque de ne pas être agréable à la lecture\SpecialChar ldots
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+file revision information.
+ The result comes from parsing the output of 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+svn
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+info
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
+--xml
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Des colonnes dans des colonnes
+file.lyx
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez également créer des colonnes dans des colonnes:
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Supported flags are:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+version number of the last commit (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size footnotesize
 \lang english
-The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
- at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
- Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract,
- and she,
- her son Ronald,
- and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane.
+vcs-revision
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+author of the last commit (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size footnotesize
 \lang english
-The youth moved in the best society
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-– had,
- so far as was known,
- no enemies and no particular vices.
- He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley,
- of Carstairs,
- but the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent some months before,
- and there was no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
- For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
- for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
- Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came,
- in most strange and unexpected form,
- between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30,
- 1894.
+vcs-author
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
-\size footnotesize
 \lang english
-Ronald Adair was fond of cards
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+date of the last commit (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-– playing continually,
- but never for such stakes as would hurt him.
- He was a member of the Baldwin,
- the Cavendish,
- and the Bagatelle card clubs.
- It was shown that,
- after dinner on the day of his death,
- he had played a rubber of whist at the latter club.
- He had also played there in the afternoon.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size default
- 
-\size footnotesize
-The evidence of those who had played with him
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+vcs-date
+\end_layout
 
-– Mr.
- Murray,
- Sir John Hardy,
- and Colonel Moran
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-– showed that the game was whist,
- and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
- Adair might have lost five pounds,
- but not more.
- His fortune was a considerable one,
- and such a loss could not in any way affect him.
- He had played nearly every day at one club or other,
- but he was a cautious player,
- and usually rose a winner.
- It came out in evidence that,
- in partnership with Colonel Moran,
- he had actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting,
- some weeks before,
- from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
- So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
+)
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
+\lang english
+time of the last commit (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exemples plus compliqués
+\lang english
+vcs-time
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les exemples proposés dans cette section illustrent quelques fonctionnalités plus particulières de l'insertion de colonnes multiples.
+\end_inset
+
+)
 \end_layout
 
+\end_deeper
 \begin_layout Standard
-Pour découvrir d'autres fonctionnalités,
- référez-vous à le 
-\lang english
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "documentation"
-target "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf"
-literal "false"
 
-\end_inset
-
- 
-\lang french
-du paquetage 
+\lang english
+You can obtain this info via InsetInfo (
 \family sans
-multicol
+\lang american
+Insérer\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Champ\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\lang english
+Révision du contrôle de version
 \family default
-.
-\end_layout
+).
+ The information will be available only when you have the file stored under svn managment (i.e.
+ the 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Préface
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+.svn
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour ajouter un texte en préface pour plusieurs colonnes,
- positionnez le curseur dans l'insert multi-colonnes et appelez le menu 
-\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Préface
-\family default
-.
- Saisissez votre texte de préface dans cet insert.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Voici un exemple avec un texte en préface:
+ directory is available with your document).
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
+Another—
+a hacking one—
+possibility is to use svn keywords
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\lang english
+http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+.
+ In short – you set file keywords property (e.g.
+ 
+\family sans
+svn propset svn:keywords 'Rev' file.lyx
+\family default
+) and then paste keyword \SpecialChar TeX
+ code
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
+This is an easy way how to ensure that \SpecialChar LyX
+ won't break the line in the middle of keyword tag.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ tag in your document (e.g.
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-And the story continues and continues and continues and continues\SpecialChar ldots
-
+$Rev$
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+).
+ This way svn client will automatically substitute revision number (e.g.
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\size small
-On the evening of the crime,
- he returned from the club exactly at ten.
- His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
- The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
- generally used as his sitting-room.
- She had lit a fire there,
- and as it smoked she had opened the window.
- No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
- the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
- Desiring to say good-night,
- she attempted to enter her son's room.
- The door was locked on the inside,
- and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
- Help was obtained,
- and the door forced.
- The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
- His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
- but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\lang english
+$Rev:
+ 59 $
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+) after each update and commit.
+ There are more problems with this approach.
+ Firstly,
+ the '$' character is used in \SpecialChar TeX
+ world for math equations,
+ so any occurence of math formula 
+\begin_inset Formula $Rev$
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
+ become 
+\begin_inset Formula $Rev:59$
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez également utiliser une en-tête de section en tant que préface si vous insérez une commande de section en code \SpecialChar TeX
-:
- par exemple,
- la commande
+ in your \SpecialChar LyX
+ document.
+ Similarly for other keywords like Id,
+ Date,
+ Author,
+ etc.
+ Secondly svn output is dependent on your locales,
+ so its very easy that svn would produce some problematic strings once Date is used.
+ Thirdly you get the whole 'Rev:
+ 59' string in your document instead of the plain number.
+ Until subversion implements user's custom keywords it will be hard to use this approach reliably or let \SpecialChar LyX
+ to support it directly.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
 
-\series bold
 \lang english
+SVN and Windows Environment
+\end_layout
 
-\backslash
-subsection{subsection title}
+\begin_layout Quote
+
+\lang english
+My inclination is to say that if the user cannot figure out the command line operations on their own fairly quickly,
+ they would be well advised to use TortoiseSVN.
+ —
+P.
+ A.
+ Rubin
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-crée une sous-section.
- Et dans l'exemple suivant,
- la préface est une sous-sous-section:
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\lang english
+Preparation
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+In addition to installing \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ and having access to a Subversion repository,
+ the user will need to install the Subversion client program.
+ A Windows installer for the client program is available from 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "CollabNet"
+target "http://www.collab.net/nonav/downloads/subversion/"
+literal "false"
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The user may also want to install 
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "TortoiseSVN"
+target "http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+ which integrates Subversion operations into the context (rightclick) menu of Windows Explorer.
+ Operations done outside \SpecialChar LyX
+ will typically be more convenient using the Explorer context menu.
+ Note that TortoiseSVN is not a replacement for the client program,
+ which is what \SpecialChar LyX
+ itself will use.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Argument 2
-status open
+Bringing a document under Subversion control
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset ERT
+Before a \SpecialChar LyX
+ document can be brought under version control in Subversion,
+ its parent directory needs to be under version control.
+ If the document is being added to a project already in the repository,
+ this is accomplished by checking the project out to the directory where the new document will be placed.
+ If the project itself is not yet under version control (for instance,
+ if this document starts a new project),
+ the directory must be imported into the repository.
+ This is done outside \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Both import and checkout are easily accomplished from the Explorer context menu using TortoiseSVN,
+ or alternatively can be done using the command line client at a DOS prompt.
+ The procedure for importing the project using TortoiseSVN is described below,
+ assuming an existing repository and a new project being started in 
+\family typewriter
+C:
+\backslash
+new project
+\family default
+.
+ For information on using the Subversion client program,
+ run 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-
-\backslash
-subsubsection{
+\lang english
+svn --help
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-This is a subsubsection heading as a preface
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ in a DOS shell.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-}
+\lang english
+Locate 
+\family typewriter
+C:
+\backslash
+new project 
+\family default
+in Windows Explorer,
+ right click it,
+ and select 
+\family sans
+TortoiseSVN\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Repo-browser
+\family default
+.
+ If necessary,
+ adjust the URL for the repository,
+ then click OK.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\lang english
+Right click the level of the repository under which you want to place the new project folder (typically the top level) and click 
+\family sans
+Create folder
+\family default
+ Supply a name for the project folder and click OK.
+ Add a message for the log file if desired,
+ then click OK again.
+ The new project folder should appear in the repository.
+ Finally,
+ click OK again to exit the repository browser.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\lang english
+Once again right click 
+\family typewriter
+C:
+\backslash
+new project
+\family default
+,
+ this time selecting SVN Checkout\SpecialChar ldots
+ Select the URL of the project folder you just created in the repository,
+ and set the checkout directory to 
+\family typewriter
+C:
+\backslash
+new project.
 
-\size small
-A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complex.
- In the first place,
- no reason could be given why the young man should have fastened the door upon the inside.
- There was the possibility that the murderer had done this,
- and had afterwards escaped by the window.
- The drop was at least twenty feet,
- however,
- and a bed of crocuses in full bloom lay beneath.
- Neither the flowers nor the earth showed any sign of having been disturbed,
- nor were there any marks upon the narrow strip of grass which separated the house from the road.
- Apparently,
- therefore,
- it was the young man himself who had fastened the door.
- But how did he come by his death?
- No one could have climbed up to the window without leaving traces.
- Suppose a man had fired through the window,
- he would indeed be a remarkable shot who could with a revolver inflict so deadly a wound.
- Again,
- Park Lane is a frequented thoroughfare;
- there is a cab stand within a hundred yards of the house.
- No one had heard a shot.
+\family default
+ Click OK.
+ You will be warned about a non-empty folder;
+ click OK to proceed.
+ You should now have a 
+\family typewriter
+.svn
+\family default
+ directory under 
+\family typewriter
+C:
+\backslash
+new project.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\lang english
+Create or open your document in \SpecialChar LyX
+ and click 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Version
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+Control\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Register.
+ 
+\family default
+Add a log message and click OK to commit the document to version control.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-S'il reste un espacement vertical inférieur à 6 lignes de texte avant le début de la zone multi-colonnes,
- un saut de page sera inséré automatiquement.
- Vous voudrez peut-être changer ce réglage en fonction de du nombre de lignes du texte en préface:
- ceci peut se faire en positionnant le curseur dans l'insert multi-colonnes après la préface (si elle existe) et en appelant le menu 
-\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Espacement avant saut de page
-\family default
-.
- Saisissez alors l’espacement désiré,
- e.g.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
 
-5cm
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\lang english
+From this point onward,
+ you should have full functionality in the 
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Version
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+Control
+\family default
+ menu.
+ You also have the option of checking the document in and out,
+ viewing its history,
+ etc.
+ using the TortoiseSVN context menu in Windows Explorer or the Subversion client program from a command prompt.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-.
 \lang english
+SSH tunnel used with SVN under Windows
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang french
-Dans l’exemple qui suit,
- l'espacement est réglé à 7 lignes de texte en saisissant 
-\begin_inset Quotes cld
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Compared with Linux setting up an svn client to communicate over ssh under Windows is a rather troublesome task.
+ We will at least offer some hints how to setup the client side but prior knowledge about ssh and the Windows command line is needed,
+ also be prepared for a great deal of frustration\SpecialChar ldots
 
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
-7
-\backslash
-baselineskip
-\family default
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\begin_inset Quotes crd
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+Get an svn client for windows,
+ as described in the previous sections.
+ When it is a fresh install run some svn command (e.g.
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
- (où la commande 
-\family sans
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\backslash
-baselineskip
-\family default
- doit âtre insérée en code \SpecialChar TeX
-):
+\lang english
+svn --version
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+) to create config files,
+ which you will need to change later on.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Argument 3
-status open
+Choose an ssh client for Windows.
+ There are several possibilities,
+ we will use the one from Putty tools
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-7
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Flex URL
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-
-\backslash
-baselineskip
+http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -28555,360 +32168,257 @@ baselineskip
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\size small
-On the evening of the crime,
- he returned from the club exactly at ten.
- His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
- The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor,
- generally used as his sitting-room.
- She had lit a fire there,
- and as it smoked she had opened the window.
- No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty,
- the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
- Desiring to say good-night,
- she attempted to enter her son's room.
- The door was locked on the inside,
- and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking.
- Help was obtained,
- and the door forced.
- The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
- His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet,
- but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
+.
+ You will need to set the connection up so that the client doesn't ask for any password from you.
+ To keep things easy we will use only keys without any additional password protection etc.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
+\lang english
+Generate keys by 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Espacements environnants
+\lang english
+puttygen
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-L’espacement avant et après un bloc de colonnes multiples peut être réglé via la longueur
-\family sans
- 
-\lang english
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-multicolsep
-\family default
 .
- 
-\lang french
-Par exemple la commande en code \SpecialChar TeX
-
-\end_layout
+ Save your private .ppk key file and put the public one on the server side.
+ If the SVN server runs on Linux,
+ note that the format of the public key is not compatible with Linux openssh and you will need to direcly copy-paste the key from the “
+\emph on
+Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file
+\emph default
+:” edit field into the server's 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\family sans
 \lang english
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-multicolsep}{3cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-règle la valeur à 3cm.
- La modification doit être faite avant le début de l'insert multi-colonnes.
- La valeur prédéfinie est 13pt.
+~/.ssh/authorized_keys
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ici 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-multicolsep
-\family default
- est réglé à 2.5
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
 \end_inset
 
-cm:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+ / 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-multicolsep}{2.5cm}
+\lang english
+authorized_keys2
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+ file.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+Get the Putty's 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-All day I turned these facts over in my mind,
- endeavouring to hit upon some theory which could reconcile them all,
- and to find that line of least resistance which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigation.
- I confess that I made little progress.
- In the evening I strolled across the Park,
- and found myself about six o'clock at the Oxford Street end of Park Lane.
- A group of loafers upon the pavements,
- all staring up at a particular window,
- directed me to the house which I had come to see.
- A tall,
- thin man with coloured glasses,
- whom I strongly suspected of being a plain-clothes detective,
- was pointing out some theory of his own,
- while the others crowded round to listen to what he said.
- I got as near him as I could,
- but his observations seemed to me to be absurd,
- so I withdrew again in some disgust.
- As I did so I struck against an elderly,
- deformed man,
- who had been behind me,
- and I knocked down several books which he was carrying.
+plink
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+.
+ In the SVN config file
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+Exact path depends on Windows version,
+ usually somewhere around 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\series bold
-Nota:
-
-\series default
- les valeurs réglées via 
-\family sans
-
+\lang english
+c:
 \backslash
-setlength
-\family default
- seront utilisées pour tous les environnements multi-colonnes suivants jusqu'à la prochaine modification de la valeur.
+Documents and Settings
+\backslash
+user
+\backslash
+Application Data
+\backslash
+Subversion
+\backslash
+config
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
+ / 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-
+\lang english
+AppData
 \backslash
-setlength{
+Roaming
 \backslash
-multicolsep}{13pt}
+Subversion
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Note Note
+,
+ section [tunnels],
+ setup ssh command,
+ e.g.
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-go back to the default
+ssh=c:/path/plink.exe -i c:/path/private_key.ppk
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+It will usually take a lot of time to get exact command right and it depends on many things.
+ For example do not have some remote server saved as a default session in Putty etc.
+ If things fail,
+ try to connect via plink without SVN first.
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Sauts de colonne
-\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Un saut de colonne peut être forcé en insérant la commande 
-\family sans
+\lang english
+Checkout the SVN archive,
+ e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-columnbreak{}
-\family default
- en code \SpecialChar TeX
- là où la colonne doit être interrompue.
- Notez bien que des zones vides seront créées la plupart du temps lorsque cette commande est utilisée.
+g.
 \begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-Voici un exemple:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+svn co svn+ssh://user@server/repository_path
+\end_layout
 
-You're surprised to see me,
- sir,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- said he,
- in a strange,
- croaking voice.
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-I acknowledged that I was.
+End-of-Line Conversions
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- I've a conscience,
- sir,
- and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
- as I came hobbling after you,
- I thought to myself,
- I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
- and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
- and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+When the collaborators are mixing Linux and Windows environments,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will use different line endings inside the .lyx files.
+ This is not a problem as far as \SpecialChar LyX
+ functionality is concerned,
+ but the commit diffs will be huge and merge-conflicts prone.
+ Fortunately SVN itself knows
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\end_layout
+\lang english
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.file-portability.html
+\end_layout
 
-You make too much of a trifle,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- said I.
- 
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
 
-May I ask how you knew who I was?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_layout
+
 \end_inset
 
- APRÈS CETTE PHRASE UN SAUT DE COLONNE EST IMPOSÉ.
-\begin_inset ERT
+ how to deal with CR/LF problems when switching .lyx files to the 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-
-\backslash
-columnbreak{}
+\lang english
+native
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\end_layout
+ mode.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- sir,
- if it isn't too great a liberty,
- I am a neighbour of yours,
- for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
- and very happy to see you,
- I am sure.
- Maybe you collect yourself,
- sir.
- Here's 
-\noun on
-British
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+For the lazy guys:
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-Birds
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-Catullus
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-The Holy War
-\noun default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\lang english
+svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME
+\end_layout
 
-– a bargain,
- every one of them.
- With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
- It looks untidy,
- does it not,
- sir?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
 
@@ -28919,271 +32429,320 @@ The Holy War
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Séparation entre colonnes
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Les commandes GIT sous \SpecialChar LyX
+
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-La largeur des colonnes est calculée automatiquement,
- mais vous pouvez modifier l'espacement entre colonnes.
- Ceci est possible grâce à la longueur
+Un sous-ensemble minimal des commandes GIT est reconnu par LyX.
+ Les commandes se trouvent dans le sous-menu
 \family sans
- 
-\backslash
-columnsep
+ Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Contrôle de version
+\family default
+.
+ Notez bien que si vous utilisez un accès ssh au dépôt protégé par mot de passe,
+ l'authentification sera requise dans un terminal.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ a été testé vis à vis de GIT 1.7
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Les utilisateurs de Windows devront s'assurer que git est bien dans le chemin d’accès aux exécutables.
+ Ceci peut être réglé depuis \SpecialChar LyX
+ via 
+\family sans
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Répertoires\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préfixe PATH
 \family default
 .
- Sa valeur implicite est 10pt.
- Voici un exemple dans lequel l'espacement est fixé à 3cm:
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Une différence importante entre GIT et les autres systèmes de contrôle de version reconnus réside dans la nature distribuée de GIT.
+ Avec les systèmes traditionnels,;
+ il y a un serveur central qui héberge le dépôt.
+ Les utilisateurs soumettent leurs modifications au serveur,
+ et récupèrent les mises à jour des autres auteurs depuis le serveur.
+ Avec GIT,
+ les utilisateurs soumettent à un dépôt local.
+ Le dépôt local peut être synchronisé avec un dépôt distant ou plusieurs en utilisant les commandes GIT 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnsep}{3cm}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pull
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ et 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+push
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ n’interagit en aucune manière avec les dépôts distants,
+ il ne travaille qu'avec le dépôt local de manière similaire à ce qui est fait avec un dépôt central CVS ou SVN.
+ Si vous utilisez des dépôts GIT distants,
+ vous devez exécuter les opérations 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
+pull
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
-\lang english
-My observations of No.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
 \end_inset
 
-427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested.
- The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing,
- the whole not more than five feet high.
- It was perfectly easy,
- therefore,
- for anyone to get into the garden,
- but the window was entirely inaccessible,
- since there was no water pipe or anything which could help the most active man to climb it.
- More puzzled than ever,
- I retraced my steps to Kensington.
- I had not been in my study five minutes when the maid entered to say that a person desired to see me.
- To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector,
- his sharp,
- wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair,
- and his precious volumes,
- a dozen of them at least,
- wedged under his right arm.
+ et 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+push
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ avec votre client GIT habituel.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
 
+\family sans
+Initialiser le contrôle de version
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Si votre document n'est pas sous le mode 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+contrôle de version
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+,
+ c'est le seul choix qui vous soit proposé.
+ Si vous êtes déjà sous ce mode,
+ l'élément 
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnsep}{10pt}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+S'inscrire
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+ est grisé et inaccessible.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette commande initialise le contrôle de version de votre document sous GIT UNIQUEMENT si le répertoire du document est déjà sous contrôle de GIT (en particulier le fichier
+\family typewriter
+ .git/index
+\family default
+ existe
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-go back to the default
+Pour cela,
+ à la fois 
+\family typewriter
+git init
+\family default
+ *et* un enregistrement initial (ou au moins 
+\family typewriter
+git add
+\family default
+) doivent être faits à la main.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Filets verticaux
+).
+ Ceci signifie que vous devez créer l'archive vous-même.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Entre les colonnes est placé un filet de largeur 
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-columnseprule
-\family default
-.
- Si cette largeur est fixée à 0pt (c'est la valeur implicite),
- le filet n'apparaît pas.
- Dans l'exemple suivant,
- le filet a une largeur de 2pt:
+On vous demandera ensuite une description initiale du document.
+ N'oubliez pas que la version initialisée n'est pas encore enregistrée.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+La commande GIT exécutée:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+git add 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<nom-de-fichier>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
 
 
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnseprule}{2pt}
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Consulter 
+\family typewriter
+man git
+\family default
+ pour comprendre les options.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Enregistrer
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+les
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
+changements
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Lorsque vous avez fini de modifier un fichier,
+ vous figez vos modification
+\lang english
+s.
+ 
+\lang french
+Il vous sera alors demandé une description de ceux-ci.
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+ 
+\lang french
+Les modifications sont soumises ensuite.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+La commande GIT exécutée:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+git commit -q -m"<description>" <nom-de-fichier>
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Revenir à la version du dépôt
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ceci annule tous les changements réalisés sur le document depuis que le document a été figé la dernière fois.
+ Une demande de confirmation apparaît alors,
+ avant que tous les changements soient perdus.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+La commande GIT exécutée
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+:
+ 
+\family typewriter
+git checkout -q 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-You're surprised to see me,
- sir,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+<nom-de-fichier>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
- said he,
- in a strange,
- croaking voice.
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
-\lang english
-I acknowledged that I was.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Renommer
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette commande va renommer le document courant,
+ historique de versions inclus.
+ Elle requiert un document propre sans modifications depuis le dernier enregistrement.
+ Elle vous demande un nom de fichier et une description de l'opération de renommage.
+ Le document est renommé ensuite,
+ à la fois localement et dans le dépôt.
+ Si les répertoires parents de l’ancien et du nouveau fichier diffèrent,
+ tous les chemins relatifs des fichiers inclus sont rectifiés (comme avec 
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Enregistrer sous
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ldots
+).
+ Enfin,
+ le ficher est rechargé sous le nouveau nom.
+\end_layout
 
-\size small
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+Les commandes GIT exécutées:
+ 
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Well,
- I've a conscience,
- sir,
- and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
- as I came hobbling after you,
- I thought to myself,
- I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
- and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
- and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+git mv 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-You make too much of a trifle,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+<nom-de-fichier>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
- said I.
  
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
-May I ask how you knew who I was?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+<nouveau-nom-de-fichier>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\size small
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Well,
- sir,
- if it isn't too great a liberty,
- I am a neighbour of yours,
- for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
- and very happy to see you,
- I am sure.
- Maybe you collect yourself,
- sir.
- Here's 
-\noun on
-British
-\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
-Birds
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-Catullus
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-The Holy War
-\noun default
 
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
-– a bargain,
- every one of them.
- With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
- It looks untidy,
- does it not,
- sir?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+git commit
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
@@ -29191,1304 +32750,1666 @@ The Holy War
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Afficher l'historique
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette commande affiche l'historique complet du document sous GIT.
+ Le résultat de 
+\family typewriter
+git log 
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
 \end_inset
 
+<nom-de-fichier>
+\begin_inset Quotes qld
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Le filet peut être mis en couleur en redéfinissant la commande 
-\family sans
 
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor
 \family default
-.
- Ceci est fait en insérant la commande
+ est affiché dans un navigateur.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\family sans
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor}{
-\backslash
-color{red}}
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Infos de version
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-en code \SpecialChar TeX
-,
- avant l'insert multi-colonnes.
- Remplacez dans cette commande 
-\family sans
-red
-\family default
- par la couleur de votre choix.
- Vous pouvez utiliser les couleurs prédéfinies ou celles que vous avez définies vous-même,
- voyez le 
-\emph on
-Manuel des objets insérés
-\emph default
-,
- section 
-\emph on
-Tableaux colorés
-\emph default
- pour les détails sur la définition des couleurs.
- Pour revenir à la couleur implicite,
- insérez la commande
-\end_layout
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ reconnaît l'empreinte de validation GIT de la dernière soumission du fichier,
+ sa forme abrégée,
+ le nom de son auteur,
+ la date et l'heure.
+ Toutes ces informations sont extraites via 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+git log -n 1 --pretty=format:%H%n%an%n%ai
+\end_layout
 
-\family sans
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor}{
-\backslash
-normalcolor}
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Dans l'exemple qui suit,
- sont définis un filet magenta et une séparation de colonnes de 1cm:
+L'information sur la version de l'arborescence peut être obtenue via 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+git describe --abbrev --dirty --long
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+.
+ 
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Voir 
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information"
+nolink "false"
 
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnsep}{1cm}
+ pour d'autres détails.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Personnalisation avancée
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Avec l'implantation de la commande 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor}{
-\backslash
-color{cyan}}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+vc-command
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+,
+ les utilisateurs avancés de \SpecialChar LyX
+ peuvent créer leurs propres commandes de contrôle de version.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Par exemple,
+ vous pouvez voir comment deux commandes TortoiseSVN pourraient être directement intégrées:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns
-status open
+Commit:
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:commit /path:$$p"
+\end_layout
 
-You're surprised to see me,
- sir,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- said he,
- in a strange,
- croaking voice.
+
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-I acknowledged that I was.
-\end_layout
+Revert:
+ 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\size small
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p"
+\end_layout
 
-Well,
- I've a conscience,
- sir,
- and when I chanced to see you go into this house,
- as I came hobbling after you,
- I thought to myself,
- I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman,
- and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant,
- and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Contrôle de version et comparaison de documents
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Une des utilisations caractéristiques du contrôle de version consiste à mettre en évidence les modifications entre versions,
+ usuellement en créant des fichiers 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
-\size small
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+diff
+\end_layout
 
-You make too much of a trifle,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
 \end_inset
 
- said I.
+.
+ Alors que ceci est utilisé pour les fichiers textuels ordinaires,
+ ça l'est beaucoup moins dans le cas des fichiers LyX,
+ dont la structures est plus complexe.
+ Nous fournissons donc un lien vers la fonctionnalité \SpecialChar LyX
+ de comparaison de documents.
+ Il y a deux façons d'invoquer cette comparaison,
+ soit par un appel direct de la fonction \SpecialChar LyX
  
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-May I ask how you knew who I was?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+vc-compare
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
 
-\size small
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ (voir le manuel des fonctions \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour les détails),
+ soit par l'icône de la barre d'outils 
+\begin_inset Info
+type  "icon"
+arg   "vc-compare"
 \end_inset
 
-Well,
- sir,
- if it isn't too great a liberty,
- I am a neighbour of yours,
- for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street,
- and very happy to see you,
- I am sure.
- Maybe you collect yourself,
- sir.
- Here's 
-\noun on
-British
-\begin_inset space ~
+ ou l'entrée de menu 
+\begin_inset Info
+type  "menu"
+arg   "vc-compare"
 \end_inset
 
-Birds
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-Catullus
-\noun default
-,
- and 
-\noun on
-The Holy War
-\noun default
+ Il est possible de comparer deux révisions particulières du document,
+ ou plus simplement la version courante en cours de modification avec une version antérieure (où la révision «0» est simplement la dernière révision enregistrée).
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cette fonctionnalité est disponible avec SVN et RCS,
+ bien que dans ce dernier cas il y ait une contrainte due au schéma de versionnement plus compliqué:
+ lorsque que l'on désigne une révision,
+ les chiffres pointent toujours sur le dernier élément du numéro de révision,
+ c'est-à-dire «35» dans 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-– a bargain,
- every one of them.
- With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
- It looks untidy,
- does it not,
- sir?
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+1.2.35
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+.
+ En ce qui concerne GIT,
+ la fonctionnalité n'est pas disponible,
+ il est juste possible de comparer un document modifié avec une révision antérieure de X étapes,
+ où X est défini par 
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
 
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HEAD~X
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
+.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Section
+Programmation littéraire
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+Mise à jour par 
+\noun on
+Kayvan Sylvan
+\noun default
+ (kayvan@sylvan.com),
+ document d'origine écrit par 
+\noun on
+Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-columnseprule}{0pt}
+\noun default
+ (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le but principal de cette documentation est de montrer comment utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour la programmation littéraire.
+ Nous supposerons que vous êtes familiers de cette technique de programmation,
+ et savez donc ce que 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-columnseprulecolor}{
-\backslash
-normalcolor}
-\end_layout
+tangling
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+ et 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+weaving
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Note Note
+ signifient
+\begin_inset Foot
 status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-go back to the default
+NdT :
+ Respectivement la génération du code et de la documentation.
+ – ar
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
 
-
+.
+ Si ce n'est pas le cas,
+ veuillez lire les pages web dont les adresses sont indiquées un peu plus loin.
+ Vous y trouverez une bonne documentation,
+ allant de l'histoire du développement aux derniers trucs et astuces.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
-\end_inset
+Nous supposerons aussi que vous êtes assez familiarisés avec \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour pouvoir changer vos préférences,
+ et le fichier de ressources X.
+ Si ce n'est pas le cas,
+ voyez le reste de la documentation de \SpecialChar LyX
+ qui couvre ces domaines.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsection
+La programmation littéraire
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Extrait de la FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Section
-Paragraphes de forme inhabituelle
+\begin_layout Quotation
+La programmation littéraire est la combinaison de la documentation et des sources en une forme lisible par un être humain.
+ En fait,
+ la programmation littéraire doit être agréable à lire,
+ et même aguicheuse !
+ (Désolé,
+ Bob,
+ je n'ai pas pu résister...) En général,
+ la programmation littéraire combine la source et la documentation dans un seul et unique fichier.
+ Des outils de programmation littéraire permettent ensuite de produire séparément le fichier source et la documentation.
+ Le style WEB de programmation littéraire fut créé par D.E.
+ Knuth lors du développement de son logiciel de typographie,
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-,
- à l'instar des autres générateurs de texte,
- utilise implicitement des paragraphes rectangulaires.
- Pour des cas particuliers comme des affiches,
- des cartes d'invitation ou des poèmes,
- vous pouvez modifier la forme des paragraphes à volonté.
- Ceci est possible grâce au paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
-\family sans
-shapepar
-\family default
- qui est chargé en utilisant dans les paramètres du document le module 
-\family sans
-Formes de paragraphe paramétrable
-\family default
-s.
+Un autre extrait :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Formes prédéfinies
+\begin_layout Quotation
+
+\emph on
+En quoi la programmation littéraire diffère-t-elle du commentaire ?
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Quotation
+Il y a trois signes distinctifs qui sont,
+ dans l'ordre d'importance :
+\end_layout
 
-\series bold
-\lang english
-shapepar
-\series default
-\lang french
- fournit les formes suivantes:
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+un ordre d'élaboration flexible 
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+le support automatique pour la visualisation
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+une documentation mise en forme,
+ notamment les diagrammes et les mathématiques 
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+Maintenant que j'ai éveillé votre curiosité,
+ voyons les références :
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Références
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
+La FAQ complète de la Programmation Littéraire se trouve à :
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="13" columns="3">
-<features booktabs="true" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="16col%">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="40col%">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="35col%">
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Quote
+FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-Nom
+http://www.xmarks.com/site/shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Description
+
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+La FAQ dénombre 23 (vingt-trois !) outils différents pour la programmation littéraire.
+ Certains sont spécialisés pour certains langages de programmation,
+ d'autre ont une portée plus générale.
+ J'ai sélectionné 
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb
+\family default
+\noun toggle
+ pour mon usage personnel pour plusieurs raisons :
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annotation
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Il sait générer la documentation aussi bien en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ qu'en HTML.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Il a une architecture ouverte,
+ c'est-à-dire qu'il est facile d'y ajouter de nouveaux filtres
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\emph on
 \lang english
-CDlabel
+Filters 
+\emph default
+are programs that read a given data stream and output a manipulated data stream.
+ That way,
+ a WEB file (consisting of literate code) can be turned into a file consisting only of C program code or \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ code.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Disque avec un trou circulaire (à la taille d'un CD/DVD)
+
+\lang french
+ et de réaliser des opérations spéciales au besoin.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Un grand nombre de filtres est déjà disponible (dont celui pour le HTML).
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Pas de mise à l'échelle possible.
- Attention,
- quantité de texte limitée
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Il est libre.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+La page web de Noweb se trouve à :
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quote
+Page d'accueil de Noweb 
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-Circle
+https://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Disque
+
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+À partir de là,
+ vous trouverez de nombreux liens intéressants et mêmes quelques exemples de programmation littéraire.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fragile,
- le calcul peut échouer
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ et la Programmation Littéraire avec Noweb
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supporte la Programmation Littéraire par l'intermédiaire du mécanisme de gestion des convertisseurs.
+ Ce support est 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+indépendant de Noweb
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-Diamond
+,
+ c'est-à-dire que vous pourrez utiliser cette nouvelle fonction de \SpecialChar LyX
+ avec un autre outil de programmation littéraire de votre choix,
+ en changeant juste vos préférences \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Génération des documents et du code (weaving and tangling)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Using the noweb module
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si vous avez installé Noweb et \SpecialChar LyX
+ avec succès,
+ chaque fois que vous ouvrez un nouveau document,
+ après avoir choisi sa classe,
+ utilisez le menu
+\family sans
+ Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres...
+
+\family default
+ pour ajouter le module 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Rhomboïde (symbolisant un 
+noweb
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Vous le verrez en cliquant sur 
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-diamant
+ Modules
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-)
+ dans le liste des modules disponibles.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Ajout de code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ vous permet d'entrer du code par l'intermédiaire d'un insert paramétrable nommé 
+\lang english
+
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+
+\lang english
+Chunk
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\lang french
+.
+ Noweb délimite les 
 \lang english
-Heart
+chunks
+\lang french
+ ainsi :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<<Mon code>>=
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Forme en cœur
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  code
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  encore du code
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  toujours du code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  @
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Le problème est que tout ce qui est compris entre le 
+\family typewriter
+<<
+\family default
+ et l'arobase 
+\family typewriter
+@
+\family default
+ doit être pris tel quel,
+ c'est-à-dire que \SpecialChar LyX
+ ne doit faire aucune interprétation de ce qui a été écrit.
+ C'est aussi géré par le environnement 
+\lang ngerman
+
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-Hexagon
+\lang ngerman
+Chunk
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hexagone
+
+\lang french
+,
+ qui fonctionne comme un insert des texte normal mais qui présente une totale liberté en ce qui concerne l'espacement.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il est à noter que vous pouvez aussi utiliser la construction 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+%def
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
+\family default
+ de Noweb dans vos 
 \lang english
-Nut
+chunks
+\lang french
+ pour ajouter des éléments de référence croisée :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Écrou (hexagone avec un trou circulaire)
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<<Mon scrap>>=
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+def une_fonction(param):
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+   "C'est la documentation de cette fonction."
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+   print "Mes paramètres :
+ ",
+ param
+\end_layout
 
-\lang english
-Square
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+@ %def une_fonction
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour avoir un exemple de cette construction et des références croisées engendrées,
+ regardez le programme littéraire python dans 
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+LIBDIR
+\emph default
+/examples/listerrors.lyx
+\family default
+ qui devrait clarifier tout ça.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carré
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Génération de la documentation
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Arrivé ici,
+ vous avez déjà un nouveau fichier avec sa propre classe de document,
+ et vous avec tapé un peu de code et de texte dedans.
+ Bien ;
+ et maintenant,
+ comment je l'imprime ?
+ La réponse est simple :
+ vous faites 
+\family sans
+Affichage\SpecialChar menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+,
+ etc.
+ comme vous le feriez pour un document quelconque.
+ Il n'y a aucune procédure particulière.
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+\begin_layout Standard
+Pour vous aider à vous y retrouver,
+ je vais vous expliquer ce qui se passe à l'intérieur de \SpecialChar LyX
+ :
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Quand vous choisissez 
+\family sans
+Affichage\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Mise
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
-Star
-\end_layout
 
+à
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Étoile à 5 branches
+Jour\SpecialChar menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+,
+ un fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ est généré.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+Si le document est d'un type littéraire,
+ le fichier généré sera nommé avec l'extension définie par le format 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
-\end_layout
 
+littéraire
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ (défini dans la fenêtre de 
+\family sans
+Préférences
+\family default
+),
+ sinon le fichier aura l'extension habituelle 
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
 
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Remarquez que la seule différence est cette extension :
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ n'a rien de particulier à faire.
+ Tant que vous avez utilisé l'insert 
 \lang english
-Candle
-\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Chandelle allumée
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+\lang english
+Chunk
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-Drop down/up
+\lang french
+ en entrant le texte,
+ tout se passera sans problème.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Si le document est d'une classe littéraire,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ utilisera ensuite le convertisseur interne \SpecialChar LyX
+ vers Noweb,
+ suivi par le convertisseur Noweb vers \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
 
 \begin_layout Plain Layout
-Goutte de pluie normale/inversée
+Les convertisseurs sont définis dans la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion de fichiers
+\family default
+,
+ dans l'onglet 
+\family sans
+Convertisseurs
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fragile,
- le calcul peut échouer
+ pour générer le fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sinon,
+ il saute simplement cette étape.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Enfin,
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ est invoqué et le processus continue comme s'il s'agissait d'un document quelconque.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Vous êtes donc indépendant d'un 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+outil littéraire
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\lang english
-\SpecialChar TeX
+ donné,
+ car vous pouvez changer les commandes correspondant aux différents convertisseurs.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Génération du code
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Quand on demande de 
+\family sans
+Compiler
+\family default
+ dans les menus,
+ ou quand on appuie sur le bouton correspondant de la barre d'outils,
+ un fichier \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ est généré comme dans l'étape
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Le logo \SpecialChar TeX
- 
+1 ci-dessus.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ invoque ensuite le convertisseur 
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb->Program
+\family default
+.
+ Celui-ci (comme tout convertisseur) est invoqué en deux parties :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Le programme de conversion proprement dit.
+ Ce programme procède à la conversion d'un format à un autre (ici,
+ du format 
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb
+\family default
+ au pseudo-format 
+\family typewriter
+Program
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Le filtre de messages d'erreur.
+ C'est un programme dont le seul rôle est de réécrire les messages d'erreur dans un format compréhensible par \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Ça permet à \SpecialChar LyX
+ de placer des boîtes d'erreur au bon endroit dans le tampon du fichier.
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+La première partie,
+ déterminée par le champ 
+\family sans
+Convertisseur
+\family default
+,
+ doit contenir
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
 
-\lang english
-Triangle up/down/
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
 
-left/right
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+build-script $$i
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Triangles avec des orientations différentes
-\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family default
+.
+ Ça signifie que \SpecialChar LyX
+ va appeler 
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ (un programme ou un script) avec le nom du fichier Noweb (en général un fichier dans le répertoire temporaire de \SpecialChar LyX
+).
+\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+\begin_layout Standard
+Voici une implémentation de 
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ que vous pouvez mettre dans un répertoire de votre chemin d'accès par défaut :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+#!/bin/sh
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
 
+\family sans
+#
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Pour utiliser une forme pour votre paragraphe,
- sélectionnez simplement la forme souhaitée dans le menu déroulant des styles.
+
+\family sans
+notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR=$2 sh
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+Le prochain élément du réglage du convertisseur est le
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+Drapeau
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+ qui doit être mis à
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Voici un exemple de paragraphe en forme d'écrou:
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+Ceci filtrera par le programme 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+listerrors
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+ toute erreur créée par le 
+\family sans
+build-script
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Nut
+\begin_layout Standard
+La construction prendra normalement place dans le répertoire temporaire de \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ les fichiers produits seront donc normalement dans ce répertoire.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ exportera ce qui concerne le fichier principal,
+ mais le programme de conversion
+\family typewriter
+ Noweb->Program
+\family default
+ peut produire d'autres fichiers,
+ qui seront perdus quand \SpecialChar LyX
+ sera fermé.
+ C'est pourquoi nous transmettons la variable d'environnement NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR pour que les éléments de la conversion puissent être copiés à cet endroit.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang latin
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Instructions de compilation dans le document
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+La dernière partie de l'interface entre \SpecialChar LyX
+ et noweb est le 
+\lang english
+chunk
+\lang french
+ 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ En général,
+ les instructions de compilation de votre programme doivent être regroupées dans un 
+\lang english
+chunk
+\lang french
+ à part.
+ Le 
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ vu plus haut est spécifique à noweb et utilise la commande 
+\family typewriter
+notangle
+\family default
+ pour rechercher ce 
+\lang english
+chunk
+\lang french
+ (appelé 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+) et passer son contenu dans 
+\family typewriter
+sh
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
+Typiquement,
+ un tel 
 \lang english
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+chunk
+\lang french
+ ressemble à ceci :
+\end_layout
 
-\series bold
-\lang english
-Not
-\series default
-a:
- les paragraphes mis en forme via 
-\family sans
-shapepar
-\family default
- ne peuvent pas franchir une limite de page.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<<build-script>>=
 \end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#!/bin/sh
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
+if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
+then
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+fi
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+[...
+ code to extract files ...
+ use NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR here ...]
+\begin_inset Newline newline
 \end_inset
 
+[...
+ code to compile files ...]
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
 
+@
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
+Voyez dans 
 \family sans
 \lang english
-shapepar
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ouvrir un exemple\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Liste d'erreurs Noweb ou dans
+\family default
+ 
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ouvrir un exemple\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Noweb2LyX
 \family default
 \lang french
- prend soin de préserver la forme,
- quelle que soit la quantité de texte du paragraphe.
- De ce fait la taille du paragraphe change avec cette quantité.
- Ceci peut conduite à des paragraphes qui empiètent dans les marges.
- Pour illustrer cette mise à l'échelle,
- voici le même paragraphe avec deux fois plus de texte:
+ qui implémentent deux versions du programme 
+\family typewriter
+listerrors
+\family default
+ pour avoir des exemples de comment tout cela va ensemble.
+ Il est intéressant de constater que ces deux fichiers démontrent l'indépendance de \SpecialChar LyX
+ relativement au langage de programmation littéraire adopté car ils sont écrits respectivement en Python,
+ C et Perl.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Nut
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Configurer \SpecialChar LyX
 
-\lang latin
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+Vous pouvez configurer ce qui concerne la Programmation Littéraire dans l'onglet 
+\family sans
+Convertisseurs
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre 
+\family sans
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences
+\family default
+.
+ Les parties importantes sont :
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+le
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+format
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-La forme 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+littéraire
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+
+ Choisi dans l'onglet 
 \family sans
-CDlabel
+Formats
 \family default
- est une exception:
- elle ne peut pas être mise à l'échelle puisqu'elle doit correspondre à une étiquette de CD/DVD.
- De ce fait,
- la quantité de texte que l'on peut mettre en forme est limitée.
-\lang english
+,
+ où vous mettez ce qui est spécifique à Noweb.
+ Le 
+\family sans
+Nom
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+d'interface
+\family default
+ est 
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+NoWeb
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
-\lang french
-Les formes 
-\family sans
-drop
 \family default
- et 
+,
+ l'
 \family sans
-circle
+Extension
 \family default
- sont fragiles,
- ce qui veut dire que le calcul de la taille peut échouer,
- en fonction de la quantité de texte.
- Vous aurez alors une erreur \SpecialChar LaTeX
- 
+ est 
+\family typewriter
+
 \begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
-Arithmetic overflow
+nw
 \begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
- Dans ce cas,
- essayez d'ajouter ou d'enlever du texte;
- si rien ne fonctionne,
- vous devez utiliser une autre forme\SpecialChar ldots
 
+\family default
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ créera donc un fichier d'extension 
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+ lors de la première étape du processus de conversion.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\begin_layout Description
+le
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
+format
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour les formes pointues,
- vous verrez peut-être un échec de l'algorithme de césure de \SpecialChar LaTeX
- dans les coins.
- Il est alors souvent nécessaire d'ajouter des points de césure explicites 
 \family sans
-(
-\begin_inset Info
-type  "shortcut"
-arg   "specialchar-insert hyphenation"
-\end_inset
+Programme
+\family default
+ C'est un format fictif dont le seul but est d'être le point d'arrivée d'une conversion (ce qui permet ainsi de mettre en place un convertisseur pointant vers lui).
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Description
 
+\family sans
+NoWeb
 \family default
-) dans les parties de texte correspondantes.
-\end_layout
+->
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\family default
+ Ce convertisseur assure la génération de la documentation (
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+weaving
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
+).
+ Pour Noweb,
+ il faut mettre 
+\family typewriter
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les paragraphes mis en forme par shapepar sont toujours ou bien centrés ou bien alignées au fer à gauche.
- Le menu de dialogue des paragraphes ne peut donc pas être utilisé pour aligner ce type de paragraphe.
- Une solution consiste à mettre le paragraphe en forme dans une minipage ou une parbox et à aligner la boîte.
- Le problème est alors de trouver la bonne largeur pour la boîte,
- parce que si elle est trop large et que vous la centrez,
- le paragraphe n'est pas centré parce qu'il est au fer à gauche dans la boîte.
- Vous devrez alors jouer un peu avec la largeur de la boîte jusqu’à satisfaction.
- Voici deux paragraphes en forme de cœur,
- le premier est non aligné,
- le second est aligné à droite:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage newpage
+noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
 
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Heart
-\noindent
+\begin_layout Description
 
-\lang latin
-Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
-rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+NoWeb
+\family default
+->
+\family sans
+Program
+\family default
+ Celui-ci assure la génération du code (
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+tangling
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+).
+ Comme vu plus haut,
+ il faut mettre 
+\family typewriter
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\align right
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 1
-use_makebox 0
-width "42col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status open
+build-script $$i
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Heart
-\noindent
 
-\lang latin
-Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen
-rem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
-\end_layout
+\family default
+,
+ avec comme 
+\family sans
+Autres
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Options
+\family default
+ 
+\family typewriter
 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+originaldir,parselog=listerrors
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
-\end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Formes personnalisées
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Vous pouvez définir vos propres formes.
- Le faire à la main demande beaucoup de travail parce qu'il faut spécifier chaque coordonnée,
- mais il est possible de confier le travail à l'ordinateur:
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Fonctions pour le déboguage
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Installer le programme 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Jpgfdraw"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/jpgfdraw"
-literal "false"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Une nouvelle fonction est aussi implémentée dans le serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ la fonction 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
 
+serveur va à la bonne ligne
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
-.
+ que l'on utilisera avec 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+ ou un autre débogueur.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Dans 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Lorsque vous déboguez du code avec 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+,
+ il est possible d'appeler un éditeur de texte à la position actuelle d'exécution,
+ avec un seul appui clavier.
+ La configuration par défaut de 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ est 
 \family sans
-Jpgfdraw
+Shift-Ctrl-V
 \family default
- ,
- aller au menu 
+.
+ Il se trouve que vous pouvez choisir l'éditeur appelé par 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre 
 \family sans
-TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Set Normal Size
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gestion des fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formats de fichier
 \family default
- et sélectionner la taille de police utilisée dans le document.
- Par exemple,
- le présent document utilise un police 12pt.
+ en changeant l'entrée 
+\family sans
+Éditeur
+\family default
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Tracer une forme.
+\begin_layout Standard
+J'ai trouvé avantageux d'utiliser \SpecialChar LyX
+ avec 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ en réglant 
+\family sans
+Éditeur
+\family default
+ sur :
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Utiliser le menu 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\family typewriter
+echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Ainsi,
+ quand vous utilisez 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ et que vous vous apercevez qu'il faut modifier le code,
+ vous pressez juste 
 \family sans
-TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Shapepar
+Shift-Ctrl-V
 \family default
- pour exporter la forme en coordonnées.
- Dans le menu de dialogue qui s'ouvre,
- utiliser soit le squelette,
- soit le chemin proprement dit
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Pour plus d'information voir 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.dickimaw-books.com/apps/jpgfdraw/manual/shapepar.html"
-literal "false"
+ (dans la fenêtre 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+),
+ et 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ renvoie cette information à \SpecialChar LyX
+ via le serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ La fenêtre \SpecialChar LyX
+ montrera le fichier en question,
+ avec le curseur pile poil là où se trouvait 
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+.
+ Plus besoin de jouer aux devinettes ou de faire défiler tout le document pour savoir où se situait le problème !
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notez cependant qu'il vous faut activer cette fonction du serveur \SpecialChar LyX
+,
+ inactive par défaut.
+ La section
+\begin_inset space ~
 \end_inset
 
 
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Démarrer-le-Serveur"
+nolink "false"
 
 \end_inset
 
-.
+ explique comment procéder.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les coordonnées ont copiées dans un fichier \SpecialChar TeX
-.
- Pour l'utiliser avec le document:
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Ajouts à la barre d'outils
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Placer le curseur avant le premier caractère du paragraphe concerné (ou dans un nouveau paragraphe vide).
+\begin_layout Standard
+Il y a six nouveaux boutons qui peuvent être ajoutés à la barre d'outils de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Quatre de ces boutons sont des raccourcis vers les styles 
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+,
  
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Ouvrir dans \SpecialChar LyX
- le menu 
 \family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Sous-document
+Section
 \family default
 ,
- sélectionner le fichier exporté par 
+ 
 \family sans
-Jpgfdraw
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ 
 \family default
- et utiliser 
+et 
 \family sans
-Inclus (include).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
+\family default
+,
+ pour l'insert paramétrable 
+\family sans
+\lang english
+Chunk
+\family default
+\lang french
+.
+ Le dernier bouton est un raccourci vers la commande 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
 \end_inset
 
+Compiler
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
 
+.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ a tout une série de boutons qui peuvent être intégrés dans la barre d'outils.
+ Personnellement,
+ j'ai combiné les six raccourcis ci-dessus avec deux autres :
+ un pour 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Mise
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+à
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
 
-\series bold
-Not
-\series default
-a:
- le changement de forme ne s'applique qu’au paragraphe concerné;
- tout redevient normal pour le paragraphe suivant.
- De ce fait la définition de forme doit être répétée pour chaque paragraphe dont on veut imposer la forme personnalisée.
+Jour\SpecialChar menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+ et un autre pour 
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+.
+ Voilà comment cela se présente :
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Toolbar
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Layouts
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Icon "layout Standard"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Icon "layout Section"
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Icon "layout \SpecialChar LaTeX
+"
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Icon "layout \SpecialChar LyX
+-Code"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-Voici un exemple:
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Icon "flex.insert Chunk"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Separator
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Icon "buffer-view"
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Icon "buffer-typeset"
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset CommandInset include
-LatexCommand input
-filename "../SpecialParagraphShape.tex"
-literal "true"
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Icon "build-program"
+\end_layout
 
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+  Separator
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+.
+\end_layout
 
-\lang latin
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
- At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum.
- Stet clita kasd gubergren,
- no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
- consetetur sadipscing elitr,
- sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,
- sed diam voluptua.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+End
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Couleurs personnalisées
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-Une astuce:
-
-\series default
- pour tracer des formes vraiment complexes avec 
+Un certain nombre de couleurs de \SpecialChar LyX
+ peuvent être personnalisées dans la fenêtre 
 \family sans
-Jpgfdraw
+Préférences
 \family default
- ,
- vous pouvez tracer la forme à l'aide d'un logiciel de votre choix et importer l'image correspondante dans 
+.
+ Une des choses qui ennuient nombre d'entre nous est la couleur du code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ La couleur par défaut est le rouge,
+ or les 
+\lang english
+chunks
+\lang french
+ utilisent la police \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ et comme il y a beaucoup de 
+\lang english
+chunks
+\lang french
+ dans un document de programmation littéraire,
+ vous en aurez sûrement marre de tout voir en rouge.
+ Vous pouvez la changer dans l'onglet 
 \family sans
-Jpgfdraw
+Apparence\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Couleurs
 \family default
 .
- Il vous suffit ensuite de tracer une ligne ou un spline le long du squelette de l'image.
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+Le problème suivant est la présence visible des caractères 
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
+
+nouvelle ligne
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
 \end_inset
 
+ sur l'écran.
+ Vous pouvez aussi choisir la couleur de ces caractères particuliers et donc les faire se confondre avec le fond.
+ Je vous conseille de choisir une couleur qui est proche de celle du fond,
+ mais pas la même :
+ vous pourrez toujours les voir,
+ mais ils ne vous dérangeront plus.
+\end_layout
 
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ et knitr/Sweave
 \end_layout
 
 \begin_layout Standard
-Le module 
+Les fonctionnalités de 
 \family sans
-Formes de paragraphe paramétrables
+knitr
 \family default
- fournit également les deux styles 
+ et 
 \family sans
-shapepar
+Sweave
+\family default
+ sont documentées dans 
+\family sans
+Aide\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Manuels spécifiques\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Knitr
+\family default
+ and 
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ouvrir un exemple\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Rnw (knitr)
+\family default
+ et dans 
+\family sans
+Aide\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Manuels spécifiques\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sweave
 \family default
  et 
 \family sans
-Shapepar
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ouvrir un exemple\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Sweave
 \family default
- ,
- qui peuvent être utilisés pour définir de nouvelles formes coordonnée par coordonnée
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ces commandes sont utilisées de manière interne pour toutes le formes décrites ici,
+.
 \end_layout
 
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Pour en savoir plus quant à l'utilisation de ces styles et à d'autres possibilités de personnalisation,
- voir la 
-\lang ngerman
+\begin_layout Standard
 
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "documentation"
-target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/shapepar/shapepar.pdf"
-literal "false"
+\lang english
+\begin_inset CommandInset index_print
+LatexCommand printindex
+type "idx"
+name "Index"
 
 \end_inset
 
 
-\lang french
- du paquetage 
-\family sans
-shapepar
-\family default
-.
 \end_layout
 
 \end_body